BRICS


watcher-guru-logo

BRICS

The collective of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa is seeking to expand its ranks at the upcoming BRICS summit. Subsequently, with discussion over a developing currency to combat the US dollar, multi-polarization feels entirely within reach.

BREAKING: Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and UAE to join BRICS on January 1st, 2024.

BRICS SummitSource: brics2021.gov.in

BRICS Summit
Source: brics2021.gov.in

What is BRICS and its Purpose?

Michael William G.

25September2023 https://watcher.guru/news/what-is-brics-and-its-purpose-2

What is BRICS and its Purpose? : Comprehensive Guide

BRICS, an acronym for Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, is a group of major emerging economies that have come together to challenge the dominance of the United States and its Western allies in the global order.

The bloc was founded in 2009 as an informal club to provide a platform for its members to assert their influence and promote economic cooperation.

This article will explore the history, purpose, and key facts about BRICS, shedding light on its significance in the international arena.

Also read: BRICS: The Beginning of the End for the US Dollar?

Understanding BRICS

BRICS is no formal multilateral organization like the United Nations or the World Bank.

Instead, it functions as a forum for dialogue and collaboration among its member nations.

The heads of state and government of the member countries convene annually, with each nation taking up a one-year rotating chairmanship of the group.

The primary focus of BRICS is strengthening economic cooperation, increasing multilateral trade, and fostering development among its members.

Also read: BRICS: UAE Navigating New Alliance & US Relations

History of BRICS

The term BRIC was first coined in 2001 by Jim O’Neill, the then chief economist of Goldman Sachs, in a research paper that highlighted the growth potential of Brazil, Russia, India, and China.

These four countries were identified as emerging economies with significant economic clout and the potential to reshape the global economic landscape.

2009 South Africa joined the group, and the acronym was expanded to BRICS.

The Goldman Sachs BRIC Thesis

The concept of BRICS originated from the Goldman Sachs BRIC thesis, which asserted that these emerging economies would become significant global players.

The thesis emphasized the rapid economic growth, large populations, and abundant natural resources of Brazil, Russia, India, and China.

It predicted that these countries would outperform traditional Western powers regarding GDP growth and investment opportunities.

Closure of Goldman’s BRICS Fund

Despite the initial optimism surrounding the BRIC thesis, Goldman Sachs closed its BRICS fund in 2015 due to the economic challenges some of the member countries face.

This move raised questions about the sustainability and long-term viability of the BRICS concept.

However, the group continued to exist as a forum for cooperation and collaboration among its member nations.

What Countries are in BRICS?

The founding members of BRICS are Brazil, Russia, India, and China. South Africa joined the group in 2010, expanding the acronym to BRICS.

Together, these countries account for more than 40% of the world’s population and a quarter of the global economy.

Despite its smaller economy and population, South Africa plays a vital role in representing Africa and strengthening the group.

What is BRICS and its Purpose?

What is the main function of BRICS?

BRICS primarily serves as a platform for member nations to collaborate on economic, trade, and development matters.

The bloc aims to foster mutually beneficial partnerships and reduce dependence on traditional Western powers.

BRICS nations, united, can secure improved trade deals, foster investments, and tackle shared challenges effectively.

BRICS Currency and Its Purpose

One of the key discussions within BRICS has been the possibility of establishing a common currency for the bloc.

While this idea is still in the early stages of exploration, it holds the potential to enhance economic integration and facilitate trade among the member nations.

A common currency could reduce transaction costs, minimize exchange rate volatility, and promote greater financial cooperation within the bloc.

What is BRICS Currency Backed By?

The concept of a BRICS currency raises questions about its backing and stability.

We haven’t determined the specifics of a potential BRICS currency, but it would likely rely on member nations’ economic strength and stability.

The backing could include a combination of foreign reserves, gold reserves, and the overall economic performance of the bloc.

Also read: BRICS Currency a Driving Factor for Membership Interest

Potential Expansion of BRICS

BRICS has attracted interest from several countries seeking to join the group.

More than 40 nations, like Iran, Saudi Arabia, and Indonesia, aspire to join the bloc.

These nations see BRICS as an alternative to Western-dominated global organizations, aiming for benefits like development finance and trade.

The Bottom Line: What is BRICS and its Purpose?

In conclusion, the BRICS, comprising Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, is an influential group of major emerging economies aiming to challenge traditional Western powers’ dominance in the global order.

While it is not a formal multilateral organization, BRICS serves as a platform for dialogue and cooperation among its members.

The bloc primarily focuses on economic cooperation, trade, and development.

As the world continues to evolve, BRICS holds the potential to reshape the global economic landscape and foster a more balanced and inclusive international order.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS Officially Agrees To End Use Of US Dollar

Vinod Dsouza
26August2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-officially-agrees-to-end-use-of-us-dollar<

 

The BRICS alliance has called for the abandonment of the US dollar for international trade at the summit in Johannesburg. BRICS will officially end reliance on the US dollar for global trade settlements moving forward. South Africa’s President Cyril Ramaphosa confirmed that the bloc collectively decided to abandon the US dollar with no opposition.

 

BRICS will now continue promoting their respective local currencies for cross-border settlements and strengthening their native economies. The move will pave the way for a paradigm shift in the global economy and reshape the political landscape. Bilateral ties with other countries will be reworked, and the US dollar will face stiff competition in the long run.

Also Read: BRICS: Is Chinese Yuan a Growing Threat to the U.S. Dollar?

 

Watcher.Guru-tweet-24August2023-BRICS to officially abandon US Dollar for trade settlements

Watcher.Guru-tweet-24August2023-BRICS to officially abandon US Dollar for trade settlements

 

BRICS Steps Away From The US Dollar

The BRICS bloc announced that it wants to end dependency on the US dollar to promote their local currencies. The dollar’s debt factor also played a role in abandoning the USD. We will increase “payment options and reduce our vulnerability,” holding the dollar as reserves, said Brazil’s President Lula da Silva.

Also Read: BRICS: China Targets U.S., Says America Is Obsessed With Hegemony

BRICS will also convince other developing countries to trade in local currencies and not the US dollar. The greenback will slowly fade away from the international stage, making the debt ceiling crisis in America worsen. Read here to learn about the 10 financial sectors that will be impacted if the US dollar is no longer used for global trade.

 

Watcher.Guru-tweet-24August2023-Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and UAE to join BRICS

Watcher.Guru-tweet-24August2023-Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, and UAE to join BRICS

Also Read: BRICS Developing Effective Mechanisms for Global Financial Control

In addition, six new countries will join BRICS, further strengthening the alliance. Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, and Iran will be members of the bloc. Five of the six countries are oil-producing nations and could change the way the world trades in the coming years.

 

In conclusion, the US dollar is in a ‘do or die‘ situation after the BRICS called to stop trading in the USD. The dollar could be on the path of decline if the ideas of the BRICS play out as planned.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS Drive US Dollar Global Reserves to Record Lows in 2024

Joshua Ramos
22August2024  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-drive-us-dollar-global-reserves-to-record-lows-in-2024

 

In what is a clear signifier of the BRICS de-dollarization success, US dollar global reserves have plummeted to record lows in 2024. Indeed, data shows that the share of reserves held in the greenback has fallen. Moreover, the economic alliance has continued to seek an international shift away from the currency.

 

The bloc has embraced increasing trade agreements that ditch the dollar. Specifically, Russia has orchestrated dealings with Iran, India, and North Korea that seek to challenge Western dominance in the trade sector. Those efforts are clearly having an effect, based on the recent metrics.

 

Also Read: BRICS Calls Its Payment System a Global Bombshell as it Nears Arrival

 

US Dollar Reserves Plummet Following BRICS De-Dollarization

The BRICS bloc has firmly embraced de-dollarization over the last several years. With Russia combating sanctions since 2022, the promotion of local currencies has been driven by necessity. Now, it appears as though those efforts are starting to have an effect.

 

BRICS initiatives have driven the US dollar global reserve to hit record lows in 2024. Indeed, the Atlantic Council’s Dollar Dominance Monitor notes a stark decline. Specifically, the share of international reserves held in the greenback has dropped to 59% this year. Conversely, that number was as high as 72% in 2002.

 

The economic collective’s currency initiative has been the driving force behind expansion interest. With countries like Malaysia, Thailand, Nigeria, and Venezuela clamoring to join, Western hegemony appears to be the most important factor in that interest.

 

Also Read: BRICS Makes Major Announcement on Alliance Expansion

 

A researcher at the Lowy Institute, Rahman Yaacob, said as much in an interview with Fortune. “For some countries, BRICS can be a counterweight against US economic hegemony,” he noted. Therefore, it provides a way to hedge against emerging concerns regarding the US economy.

 

In August, recession concerns drove a mass stock market crash. The US market lost $2 trillion, with Japan’s stock market suffering its single greatest daily loss in history. Those fears are in concert with worries over the ballooning US debt, now reaching $35 trillion. Several countries appear weary of putting increased faith in the West. That appears to be encouraged by BRICS, and driving strategies away from the dollar.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS Nations Buy Massive Amounts of Gold to Back the New Currency

Vinod Dsouza

10July2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-nations-buy-gold-to-back-new-currency

he BRICS alliance plans to launch a new currency backed by gold, reported RT News a month ahead of the summit. Russia has reportedly briefed the bloc on the importance of pegging the soon-to-be-released currency to gold. The move could make it easier to take on the U.S. dollar and challenge its global reserve status. The next BRICS summit will be held in South Africa in August and the formation of a new currency will be laid out.

Also Read: BRICS: India Saves $7 Billion by Ditching U.S. Dollar For Oil Trade

BRICS to Back The New Currency With Gold

The yet-to-be-launched BRICS currency could be backed by gold and the bloc of five nations are stockpiling the precious metal. In the last 18 months, the BRICS nations have increased their gold buying expenditure to end reliance on the U.S. dollar.

Also Read: 6 New Countries To Join BRICS Alliance in August Summit

The World Gold Council published a report saying that China purchased 102 tonnes of gold. Russia has purchased 31.1 tonnes of precious metal in the last six months. In addition, India added 2.8 tonnes to its gold reserves in 2023, for the first time in more than a year. India accumulated gold for several months and could add more by the end of the year.

 

The move puts the U.S. dollar in jeopardy as gold could be used as collateral and not the USD. The BRICS alliance could rely more on gold and completely end reliance on the U.S. dollar. If many more countries join the bloc, the new BRICS currency could be the preferred choice for cross-border transactions.

Also Read: BRICS: 130 Countries Move Towards CBDC Currency, US Dollar in Jeopardy

Gold is considered a safe investment and has a slim chance of collapsing than the U.S. dollar. The greenback is now a risky asset as it comes with the dangers of debt. If the debt ceiling crisis worsens, it could cause a domino effect of financial problems in developing countries. Therefore, a handful of countries in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and Europe, are looking to stay away from the U.S. dollar for global settlements.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS Could Potentially Become Global Currency

Vinod Dsouza
8June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-could-potentially-become-global-currency

The BRICS alliance will launch a new currency in the next summit in August 2023 held in Cape Town, South Africa. The five blocs of nations Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa will combinedly decide the formation of the currency. The yet-to-be-released tender will be pushed into the global stage to settle cross-border transactions among like-minded nations. The goal is to end reliance on the U.S. dollar and usher in a new era in the financial sector.

 

Even before its launch, around 41 countries have expressed interest to join BRICS and accept the currency. While 19 countries have formally sent applications to join BRICS, the others have informally expressed desires to enter the bloc. South African BRICS ambassador Anil Sooklal confirmed that the alliance could soon expand becoming BRICS+.

Also Read: Europe Might Get Ready To Accept BRICS Currency

BRICS Currency Could Go Global, Dethrone the U.S. Dollar

Leading economist Alexis Habiyaremye from the University of Johannesburg said that the BRICS currency could dethrone the U.S. dollar. The economist said that the U.S. dollar added a burden to the economies of developing countries through debt accumulation. The U.S. pressing sanctions aggravated the situation making their local economies come to a standstill.

Also Read: Saudi Arabia To Challenge U.S. Dollar’s Supremacy by Funding BRICS Alliance

Things could get better with the launch of the currency as the U.S. will have no control over their economies. If the BRICS currency gains widespread acceptance, the U.S. dollar will lose supply and demand on the global stage. The development could make the new tender acceptable and countries could sideline the USD in the coming years.

 

“In terms of economic weight, The BRICS currency has a real prospect of becoming a global currency if members commit to increasing trade exchange between themselves,” he said. The economist added, “Introducing a new currency if it were to be used effectively and systematically for all trade transactions between BRICS countries, would alleviate the burden on these countries to finance the exorbitant privilege.”

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

How BRICS Eliminated US Influence in the Global South

Joshua Ramos
8June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/how-brics-eliminated-us-influence-in-the-global-south

 

The past few months have seen the economic bloc continue to grow and establish a new global power balance. Subsequently, through a myriad of factors, it is undeniable that BRICS has all but eliminated US influence in the global south. A development that has opened the door to the undeniable growth of the alliance.

 

Yet, the elimination of American influence was not solely a victory for the BRICS collective. Alternatively, it was the development of decades worth of resentment toward the ideals of the United States. More importantly, it was the culmination of the status quo that has long affected the region negatively.

The BRICS Movement

In recent statements, South African Ambassador Anil Sooklal discussed the state of the BRICS bloc. Specifically, addressing opposition to the collective. Interestingly, he stated, “BRICS is not a group of countries that is in opposition to any particular grouping.”

 

Additionally, Sooklal told Newsweek about the group’s desire. Noting the bloc’s hope “of reforming the global governance architecture, to make it more inclusive, more equitable, and more just and fair, which many of us continue to feel that it’s not.”

 

That sentiment is what has driven the expected growth of the BRICS bloc over the last several months. Indeed, it is what has driven more than 20 countries to submit their membership requests to join the bloc ahead of its annual summit. Subsequently, the opposite of ideology is how BRICS has all but eliminated the US influence on the global south.

 

“We see an erosion of the global multilateral architecture,” Sooklal added. “Unilateral measures, unilateral sanctions becoming the norm of the day, an uneven global architecture, and countries wanting to have a greater say in terms of how the new evolving global order pans out.”

 

Conclusively, Sooklal noted these factors as attracting “countries from the global south who increasingly want to identify with the BRICS group.” Additionally, noting, “the attractiveness of BRIS is that it articulates the challenges that countries from the Global South continue to face in a very unequal world. A world that vastly changed over the last 80 years since the founding of the U.N. System.”

 

Alternatively, the Secretary General of the India-China Economic and Cultural Council, Mohammed Aqib, adds another interesting aspect. Specifically, he told Newsweek that it is less about the potential that makes the bloc attractive. Instead, it is an ultimate goal.

 

“It is the quest for multilateralism stand breaking the hegemony of the West which is driving countries to join BRICS.”

The US Role

Indeed, the growth of BRICS and the elimination of US influence on the Global South are byproducts of efforts from countries like Russia, India, and China. However, it is also a byproduct of decades worth of actions taken by the United States.

 

Amid the battle for international influence, Saqib stated that “the USA is turning BRICS into a geopolitical tool to contain China, coercing, coaxing, and threatening countries to somehow fail BRICS.” Subsequently, this perspective has driven the growth of the BRICS. As many have observed its potential, they have first observed what its potential means for Western dominance.

 

That kind of perspective only grew with the Western sanctions placed on Russia. Specifically, this set out to once again weaponize the global finance sector. It saw the United States and its allies tell countries who they could do business with, by limiting access to the currency they controlled.

 

Thus, the quest for greater de-dollarization took hold. Saqib noted, “De-dollarization will save countries from currency terrorism or sanctions and also offer fair terms of trade and influence of the West.”

 

Interestingly, these actions are an effort to create a multipolar order. Moreover, they have created an opportunity for nations that have long felt under the heel of the West, to stand shoulder to shoulder. This quest for an equal playing field is led by the actions of Russia and China, driven by the US itself.

 

The upcoming BRICS summit will surely allow discussion of potential expansion and an alternative currency. It will feature more than 20 nations discussing their potential entry. And it will be another indication that the BRICS countries have driven US influence from the global south entirely. Yet, the US certainly has a part to play in that.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS New Development Bank Now Offers Loans in Local Currencies Instead of US Dollar

Vignesh Karunanidhi
23April2023 https://watcher.guru/news/brics-new-development-bank-now-offers-loans-in-local-currencies-instead-of-us-dollar

 

The US dollar has been losing its role in global trade. When the pound sterling lost its value during WWI and WWII, the US dollar was established as a global reserve currency. However, global nations are slowly steering away from US dollar reliance.

 

Now The New Development Bank (NDB) of the BRICS group has begun to offer loans in local currencies. This is according to the latest report from Natural News,

 

Watcher.Guru-tweet-23April2023-BRICS New Development Bank now offers loans in local currencies

Watcher.Guru-tweet-23April2023-BRICS New Development Bank now offers loans in local currencies

 

BRICS group motive to ditch the use of US dollar

The move to offer loans in local currencies is to steer away from the US dollar’s dependency. The plan to offer the loan was reportedly confirmed by NDB President Dilma Rousseff. She also stated that the bank aims to provide 30% of the loans in the local currencies of member nations.

 

Rousseff recently stated this in an April 14 interview with CGTN regarding the move. “It is necessary to find ways to avoid foreign exchange risk and other issues such as being dependent on a single currency, such as the U.S. dollar.”

Also read: BRICS: Putin and Saudi Crown Prince Discuss OPEC+ Deal

She also stressed during the interview that providing 30% of the loans in the local currencies of BRICS member countries will also help the countries avoid exchange rate risks and finance shortages.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS: Ministers Say Global Order is Rebalancing from Western Dominance

Joshua Ramos
4June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-ministers-say-global-order-is-rebalancing

 

BRICS foreign ministers are meeting in Cape Town over the next two days, where they have stated the global order is rebalancing away from Western dominance. Moreover, South Africa’s foreign minister, Naledi Pandor, discussed the collective vision for “global leadership,” amidst a fractured world.

 

Ministers from Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa were in attendance. Subsequently, they spoke about the turning tide of the global power balance. Stating that the BRICS nations need to assure the multipolar order of the current world.

BRICS Nations Speak of Rebalanced Global Order

The BRICS nations have undoubtedly grown in prominence thus far in 2023. Indeed, nations have sought to join the collective that has proven to be a growing alternative to the G7 countries. With a combined population of over 3.2 billion, and making up 40% of people on the planet, BRICS have proven to be attractive to developing countries.

 

Nevertheless, in the meeting taking place today, the BBC reported the BRICS foreign ministers’ sentiments that the global order is rebalancing away from Western dominance. Specifically, Indian Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar discussed the necessity for the collective to “send out a strong message that the world is multipolar, that it is rebalancing, and that old ways cannot address new situations.”

 

“At the heart of the problems we face is economic concentration that leaves too many nations at the mercy of too few,” he added. Additionally, Brazilian Foreign Minister Mauro Viera shared their vision of the bloc. Specifically, describing it as an “indispensable mechanism for building a multipolar world order that reflects the devices and needs of developing countries.”

 

As the BRICS summit is set to arrive in a few months, the potential expansion of the bloc will be a vital talking point. Moreover, more than 20 nations have already reportedly submitted membership applications to join the bloc. The bloc continues to maintain its focus on challenging Western dominance. Subsequently, countries tired of the political stranglehold of the West are flocking.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS Alliance Promoting Native Currency Before Launching New Tender

Vinod Dsouza
2May2023 https://watcher.guru/news/brics-alliance-promote-native-currency-before-launching-new-tender

 

BRICS countries are promoting their native currency before launching a new tender in August 2023. The next BRICS summit will be held in South Africa and the BRICS nations Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa will launch a new currency to settle international trade. The nations aim to remove the U.S. dollar from its global reserve status and overthrow the existing financial order.

 

China is making use of the timeline by asking other developing nations to settle trade using the Chinese Yuan. In Q1 2023, the Chinese Yuan was the most traded currency in Russia overtaking the U.S. dollar. In addition, France settled an LNG gas trade with China by paying in the Chinese Yuan, ending the reliance on the dollar.

 

Also Read: 5 Arab Nations Ready To Join BRICS Alliance

 

On the other hand, India has asked developing countries to settle trade in the Rupee instead of the U.S. dollar. India reached out to countries that don’t have the U.S. dollar in reserve to pay for international trade, reported Bloomberg. The Reserve Bank of India allows 18 countries to pay with the Rupee instead of the dollar. Kenya, Sri Lanka, and Singapore are among the list of nations that India wants to trade with using its native currency Rupee.

 

Also Read: BRICS Countries Buying Large Amounts of Gold To Topple the U.S. Dollar

BRICS Alliance Promotes Native Currency

South Africa’s BRICS ambassador, Anil Sooklal said that the block of nations must prioritize native currencies over the U.S. dollar. The development is the stepping stone to replace the dollar before they launch a new currency in August this year. In conclusion, the BRICS alliance of nations has already begun using their native currency for trade than the dollar.

 

Also Read: Will Canada & Mexico Join BRICS To Eliminate U.S. Dollar’s Dominance?

National currencies should be increasingly used by the BRICS states not only in trade but also in investments and other transactions. Only this way can the foundation for the single BRICS currency be created,” he said to Tass News.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

10 ASEAN Countries To Accept BRICS Currency

Vinod Dsouza
7June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/10-asean-countries-to-accept-brics-currency

ASEAN bloc of countries leaders Source: Reuters

ASEAN bloc of countries leaders Source: Reuters

The ASEAN bloc of countries is looking to deepen ties with BRICS and accept the new currency for cross-border transactions. ASEAN nations recently agreed to ditch the U.S. dollar for global trade and are currently settling payments with native currencies. The leaders of the 10 Southwest Asian nations agreed to sideline the U.S. dollar and promote local currencies instead. Therefore, the dollar usage for international trade is reduced giving native currencies a boost in the global markets.

 

Also Read: Europe Might Get Ready To Accept BRICS Currency

The 10 ASEAN countries recently signed a declaration to stop using the U.S. dollar similar to the BRICS alliance. The countries in the ASEAN bloc include Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam.

 

While ASEAN has no plans to launch a new currency, they are dependent on BRICS to release a new tender. When the soon-to-be-released currency makes its way on the global stage, the ASEAN bloc could be the first to accept it. The bloc is moving to maintain ties with BRICS and begin to usher in a new era in the global financial markets.

 

Also Read: Saudi Arabia To Challenge U.S. Dollar’s Supremacy by Funding BRICS Alliance

ASEAN Alliance Could be the First to Accept BRICS Currency

The official declaration signed by ASEAN leaders states that the U.S. dollar will be reduced to secondary status for global trade. The goal is to strengthen bilateral and multilateral payment activities among each other for imports and exports. The proximity of borders helps ASEAN to settle trade faster and more smoothly.

 

Apart from ASEAN, the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) is also aiming to end reliance on the U.S. dollar and accept BRICS. Read here to know more details on why GCC wants to challenge Western financial dominance.

 

Also Read: BRICS: 16 Asian Countries Move to Ditch the U.S. Dollar

“We adopted the ASEAN Leaders Declaration on advancing regional payment connectivity and promoting local currency transaction to foster bilateral and multilateral payment connectivity arrangements to strengthen economic integration by enabling fast, seamless, and more affordable cross-border payments across the region,” the declaration read.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

24 Countries Ready To Accept BRICS Currency

Vinod Dsouza
2May2023 https://watcher.guru/news/24-countries-ready-to-accept-brics-currency

 

A total of 24 countries are interested in accepting and trading with BRICS currency when it launches on the International stage. The group of developing countries is moving to bypass the U.S. dollar to settle global trade. The dollar’s dominance could weaken if the BRICS currency gains prominence, giving Eastern nations more financial power than the United States.

 

South Africa’s BRICS ambassador Anil Sooklal said that 19 countries have shown their interest to join the alliance, reported Bloomberg. Sooklal confirmed that 13 countries have formally sent applications to join the BRICS alliance. He added that five other countries have informally requested to be a part of the block.

 

Also Read: BRICS Alliance Promoting Native Currency Before Launching New Tender

BRICS comprises five countries Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. Therefore, a total of 24 countries are participating to dethrone the U.S. dollar from its global reserve status.

24 Countries Interested In BRICS Currency

The countries that have shown interest to join the BRICS alliance are Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Argentina, Egypt, Bahrain, Indonesia, Algeria, and Iran. Also, two unnamed countries from East Africa and one from West Africa have sent their applications, according to the ambassador.

 

The development shows that a handful of countries are interested to trade in the BRICS currency. The nations want to move away from the U.S. dollar and end American financial supremacy. The dollar comes with a risk of debt that could wreak havoc on local currencies if the U.S. slips into a recession.

 

Also Read: BRICS Countries Buying Large Amounts of Gold To Topple the U.S. Dollar

If more countries ditch the dollar, the U.S. will have no means to fund its deficit, making the dollar weak. This could make the soon-to-be-released BRICS currency gain prominence in the new financial world order.

 

If nations around the world settle for trade with the BRICS currency, the dollar’s value could plummet. Therefore, the fate of the U.S. dollar will be decided in the next BRICS summit.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

Europe Might Get Ready To Accept BRICS Currency

Vinod Dsouza

4June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/europe-ready-to-accept-brics-currency-u-s-dollar

 

A whirlwind of changes is taking place in the global financial markets threatening the superiority of the U.S. dollar. A handful of countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America, and Europe are looking to end reliance on the dollar and promote BRICS or their native currencies. Iraq banned the U.S. dollar in May, posing a hefty fine and jail term for anyone trading with the USD.

 

The Iraqi government banned entities from initiating business transactions with the U.S. dollar. Iraq aims to control the fluctuating black market exchange rate, that plagues the country for decades. The move is also positioned to strengthen the usage of the Iraqi Dinar in the Forex markets.

 

Offenders who trade in the U.S. dollar will face a penalty of up to 1 million Iraqi Dinar. Repeat offenders will also face a jail term of one year and have their business licenses overturned.

Also Read: Saudi Arabia To Challenge U.S. Dollar’s Supremacy by Funding BRICS Alliance

After Iraq Bans U.S. Dollar, Europe Could Accept BRICS Currency

The South African BRICS ambassador Anil Sooklal confirmed that European countries have expressed interest to join the BRICS alliance. Sooklal did not reveal the names of the European nations but hinted that a global financial change is brewing. According to recent developments, all arrows point towards France and Belarus showing interest to join BRICS.

Also Read: BRICS: What Happens if Mexico Joins the Alliance?

France settled an LNG gas trade with China by settling the cross-border transaction with the Chinese Yuan in March. French President Emmanuel Macron also called for the European Union to distance itself from the U.S. dollar.

 

Watcher.Guru-tweet-29March2023-China and France complete first LNG gas trade using Chinese Yuan

Watcher.Guru-tweet-29March2023-China and France complete first LNG gas trade using Chinese Yuan

 

In addition, Macron repeatedly hit out against the dollar calling it a “great risk” to continue trading with it. The dollar comes with the risk of debt that could spell trouble to nations holding it as reserves.

 

Also, the Eastern European country Belarus is interested to join BRICS and trade with the new currency. Belarus President Alexander Lukashenko suggested ideas to create a new economic union with zero restrictions with BRICS. If a barrier-less trade among BRICS countries takes shape, the U.S. dollar could be dethroned from the global reserve currency.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

Saudi Arabia To Challenge U.S. Dollar’s Supremacy by Funding BRICS Alliance

Vinod Dsouza

01June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/saudi-arabia-challenge-us-dollar-funding-brics-alliance

 

The oil-rich Saudi Arabia formally sent its application to join the BRICS alliance, reported Bloomberg. The South African BRICS ambassador Anil Sooklal confirmed that five Middle Eastern countries have shown their interest to join the bloc. The five countries are Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Egypt, and Algeria. The nations export millions of oil barrels to the West every year settling transactions in the U.S. dollar.

 

Talks are in progress with Saudi Arabia looking to fund the BRICS bank, commonly called The New Development Bank (NDB). If the BRICS alliance accepts Saudi’s funding, it could usher in a new era of financial dominance with constant cash flow from the oil-rich nation. Saudi Arabia funding of the BRICS bank poses a challenge to the U.S. dollar’s supremacy as the global reserve currency.

 

Also Read: BRICS: China Does Not Want the Chinese Yuan To Replace U.S. Dollar as Reserve Currency

BRICS: Saudi Arabia Challenges U.S. Dollar’s Global Currency Status

The BRICS bank President Dilma Rousseff said on Tuesday that the alliance is keen on receiving funds from Saudi Arabia. Moreover, the decision to allow Saudi cash flow for NDB will be jointly taken by the bloc of nations at the next summit in South Africa in August.

 

Also Read: What Happens to the U.S. Dollar if BRICS Launch New Currency?

 

“As a former president of a developing country, I know how important multilateral banks are. And how much of a challenge it is to obtain finance or to raise funds on the scale needed to address social and economic challenges in our countries,” said Rousseff.

 

Rousseff stated that the BRICS bank aims to fund projects in local currencies thereon and not the U.S. dollar. The development could end reliance on the U.S. dollar and strengthen the BRICS currency on a global scale. Nonetheless, the dollar’s dominance is being chipped piece-by-piece as we know it and could make way for a new financial order.

 

Also Read: After BRICS, 10 ASEAN Countries Ditch The U.S. Dollar

 

BRICS is an acronym for Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. Nearly 25 countries have shown their interest to join the alliance. BRICS could soon turn to BRICS+ if more countries are allowed to enter the bloc and become financially more powerful.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS: Saudi Arabia & India’s New Energy Deal a ‘Game Changer’

Joshua Ramos
20September2023 https://watcher.guru/news/brics-saudi-arabia-indias-new-energy-deal-a-game-changer

 

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi meets with Crown Prince Of Saudi Arabia Mohammed Bin Salman Bin Abdulaziz Al-Saud

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi meets with Crown Prince Of Saudi Arabia Mohammed Bin Salman Bin Abdulaziz Al-Saud

Source: Nikkei Asia

The two BRICS countries, Saudi Arabia and India, have signed a new energy deal that has certainly been labeled a “game changer.” Moreover, the two nations have already agreed to expand economic ties. The decision arrived after Saudi Arabia was invited to join the bloc at last month’s 2023 economic summit.

 

The economic alliance saw six countries join its ranks in its first expansion effort since its inception. Saudi Arabia joined the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Iran, Egypt, Ethiopia, and Argentina as part of key expansion efforts. Subsuenqlety’s deals with India show the fruit of that decision.

Also Read: BRICS Influence in Oil Sector Grows, Puts US Dollar in Danger

Saudi Arabia and India Sign New Energy Agreement Labeled a “Game Changer.”

The growth in economic ties between Saudi Arabia and India has been a notable development. Specifically, the two BRICS nations have seen their economic integration lead to agreements that could have massive implications. That trend has continued once again today.

 

Indeed, the BRICS nations of Saudi Arabia and India have signed a new energy agreement that has been labeled a “game changer.” Moreover, the deal will see the former aid India in its energy transition. The country’s Power and Energy Minister, R.K. Singh, noted that it could be of immense importance in the near term.

Also Read: Economist Predicts Tradig Ending to US Dollar

Specifically, both countries have signed a memorandum of understanding on energy cooperation. The deal has placed its emphasis on energy efficiency as well as renewable energy and green hydrogen. Subsequently, it has directed both nations toward energy efficiency, with a grid interconnected between the two nations.

 

“The advantage will be that renewable energy will be available around the clock because they are in different time zones, so the sun always shines in different time zones,” Singh told Arab News. “It is a game changer. The cost of electricity will come down for the entire region, for the entire Middle East, for our subcontinent, and also for Southeast Asia.”

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS: What Happens if Mexico Joins the Alliance?

Vinod Dsouza

01June2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-what-happens-if-mexico-joins-the-alliance

 

Mexico is among the 19 countries that have expressed interest to join BRICS but has not formally sent its application, reported Bloomberg. If Mexico officially applies to join the BRICS alliance, the move could cause a paradigm shift in cross-border transactions.

 

The move could impact its relations with other countries, including its neighboring counties the United States and Canada. The U.S. dollar’s global status could be challenged and put to the test if Mexico accepts the upcoming BRICS currency.

 

Also Read: BRICS: China Does Not Want the Chinese Yuan To Replace U.S. Dollar as Reserve Currency

What Happens If Mexico Joins the BRICS Alliance & Accepts the New Currency?

Mexico’s alignment with BRICS could alter the geopolitical dynamics in the North and Latin American region. It may result in the reconfiguration of alliances and partnerships, potentially impacting Mexico’s relationships with other countries, particularly those outside BRICS. The move could also lead to closer ties with BRICS members and reshape global power dynamics.

 

Also Read: What Happens to the U.S. Dollar if BRICS Launch New Currency?

 

In addition, Mexico accepting BRICS currency for international trade could pave the way for Latin American countries to cut ties with the U.S. dollar. The BRICS currency could capture the Latin American markets making other nations end reliance on the U.S. dollar.

 

Mexico’s participation might be an important gateway for the BRICS currency to access and trade in the Latin American markets. The move might extend to areas such as diplomacy, security, and cultural exchanges, fostering closer relationships among the participating nations.

 

However, Mexico has not joined the BRICS alliance currently and is partnered with the United States and Canada through NAFTA. A decision to be a part of the bloc through BRICS+ is yet to be decided by the government.

 

BRICS is an acronym for Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. The next summit will be held in South Africa in August, where members will decide on the formation of a new currency.

 

TOP

 



watcher-guru-logo

BRICS: Here’s a Full List of Countries That Wants To Join the Alliance

Vinod Dsouza
11May2023  https://watcher.guru/news/brics-full-list-of-countries-that-want-to-join-alliance

 

BRICS was created on June 16, 2019, and it compromises Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa. The alliance is taking on the U.S. dollar with plans to launch a new currency to settle payments for international trades. The move is attracting other Eastern countries into the bloc as they want to end reliance on the dollar and promote native currencies.

 

In addition, developing nations from Africa, the Middle East, and South East Asia are ready to join the BRICS alliance. In this article, we will highlight how many countries have shown their interest in joining the BRICS bloc.

 

Also Read: Middle East Countries Look To Join BRICS Alliance

Full List of Countries That Have Shown Interest in Joining BRICS

Discussing the expansion of BRICS to BRICS+ is currently underway and could be decided in the next summit on August 2023. The countries that have shown interest in joining BRICS are:

Algeria
Argentina
Bahrain
Egypt
Indonesia
Iran
Saudi Arabia
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan,
Bangladesh
Belarus
Kazakhstan
Mexico
Nicaragua
Nigeria
Pakistan
Senegal
Sudan
Syria
Thailand

Tunisia
Turkey
Uruguay
Venezuela, and
Zimbabwe.

Among all the nations, Algeria, Argentina, Bahrain, Egypt, Indonesia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates have formally applied to join the BRICS alliance. The other nations have only expressed their interest in joining the BRICS bloc.

 

Also Read: 24 Countries Ready To Accept BRICS Currency

The next BRICS summit will be held in Cape Town, South Africa in August 2023. The five-nations bloc will combinedly decide on the launch of a new currency to settle global trade. The development has placed the U.S. dollar on the back foot as the world will rely less on the greenback. The move could add further pressure on the dollar sending it on a path of decline.

 

However, the Federal Reserve plans to challenge BRICS by launching a new FedNow payment service. FedNow will be an instant money transfer platform and banks and leading financial institutions will adopt the new financial technology. Read here to know how FedNow plans to take on the yet-to-be-released BRICS currency and stunt its growth.

 

TOP

 


 


zerohedge-com-logo

G7 Vs BRICS – Off To The Races

by Tyler Durden, 25March2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/g7-vs-brics-races

Authored by Scott Ritter via ConsortiumNews.com,

An economist digging below the surface of an IMF report has found something that should shock the Western bloc out of any false confidence in its unsurpassed global economic clout…

G7 leaders meeting on June 28, 2022, at Schloss Elmau in Krün, Germany. (White House/Adam Schultz)

G7 leaders meeting on June 28, 2022, at Schloss Elmau in Krün, Germany. (White House/Adam Schultz)

Last summer, the Group of 7 (G7), a self-anointed forum of nations that view themselves as the most influential economies in the world, gathered at Schloss Elmau, near Garmisch-Partenkirchen, Germany, to hold their annual meeting. Their focus was punishing Russia through additional sanctions, further arming of Ukraine and the containment of China.

 

At the same time, China hosted, through video conference, a gathering of the BRICS economic forum. Comprised of Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa, this collection of nations relegated to the status of so-called developing economies focused on strengthening economic bonds, international economic development and how to address what they collectively deemed the counter-productive policies of the G7.

 

In early 2020, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov had predicted that, based upon purchasing power parity, or PPP, calculations projected by the International Monetary Fund, BRICS would overtake the G7 sometime later that year in terms of percentage of the global total.

 

(A nation’s gross domestic product at purchasing power parity, or PPP, exchange rates is the sum value of all goods and services produced in the country valued at prices prevailing in the United States and is a more accurate reflection of comparative economic strength than simple GDP calculations.)

 

Then the pandemic hit and the global economic reset that followed made the IMF projections moot. The world became singularly focused on recovering from the pandemic and, later, managing the fallout from the West’s massive sanctioning of Russia following that nation’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022.

 

The G7 failed to heed the economic challenge from BRICS, and instead focused on solidifying its defense of the “rules based international order” that had become the mantra of the administration of U.S. President Joe Biden.

Miscalculation

Since the Russian invasion of Ukraine, an ideological divide that has gripped the world, with one side (led by the G7) condemning the invasion and seeking to punish Russia economically, and the other (led by BRICS) taking a more nuanced stance by neither supporting the Russian action nor joining in on the sanctions. This has created a intellectual vacuum when it comes to assessing the true state of play in global economic affairs.

U.S. President Joe Biden in virtual call with G7 leaders and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, Feb. 24. (White House/Adam Schultz)

U.S. President Joe Biden in virtual call with G7 leaders and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, Feb. 24. (White House/Adam Schultz)

It is now widely accepted that the U.S. and its G7 partners miscalculated both the impact sanctions would have on the Russian economy, as well as the blowback that would hit the West.

Angus King, the Independent senator from Maine, recently observed that he remembers

“when this started a year ago, all the talk was the sanctions are going to cripple Russia. They’re going to be just out of business and riots in the street absolutely hasn’t worked …[w]ere they the wrong sanctions? Were they not applied well? Did we underestimate the Russian capacity to circumvent them? Why have the sanctions regime not played a bigger part in this conflict?”

It should be noted that the IMF calculated that the Russian economy, as a result of these sanctions, would contract by at least 8 percent. The real number was 2 percent and the Russian economy — despite sanctions — is expected to grow in 2023 and beyond.

 

This kind of miscalculation has permeated Western thinking about the global economy and the respective roles played by the G7 and BRICS. In October 2022, the IMF published its annual World Economic Outlook (WEO), with a focus on traditional GDP calculations. Mainstream economic analysts, accordingly, were comforted that — despite the political challenge put forward by BRICS in the summer of 2022 — the IMF was calculating that the G7 still held strong as the leading global economic bloc.

 

In January 2023 the IMF published an update to the October 2022 WEO,  reinforcing the strong position of the G7.  According to Pierre-Olivier Gourinchas, the IMF’s chief economist, the “balance of risks to the outlook remains tilted to the downside but is less skewed toward adverse outcomes than in the October WEO.”

 

This positive hint prevented mainstream Western economic analysts from digging deeper into the data contained in the update. I can personally attest to the reluctance of conservative editors trying to draw current relevance from “old data.”

 

Fortunately, there are other economic analysts, such as Richard Dias of Acorn Macro Consulting, a self-described “boutique macroeconomic research firm employing a top-down approach to the analysis of the global economy and financial markets.”

 

Rather than accept the IMF’s rosy outlook as gospel, Dias did what analysts are supposed to do — dig through the data and extract relevant conclusions.

 

After rooting through the IMF’s World Economic Outlook Data Base, Dias conducted a comparative analysis of the percentage of global GDP adjusted for PPP between the G7 and BRICS, and made a surprising discovery: BRICS had surpassed the G7.

 

This was not a projection, but rather a statement of accomplished fact:

BRICS was responsible for 31.5 percent of the PPP-adjusted global GDP, while the G7 provided 30.7 percent.

Making matters worse for the G7, the trends projected showed that the gap between the two economic blocs would only widen going forward.

G7 vs BRICS - GDP as a share of Global Total 1995 -2025

G7 vs BRICS – GDP as a share of Global Total 1995 -2025

The reasons for this accelerated accumulation of global economic clout on the part of BRICS can be linked to three primary factors:

  • residual fallout from the Covid-19 pandemic,
  • blowback from the sanctioning of Russia by the G7 nations in the aftermath of the Russian invasion of Ukraine and a growing resentment among the developing economies of the world to G7 economic policies and
  • priorities which are perceived as being rooted more in post-colonial arrogance than a genuine desire to assist in helping nations grow their own economic potential.

Growth Disparities

It is true that BRICS and G7 economic clout is heavily influenced by the economies of China and the U.S., respectively. But one cannot discount the relative economic trajectories of the other member states of these economic forums. While the economic outlook for most of the BRICS countries points to strong growth in the coming years, the G7 nations, in a large part because of the self-inflicted wound that is the current sanctioning of Russia, are seeing slow growth or, in the case of the U.K., negative growth, with little prospect of reversing this trend.

 

Moreover, while G7 membership remains static, BRICS is growing, with Argentina and Iran having submitted applications, and other major regional economic powers, such as Saudi Arabia, Turkey and Egypt, expressing an interest in joining. Making this potential expansion even more explosive is the recent Chinese diplomatic achievement in normalizing relations between Iran and Saudia Arabia.

 

Diminishing prospects for the continued global domination by the U.S. dollar, combined with the economic potential of the trans-Eurasian economic union being promoted by Russia and China, put the G7 and BRICS on opposing trajectories. BRICS should overtake the G7 in terms of actual GDP, and not just PPP, in the coming years.

But don’t hold your breath waiting for mainstream economic analysts to reach this conclusion. Thankfully, there are outliers such as Richard Dias and Acorn Macro Consulting who seek to find new meaning from old data.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Watch: G7 Vs BRICS By GDP (1992-2028)

by Tyler Durden, 31July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/watch-g7-vs-brics-gdp-1992-2028

 

Fifty years ago, the government finance heads from the UK, West Germany, France, and the U.S. met informally in the White House’s ground-floor library to discuss the international monetary situation at the time. This is the origin story of the G7.

 

This initial group quickly expanded, adding Japan, Italy, and Canada, to solidify a bloc of the biggest non-communist economies at the time. As industrialized countries that were reaping the benefits of the post-war productivity boom, they were economic juggernauts, with G7 economic output historically contributing around 40% of global GDP.

 

However, as Visual Capiutalist’s Pallavi Rao details below, the more recent emergence of another international group, BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa), has been carving out its own section of the global economic order.

This animation from James Eagle uses data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and charts the percentage contribution of the G7 and BRICS members to the world economy.

Specifically it uses GDP adjusted for purchasing power parity (PPP) using international dollars.

Click to Play

BRICS Economies Surpass G7 in Global GDP Share

Charting the Rise of BRICS vs. G7

The acronym “BRIC”, developed by Goldman Sachs economist Jim O’Neill in 2001, was used to identify four fast-growing economies in similar stages of development. It wasn’t until 2009 that their leaders met and formalized their relationship, later inviting South Africa to join in 2010.

 

ℹ️ Russia was at the time also a member of the G7, then the G8. It was invited to join in 1997 but was expelled in 2014 following the annexation of Crimea.

 

While initially banded together for investment opportunities, in the last decade, BRICS has become an economic rival to G7. Several of their initiatives include building an alternate global bank, with dialogue underway for a payment system and new reserve currency.

Below is a quick look at both groups’ contribution to the world economy in PPP-adjusted terms.

BRICS vs. G7 Global GDP Share

BRICS vs. G7 Global GDP Share

 

A major contributing factor to BRICS’ rise is Chinese and Indian economic growth.

 

After a period of rapid industrialization in the 1980s and 1990s, China’s exports got a significant boost after it joined the World Trade Organization in 2001. This helped China become the world’s second largest economy by 2010.

 

India’s economic rise has not been quite as swift as China’s, but by 2022, the country ranked third with a gross domestic product (PPP) of $12 trillion. Together the two countries make up nearly one-fourth of the PPP-adjusted $164 trillion world economy.

 

The consequence of using the PPP metric—which better reflects the strengths of local currencies and local prices—is that it has an outsized multiplier effect on the GDPs of developing countries, where the prices of domestic goods and services tend to be cheaper.

 

Below, we can see both the nominal and PPP-adjusted GDP of each G7 and BRICS country in 2023. Nominal GDP is measured in USD with market-rate currency conversion, while the adjusted GDP uses international dollars (using the U.S. as a base country for calculations) which better account for cost of living and inflation.

Nominal and PPP-adjusted GDP of each G7 and BRICS country in 2023

Nominal and PPP-adjusted GDP of each G7 and BRICS country in 2023

 

By the IMF’s projections, BRICS countries will constitute more of the world economy in 2023 ($56 trillion) than the G7 ($52 trillion) using PPP-adjusted GDPs.

How Will BRICS and G7 Compare in the Future?

China and India are in a stage of economic development marked by increasing productivity, wages and consumption, which most countries in the G7 had previously enjoyed in the three decades after World War II.

 

By 2028, the IMF projects BRICS countries to make up one-third of the global economy (PPP):

Nominal and PPP-adjusted GDP of each G7 and BRICS country 2028 projected

Nominal and PPP-adjusted GDP of each G7 and BRICS country 2028 projected

 

BRICS vs. the World?

The economic rise of BRICS carries geopolitical implications as well.

Alongside different political ideals, BRICS’ increasing power gives its member countries financial muscle to back them up. This was put into sharp perspective after the 2022 Russian invasion of Ukraine, when both China and India abstained from condemning the war at the United Nations and continued to buy Russian oil.

 

While this is likely concerning for G7 countries, the group of developed countries still wields unparalleled influence on the global stage. Nominally the G7 still commands a larger share of the global economy ($46 trillion) than BRICS ($27.7 trillion). And from the coordination of sanctions on Russia to sending military aid to Ukraine, the G7 still wields significant influence financially and politically.

 

In the next few decades, especially as China and India are earmarked to lead global growth while simultaneously grappling with their own internal demographic issues, the world order is only set to become more complex and nuanced as these international blocs vie for power.

 

TOP


strategic-culture-su-logo

NATOstan Robots Versus the Heavenly Horses of Multipolarity

Pepe Escobar

29August2023 https://strategic-culture.su/news/2023/08/29/natostan-robots-versus-the-heavenly-horses-of-multipolarity/

 

The entire West is waiting at the room at the station with black curtains – and no trains.

Join us on TelegramTwitter, and VK.

We will all need plenty of time and introspection to analyze the full range of game-changing vectors unleashed by the unveiling of BRICS 11 last week in South Africa.

 

Yet time waits for no one. The Empire will (italics mine) strike back in full force; in fact its multi-hydra Hybrid War tentacles are already on display.

 

Here and here I have attempted two rough drafts of History on the birth of BRICS 11. Essentially, what the Russia-China strategic partnership is accomplishing, one (giant) step at a time, is also multi-vectorial:

– expanding BRICS into an alliance to fight against U.S. non-diplomacy.

– counter-acting the sanctions dementia.

– promoting alternatives to SWIFT.

– promoting autonomy, self-reliance and instances of sovereignty.

– and in the near future, integrating BRICS 11 (and counting) with the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) to counter imperial military threats, something already alluded to by President Lukashenko, the inventor of the precious neologism “Global Globe”.

 

In contrast, the indispensable Michael Hudson has constantly shown how the U.S. and EU’s “strategic error of self-isolation from the rest of the world is so massive, so total, that its effects are the equivalent of a world war.”

 

Thus Prof. Hudson’s contention that the proxy war in Ukraine – not only against Russia but also against Europe – “may be thought of as World War III.”

 

In several ways, Prof. Hudson details, we are living “an outgrowth of World War II, whose aftermath saw the United States establish international economic and political organization under its own control to operate in its own national self-interest: the International Monetary Fund to impose U.S. financial control and dollarize the world economy; the World Bank to lend governments money to bear the infrastructure costs of creating trade dependency on U.S. food and manufactures; promoting plantation agriculture, U.S./NATO control of oil, mining and natural resources; and United Nations agencies under U.S. control, with veto power in all international organizations that it created or joined.”

 

Now it’s another ball game entirely when it comes to Global South, or Global Majority, of “Global Globe” real emancipation. Just take Moscow hosting the Russia-Africa summit in late July, then Beijing, with Xi in person, spending a day last week in Johannesburg with dozens of African leaders, all of them part of the new Non-Aligned Movement (NAM): the G77 (actually 134 nations), presided by a Cuban, President Diaz-Canel.

 

That’s the Russia-China Double Helix in effect – offering large swathes of the “Global Globe” security and high-tech infrastructure (Russia) and finance, manufactured exports and road and rail infrastructure (China).

 

In this context, a BRICS currency is not necessary. Prof. Hudson crucially quotes President Putin: what’s needed is a “means of settlement” for Central Banks for their balance of payments, to keep in check imbalances in trade and investment. That has nothing to do with a BRICS gold-backed supra-national currency.

 

Moreover, there will be no need for a new reserve currency as increasingly more nations will be ditching the U.S. dollar in their settlements.

 

Putin has referred to a “temporary” accounting unit – as intra-BRICS 11 trade will be inevitably expanding in their national currencies. All that will develop in the context of an increasingly overwhelming alliance of major oil, gas, minerals, agriculture and commodities producers: a real (italics mine) economy capable of supporting a new global order progressively pushing Western dominance into oblivion.

 

Call it the soft way to euthanize Hegemony.

All aboard the “malign China” narrative

Now compare all of the above with that piece of Norwegian wood posing as NATO secretary-general telling the CIA mouthpiece paper in Washington, in a unique moment of frankness, that the Ukraine War “didn’t start in 2022. The war started in 2014”.

 

So here we have a designated imperial vassal plainly admitting that the whole thing started with Maidan, the U.S.-engineered coup supervised by cookie distributor Vicky “F**k the E” Nuland. This means that NATO’s claim of a Russia “invasion”, referring to the Special Military Operation (SMO) is absolutely bogus from a legal standpoint.

 

It’s firmly established that the spin doctors/ paid propagandist “experts” of Atlanticist idiocracy, practicing an unrivalled mix of arrogance/ignorance, believe they can get away with anything when it comes to demonizing Russia. The same applies to their new narrative on “malign China”.

 

Chinese scholars which I have the honor to interact with are always delighted to point out that imperial pop narratives and predictive programming are absolutely useless when it comes to confronting Zhong Hua (“The Splendid Central Civilization”).

 

That’s because China, as one of them describes it, is endowed with a “clear-minded, purposeful and relentless aristocratic oligarchy at the helm of the Chinese State”, using tools of power that guarantee, among other issues, public safety and hygiene for all; education focused on learning useful information and skills, not indoctrination; a monetary system under control; physical assets and the industrial capacity to make real stuff; first-class diplomatic, supply chain, techno-scientific, economic, cultural, commercial, geostrategic and financial networks; and first-class physical infrastructure.

 

And yet, since at least 1990, Western mainstream media is obsessed to dictate that China’s economic collapse, or “hard landing”, is imminent.

 

Nonsense. As another Chinese scholar frames it, “China’s strategy has been to let sleeping dogs lie and let lying machines lie. Meanwhile, let China surpass them in their sleep and cause the Empire’s demise.”

Poisons, viruses, microchips

And that bring us full circle back to the New Great Game: NATOstan versus the Multipolar World. No matter the evidence provided by graphic reality, NATOstan in advanced seppuku mode – especially the European sector – actually believes it will win the war against Russia-China.

 

As for the Global South/Global Majority/”Global Globe”, they are regarded as enemies. So their mostly poor populations should be poisoned with famine, experimental injections, new modified viruses, implanted microchips as in BCI (Brain Computer Interface) and soon NATO As Global Robocop “security” outfits.

 

The coming of BRICS 11 is already unleashing a new imperial wave of deadly poisoning, brand new viruses and cyborgs.

The imperial master issued the order to “save” the Japanese seafood industry – a few scraps as quid pro quod for Tokyo acting as a rabid dog in the imperial Chip War against China, and dutifully pledging alliance at the recent Camp David summit side by side with the South Korean vassals.

 

The EU vassals, in synch, lifted Japan food import rules just as Fukushima nuclear wastewater was to be pumped into the ocean. That’s yet another instance of the EU continuing to dig its own grave – as Japan is set to suffer a Typhoon Number Ten type of blowback.

 

Radiation spread across the world through the Pacific will breed endless cancer patients around the world and simultaneously destroy the economy of several small island nations relying heavily on tourism.

 

In parallel, Sergey Glazyev, Minister of Macroeconomics at the Eurasian Economic Commission, part of the EAEU, has been among the very few warning about the new trans-humanist frontier: the Nanotechnology Injection craze ahead – something quite well documented in scientific journals.

 

Quoting Dr. Steve Hotze, Glazyev in one of his Telegram posts explained what DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) has been doing, “injecting nanobots in the form of graphene oxide and hydrogel” into the human body, thus creating an interface between nanobots and brain cells. We become “a receptor, receiver and transmitter of signals. The brain will receive signals from the outside, and you can be manipulated remotely.”

 

Glazyev also refers to the by now frantic promotion of “Eris”, a new Covid variety, named by the WHO after the Greek goddess of discord and enmity, daughter of the goddess of night, Nykta.

 

Those familiar with Greek mythology will know that Eris was quite angry because she was not invited to the wedding of Peleus and Thetis. Her vengeance was to plant at the feast a golden apple from the gardens of Hesperides with the inscription “Most Beautiful”: that was the legendary “apple of discord”, which generated the Mother of All Catfights between Hera, Athena and Aphrodite. And that eventually led to no less than the Trojan War.

In the White Room, with black curtains

It’s oh so predictable, coming from those “elites” running the show, to name a new virus as a harbinger of war. After all, The Next War is badly needed because Project Ukraine turned out to be a massive strategic failure, with the cosmic humiliation of NATO just around the corner.

 

During the Vietnam War – which the empire lost to a peasant guerrilla army – the daily briefing at the command HQ in Saigon was derided by every journalist with an IQ above room temperature as the “Saigon follies”.

 

Saigon would never compare with the tsunami of daily follies offered on the proxy war in Ukraine by a tawdry moveable feast at the White House, State Dept., Pentagon, NATO HQ, the Brussels Kafkaesque machine and other Western environs. The difference is that those posing as “journalists” today are cognitively incapable of understanding these are “follies” – and even if they did, they would be prevented from reporting them.

 

So that’s where the collective West is at the moment: in a White Room, a simulacrum of Plato’s cave depicted in Cream’s 1968 masterpiece, partly inspired by William Blake, invoking pale “silver horses” and exhausted “yellow tigers”.

 

The entire West is waiting at the room at the station with black curtains – and no trains. They will “sleep in this place with the lonely crowd” and “lie in the dark where the shadows run from themselves”.

 

Outside in the cold, long distance, under the sunlight, away from the moving shadows, across roads made of silk and iron, the Heavenly Horses (Tianma) of the multipolar world gallop gallantly from network to network, from Belt and Road to Eurasia and Afro-Eurasia Bridge, from intuition to integration, from emancipation to sovereignty.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Escobar: Putin And The Magic Multipolar Mountain

by Tyler Durden, 08October2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/escobar-putin-and-magic-multipolar-mountain

Authored by Pepe Escobar,

 

There was a whiff of Thomas Mann’s ‘The Magic Mountain’ at the 20th Valdai annual meeting this week at a hotel over the gorgeous heights of the Krasnaya Polyana. north-west of the picturesque resort Sochi.

Russian President Vladimir Putin and Chairman of Council on Foreign and Defence Policy, Editor-in-Chief of Russia in Global Affairs journal Fyodor Lukyanov attend a plenary session as part of the 20th annual meeting of the Valdai Discussion Club titled "Fair Multipolarity: How to Ensure Security and Development for Everyone" in Sochi, Krasnodar region, Russia. © Sputnik / Григорий Сысоев

Russian President Vladimir Putin and Chairman of Council on Foreign and Defence Policy, Editor-in-Chief of Russia in Global Affairs journal Fyodor Lukyanov attend a plenary session as part of the 20th annual meeting of the Valdai Discussion Club titled “Fair Multipolarity: How to Ensure Security and Development for Everyone” in Sochi, Krasnodar region, Russia. © Sputnik / Григорий Сысоев

 

But instead of a deep dive into the lure and degeneracy of ideas in an introverted community in the Swiss Alps on the eve of the First World War, we immersed ourselves in powerful new ideas expressed by a community of Global Majority intellectuals on the possible eve of a psycho neocon-intended WWIII.

 

And then, of course, President Putin intervened, striking the plenary session like lightning.

This is an unofficial Top Ten of his address, before the Q&A which was characteristically engaging:

“I even suggested joining NATO for Russia. But no, NATO does not need such a country (…) Apparently, the problem is geopolitical interests and an arrogant attitude towards others.”

“We never started the so-called war in Ukraine. We are trying to end it.”

“In the international system, lawlessness reigns supreme.”

“This is not a territorial war. The issue is much broader and more fundamental: it is about the principles on which a new world order will be built.”

“The history of the West is a chronicle of endless expansion, and a huge financial pyramid.”

“A certain part of the West always needs an enemy. To preserve the internal control of their system.”

“Perhaps [the West] should check its hubris.”

“That era [of Western domination] is long gone. It’s never coming back.”

“Russia is a distinct civilization-state”.

“Our understanding of civilization is quite different. First, there are many civilizations. And none of them is better or worse than the other. They are equal, as expressions of the aspirations of their cultures, their traditions, their peoples. For each of us it is different.”

On The Road to “Asynchronous Multipolarity”

The theme of Valdai 2023 was, most appropriately, ‘Fair Multipolarity’. The key axes of discussion were presented in this provocative, detailed report. It’s as if the report had prepared the stage for Putin’s address and his carefully crafted answers to the questions from the plenary.

 

The concept of multipolarity in the Russian space was first articulated by the late, great Yevgeny Primakov in the mid-Nineties. Now, the road to multipolarity is based on Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov’s concept of “strategic patience”.

 

In a crisscrossed cornucopia of nation-states, larger blocs, security blocs and ideological historic blocs, we’re now deep into mega-alignments – even as the political West cultivates its universalist ambitions. The Eurasian “non-bloc” is in fact a mega-alignment, as much as the revitalized Non-Aligned Movement (NAM), which finds its expression in the G77 (actually formed by 134 nations).

 

The ideal path to follow might be horizontalism – in a Deleuze-Guattari sense – where we would have 200 equal nation-states. Of course the collective West won’t allow it. Andrey Shushentov, Dean of the School of International Relations at MGIMO University, proposes the notion of “asynchronous multipolarity”. Radhika Desai of Manitoba University proposes “pluripolarity” – borrowing from Hugo Chavez.

 

The risk, as expressed by Turkish political scientist Ilter Turan, is that by trying to build a replica of the present system via, for instance, BRICS 11, we may be racing towards a parallel system that simply cannot organize itself as the leader of a new order. So, a clearly possible outcome is a bipolar system – considering the impossible convergence of common values.

 

At the same time, a South-east Asian perspective, expressed by the President of the Diplomatic Academy of Vietnam, Pham Lan Dung, points to what is really relevant for middle and small countries: everything should proceed on the basis of South-South friendships.

The BRICS Bank: It’s Complicated

In one of the key panels on BRICS as a prototype of a new international architecture, the star of the show was Brazilian economist Paulo Nogueira Batista Jr, who drew on his vast former experience at the IMF and as Vice-President of the NDB – the BRICS bank – for a realist presentation.

 

The key problem of the NDB is how to maintain unity while navigating power politics and reaching the upcoming stages of de-dollarization.

 

Batista outlined how a new international financial architecture may imply a future common currency. He stressed the success of implementing two practical experiments: a BRICS monetary fund (called the Contingent Reserve Agreement, CRA) and a multilateral development bank, the NDB.

 

Progress though “has been slow”. The monetary fund “has been frozen by the five Central Banks”, and must be expanded. Links with the IMF “must be severed”, but that incurs “fierce resistance” by the five Central Banks of BRICS members (and soon there will be 11).

 

Turning the NDB around will be a Sisyphean task. Disbursement of loans as well as project implementation have been “slow”. The US dollar “is the unit of account for the bank” – which in itself is counter-productive. The NDB is far from being a global bank: only three countries so far have joined. Current NDB President Dilma Rousseff has only two years to turn it around.

 

Batista remarked how the common currency idea first came from Russia, and was instantly embraced by Lula when he was Brazil’s President in the 2000s. The R5 concept – the currencies of all current five BRICS members start with a “R” – may endure; but now that will have to expand to R11.

 

The first substantial step ahead, after revamping the NDB, should be a currency from an issuing bank backed by bonds guaranteed by member countries, freely convertible, with currency swaps denominated in R5.

 

A healthy prospect is that Russia will appoint the next bank President starting in 2025. So the way forward substantially depends on Russia and Brazil, Batista emphasized. At the BRICS 11 summit in Kazan in south-west Russia next year, “a key decision should be made”. And during the Brazilian BRICS presidency in 2025, “the first practical steps should be announced”.

Looking For a New Universality

Almost all panels at Valdai focused on how to develop an alternative system, but the two main themes were inevitably the lack of democracy in current international institutions and the weaponization of the US dollar. Batista correctly observed how the US itself is the main enemy of the US dollar when using it as a weapon.

 

At the Q&A, Putin addressed the key issue of economic corridors. He noted how BRI and the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) might have different interests: “Not true. They are harmonious and complement each other”. This is reflected in how they are geared to “ensure new logistic routes and industrial chains”, and all that “complemented by the real productive sector”.

 

Going forward, there’s a pressing need to coin a new terminology for this emerging new “universality” – even as nations continue to behave most often by following national interests.

 

What’s clear is that the collective West’s “universality” is not valid anymore. A remarkable panel on ‘Russian Civilization Through the Centuries’ showed how the notion of “universality” actually entered Western civilization through St Paul – after his Damascus moment – whereas the Indian notion of equilibrium inbuilt in the Upanishads would be way more appropriate.

 

Still, we are now in hot debate over the notion of the “civilization-state”, as configured mostly by India and China, Russia and Iran.

 

Pierre de Gaulle, grandson of the iconic General, expanded on the French notion of universality, embodied in the much-quoted slogan “liberté, egalité, fraternité” – not exactly upheld by Macronism. He made a point to stress he was the “sole representative of France” at Valdai (only a handful of European academics came to Sochi, and no diplomats).

 

De Gaulle reminded everyone how Saint Simon was a Russophile and how Voltaire corresponded with Catherine the Great. He alluded to the deep Franco-Russian cultural ties; a “shared community of interests”; and “the bond of Christianity”.

 

In contrast, crucially, “the US never accepted that Russia could develop under a different model”. And now that is illustrated by “how little today’s intellectual elites in the West know about Eurasia.”

 

De Gaulle emphasized the “tragic mistake is to see Russia through Western eyes”. He invoked Dostoevsky as he lamented the current “destruction of family values” and “existential void” inbuilt in the process of manufacturing consent. He pledged to “fight for independence”, just like his grandfather, under the seal of “faith, family and honor”, and stressed “we must rethink Europe”, inviting “war profiteers to come to Russia”.

Top of The Hill: a Cathedral or a Fortress?

Beyond Valdai, and especially throughout the crucial year of 2024 – while Russia holds the presidency of BRICS – there will be much further discussion about “poles” of ancient civilizations. A broad coalition of states that support multipolarity actually do not support the “civilization” concept; instead, they support the notion of people sovereignty.

 

It was up to Dayan Jayatilleka, former Sri Lankan plenipotentiary ambassador to Russia, to come up with a brilliant formulation.

 

He showed how Vietnam faced a proxy war against the hegemon successfully – “using 5,000 years of Vietnamese civilization”. That was “an internationalist phenomenon”. Ho Chi Minh took his ideas from Lenin – while enjoying full support from students in the US and Europe.

 

Russia might therefore learn from the Vietnamese experience how to conquer young hearts and minds across the West for its quest towards multipolarity.

 

It was clear to the overwhelming majority of analysts at Valdai that the concept of Russian civilization is an “existential challenge” to the collective West. Especially because it includes, historically, the radical universality of the Soviet Union. Now is time for Russian thinkers to work hard on refining the internationalist aspect.

 

Alexander Prokhanov came up with another startling formulation. He compared the Russian dream with a cathedral on the top of a hill, whereas the Anglo-Saxon dream is a fortress on the top of the hill, engaged in constant surveillance. And if you misbehave, you “will receive some Tomahawks”.

 

The conclusion: “We will always be in conflict with the West”. So what? The future, as I discussed off the record with Grandmaster Sergey Karaganov, one of the founders of Valdai, is in the East.

 

And it was Karaganov who arguably posed the most challenging question to Putin. He stressed how nuclear deterrence does not work anymore. So should we lower the nuclear threshold?”

 

Putin replied, “I am well aware of your position. Let me remind you the Russian military doctrine has two reasons for the possible use of nuclear weapons. The first is if nuclear weapons are used against us – as retaliation. The response is absolutely unacceptable for any potential aggressor. Because from the moment a missile launch is detected, no matter where it comes from – anywhere in the world’s oceans or from any territory – in a retaliatory strike, so many, so many hundreds of our missiles appear in the air that no enemy will have a chance of survival, and in several directions at once.”

 

The second reason is “a threat to the existence of the Russian state even if only conventional weapons are used.”

 

And then came the clincher – actually a veiled message to the characters whose dream is “victory” via a first strike: “Do we need to change that? Why? I see no point. There’s no situation when something can threaten the existence of the Russian state. No sane person would consider the use of nuclear weapons against Russia.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

BRICS On The March

by Tyler Durden, 30June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/brics-march

Via GEFIRA,

More and more countries have aspired to belong to BRICS since 2009, but none from the West.

The BRICS countries represent 40% of the world population and 25% of the global GDP.

 

Thanks to BRICS, China can impose its vision of international cooperation and Russia can show that it will not be isolated on the stage of global players.

 

The group is a thorn in the side of the Americans all the more so that a dozen other developing countries (marked in orange on the map below) want to join the current five countries of the alliance (red).

Proposed BRICS Expansion map

Proposed BRICS Expansion map

Source: Silkroadbriefing

 

What America certainly doesn’t like is the fact that French President Macron communicated the other day his interest in attending meetings of the alliance. France in BRICS would be a trigger for profound changes in the geopolitical landscape. We bet that Turkey can also join soon, which, like the case of France, will weaken the importance of the UN as a purely Anglo-Saxon project and that of NATO. Indeed, the BRICS countries are against the UN’s attempts to link the issues of climate with the issues of security, and France in BRICS can return to the de Gaullean concepts of foreign policy outside NATO.

 

A challenge to cohesion in BRICS is the large disparity in countries’ capacities (in favor of China) and the members’ focus on cooperation with the PRC, which results in a smaller number of relationships among the other partners. However, the main factor that has weakened the BRICS in recent years is the deterioration of relations between the largest member states, China and India, since 2017. Border and trade disputes culminated in the clashes on the Ladakh border in June 2020, which almost led to the cancellation of the BRICS summit in the same year and prompted India to deepen cooperation with the United States and the EU.

 

Now, the West’s involvement in the war in Ukraine is reviving anti-Western sentiments, not only in the BRICS countries.

 

Indeed, it is clear to more and more countries that the war was provoked by NATO’s excessive expansion.

 

The BRICS politicians also want to fight inflation whose cause they perceive not in the Russian attack but in the Western sanctions.

 

Whether you are pro-Western, pro-Russian, or in favor of the New Silk Road, it is better for all of us to live in a multi-polar world rather than to have all the strings pulled on the Potomac.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

BRICS Will Change The World… Slowly

by Tyler Durden, 25September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/brics-will-change-world-slowly

Via VoiceFromRussia.ch,

 

BRICS, the organization that is hardly noticed in the West, more than doubled its membership at the end of August – something is happening.

BRICS 25th Summit Leaders

BRICS 25th Summit Leaders

 

Introduction

It seems to be more a rule than an exception that the most important changes in the history of financial systems either go completely unnoticed or the vast part of the public – including financial experts and investors – does not grasp the importance of such transformations.

 

There are several examples for this claim: On December 23, 1913 the Senate passed and President Woodrow Wilson signed the Federal Reserve Act. The FED being as “federal” as “Federal Express”, a private bank whose shareholder register is not open to the public, rules the world since 1913. The date of December 23 was wisely chosen since the public and most politicians were too engaged in Christmas preparations to realize that this event would change the order of America and then the world forever.

 

When Richard Nixon, on August 15, 1971, “temporarily” closed the gold window, the Sunday afternoon TV shows got interrupted – among else the TV series “Bonanza” – to inform the American people of his decision. Although, this event was called the Nixon Shock, people did not seem to grasp the importance of this deed.

 

Lastly, the famously brilliant Henry Kissinger managed to make a deal with King Faisal of Saudi Arabia in 1974, which gave the US unlimited financial and, therefore, geopolitical power by creating the Petrodollar, banishing the danger stemming from a U.S. dollar that was backed by nothing, by backing it with U.S. military might in exchange for nearly unlimited investments in U.S. bonds.

 

Now, on August 22, BRICS, an organization, which does not gather a lot of attention in the Western media, announced that, apart from the five countries, whose initials gave it its name (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa), BRICS welcomed six new members (Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates) to join BRICS by January 1, 2024; therefore, BRICS becoming BRICS 11.

 

In this article, let us first quickly look at some facts & figures of BRICS 11. Then, we shall explore the history of the current financial system and it’s becoming in detail in order to appreciate its importance to U.S. power in the period from World War II to the present. Then we shall look at the way the U.S. abused the inherent privileges of this system, which is one reason that led to the current rise of BRICS. Finally, we shall try to answer the question whether the events of August 2023 have the potential to change the world or whether it will be one more fruitless endeavor of emerging market nations to stand-up against the Collective West.

Origin of BRICS

The term BRIC was coined by Goldman Sachs economist Jim O’Neill in a 2001 paper where he explained the future economic potential of Brazil, Russia, India and China.

 

In 2006, the BRIC countries met for the first time on the fringes of the UN-General Assembly in New York. A first formal meeting took place in Yekaterinburg in 2009. The aim of this initially loose community was to improve cooperation among its members. In 2010, South Africa joined, which means that this organization has since been called BRICS. This August the number of its members more than doubled and we shall call it now BRICS 11.

Figures

With regard to the most important economic indicators such as population, GDP (PPP), oil, natural gas and gold production, naked figures show that BRICS 11 is much stronger with regard to any of these indicators than G7 (Table 1).

BRICS vs. G7 Global Statistics

BRICS vs. G7 Global Statistics

 

These figures on their own should be a wake-up call to all the people, experts, politicians and investors who still seem to believe that it is sufficient to judge the financial world from a pure western perspective.

 

There are a few points I would like to draw the attention to of the readers regarding the way these naked figures could and should be read and interpreted. However, I am fully aware that I can only give you a glimpse at the reality and this exercise herein is of a very limited nature indeed.

 

Regarding GDP, I use purchase power adjusted figures. Why? – If you use the U.S. dollar as a tally to measure GDP, ask yourself the simple question: If I want to measure financial punch, does it matter whether, e.g., a Big Mac costs twice as much in U.S. dollar terms in one place than in the other? – In my opinion it does. The Big Mac Index should be reason enough to use PPP-adjusted figures when comparing GDP figures. The reason that Western outlets use the non-adjusted figures is pure marketing masking the debasement of the U.S. dollar and appearing stronger than one is – propaganda.

 

Regarding oil production figures, we should consider the following facts when assessing them: Firstly, although the U.S. is still the largest oil producer in the world with a share of about 18% of world production, the U.S. are also the largest oil consumer, using-up more than 20% of world consumption. Therefore, the U.S. are at this time not even able to cover their own consumption. Secondly, the large oil-producing members of BRICS 11 have a big influence – or better – control over OPEC. Therefore, BRICS 11 will also rule OPEC and, therefore, control the price and distribution of oil, which has not been given the nick name “Black Gold” without good reason. Thirdly, the production cost of U.S. oil are about 2.5 times higher than the production cost of Saudi oil.

 

Regarding natural gas one should note, that with the accession of Iran into BRICS, the two largest natural gas producers worldwide are joint members of BRICS: Russia and Iran. The largest non-BRICS gas producer is the (still) U.S. allied Qatar. BRICS is, therefore, also a powerhouse regarding natural gas indeed.

 

Regarding gold, it should shortly be mentioned that China and Russia are number 1 and 2 respectively regarding global gold production. Gold I mention in here since there is a rather good chance that – somewhere in the future – gold will again play a major role in future money systems, being the only manner to discipline central bankers who basically only did one thing since 1914 – printing money, debasing the U.S. dollar and cynically claiming to protect the currency. There are a lot of people in the West who actually claim that gold is a pet rock. These people do not understand the history of the past 4’000 years where gold was always king. The mere fact that Nixon abolished the gold standard in order to avoid bankruptcy is not a good argument against gold, but should be one in its favor.

 

Bretton Woods

In order to grasp the importance of the rather swift developments around BRICS and the rationale behind it, we shall look at the present system of the financial corset so imposed by the U.S. on the rest of the world. How did the U.S. achieve such dominance, how the hegemon behaved since, and finally the probability of a change of the system.

 

In 1944, the Americans reached the pinnacle of their power. They dominated the war effort together with the Russians, possessed 22,000 tons of gold, and the American industry produced 70% of the world’s manufactured goods. That is how complete dominance looks like: Military dominance, industrial dominance and gold – he who has the gold makes the rules. 

 

On top of these facts, the Americans – as ever – being the undisputed masters of marketing, persuaded the Europeans to believe that it was actually the U.S. who liberated Europe from the evil Mr. Hitler. This was a diplomatic master stroke since cold facts and figures clearly showed that the Russians bore the largest chunk liberating Europe from the Nazis. The Russians decimated the German Wehrmacht in the East and – in this endeavor – killed around 5 times more German soldiers than all western allies together at the western front. This very ability of marketing and deception by the United States would serve them well until the present day.

 

Against such an overwhelming power, based on the three pillars of military might, industry and gold, the entire rest of the world – whether friend or foe – did not stand a chance to have any influence worth mentioning on influencing US intentions.

 

The Bretton Woods system was thus an emanation of absolute U.S. power and not – as portrayed in history books – a mechanism negotiated by the victorious powers of World War II in an atmosphere of friendly partnership.

 

Bretton Woods also sealed the demise of the British Empire by giving the Americans absolute power through pegging the currencies of 44 member states to the U.S. dollar, which in turn came out as the only currency of the world backed by gold.

 

The British Empire on which the sun finally set, proposed a system that involved the introduction of an international settlement currency called the Bancor. This idea by John Maynard Keynes foresaw the Bancor being used as an international unit of account to which participating currencies would have been pegged. The value of the Bancor itself was to be backed by gold. The gold-backed Bancor would have served as the unit of account. A fair system giving a chance to countries with merit, leading to a multipolar world. However, a multipolar world was the last thing the Americans intended to build – they wanted to become the hegemon and achieved their goal; the British had not a snowball’s chance in hell with their – in my opinion – great idea.

 

The Bretton Woods system gave all member states the contractual right to exchange the U.S. dollar they held for physical gold at a fix rate of U.S. dollar 35 per ounce of gold. Therefore, the Bretton Woods system should have forced the Americans to behave fiscally disciplined so that all member countries would keep confidence in the U.S. dollar believing that the U.S. dollar was indeed as good as gold.

 

The Americans, however, as the world power and hegemon, did not care one iota about the interests of their partners and, starting in the 1960s, printed more and more U.S. dollars to finance the Vietnam War and the Great Society project initiated by President Johnson. Both, the costs of the Vietnam War as well as the Great Society Project, the largest social program of the USA up to that time, whose main goal was to completely eliminate poverty and racial injustice, got completely out of hand.

 

The French were the first to realize that the U.S. dollar was losing value due to American money printing and began to exercise their contractual right to exchange their U.S. dollars for physical gold. Others followed suit. The Americans’ huge gold hoard melted away like butter in the sun. While the USA had more than 22,000 tons of gold at the end of the war, it was only over 8,000 tons in 1971.

 

On August 15, 1971, all major television stations in the U.S. interrupted their Sunday afternoon programming and President Nixon addressed the nation. He claimed that the speculators were waging an all-out war against the U.S. dollar and that he had thus ordered the U.S. dollar to be defended against these speculators. He informed the American people that he had instructed the treasury that the convertibility of the U.S. dollar into gold be temporarily suspended.

 

This all sounded very patriotic, but it was a complete lie. The speculators Nixon decried were actually member states of the Bretton Woods system who had realized that the Americans had ripped them off and were merely exercising their contractual right to exchange a debasing U.S. dollar for gold as stipulated in the Bretton Woods agreements. Nixon thus committed nothing less than breach of contract. The members of Bretton Woods were cheated and left sitting on their paper dollars being barred from getting their contractually stipulated gold.

Petrodollar – an exorbitant privilege

The deceived members of Bretton Woods decided not to hand over a declaration of war to the Americans, but kept silent like sheep and made a fist in their pockets. They probably believed that the Americans had dug their own grave by breaking the treaty.

 

However, they had not reckoned with the brilliant Henry Kissinger. The man was sent by Richard Nixon on Mission Impossible to save the Dollar. Kissinger convinced Saudi King Faisal to sell his oil exclusively in U.S. dollars and to invest the proceeds in American government securities. In return, smart Henry promised Faisal military protection. Other countries and commodities followed. Like Houdini, Kissinger freed the U.S. from a dire situation by making the impossible possible. Mission accomplished: The Petrodollar was born.

 

Now, if almost the entire world uses a single currency – the U.S. dollar – for almost all trading activities, all countries are obliged to hold this currency in reserve to pay their bills. These countries do not hold the reserves in cash, but invest them in American government securities to earn a return on their reserve holdings. In this way, the Americans managed to create the largest bond market in the world. It should be noted that the U.S. dollar is a product like any other, whose price is subject to the law of supply and demand. The U.S. dollar is not bought because it is a good investment in itself nor do most buyers purchase American products. No, U.S. dollars are required in order to buy nearly any product around the globe. This unjustifiably strengthens the price of the U.S. dollar. Why unjustifiably? – Other countries need to produce something worth buying that will hold up in the world market to keep their currencies valuable – the U.S. do not.

 

If now the whole world has to hold U.S. dollars and holds them in American government securities, the American government finances itself very cheaply because the price of American bonds does not depend on the strength of the American economy, but is based on compulsory buying due to the Petrodollar system – ingenious.

 

To put it bluntly, the U.S. could thus afford everything for over 50 years, because the bills were paid by others. Imagine a guy who goes shopping with a credit card that has not limit. He has a big mouth, buys everything he wants and never pays the credit card bill, but owes the money to those who sell him the goods, the latter never getting paid but receive an IOU only.

 

Only due to this – for the U.S. – brilliant system were the Americans able to increase their deficits to levels which can only be described as mind boggling: When Roland Reagan took office, US-debt was below 1 trillion, now it stands at over 33 trillion. Any other nation would have collapsed since nobody would dare to put money in such a black hole – but the whole world has to keep buying U.S. dollars due to the Petrodollar system. So, now we know how the U.S. could cultivate a lifestyle at the expense of others for over 50 years that in no way correlates with the performance of its economy. This great lifestyle is based only on the compulsion of the rest of the world to hold U.S. dollars. Giscard d’Estaing called this advantage an exorbitant privilege – rightly so.

Petrodollar, a geopolitical power tool abused by the U.S.

When it came to maintaining their privilege, the U.S. showed little squeamishness if anyone dared to break away from the Petrodollar regime. In recent history, two examples may be mentioned. We all remember the second Iraq war, when it was claimed that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction and that this put the USA in danger. Despite a unambiguous report from the UN that there were no weapons of mass destruction or even a single hint that they existed, the Americans attacked Iraq anyway in order to rid the world of the evil Saddam Hussein and bring peace and freedom to the Iraqis. A big lie. Weapons of mass destruction were not to be found in Iraq; half a million civilians were killed – their relatives were certainly thrilled about this kind of democratic gift that the U.S. forced upon them. The reason for the Iraq war was a different one: the Petrodollar. Saddam Hussein – we don’t need to dwell on his qualities as a human being here – wanted to sell his oil not only in U.S. dollars but also in Euros. That was his death sentence. Anyone who claims otherwise is either ill-informed, naive or lying. The facts are on the table.

 

President Gaddafi ruled Libya with a strong hand for decades. He made Libya the richest country in Africa with an excellent infrastructure. Whether Colonel Gaddafi was a do-gooder or not is also not a topic of this discussion. Gaddafi also had a plan to get away from the U.S. dollar: He wanted to create the Gold Dinar to free Africa from the shackles of the Petrodollar. This, too, did not go over well with the Americans. The result was a dead Gaddafi and a completely destroyed country.

 

These two examples bring us to the geopolitical might the U.S. draws from the Petrodollar.  It is important to know that only the U.S. Federal Reserve can actually hold U.S. dollars. Every bank in the world that offers U.S. dollar accounts ultimately only has a booking entry for a U.S. dollar amount and a contractual claim against the US central bank. This also explains that any payment made in U.S. dollars goes through the U.S. Thus, the Americans can single-handedly cut off any party – be it a country or an individual – from the U.S. dollar or freeze or seize a party’s U.S. dollars holdings.

 

The U.S. has been using this tool systematically since World War II with countries deemed worthy of being punished or destroyed economically, e.g., the U.S. sanction Cuba for over 60 years or Iran for over 40 years.

 

This use of force was justified by the USA with flimsiest arguments like communism, terrorism, war crimes etc. Whether the accusations were or are true or not, is completely irrelevant, because the judge sits in the U.S. and the legal basis is force. Depending on the decade you live in, you gets the label of communist, terrorist, drug dealer if you have the audacity to disagree with the hegemon. And the lapdogs such as the European “rulers” agree with the empire and serve as its willing assistants.

 

When the Americans impose such sanctions, they regularly threaten any party that does business with the sanctioned party with sanctions as well. These so-called secondary sanctions work since most international business is transacted in U.S. dollars and the respective companies – banks, commodity buyers, industrial suppliers – have no choice, but to comply.

 

A lot of people in the world are of the opinion that the U.S. are not behaving fairly towards the rest of the world and completely abuse their exorbitant privilege they possess with the Petrodollar.

 

This concludes our journey into the world of the Petrodollar and brings us to the reasons why BRICS want to say goodbye to the U.S. dollar, as the U.S. has overstepped the mark. After the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the West, led by the U.S., not only slapped Russia with a flurry of sanctions that has no equal in history, but also froze the foreign currency reserves of the Russian Central Bank. Shortly thereafter, discussions began as to what the West intended to do with the funds. After the freeze, the robbery is now being discussed.

 

I strongly believe that with the freezing of the reserves of the Russian Central Bank, the U.S. triggered a reaction they did not expect. Huge nations like India and China became suddenly concerned that the freezing of Russian Central Bank assets set a precedent and could also happen to them, especially in the more than tensioned geopolitical situation of today where anybody who cares can easily observe that the strategy of weakening Russia is only a pre-course of the battle the U.S. will lead against China. This is also the reason that BRICS seems to speed-up the process. Apart from the current 11 members of BRICS around 40 further nations applied to join.

The trigger for the attack on the petrodollar

This concludes our journey into the world of the Petrodollar and brings us to the reasons why BRICS want to say goodbye to the U.S. dollar, as the U.S. has overstepped the mark. After the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the West, led by the U.S., not only slapped Russia with a flurry of sanctions that has no equal in history, but also froze the foreign currency reserves of the Russian Central Bank. Shortly thereafter, discussions began as to what the West intended to do with the funds. After the freeze, the robbery is now being discussed.

 

I strongly believe that with the freezing of the reserves of the Russian Central Bank, the U.S. triggered a reaction they did not expect. Huge nations like India and China became suddenly concerned that the freezing of Russian Central Bank assets set a precedent and could also happen to them, especially in the more than tensioned geopolitical situation of today where anybody who cares can easily observe that the strategy of weakening Russia is only a pre-course of the battle the U.S. will lead against China. This is also the reason that BRICS seems to speed-up the process. Apart from the current 11 members of BRICS around 40 further nations applied to join.

Consequences

We have now seen that the might of the U.S. and the fate of their economic well-being very much hinges on the Petrodollar and that the American leadership is very well aware of this fact, crushing anybody who dares not to use the U.S. dollar in international trade.

 

In my opinion, however, the U.S. government misjudges its own leverage to put fear into other nations at this time. The Petrodollar system only works as flawlessly as it did in the past as long as the U.S. were able to control the world with mere threats, which were – once in a while – kinetically executed as it was the case with Iraq and Libya. However, the embarrassing retreat from Afghanistan did not help the U.S. to be seen as the military force they like to portray. The loss of influence over Saudi Arabia and Iran is a painful geopolitical sign for U.S. foreign policy. The peace reached between Saudi Arabia and Iran and then between Saudi Arabia and Syria is not only an economic disaster to the U.S. regarding oil, but a geopolitical catastrophe regarding U.S. influence in the Middle East. With these peace makings, the U.S. have been deprived of their ability to play out the strategy of divide et impera since the U.S. cannot manipulate these countries anymore and it seems that the U.S. are not feared anymore. As a group the middle east nations became too powerful and do sell their commodities in other currencies other than the U.S. dollar – a scenario which was completely unthinkable just a few years ago.

 

BRICS 11 will have one immediate consequence: Their members will not use the U.S. dollar when trading among each other. This is a huge problem for the U.S. since these countries will reduce their U.S. dollar holdings and therefore, the refinancing of the U.S. budget becomes a problem, leading to higher interest rates, which will in turn lead to higher inflation and a further debasement of the U.S. dollar because what cannot be raised in the international markets has to be printed.

 

The much-discussed introduction of a new settlement currency based on gold within BRICS is not a necessary element to de-dollarization. Such introduction faces substantial hurdles also due to the heterogeneity of the BRICS members. However, the consequences for the U.S. dollar will be immediate and problematic to the U.S.

 

We explained the vast power of the United States since World War II. It is in my opinion a myth that the U.S. hegemony is based on its military might. Far more important is their financial hegemony which – at least until now – allowed the U.S. to more or less control the world with a relatively small army and 9 aircraft carrier groups who regularly, as a show of force, bomb the hell out of small countries which do not have air forces or air defense systems to stand a chance against U.S. force. The whole U.S. power is based on the Petrodollar – that is my belief.

Conclusion

There are authors who predict a quick demise of the Petrodollar and, therefore, of the American financial hegemony, which in turn will lead to the demise of the U.S. as the undisputed geopolitical world leader. Fact is, that a substantial part of the world will avoid using the U.S. dollar in trade. This development has already started. Therefore, the trend is set. However, it is in my opinion impossible to make any prediction as to the speed and timing of this trend. The proclaimed goal of BRICS and other organizations of the Global South, such as SCO, EEU, the Arab League and OPEC is to build a multipolar world. This seems to be a realistic goal. However, one should also take into consideration, that the larger these organizations become, the more heterogeneous they become and the difficulty of implementation of a common course of action will rise in line with the number of the respective members. Lastly, I would like to draw the attention to one historical fact a lot of people are not aware of. When the U.S. were at the peak of their might and forced Bretton Woods on the rest of the world, it still took 12 years until the U.S. dollar overtook the British pound in international trade in 1956. Some trends may be irreversible – but they take time.

*  *  *

This article appeared in English in the Gloom, Boom & Doom Report by Swiss financial expert Marc Faber and in abbreviated form on September 21, 2023 in the print edition of Weltwoche and on Weltwoche Online in German.

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

BRICS Backlash: Huge Growth In China’s Aircraft Industry Is Flying Under The Radar

by Tyler Durden, 26June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/brics-backlash-huge-growth-chinas-aircraft-industry-flying-under-radar

Authored by Mike Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

Let’s discuss Lyn Alden’s thought provoking Tweets on China’s aircraft industry.

Under the Radar

Lyn Alden-tweet-17June2023-Around the margins

Lyn Alden-tweet-17June2023-Around the margins

Lyn’s Tweet got me thinking about US exports in general.

United States Top 10 Exports

  1. [Petroleum Products] Mineral fuels including oil: US$378.6 billion (18.4% of total exports)
  2. Machinery including computers: $229.6 billion (11.1%)
  3. Electrical machinery, equipment: $197.7 billion (9.6%)
  4. Vehicles: $134.9 billion (6.5%)
  5. Aircraft, spacecraft: $102.8 billion (5%)
  6. Optical, technical, medical apparatus: $99.1 billion (4.8%)
  7. Gems, precious metals: $92.5 billion (4.5%)
  8. Pharmaceuticals: $83.5 billion (4%)
  9. Plastics, plastic articles: $83.3 billion (4%)
  10. Organic chemicals: $51.1 billion (2.5%)

The above list represents 2022, from United States Top 10 Exports

Biden Policy Impact

  • Biden energy policies would kill #1, and curtail # 9 and #10.
  • Bidens restrictions on sensitive machinery and chips will reduce #2, #3, #5, and #6 exports to China and Russia.

China itself seeks to curtail #4 and #5. What remains are gems, precious metals, and pharmaceuticals.

 

I am surprised grain exports are not in the top 10. But as Biden has riled China on a number of fronts, it has increasingly turned to Brazil.

 

That’s just a shift though. The US will just export elsewhere, but perhaps it creates some friction losses.

Airbus widens its lead over Boeing in China 

Meanwhile, please note Boeing’s China Orders Dry Up on US Tensions in Boost for Airbus

Boeing missed out on a 40-plane deal in September, following an even bigger hit in July, when China ordered nearly 300 Airbus aircraft worth about $37 billion at sticker prices. The misses reinforce how simmering US-Sino political tensions continue to complicate the dealmaking landscape for Boeing, which is also still waiting for its 737 Max to fly again in China.

 

Boeing, which hasn’t signed a major plane deal with China since 2017, took the unusual step of issuing a statement after the July Airbus order was announced.

The above article is from October 2022. Here’s an article from April of 2023.

Airbus Widens its Lead Over Boeing in China With Plans for Second Finishing Line.

Airbus announced plans Thursday for a second final-assembly line in China, the latest sign that it has a lock on the key aviation market over rival Boeing.

 

The announcement came as part of a state visit by French President Emmanuel Macron to China. The signing of the agreement by Airbus CEO Guillaume Faury was witnessed by Chinese President Xi Jinping and by Macron.

 

It will add another line to the final-assembly facility that Airbus opened in Tianjin, China, in 2008, which has put the final touches on 600 A320 aircraft to date.

 

Airbus (EADSF) operates four assembly sites around the world but it forecasts that China’s air traffic in particular will grow 5.3% annually over the next 20 years, significantly faster than the world average of 3.6%.

 

This will lead to a demand for 8,420 passenger and freighter aircraft between now and 2041, representing more than 20% of the world’s total demand for new aircraft, Airbus predicts.

By 2041, if not much earlier, I side with Lyn Alden on aircraft.

However, I don’t expect the BRICs idea will ever amount to much, quickly, if ever.

What About the BRICs?

Going Underground-tweet-16June2023-Almost 20 countries have applied to join BRICS

Going Underground-tweet-16June2023-Almost 20 countries have applied to join BRICS

Weaponizing the US Dollar

It’s easy to understand the BRIC backlash. What Does China Do With a Dollar That’s No Longer Risk Free? Buy Gold?

 

That’s the question I asked in 2022 and there is still no clear answer.

 

Michael Pettis commented “As you know, the hard part of reducing the US dollar component of your reserves is figuring out what the alternative should be, and with such high and growing reserves (once you include the indirect reserves at the state-owned banks) that is a very difficult question to resolve.

 

Talk is cheap and there is plenty of talk. I see it every day on Twitter.

But Brazil, Russia, India, China and whatever countries have nothing in common. The Yuan does not float, and there is no grounds for any trust in any common currency.

 

The idea of a gold-backed yuan is laughable. China has capital controls and imprisons anyone who speaks out against its policies, hardly the foundation of a currency that inspires trust.

Brazil’s President Calls for End to US Dollar Trade Dominance, So What?

On April 1, I commented Brazil’s President Calls for End to US Dollar Trade Dominance, So What?

Dollar Weaponization Expands – FDIC Message to Foreign Depositors Is Don’t Trust the US

On May 13, I noted Dollar Weaponization Expands – FDIC Message to Foreign Depositors Is Don’t Trust the US

There is increasing reason to mistrust the dollar. But why anyone should trust a Russia-China sponsored currency.

 

There is no trust anywhere. If Russia or China offered a gold backed BRIC would you buy that or would you just buy gold?

Trade is Not Between Countries

Importantly, trade is between individuals, not countries.

 

A Brazilian exporter to China needs the Brazilian Real or US dollars not a BRIC.

 

The Brazilian government can call for the end of dollar dominance but so what? What is the incentive for a Brazilian soybean exporter to use a BRIC?

 

Weaponing the dollar was a huge mistake. But the path to when and how that matters is unclear. Why trust any fiat currency?

In Two Years, China More Than Doubles the US on Car Exports, Catches Germany

Meanwhile, please note In Two Years, China More Than Doubles the US on Car Exports, Catches Germany

Expect the same for aircraft. It’s only a matter of time.

*  *  *

Subscribe to MishTalk Email Alerts.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

What Are The BRICS Planning With August 22nd Durban Accords?

by Tyler Durden, 14August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/what-are-brics-planning-august-22nd-durban-accords

Authored by Peter Reagan at Birch Gold Group,

In my first explainer about the BRICS nations, you met the players and you know why their decisions affect the global economy. But why do their decisions affect us?

 

You need to understand that first – before the August 22nd Durban Accords will make any sense. (But once you do understand, you’ll be astonished…)

 

Professor Reagan’s class is now in session!

Global trade runs on U.S. dollars

Since World War II, the U.S. dollar has enjoyed the role of global reserve currency. You may have heard those words before – here’s what they mean…

 

Worldwide, when companies or nations transacting with one another don’t share a common currency, they use U.S. dollars. When a Chilean copper mine sells tons of raw ore to a Canadian refiner, they invoice (and get paid) in U.S. dollars.

 

Obviously, most nations don’t have a common currency (the exception is the Euro zone). So the use of dollars for international trade is simply huge, approximately 85% of the global total.

 

So the world relies on dollars to do business. That’s a great deal for us! That means, for example, that deficit spending and newly-printed money always have a home somewhere in the world. Simply because the world has to have dollars.

 

Like I said, that’s a great deal for the nation that exports dollars. It’s not such a great deal for everyone else…

“It’s our currency, but it’s your problem”

In 1971, President Nixon ended the convertibility of dollars to gold.

The rest of the world, to put it mildly, went nuts. The gold standard was supposed to prevent inflation – but it hadn’t (primarily because American citizens weren’t allowed to swap dollars for gold since 1933).

 

Absent a gold standard, how was the U.S. going to guarantee the value of the dollar? When challenged with this question by his counterparts at a G-10 meeting in Rome, U.S. Treasury Secretary John Connally astounded his audience by proclaiming:

“The dollar is our currency, but it’s your problem.”

With no restraint on money-printing, the U.S. went on to make a whole lot more dollars… Take a look at this chart. The blue line indicates total dollars (M2, a measure of money supply) and the red line indicates purchasing power, which has declined 86.6% over the decades:

FRED graph M2 vs Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers

FRED graph M2 vs Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers

 

So, along with dollars, the current system exports inflation, too. 

That’s what Connally meant when he said it was their problem.

Well, the rest of the world has just sucked it up for the last 50 years, right? Why are things different now?

Weaponizing the dollar

Whether it’s marketed as a “peacekeeping operation” or a “police action,” going to war is ruinously expensive at best. Therefore, the U.S. historically uses financial sanctions as a “non-kinetic” method of dissuading behavior not in line with U.S. interests.

 

Simply because the world has to have dollars, as I explained above, whoever controls the dollar also has an outsized impact on the global economy. When the U.S. uses financial sanctions against another nation, we call that “weaponizing the dollar.”

 

Now, this has been going on for decades. Cuba, for example, has been sanctioned for over 60 years! Iran, for more than 40 years. In some sense, weaponizing the dollar is business as usual for the U.S. So it came as no surprise when, in 2022, the U.S. did it again.

 

In response to the invasion of Ukraine, the White House froze the Russian central bank’s $300 billion in U.S. dollar assets. A stroke of Joe Biden’s pen rendered them completely worthless. In addition, the Russian economy was shut out of SWIFT, the international money transfer system.

 

The results of this “shock and awe” economic warfare were underwhelming. The Russian economy failed to collapse – instead, they kept up business as usual, taking payment in yuan or rupees or gold instead of dollars.

 

And there are other consequences. As Bloomberg columnist Matt Levine wrote back in March of 2022:

But every time the U.S. and its allies kick a country off this system, it goes and finds other [methods] to use to trade. And other countries, countries that have not been kicked off the main network but who are not necessarily aligned with the U.S. in every way, think that the main network looks a bit less attractive… For another thing, the main system is visibly a tool of political power, and if you are not aligned with the U.S. you might worry about one day being kicked off the system yourself. So you get more interested in trying out alternative systems now, before you need them. And so kicking Russia out of the dollar-based international financial system makes it more likely that that system will be replaced, over time, by something else.

the system is weakened each time it exercises its power. [emphasis added]

That’s what the Durban Accords on August 22nd are about – Levine’s “something else.”

August 22nd may mark the beginning of the end of “business as usual”

You’ve seen that the BRICS nations cannot be ignored. Note that two of the five core members (Russia and China) are historically rivals of U.S. geopolitical dominance.

 

Both nations have been actively signing “bilateral trade agreements” with other nations – meaning they can buy and sell from one another in their own currencies, rather than using the dollar as an intermediary. But the whole reason a global reserve currency exists is to make international trade less cumbersome.

 

So the Durban Accords are an agreement, presumably to be announced on August 22nd, to launch a new, international currency backed by commodities. “Backed by commodities” is important – because it’s the easiest way for a new currency to gain credibility. Think about it – what currency in existence today derives its value from anything other than hope?

 

This new BRICS currency would allow participating nations to circumvent U.S. financial sanctions – and to avoid the problem of dollar inflation. (In other words, “our currency” is about to become “our problem”).

 

Initially, my sources indicate the BRICS currency could be backed by commodities produced and traded by BRICS nations – things like oil, industrial metals and grain – or, more likely, gold.

 

Backing their new currency with gold would be an obvious move for the BRICS. China and Russia are, respectively, the world’s #1 and #2 gold-mining nations (South Africa and Brazil are #13 and #14, respectively). Both China and Russia already have sizable official gold reserves (6th and 7th largest in the world).

 

That, in essence, is what the Durban Accords are all about:

  • An alternative to U.S. global financial dominance
  • A method of avoiding the weaponized U.S. dollar
  • A way of avoiding inflation caused by excessive dollar-printing
  • A means of simplifying and streamlining the bilateral trade agreements already in place

The Durban Accords may mean the first viable, useful alternative to the U.S. dollar.

And that’s why this is a very big deal.

P.S. On July 7, the Russian state-run media outlet RT confirmed the goal of the Durban Accords was to launch a “new trading currency backed by gold.”

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Escobar: The Russia-Global South Connection – Africa As Strategic Partner

by Tyler Durden, 29July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/escobar-russia-global-south-connection-africa-strategic-partner

Authored by Pepe Escobar,

The second Russia-Africa summit, this week in St. Petersburg, should be seen as a milestone in terms of Global South integration and the concerted drive by the Global Majority towards a more equal and fair multipolar order.

Flags promoting the second Russia-Africa Economic and Humanitarian Forum are pictured outside St. Isaac's Cathedral in St. Petersburg-Peter Kovalev TASS

Flags promoting the second Russia-Africa Economic and Humanitarian Forum are pictured outside St. Isaac’s Cathedral in St. Petersburg-Peter Kovalev TASS

The summit welcomes no less than 49 African delegations. President Putin previously announced that a comprehensive declaration and a Russia-Africa Partnership Forum Action Plan all the way to 2026 will be adopted.

 

Madaraka Nyerere, the son of Tanzania’s legendary anti-colonial activist and first President, Julius Nyerere, set the context, telling RT that the only “realistic” way for Africa to develop is to unite and stop being an agent for foreign exploitative powers.

 

And the path towards cooperation goes through BRICS – starting with the crucial upcoming summit in South Africa, and the incorporation of more African nations into BRICS+.

Nyerere’s father was a very important force behind the Organization of African Unity, which later became the African Union.

 

South Africa’s Julius Malema succinctly expanded the geoeconomic concept of a united Africa: “They [neocolonial powers] thrive on the division of the African continent. Can you imagine the minerals of the DRC combined with the minerals of South Africa, and with a new currency based on the minerals? What can we do to the dollar? If we become a United States of Africa, with our minerals alone, we can defeat the dollar.”

No humanitarian nature, no deal

The Russian-African Conference of the Valdai Club functioned like a sort of final expert watch synchronization in the run-up to St. Petersburg. The first session was particularly relevant.

 

That came after the publication of a comprehensive analysis by President Putin of Russia-Africa relations, with a special emphasis on the recently collapsed grain deal involving the UN, Turkey, Russia and Ukraine.

 

Valentina Matviyenko, speaker of the Russian Federation Council, has stressed how “Ukraine, Washington and NATO were interested in the grain corridor for sabotage”.

In his Op-Ed, Putin explained how, “for almost a year, a total of 32.8 million tons of cargo were exported from Ukraine under the ‘deal’, of which more than 70% went to high-and above-middle-income countries, including the European Union, while countries such as Ethiopia, Sudan and Somalia, as well as Yemen and Afghanistan accounted for less than 3% of the total volume – less than one million tons.”

So that was one of the key reasons for Russia to leave the grain deal. Moscow published a list of requirements which would need to be fulfilled for Russia to reinstate it.

 

Among them: a real, practical end to sanctions on Russian grain and fertilizers shipped to world markets; no more obstacles for banks and financial institutions; no more restrictions on charter of ships and insurance – that means clean logistics for all food supplies; restoration of the Togliatti-Odessa ammonia pipeline.

 

And a particularly crucial item: the restoration of “the original humanitarian nature of the grain deal.”

 

There’s no way the collective West subjected to the Straussian neocon psychos who control US foreign policy will fulfill all or even some of these conditions.

 

So Russia, by itself, will offer grain and fertilizers free of charge for the poorest nations and contracts for grain supply at normal commercial terms for the others. Supply is guaranteed: Moscow had the biggest grain harvest ever during this season.

 

This is all about solidarity. At the Valdai session, a key discussion was around the importance of solidarity in the struggle against neo-colonialism and for global equality and justice.

 

Oleg Ozerov, Ambassador-at-Large of the Russian Foreign Ministry, and Head of the Secretariat of the Russia-Africa Partnership Forum, stressed how European “former” partners persist on the one-way track of shifting blame to Russia as Africa is “acquiring agency” and “denying neo-colonialism.”

 

Ozerov mentioned how “France-Afrique is collapsing – and Russia is not behind it. Russia is ensuring that Africa acts as one of the powers of the multipolar world”, as “a member of the G20 and present in the UN Security Council.” Moreover, Moscow is interested to expand Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU) free trade deals towards Africa.

Welcome to Global South “multi-vector” cooperation

This all spells out a common theme in the Russia-Africa summit: “multi-vector cooperation”. The South African perspective, especially in the light of the raging controversy over Putin’s non-physical presence in the BRICS summit, is that “Africans are not taking sides. They want peace.”

 

What matters is what Africa brings to BRICS: “Markets, and a young, educated population.”

 

On the Russian bridge to Africa, what is needed, for instance, is “railways along coastlines”: connectivity, which can be developed with Russian assistance, much as China has been investing widely across Africa under BRI projects. Russia, after all, “trained many professionals across Africa.”

 

There’s a wide consensus, to be reflected in the summit, that Africa is becoming an economic growth pole in the Global South – and African experts know it. State institutions are becoming more stable. The abysmal crisis in Russia-Western relations ended up boosting interest in Africa. No wonder that’s now a national priority for Russia.

 

So what can Russia offer? Essentially an investment portfolio, and crucially the idea of sovereignty – without requesting anything in return.

 

Mali is a fascinating case. It goes back to investments by the USSR training the workforce; at least 10,000 Malians, who were offered first-class education, including 80% of their professors.

 

That intersects with the terrorism threat of the Salafi-jihadi variety, “encouraged” by the usual suspects even before 9/11. Mali holds at least 350,000 refugees, all of them unemployed. France’s “initiatives” have been deemed “totally inefficient”.

 

Mali needs “broader measures” – including the launch of a new trading system. Russia after all taught how to set up infrastructure to create new jobs; time to fully profit from the knowledge of those trained in the USSR. Moreover, in 2023 over 100 students from Mali are coming to Russia on state-sponsored scholarships.

 

As Russia makes inroads in French-speaking Africa, former “partners”, predictably, demonize Mali’s cooperation with Russia. With no avail. Mali has just dropped French as its official language (that has been the case since 1960).

 

Under the new constitution, passed overwhelmingly with 96.9% in a June 15 referendum, French will be only a working language, while 13 national languages will also receive official language status.

 

Essentially, this is about sovereignty. Coupled with the fact that the West, as recognized from Mali to Ethiopia – the only African nation never colonized by Europeans – is losing moral authority across Africa at astonishing speed.

 

Multitudes in Africa now understand that Russia actively encourages freedom from neocolonialism. When it comes to geopolitical capital, Moscow now seems to enjoy all it takes to build a fruitful, Global Majority-centered strategic partnership.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Russia Seeks To Work With Africa To Weaken Dollar As Putin Hosts Summit

by Tyler Durden, 27July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/russia-seeks-work-africa-weaken-dollar-major-summit-opens

 

Talk of de-dollarization has long been in the air, particularly in the lead-up to BRICS nations gathering in South Africa in August, with the question high on the agenda.

 

Russia’s foreign ministry spokesperson Maria Zakharova on Wednesday issued a direct, provocative challenge to Washington and its dollar dominance, asserting that Moscow will work with African leaders to weaken the US dollar.

 

Zakharova, per remarks cited in RIA Novosti, denounced the United States’ using it as a tool for global hegemony, and as “a means of realizing its aggression.” The foreign ministry comments came just ahead of the high-level summit of African leaders set to be held in St. Petersburg at the end of this week.

Ethiopian Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed and Russian President Vladimir Putin

Ethiopian Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed and Russian President Vladimir Putin

 

African leaders have begun arriving in Russia Wednesday for what is the second Russia-Africa summit since 2019, set to kick off Thursday and go through Friday.

 

Proposals for ending the Ukraine conflict will be discussed, but also alternatives in the wake of the collapse of the UN-backed Black Sea Initiative grain deal.

 

While President Putin is also hosting individual meetings with key head of states such as the Ethiopian and Egyptian leaders, there’s a degree of disappointment given the low attendance this year, clearly a result of the Ukraine crisis and the West’s pressure campaign and sanctions against Moscow.

 

The Associated Press noted that “the number of heads of states attending shrank from 43 then to 17 now because of what the Kremlin described as a crude Western pressure to discourage African nations from attending it.”

 

In light of this, Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov has highlighted “unconcealed brazen interference by the U.S., France and other states through their diplomatic missions in African countries, and attempts to put pressure on the leadership of these countries in order to prevent their active participation in the forum.”

 

“It’s absolutely outrageous, but it will in no way prevent the success of the summit,” Peskov told reporters.

 

Russia in South Africa-tweet-26July2023-Official delegations from African countries

Russia in South Africa-tweet-26July2023-Official delegations from African countries

 

However, many more countries will be represented even if not through their heads of state, with the Kremlin underscoring that 32 other African countries will send senior government officials or their ambassador for the major summit, which Putin will oversee.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Escobar: BRICS 11 – Strategic Tour de Force

by Tyler Durden, 27August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/escobar-brics-11-strategic-tour-de-force

 

Authored by Pepe Escobar,

Chinese President Xi Jinping defined all the major decisions embedded in the 15th BRICS summit in South Africa as “historic”. That may be seen as an understatement.

 

BRICS Summit South Africa 22August2023

BRICS Summit South Africa 22August2023

It will take time for the Global South, or Global Majority, or “Global Globe” (copyright President Lukashenko), not to mention the stunned collective West, to fully grasp the enormity of the new strategic stakes.

 

President Putin, for his part, described the negotiations on BRICS expansion as quite difficult. By now a relatively accurate picture is emerging of what really went down on that table in Johannesburg.

 

India wanted 3 new members. China wanted as many as 10. A compromise was finally reached, with 6 members: Egypt, Iran, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates (UAE), Argentina and Ethiopia.

 

So from now on it’s BRICS 11. And that’s just the beginning. Starting with the rotating Russian presidency of BRICS on January 1, 2024, more partners will be progressively included, and most certainly a new round of full members will be announced at the BRICS 11 summit in Kazan in October next year.

 

So we may soon progress to BRICS 20 – on the way to BRICS 40. The G7, for all practical purposes, is sliding towards oblivion.

 

Bur first things first. At that fateful table in Johannesburg, Russia supported Egypt. China went all out for Persian Gulf magic: Iran, UAE and the Saudis. Of course: Iran-China are already deep into a strategic partnership, and Riyadh is already accepting payment for energy in yuan.

 

Brazil and China supported Argentina, Brazil’s troubled neighbor, running the risk of having its economy fully dollarized, and also a key commodity provider to Beijing. South Africa supported Ethiopia. India, for a series of very complex reasons, was not exactly comfortable with 3 Arab/Muslim members (Saudi Arabia, UAE, Egypt). Russia assuaged New Delhi’s fears.

 

All of the above respects geographic principles and imprints the notion of BRICS representing the Global South. But it goes way beyond that, blending cunning strategy and no-nonsense realpolitik.

 

India was mollified because Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, at the table in Johannesburg negotiating on behalf of President Putin, and highly respected by New Delhi, fully understood that a new, single BRICS currency is a long way away. What really matters, short and medium term, is expanding intra-BRICS trade in their national currencies.

 

That was stressed by New Development Bank (NDB) president Dilma Rousseff in her report to the South African summit hosts – even as Brazilian President Lula once again emphasized the importance of setting up a work group to discuss a BRICS currency.

 

Lavrov understood how New Delhi is absolutely terrified of secondary sanctions by the US, in case its BRICS role gets too ambitious. Prime Minister Modi is essentially hedging between BRICS and the completely artificial imperial obsession embedded in the terminology “Indo-Pacific” – which masks renewed containment of China. The Straussian neo-con psychos in charge of US foreign policy are already furious with India buying loads of discounted Russian oil.

 

New Delhi’s support for a new BRICS currency would be interpreted in Washington as all-out trade war – and sanctions dementia would follow. In contrast, Saudi Arabia’s MbS doesn’t care: he’s a top energy producer, not consumer like India, and one of his priorities is to fully court his top energy client, Beijing, and pave the way for the petroyuan.

It Takes Just a Single Strategic Move

Now let’s get into the strategic stakes. For all practical purposes, in Eurasian terms, BRICS 11 is now on the way to lord over the Arctic Sea Route; the International North South Transportation Corridor (INSTC); BRI’s East West Corridors; the Persian Gulf; the Red Sea; and the Suez Canal.

 

That blends several overland corridors with several nodes of the Maritime Silk Roads. Nearly total integration in the Heartland and the Rimland. All with just a single strategic move in the geopolitical/geoeconomic chessboard.

 

Much more than an increase of BRICS 11 collective GDP to 36% of the world’s total (already larger than the G7), with the group now encompassing 47% of the world’s population, the top geopolitical and geoeconomic breakthrough is how BRICS 11 is about to literally break the bank on the energy and commodities market fronts.

 

By incorporating Iran, Saudi Arabia and the UAE, BRICS 11 instantly shines on as an oil and gas powerhouse. BRICS 11 now controls 39% of global oil exports; 45.9% of proven reserves; and at least 47.6% of all oil produced globally, according to InfoTEK.

 

With BRICS 11 possibly including Venezuela, Algeria and Kazakhstan as new members as early as in 2024, it may control as much as 90% of all oil and gas traded globally.

 

Inevitable corollary: operations settled in local currencies bypassing the US dollar. And inevitable conclusion: petrodollar in a coma. The Empire of Chaos and Plunder will lose its free lunch menu: control of global oil prices and means to enforce “diplomacy” via a tsunami of unilateral sanctions.

 

Already in the horizon, direct BRICS 11-OPEC+ symbiosis is inevitable. OPEC+ is effectively run by Russia and Saudi Arabia.

A ground-shaking geoeconomic reorientation is at hand, involving everything from routes plied by global supply chains and new BRICS roads to the progressive interconnection of BRI, the Saudi Vision 2030 and massive port expansion in the UAE.

 

By choosing Ethiopia, BRICS expands its African reach on mining, minerals and metals. Ethiopia is rich in gold, platinum, tantalum, copper, niobium and offers vast potential in oil and natural gas exploration. Saudi Arabia and the UAE, incidentally, are also involved in mining.

 

This all spells out fast, progressive integration of North Africa and West Asia.

How Diplomacy Goes a Long Way

The BRICS 11 Shock of the New, in the energy sphere, is a sharp historical counterpoint to the 1973 oil shock, after which Riyadh started wallowing in petrodollars. Now Saudi Arabia under MbS is operating a tectonic shift, in the process of becoming strategically aligned with Russia-China-India-Iran.

 

Diplomatic coup does not even begin to describe it. This is the second stage of the Russian-initiated and Chinese-finalized rapprochement between Riyadh and Tehran, recently sealed in Beijing. The Russia-China strategic leadership, working patiently in synch, never lost sight of the ball.

 

Now compare it with collective West’s “strategies”, such as the G7-imposed oil price cap. Essentially the G7 “coalition of the willing” self-imposed a price cap on Russian crude imported by sea. The result is that they had to start buying way more oil products from Global South nations which ignored the price cap and duly increased their purchase of Russian crude.

 

Guess who are the top two: BRICS members China and India.

After wallowing in several stages of denial, the collective West may – or may not – realize it’s a fool’s dream to attempt to “de-couple” the West-ruled part of the global economy from China, whatever is spewed out by Washington.

 

BRICS 11 now shows, graphically, how the “Global South/Global Majority/”Global Globe” is more non-aligned with the West than anytime in recent history.

 

By the way, the president of the G77, Cuban leader Diaz-Canel, was at the BRICS summit representing the de-facto new Non-Aligned Movement (NAM): the G77 actually incorporates no less than 134 nations. Most are African. Xi Jinping in Johannesburg met in person with the leaders of most of them.

 

The collective West, in panic, regards all of the above as “dangerous”. So the last refuge is, predictably, rhetorical: “de-coupling”, “de-risking”, and similar idiocies.

 

Yet that may also get practically dangerous. As in the first ever trilateral summit in Camp David on August 18 between the Empire and two Asian vassals, Japan and South Korea. That may be interpreted as the first move towards a military-political Asian NATO even more toxic than Quad or AUKUS, obsessed to simultaneously contain China, Russia and the DPRK.

The Collective Outstripping of the Global North

The UN lists 152 nations in the world as “developing countries”. BRICS 11 is aiming at them – as they outstrip the Global North on everything from population growth to overall contribution to global GDP growth measured by PPP.

 

In the past 10 years since the announcement of BRI first in Astana and then in Jakarta, Chinese financial institutions have lent nearly $1 trillion for infrastructure connectivity projects across the Global South. The upcoming BRI forum in Beijing will signal a renewed drive. That’s the BRI-BRICS symbiosis.

 

In the G20 last year, China was the first nation to lobby for the inclusion of the 55-member African Union (AU). That may happen at the G20 summit next month in New Delhi; in that case, Global South representation will be close to parity with the Global North.

 

Claims that Beijing was organizing a malign conspiracy to turn BRICS into a weapon against the G7 are infantile. Realpolitik – and geoeconomic indicators – are dictating the terms, configuring the Shock of the New: the G7’s irreversible irrelevance with the rise of BRICS 11.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Luongo: BRICS Summit Proves Geography Trumps Currency

by Tyler Durden, 03September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/luongo-brics-summit-proves-geography-trumps-currency

Authored by Tom Luongo via Gold, Goats, ‘n Guns blog,

 

The 3-ruble commemorative silver coins that read "A Meeting of the SCO Council of Heads of State in Ufa" and "A Meeting of the BRICS Heads of State in Ufa", June 26, 2015. On June 22, 2015, the Central Bank of Russia issued the coins for the July SCO and BRICS summits in Ufa. [Photo/CFP]

The 3-ruble commemorative silver coins that read “A Meeting of the SCO Council of Heads of State in Ufa” and “A Meeting of the BRICS Heads of State in Ufa”, June 26, 2015. On June 22, 2015, the Central Bank of Russia issued the coins for the July SCO and BRICS summits in Ufa. [Photo/CFP]

The older I get the more time I spend asking the question, “Why does someone want me to know this?” Our media is so compromised that questioning the editorial bias of every issue is a full time job.And I know that it is done on purpose to distract us from the real issues in some instances while advancing an agenda in others.In 2023, the topic of de-dollarization has been all the rage. It’s been a non-stop barrage of hype and hyperbole. The din of de-dollarization talk became so loud in the lead up to the recent BRICS Summit that it drowned out what was really on the agenda for those few days.This talk came from all sides, from the BRICS leaders themselves as well as the western press dominated by both British and Davos interests.People fell all over themselves talking up the “BRICS gold-backed currency” trying to edge each other out in being ahead of the curve on this issue. After a while it became another moment to ask who benefits from all of this amplification?I’ve been writing about these things for years, knowing that those who control the production of commodities would ultimately get tired of the wealth extraction schemes operated by the financialization masters in New York, London, and Zurich.It was only a matter of time before they would make their move.And I can tell you for real that I’ve never been amplified on any subject like this until such time as people in Moscow, Brussels and Beijing wanted this commentary out there. 

Don’t take this for grousing, because it isn’t. It’s just an observation born of years of experience. I’ve come to understand what a lack of amplification means; that this is the story no one wants to be told.

 

So, this begs the question, why do they want it told now?

In many ways this is how I know I’m usually on the right track with respect to a particular issue. It’s my forever internalizing the baseball great Wee Willy Keeler who famously said that baseball is an easy game, “Just hit ’em where they ain’t.”

 

So, a lot of important someones wanted us to know about de-dollarization this year.

They had their reasons to promote this concept. And, as always, it has to do with influencing global capital flow while distracting the commentary from what was really on the agenda.

 

For Davos de-dollarization is just another attack vector on the United States.

By playing up the problems the US has domestically as well as geopolitically they create uncertainty. Capital hates uncertainty.

 

Throw in a purposefully-belligerent and incompetent “Biden” administration and you have a perfect cocktail of uncertainty which keeps capital markets globally distrustful of both the near-term policy mixed with the long-term trends.

 

Conclusion? The US is FUBAR.

[EDD:  FUBAR is a military acronym that stands for “Fucked Up Beyond Any Repair or All Recognition“. ]

Russia is at war with the West, so, of course, Vladimir Putin will talk his book on de-dollarization. He is the point man on the BRICS being “anti-dollar.”

 

There’s only this one little problem with all of this: The US dollar itself and the lack of alternative infrastructure for ditching it. Despite all of the jawboning and, frankly, propaganda on this subject, the reality is far, far different.

 

While everyone is talking de-dollarization, the real currency losing it’s position in global trade is the euro. But no one is talking about de-eruoization. I guess it doesn’t roll off the tongue as well?

 

According to the latest data from the SWIFT RMB Tracker, there is no currency that has lost more ground in global trade than the euro. In just over two years the euro has fallen from 39.5% of global payments outside the euro-zone to just 13.6%.

Global Payments Outside Euro zone-August 2023

Global Payments Outside Euro zone-August 2023

The dollar absorbed most of those payments with the British pound, Japanese yen and, yes, the Chinese renminbi taking up the rest.

 

So, the great distraction about de-dollarization is, in part, about paying no attention to the rapid demise of the euro and the emerging sovereign bond crisis that ECB President Christine Lagarde works everyday to paper over.

 

I’ve talked about this so much people are getting sick of it. (HereHereHere, and Here)

Eventually, however, no matter how hard they try to game the math, paint the tape and make deals to keep up appearances, markets are simply smarter than central planners.

 

So, with this in mind I fully expect over the next couple of months for the bond vigilantes to return with a vengeance now that Jerome Powell has everyone’s attention. He can further up his street cred with another 25 basis point raise in September, but honestly, he may not have to.

BRICS in the Wall

But, back to the BRICS. If de-dollarization wasn’t the point of the Summit this year, then what was?

Expansion.

And not just expansion for the sake of expansion, but geographically strategic expansion.

The BRICS formally added six countries — Iran, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Argentina, Egypt and Ethiopia. They could have added others and almost added Algeria if not for a last-minute veto by India on behalf of France.

 

Algeria is symbolic of the fight between Italy and France for access to African oil and gas. There can be no Ital-exit from the EU without Italy minimizing France’s influence in North Africa, shoring up its energy needs as collateral for a return to the lira.

 

Thankfully, with the help of Russia and China, the Africans are taking care of the Italians’ French Problem all on their own.

If there is one common theme beyond the geography (more on that in a bit) with all six of these countries it is their relationship with the supposedly former British empire. From the Arab states and Egypt to those that defied the Brits in the past — e.g. Iran and Argentina — these additions represent a power shift that is profound.

 

One look at the world map should make this point crystal clear.

BRICS Map-Post 2023 Summit

BRICS Map-Post 2023 Summit

 

Countries in Red are members of the alliance. Those in green have formally applied for membership and yellow are those that have openly expressed interest.

 

But it is the 5 countries clustered around the center of global trade that should grab your attention.

Because all talk of a BRICS common currency are nothing more than theatre if there isn’t a fully developed alternative financial supply chain to capture the profits and minimize currency risks and friction for all the members.

Taking them one by one let’s discuss.

Iran

So, let’s start with the easy one. Iran, in my book, has been the “I” in BRICS for years. Because with India constantly keeping everyone off-balance, much like Erdogan in Turkey, that incentivized Russia and China to invest heavily in Iran, as a counterpoint, making it the key to both China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) and Russia’s long-desired International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC).

 

India dragged their feet for so long on their contracted work on the Iranian port at Chabahar, that Iran nullified the contract, handed it to China, who then finished the work in less time than it took for Iran to get India on the phone to complain about it.

 

This is the kind of pivot that gets results. China and Russia have pledged hundreds of billions in investment and sales to Iran, supporting them after Former President Trump tore up the JCPOA and put on sanctions which didn’t work, unless Trump’s goal was to ensure what has transpired since.

 

This is further proof Trump doesn’t play 4-d chess.

Both the ports at Chabahar and Bandar Abbas now serve to get Asian trade, especially coming from Russia, exits beyond the choke points around the Mediterranean, Red, and Black Seas.

 

So, Iran was always going to be the first country added to the bloc. It quickly put India on notice to stop playing games.

Saudi Arabia

Adding Saudi Arabia and the UAE weren’t on anyone’s radar back during the Trump Interregnum, because Trump understood how important the Saudis were to the US maintaining its presence in the region.

 

The problem for Trump was that the Saudis knew he wasn’t a long-term solution in the US. All during his presidency events occurred that trace a line straight back to Obama’s foreign policy. Undermining Trump was the sole focus of Obama’s shadow government, especially our relationship with the Saudis.

 

With the successful intervention by Russia in Syria, and their own disastrous results in the War in Yemen, it was only a matter of time before Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman (MbS) came to his senses.

 

Saudi Arabia’s future was with the BRICS not the remnants of the British empire. As an aside here, I talk about Neocons all the time and the best way to think of them, beyond their hatred of pretty much the rest of the world, is to see them as the inheritors of the British empire’s foreign policy.

 

The US adopted this foreign policy a century ago under Woodrow Wilson (see my podcast with Richard Poe). Since then it’s been the one thing, aside from ruinous spending, that unites the Uniparty on Capitol Hill. Empire or bust. Looking at the ruin of our finances and domestic politics, “Bust” was the obvious outcome.

 

Saudi Arabia had no other option than to go along with its OPEC+ partner, Russia, if MbS wants the country to survive the end of its oil reserves.

UAE

The UAE addition is definitely part of the currency discussion. Dubai and Abu Dhabi have rapidly become centers for strategic commodities trading with very successful and deepening gold and oil trading. Dubai has its own crude oil benchmark. Even Moscow doesn’t have one of those (yet).

 

As Vince Lanci and I talked about at length in a recent appearance on Palisades Gold Raio (parts and II here), in order to even talk about some form of gold-backed trade settlement system, there has to be a deep and liquid supply chain and financial industry in place to facilitate both that settlement and minimize the storage risks to gold and currency risks of the alliance members trading bilaterally without the dollar as the intermediate.

 

So, adding Dubai as one node in that network outside of China’s control was important to building trust there. Having multiple exchanges, vaults, and refineries simplifies everything. And, with that, minimizes the ‘convenience premium’ of using the US dollar and maximizing members’ use of local currencies with gold acting as the universal trust layer and a blockchain for back office and auditing functions.

 

So, first, you add the financial center, then you start really talking the whole “Gold-Backed BRICS Currency.” Order of operations matters folks.

 

The UAE was necessary to get India to even consider going along with Russia and China on this idea, which is why the UAE dirham will be the settlement currency between India and Russia on oil sales, and not the ruble. It both creates validity for a third party while also keeps India free from directly contravening US sanctions on buying Russian energy.

Argentina

It shouldn’t be underestimated how much the IMF and European corruption have wreaked havoc in Argentina over the years. This is another resource-rich country that has been kept under constant upheaval which now has the opportunity, like Egypt, to get out from underneath the IMF’s thumb, depriving vulture capitalists all across the west the opportunity to plunder the country one more time.

 

Adding Argentina should see the development money necessary to build out its significant shale reserves at Vaca Muerta make its way into the country. This stabilizes its foreign exchange reserves and access to the BRICS New Development Bank (NDB) gives it an alternative to the IMF loan sharks.

 

The upcoming elections could quickly become a referendum on IMF requirements and capital controls.

Egypt and Ethiopia

Egypt is a fascinating turn of events, because Egypt’s financial weakness was the very thing to create a strategic opportunity for Russia and China to make President Al-Sisi a great offer. Use our New Development Bank and stiff the International Monetary Fund if they won’t negotiate a debt write-down.

 

Like what’s in front of Argentina, Egypt now has leverage in negotiations they didn’t have before.

Either way the IMF loses here, because Egypt has an alternative lender it can force a write-down by the IMF for the first time ever or they can just default. China is already willing to forgive $8 billion in Egypt’s debt while the IMF is holding fast only to restructuring.

 

And if you think Egypt doesn’t have this leverage here let’s not forget that the Suez Canal still handles 12% of global trade daily. The BRICS bloc now have a political ally that controls the Suez.

 

With Ethiopia, along with Russia’s deft diplomacy with both Eretria and China’s with Djibouti where they have port access, the BRICS now has effectively unfettered access to the Red Sea. The pressure will mount for Eretria and Djibouti to make peace with Ethiopia, thus opening up trade in eastern Africa.

 

Access to or circumventing the historic chokepoints to global trade has been a long-held goal of both Russia and China. And it looks like with these additions to the BRICS bloc, they have finally achieved that.

Meet the New Boss?

In my last article on geopolitics, I brought up the importance of physical collateral for the future of the West’s financial dominance, especially that of Europe. The main reason why I keep harping on why Europe is in such trouble is because it’s obvious now that those with physical collateral, including the US, are no longer interested in selling that collateral to a colonial-minded Europe at cut-rate prices.

 

Russia, under Putin, was happy to court the EU as energy partners because he thought it would secure Russia’s future from potential war with Europe. He was willing to sell Europe cheap gas to maximize the total profit to Russia, not directly measurable in things like GDP or trade balances.

 

Some capital is political. Some profits are social, despite crappy Marxist commentary to the contrary.

This is why he went along with Former German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s plea to build Nordstream 2, knowing it would incense the US/UK Neocons.

 

The peace dividend to Russia was just too big not to make a run at. Merkel’s betrayal of Putin over NS2 and the Minsk agreements are why we are in the mess we’re in today.

 

The Neocons struck geopolitical gold with blowing up Nordstream, depriving Germany and France of much needed gas. Things are so bad in Germany that they are now quietly dismantling their wind farms to rebuild coal-fired plants, going back to the one energy source they have in abundance in Europe.

 

Now Africa is in revolt against France. Last month it was Niger. This month it is Gabon. There is no way France can respond to all of these revolts on their own. They need outside intervention and it doesn’t look like it’s coming.

 

Queen Warmonger Vicky Nudelman went to Niger and was rebuffed. Reports are now circulating that she and her staff were caught completely by surprise with events in Africa and had no solutions, offers or even credible threats to bring to bear.

Pretoria was well aware of Nuland’s hawkish reputation, but when she arrived in Pretoria, the official described her as “totally caught off guard” by winds of change engulfing the region. The July putsch that saw a popular military junta come to power in Niger followed military coups in Mali and Burkina Faso that were similarly inspired by mass anti-colonial sentiment.

 

Though Washington has so far refused to characterize developments in the Nigerien capital of Niamey as a coup, the South African source confirmed that Nuland sought South Africa’s assistance in responding to regional conflicts, including in Niger, where she emphasized that Washington not only held significant financial investments, but also maintained 1,000 of its own troops. For Nuland, the realization that she was negotiating from a position of weakness was likely a rude awakening.

If you map Nuland to the UK/US Neocons who are not necessarily aligned with Davos then this report should shock you, because it tells us that neither are capable of moving into the power vacuum left by these juntas seizing power.

 

It says, with little equivocation, that all of the colonial powers of Europe are paper tigers. What started in Burkina Faso and Mali is spreading like wildfires set by Climate Change arsonists in Canada across Africa.

 

French President Emmanuel Macron can only scream impotently in Paris, Nuland can shake her fist screaming, “You’ll rue the day…,” and the US Dept. of Defense stands by and says exactly nothing.

 

At the same time clashes between Syrian Arab Army troops and US occupying forces east of the Euphrates River are back under the headlines.

Do you get the picture yet?

The fight for physical collateral is dovetailing perfectly with capturing control of the major trade routes. While the UK and their Neocon quislings are hell bent on starting WWIII over Ukraine, c.f. drone strikes on Russia’s Pskov airport from Latvia, the BRICS bloc understands that their best course of action is to continue building new relationships, networks, and pressuring the centuries-old colonial networks that have financed their power.

 

Staying out of a direct hot war simply makes good strategic sense. Attrition is a bitch, energetically.

Now they are being forced to expend their seed capital built up over these centuries on influencing events to their liking, and it’s clear they really don’t have the resources to do so for very long.

 

Against that backdrop, de-dollarization is the least of their worries.

It will be the thing that grinds away in the background, like Powell’s shrinking the Fed’s balance sheet, and will just emerge out of these events.

 

The choice the West is now facing is at what point do they stop fighting this and finally come to the negotiating table. Some factions, like the US military and the banking sector, have already made their intentions clear.

The others? Not so much.

When facing extinction, that’s when you find out where someone’s true loyalties are.

*  *  *

TOP

Leaving California

California Exodus The Great Middle Class Exodus...

California Exodus
The Great Middle Class Exodus…

Nefesh B'Nefesh: Live the Dream US & CAN 1-866-4-ALIYAH | UK 020-8150-6690 or 0800-085-2105 | Israel 02-659-5800 https://www.nbn.org.il/ info@nbn.org.il

Nefesh B’Nefesh: Live the Dream US & CAN 1-866-4-ALIYAH | UK 020-8150-6690 or 0800-085-2105 | Israel 02-659-5800 https://www.nbn.org.il/ info@nbn.org.il

It’s time to come home! Nefesh B’Nefesh: Live the Dream 1-866-4-ALIYAH

Map: Citizenship by Land vs Blood


The Rabbit Hole-tweet-29October2024-Citizenship by Land vs Blood
Citizenship by Land vs Blood

The Rabbit Hole-tweet-29October2024-Citizenship by Land vs Blood

The Rabbit Hole-tweet-29October2024-Citizenship by Land vs Blood

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

‘If You Love Your Children, Flee The State’: California GOP Lawmaker

by Tyler Durden, 16June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/if-you-love-your-children-flee-state-california-gop-lawmaker

 

A California state senator has urged parents to “flee” the state if they “love their children” in response to what he calls alarming language in a new gender identity bill.

CA rep Wilson

 

Sen. Scott Wilk (R-Santa Clarita) is one of two lone Republicans on the state’s Senate Judiciary Committee , and has served in the state legislature for 11 years, according to the Daily Signal, who notes that he was the lone voice warning against language in the bill, AB 957, which was amended on June 5 by a Democratic senator to rewrite the state’s Family Code to list “gender affirmation” alongside a child’s need for “health, safety and welfare.”

CA Sen. Scott Wilk (R-Santa Clarita)

CA Sen. Scott Wilk (R-Santa Clarita)

Rep. Scott Wilk (R)Under AB 957, introduced by Assemblywoman Lori Wilson (D) and co-authored by Sen. Scott Weiner (D), a parent could lose custody of their child for not “affirming” their claims about gender identity.

 

“I’m now in year 11 in the state legislature, and all the time we’re proposing policies to protect children. After 11 years, I’ve come to the conclusion that we need to start protecting parents.

That’s just not happening.

 

I’ve been here and witnessed a full frontal assault on charter schools, taking away parents’ choice in how their children are going to be educated to the detriment particularly of children of color.

 

In recent years, we have put government bureaucrats between parents, children, and doctors when it comes to medical care—and now we have [AB 957] where if a parent does not support the ideology of the government, [children are] going to be taken away from the home…” -Scott Wilk

I  was born and raised in this state. I love this state, but I’m not going to stay in this state. It’s just too oppressive and I believe in freedom and so I’m going to move to America when I leave the legislature,” Wilk continued.

Watch:

Tony Kinnett-tweet-14June2023- Sen Scott Wilk warns parents to flee his own state

Tony Kinnett-tweet-14June2023- Sen Scott Wilk warns parents to flee his own state

In response to the outrage, a spokesperson for Sen. Wilson tried to downplay concerns, saying “It’s not saying [affirmation] is the most important factor or determining factor. It’s one of many factors that the judge should consider while working out a custody agreement.”

 

Sure…

 

TOP

Please don’t eat us! Don’t let the Democrat eat us! Moving to Israel will save your life


Ian Hansen-tweet-9September2024-Don’t let the Democrat eat us
Don’t let the Democrat eat us!

Ian Hansen-tweet-9September2024-Don’t let the Democrat eat us!

Ian Hansen-tweet-9September2024-Don’t let the Democrat eat us!

 


11eleven.eth-tweet-12September2024-Don’t eat us-Kamala
“Don’t eat us, Kamala!”

11eleven.eth-tweet-12September2024-Don't eat us-Kamala

11eleven.eth-tweet-12September2024-Don’t eat us-Kamala

 

 


BiologicalWoma2-tweet-9September2024-Don’t allow uncivilized Haitians eat us
Don’t allow uncivilized Haitians eat us 😻

BiologicalWoma2-tweet-9September2024-Don't allow uncivilized Haitians eat us

BiologicalWoma2-tweet-9September2024-Don’t allow uncivilized Haitians eat us

Proof of Haitians eating our pets


B. Wilkins lll-tweet-11September2024-Proof of Haitians eating our pets
@abc @DavidMuir here’s your proof of Haitians eating our pets. #DebateNight2024 #debate2024

B. Wilkins lll-tweet-11September2024-Proof of Haitians eating our pets

B. Wilkins lll-tweet-11September2024-Proof of Haitians eating our pets

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

A ‘Traumatic Fight For Survival’: The Demise of San Francisco Should Concern All Americans

by Tyler Durden, 25July2023 –  https://www.zerohedge.com/political/traumatic-fight-survival-demise-san-francisco-should-concern-all-americans

Authored by John Mac Ghlionn via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

San Francisco is a dangerous place to live. If in doubt, let me point you in the direction of Darren Mark Stallcup. An artist by day, a fentanyl citizen journalist by night, the young man recently made a shocking video documenting life in San Francisco.

Homeless people gather near drug dealers in the Tenderloin District of San Francisco

Homeless people gather near drug dealers in the Tenderloin District of San Francisco

Homeless people gather near drug dealers in the Tenderloin District of San Francisco, Calif., on Feb. 22, 2023. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

 

A resident of the Tenderloin, a drug-infested neighborhood overrun with crime, Stallcup describes himself as a witness to a “zombie apocalypse” and “fentanyl genocide.” Every morning, he must navigate his way through sidewalks littered with needles, human waste, and even dead bodies. He describes “Frisco” as “a fourth world country within a first world country.”

 

Living in San Francisco has been a wild ride,” Stallcup tells me. He has “personally witnessed the city go from being a cultural capital to the technological capital to the fentanyl capital. After the massive tech exodus, led by Elon Musk, San Francisco lost billions in tax revenue.”

 

According to Stallcup, “Local leaders who gained an appetite from tech tax money soon found themselves desperate to quench their newfound appetite for money. The only other way for them to achieve this was to enable the homeless-industrial complex by allowing fentanyl to plague our community and corrupt various nonprofits and organizations.”

 

For Stallcup, his mornings and nights begin and end in an eerily similar manner: opening and closing his eyes to the sounds of people screaming for their lives and ambulances speeding by, sirens blaring.

 

“Sleep,” he says, “is very difficult to come by, especially living in the Tenderloin, where my apartment building has been broken into multiple times.”

 

“It’s traumatic, to say the least, a fight for survival,” he adds. Quite literally, a fight for survival. On more than one occasion, Stallcup has had to fight off burglars with his own bare hands.

 

Stallcup’s apartment building is surrounded by bodies (dead and barely alive), inordinate amounts of litter, tents, and an array of drug-related accouterments.

 

“Every morning, I go out and count the bodies,” he says, “sometimes giving them a small love tap just to see if they are alive.”

It’s “Groundhog Day” meets “The Road.” Early in the morning, white vans come by his place and stack the bodies on multiple layers of metallic trays. Welcome to modern-day America.

 

“This humanitarian crisis,” says Stallcup, “is a fentanyl genocide.”

He’s right. It is. In San Francisco, a person dies of a fentanyl overdose every 10 hours.

Theft, rape, and murder is rampant,” Stallcup tells me, “with mom-and-pop shops under attack every day.” Grocery stores are ransacked dry. Cars and apartments are broken into regularly.

Who’s to blame? I ask.

“I truly believe that I am witnessing the collapse of the Western civilization,” he replies, and he believes that it’s because of corruption and people “who profit from the chaos.”

 

Stallcup is particularly critical of the city’s mayor, London Breed. And for good reason. Her leadership skills have been seen as, for lack of a better word, anemic.

 

Stallcup isn’t the only disillusioned San Franciscan. As I write this, a number of major retail stores, including the likes of Whole Foods, Old Navy, and Nordstrom, are shutting up shop and moving elsewhere. In fact, since 2019, according to a recent San Francisco Standard report, nearly 50 percent of the stores in the city’s downtown shopping district have closed.

 

Who can blame them?

According to Fox News, even the city’s richest neighborhoods are being plagued by “smash and grabs, robberies, burglaries, and open-air drug use.” As Tracy McCray, San Francisco Police Officers Association president, noted, “The problems in the Tenderloin have escaped the Tenderloin.”

 

They most certainly have. To compound matters, gangs of youths, baseball bats in hand, are reportedly tormenting mothers and nannies, mugging them on their daily school run.

 

Last month, in Noe Valley, once a “charming, family-friendly neighborhood,” 11 phone robberies occurred. These robberies, according to the Telegraph, “are believed to have been carried out by the same gang who are targeting women picking up children from school.”

One woman was allegedly assaulted with a baseball bat, while another woman was punched in the face.

 

It’s hard to believe that, less than two years ago, San Francisco was named the 15th safest city in the world—yes, 15th. Today, as is clear to see, the city has become increasingly unsafe for all citizens. Viewed as a “liberal city,” San Francisco is, first and foremost, a U.S. city. Its demise should sadden all readers, regardless of their politics.

 

Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times or Zero Hedge.

TOP

Park Hotels & Resorts Inc. is giving up two Major San Francisco hotels, Westfield is giving up San Francisco Centre and 60 Spear Street Sells At 66% Off. The CRE Doom Loop Accelerates as San Francisco has gone to Hell! “Well done, Democrats. You’ve effectively transformed a once-thriving city into a hellhole. “

Why would they give up on a loan that is due in 6 months, June 05, 2023 due November 2023?
zerohedge-com-logo

Park Hotels Makes “Difficult” Decision To Stop Paying San Fran CMBS Loan, Citing “Concerns Over Street Conditions”

by Tyler Durden, 06June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/park-hotels-makes-difficult-decision-stop-paying-san-fran-cmbs-loan-citing-concerns-over

 

Park Hotels & Resorts Inc. announced Monday that it ceased making payments on a $725 million CMBS loan which is scheduled to mature in November 2023. The loan is secured by two of its San Francisco hotels that it plans to remove from its portfolio.

 

The hotels in focus are the 1,921-room Hilton San Francisco Union Square and the 1,024-room Parc 55 San Francisco.

“The Company intends to work in good faith with the loan’s servicers to determine the most effective path forward, which is expected to result in ultimate removal of these hotels from its portfolio,” Park wrote in a statement. 

 

San Francisco Downtown

San Francisco Downtown

You won’t be shocked by Park CEO Thomas Baltimore’s statement on why it’s a “necessary decision to stop debt service payments on our San Francisco CMBS loan”:

“After much thought and consideration, we believe it is in the best interest for Park’s stockholders to materially reduce our current exposure to the San Francisco market. Now more than ever, we believe San Francisco’s path to recovery remains clouded and elongated by major challenges – both old and new: record high office vacancy; concerns over street conditions; lower return to office than peer cities; and a weaker than expected citywide convention calendar through 2027 that will negatively impact business and leisure demand and will likely significantly reduce compression in the city for the foreseeable future.”

Baltimore said removing the two hotels will “substantially improve our balance sheet and operating metrics.”

 

And there it is, a large real estate investment trust focused on hotel properties, with over 29,000 rooms in prime U.S. markets, abandoning San Francisco.

 

Park’s announcement comes days after San Francisco’s Mayor, London Breed, makes major U-Turn to fund police after an explosion in crime has forced companies to leave the crime-ridden town.

 

Well done, Democrats. You’ve effectively transformed a once-thriving city into a hellhole.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

CRE Doom Loop Accelerates As Westfield Abandons Largest San Fran Mall, Stops Paying $558 Million Loan

by Tyler Durden, 13June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/cre-doom-loop-accelerates-westfield-abandons-largest-san-fran-mall-stops-paying-558-million

Downtown San Francisco has been dealt another blow after Westfield and its partner Brookfield Properties made the “difficult decision” to stop payment on a $558 million loan for the metro area’s largest shopping mall after “challenging operating conditions,” the San Francisco Chronicle reported.

 

“For more than 20 years, Westfield has proudly and successfully operated San Francisco Centre, investing significantly over that time in the vitality of the property. Given the challenging operating conditions in downtown San Francisco, which have led to declines in sales, occupancy and foot traffic, we have made the difficult decision to begin the process to transfer management of the shopping center to our lender to allow them to appoint a receiver to operate the property going forward,” Westfield said. 

 

The mall at 865 Market St has multiple lenders tied to its commercial mortgage-backed securities. Those lenders weren’t disclosed. The receiver determines what happens to the mall next, but during a retail foreclosure, the property usually stays open.

 

Westfield San Francisco Centre

Westfield San Francisco Centre

 

This comes after Nordstrom, which occupies 312,000 square feet in the mall, isn’t renewing its lease in August after nearly four decades of operations. When Nordstrom closes, the mall only be 55% leased, well below the average 93% of other Westfield malls across the US.

 

Bloomberg obtained a letter to employees from Jamie Nordstrom, the retailer’s chief stores officer, who said the closing of Nordstrom is due to a slump in sales because of lower foot traffic, adding “dynamics of the downtown San Francisco market have changed dramatically over the past several years.” We suspect Nordstrom is referring to the out-of-control crime…

 

Westfield recently blamed “unsafe conditions” and “lack of enforcement against rampant criminal activity” in the downtown area for Nordstrom’s departure. It also said the mall’s poor performance and crime-ridden surrounding area is an anomaly versus its other properties nationwide.

 

Westfield and Nordstrom’s exodus comes one week after Park Hotels & Resorts Inc. ceased making payments on a $725 million CMBS loan secured by two of its San Francisco hotels.

 

Park Hotels also blamed crime in the downtown area, and “San Francisco’s path to recovery remains clouded and elongated by major challenges.”

 

In the past several months, retailers, including Whole Foods, T-Mobile, and many other stores, have closed up shop after progressive city leadership fails to enforce law and order. San Francisco’s CRE meltdown is only accelerating, and the latest property foreclosures of major hotels and malls might be the start and could stymie any economic recovery.

 

Meanwhile, the city is also grappling with the tech downturn and regional banking crisis that saw the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank and First Republic Bank. Another segment of the CRE market faltering is office, where vacancies are high as companies like Salesforce Inc. and Meta Platforms Inc. are reducing square footage.

 

The departure of companies and CRE meltdown prompted San Francisco’s Mayor, London Breed, to recently make a U-Turn to fund police after years of promoting the defund the police movement.

 

Congrats, Democrats, You’ve effectively transformed a once-thriving city into a hellhole. Now watch it implode.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Downtown San Fran Office Tower Sells At 66% Off As CRE Crisis Claims Another Victim

by Tyler Durden, 13August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/downtown-san-fran-office-tower-sells-66-haircut-cre-crisis-accelerates

Understanding the backdrop of the crime-ridden progressive metro area of San Francisco, alongside the mass exodus of businesses and residents, and the record-high vacancy rate of office towers, we asked a very important question earlier this summer: What are office buildings worth?

 

We quickly found out in June that one downtown San Francisco office building sold for roughly 70% less than its previously estimated value, an ominous sign of what would come as the commercial real estate market dominos appear to be falling.

 

Now Sixty Spear St., an 11-story building that is 30% occupied and is expected to be entirely vacant by summer 2025, has been sold to Presidio Bay Ventures for $40.9 million, about a 66% discount versus the most recent assessed property value of $121 million, according to local media SFGATE.

60 Spear Street San Francisco CA 94105

60 Spear Street San Francisco CA 94105

We acknowledge the formidable challenges that confront San Francisco,” Cyrus Sanandaji, founder and managing principal of Presidio Bay, who is now the office tower’s proud new owner. He remains a bull on the San Francisco office market and wants to expand the building’s square footage from 157,436 to 170,000 square feet and transform it into a “Class-A trophy office building with exceptional design and hospitality-driven amenities.”

 

All we have to say to Sanandaji’s CRE bet is good luck. The crime-ridden metro area covered in poop must come to terms with City Hall’s horrendous progressive policies that have entirely backfired and led to an exodus of businesses and people. Until Mayor London Breed can instill law and order once more — the ability for the downtown area to thrive once more will remain challenging.

 

Marc Benioff, the chief executive officer of Salesforce, the city’s largest employer and anchor tenant in its tallest skyscraper, warned last month that the metro area is in danger. He offered a grim outlook: The downtown area is “never going back to the way it was” in pre-Covid times when workers commuted to offices daily.

“We need to rebalance downtown,” Benioff said, adding Breed needs to initiate a program to convert dormant office space into housing and hire additional law enforcement to restore law and order. 

… and documenting how the downtown area has rapidly transformed into a ghost town is Youtuber METAL LEO, who walks around with a video camera, revealing empty stores, malls, and towers.

Besides Sixty Spear, SFGATE provided data on other recent tower transactions:

The 13-story 180 Howard St. building, known for being the headquarters of the State Bar of California, sold for about $62 million after being expected to sell for about $85 million.

The offices at 350 California St. reportedly sold for roughly 75% less than its previously estimated value in May, and the 22-story Financial District edifice mostly sits empty. Just a few weeks later, nearby 550 California changed hands for less than half of what owner Wells Fargo paid for the building in 2005.

Things are so bad that some building owners are just walking away from properties:

And defaulting…

As the CRE crisis spreads, remember last week: Baltimore Sun Editorial Board Tells Everyone ‘Keep Calm’ Amid CRE Panic … this will only mean bad news for commercial real estate-small banks that could threaten financial stability and either cause a recession or make a recession more severe.

 

If you’re curious where we could be in the CRE crisis cycle, a recent analysis by CoStar Group shows 55% of office leases signed before the pandemic that were active during Covid haven’t expired, meaning vacancies will continue to rise.

 

Here’s what could be next: The collapse of WeWork will only cause more pain for CRE markets nationwide. The coworking company occupies 16.8 million square feet across the US. 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Downtown San Francisco Becomes A Ghost Town As Major Retailers Flee

by Tyler Durden, 08May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/downtown-san-francisco-becomes-ghost-town-major-retailers-flee

Authored by Mike Shedlock via MishTalk.com,

Retailers abandon downtown San Francisco in droves. Nordstrom is the latest, signaling  the death of the area…

downtown SF retail closures

downtown SF retail closures

 

That image from the Tweet below is from April 29. Since then, there have been more closures…

San Francisco Chronicle-tweet-29April2023-biggest merchants and beloved small businesses shuttered in downtown San Francisco

San Francisco Chronicle-tweet-29April2023-biggest merchants and beloved small businesses shuttered in downtown San Francisco

Nordstrom closes two stores and Saks Off 5th says goodbye as well.

 

San Francisco Chronicle-tweet-03May2023-Nordstrom will close two downtown locations

San Francisco Chronicle-tweet-03May2023-Nordstrom will close two downtown locations

Walgreens and Whole Foods Leave

Greg Gallagher-tweet-2May2023-Walgreens announces another store closure in San Francisco

Greg Gallagher-tweet-2May2023-Walgreens announces another store closure in San Francisco

San Francisco’s Dying Downtown

The San Francisco Standard says Nordstrom’s Exit From San Francisco Calls Downtown Mall’s Future Into Question

The Nordstrom at Westfield will close at the end of August, the company confirmed on Tuesday. The retailer’s exit will leave a gaping vacancy that could be very difficult to fill: the store sprawls across 312,000 square feet and five floors. A Nordstrom Rack across the street is also slated to close in July.

Less than a month ago, a nearby Whole Foods abruptly shuttered, citing employee safety concerns. The Whole Foods had made regular emergency calls since it opened in March 2022 for a mix of medical crises, assaults and other incidents; in September of last year, a man fatally overdosed in a bathroom at the grocery store.

Last week, a Walgreens store next to Westfield mall was the scene of a fatal shooting after a private security guard allegedly shot a shoplifter.

So far this year, police have responded to 74 reports of petty thefts, 54 fights and 30 grand thefts in the area.

Call Out the Guard

Zerohedge comments Gov. Newsom Activates National Guard And Highway Patrol To Combat San Francisco’s Drug Crisis

Gov. Gavin Newsom has called up the California Highway Patrol and the California National Guard to combat San Francisco’s out-of-control open-air drug market as parts of the progressive-run city descend into chaos.

According to ABC7 News, CHP officers will be deployed across Tenderloin and South of Market neighborhoods, while guardsmen will run intelligence analysis operations behind the scenes. The governor brought the two agencies together as the drug-related deaths in the city jumped 41% in the first quarter.

San Francisco Ghost Town

Brian Altano-tweet-03May2023-San Francisco become a ghost town in real time

Brian Altano-tweet-03May2023-San Francisco become a ghost town in real time

“It’s been completely surreal watching a major city like San Francisco become a ghost town in real time. Tons of restaurant and business closures. Way less commuters. Empty buildings everywhere. All the tech companies bounced and people got priced out. Just a hollow city now.”

Q&A on the Exodus

MishGEA-tweet-04May2023-don't people want to live there

MishGEA-tweet-04May2023-don’t people want to live there

 

Other than A through F downtown San Francisco is a great place to be.

*  *  *


 

Andrew Wong 🇺🇸-tweet-18April 2023-This is one way to defund Jeff Bezos

Andrew Wong 🇺🇸-tweet-18April 2023-This is one way to defund Jeff Bezos

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

“There’s Poop Everywhere”: San Francisco’s Office District Not Only A Ghost Town, It’s Also Covered In Sh*t

by Tyler Durden, 25May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/theres-poop-everywhere-san-franciscos-office-district-not-only-ghost-town-its-also

Urban Alchemy employees pick up trash while people gather belongings in the Tenderloin neighborhood. | Melina Mara/The Washington Post via Getty Images

Urban Alchemy employees pick up trash while people gather belongings in the Tenderloin neighborhood. | Melina Mara/The Washington Post via Getty Images

Everyone knows that San Francisco is the nation’s largest public toilet – requiring the city to employ six-figure ‘poop patrol’ cleanup team, however a new report from the city Controller’s Office really puts things in poo-spective.

SF Feces Query

SF Feces Query

For starters, feces were found far more often in commercial sectors, covering “approximately 50% of street segments in Key Commercial Areas and 30% in the Citywide survey,” second only to broken glass as can be seen in the ‘illegal dumping’ section.

SF Feces moder

SF Feces moder

If you’re wondering about the city’s fecal methodology, look no further than a footnote on page 43;

Feces also includes bags filled with feces that are not inside trash receptacles. Feces that are spread or smeared on the street, sidewalk, or other objects along the evaluation route are counted. Stains that appear to be related to feces but have been cleaned are not counted. Bird droppings are excluded.

As far as where most of the poo is found, Nob Hill takes the top spot, followed by the Tenderloin and The Mission districts.

Feces Observed in SF Neighborhoods

Feces Observed in SF Neighborhoods

Via the San Francisco Standard

It’s terrible; this street is covered,” Tenderloin resident Joe Souza told The San Francisco Standard earlier this month. “There’s poop everywhere. You always see it along the wall and in front of the garage there.”

Percentage of Evaluation with Feces by Neighborhood

Percentage of Evaluation with Feces by Neighborhood

Meanwhile, nearly 2/3 of key commercial routes reported moderate to severe street litter, vs. 41% of the citywide streets struggling with the same problem.

San Francisco’s Streets Are Filthy. A New Survey Shows Just How Dirty

San Francisco’s Streets Are Filthy. A New Survey Shows Just How Dirty

Via the San Francisco Standard

As the San Francisco Standard reports;

San Francisco’s commercial and residential streets are also highly tagged up, with every neighborhood except one—Visitacion Valley—reporting high levels of graffiti last year. The issue is once again worse in commercial areas, of which 71% said they had severe or moderate graffiti.

A Clean City team in the Tenderloin power washes the sidewalk on Hyde Street in San Francisco. | Paul Chinn/The San Francisco Chronicle via Getty Images

A Clean City team in the Tenderloin power washes the sidewalk on Hyde Street in San Francisco. | Paul Chinn/The San Francisco Chronicle via Getty Images

“In terms of actual counts of graffiti observed, there were about 10 times (160,000 vs. 16,000 respectively) as many instances of graffiti reported in the Key Commercial Areas survey in comparison to the Citywide sample,” the report said.

 

And San Francisco’s favorite cleanliness fixation, human or animal feces, continues to be a sore spot for the city: Almost half of the surveyed commercial areas observed feces. Citywide, that figure was just 30%.

*  *  *

San Francisco’s poopocalypse comes amid a staggering commercial office vacancy rate as a combination of pandemic-era work-from-home policies, and people fleeing the city’s notorious violence and poo-covered streets have made the once-thriving city into a ghost town.

jason-tweet-23May2023-This used to be gridlock-now it’s a ghost town-SF

jason-tweet-23May2023-This used to be gridlock-now it’s a ghost town-SF

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Some Parts Of America Are Already On The Verge Of Being Ungovernable As Rampant Lawlessness Spreads Like Wildfire

by Tyler Durden, 15August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/some-parts-america-are-already-verge-being-ungovernable-rampant-lawlessness-spreads

Authored by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

In order for a civilized society to function, most people have to willingly follow the rules of that society.  If that happens, law enforcement authorities can deal with the few that choose to be lawless.

For generations, that is how things worked in America

There was a high standard of morality among the general population, and so the police were able to successfully handle the few bad apples that insisted on breaking the law.

 

But now everything has changed.  As a result of decades of extreme moral decay, lawlessness is rampant and there are vast multitudes of young people that openly flaunt the rules of our society.  In fact, there are already some areas of the country that are literally on the verge of being ungovernable.

Systematically looted the Nordstrom store at the Westfield Topanga mall

Systematically looted the Nordstrom store at the Westfield Topanga mall

 

A perfect example of what I am talking about happened in southern California on Saturday.

 

Dozens of lawless young thieves systematically looted the Nordstrom store at the Westfield Topanga mall, and they were able to get away with tens of thousands of dollars worth of merchandise

Shoppers at the Westfield Topanga mall in Canoga Park were in for quite a shock when dozens of thieves ransacked the Nordstrom inside the mall on Saturday, Aug. 12, smashing displays and stealing an estimated $60,000- $100,000 worth of merchandise, authorities said.

The Los Angeles Police Department responded to the mall at around 4 p.m. after hearing reports that between 20 and 50 people ran through the Nordstrom grabbing merchandise, leaving some on the ground and taking armfuls with them.

When I was growing up, this sort of thing simply did not happen.

 

But now we are seeing mobs of looters go haywire all over the nation on a regular basis.

This heist was obviously well coordinated, and not one of the thieves even showed a shred of remorse.

Topanga Mall Nordstrom Robbery 60-100k Stolen

Apparently these young people are not exactly languishing in poverty, because a BMW and a Lexus were among the getaway vehicles that they used…

After grabbing between $60,000 and $100,000 worth of goods, the crew fled in several cars including a BMW and a Lexus, cops said.

At least one guard was doused with bear spray — which causes violent eye and respiratory irritation in humans. The guard was treated by paramedics.

How are we supposed to respond to this?

 

As I stated earlier, we are seeing robberies of this nature so often now.

 

Several days earlier, dozens of  young people looted the Yves Saint Laurent store in Glendale

Earlier this week a high-end designer store in Glendale, California was looted by dozens of people in another flash mob burglary on Tuesday.

At least 30 suspects “flooded” the Yves Saint Laurent store in The Americana at Brand Tuesday afternoon and stole clothing and other merchandise before fleeing on foot and leaving the location in numerous vehicles, said police in a statement.

The total loss is estimated to be approximately $300,000.

Some people attempt to downplay the severity of these crimes by saying that these big corporate retailers can afford the losses they are experiencing.

No, they can’t.

Overall, U.S. retailers will lose more than 100 billion dollars due to theft this year alone.

 

This has become a major national crisis, and as J. Lee Grady has aptly pointed out, we truly have become “the land of the free-for-all”…

You’ve probably seen the videos of thieves filling trash bags with stolen merchandise from CVS or walking out of Home Depot or Wal-Mart with armloads of tools, laptops, detergent and athletic shoes they didn’t pay for. We used to call this shoplifting, and it was a crime. Today, it’s known as “inventory shrinkage”—and it costs retailers billions of dollars in losses. But many soft-on-crime politicians are treating criminals like victims and allowing the crime wave to grow.

Some retailers are locking items behind glass cases, but that hasn’t stopped brazen criminals who just smash and grab. Other retailers actually warn employees not to try to stop thieves—and they will even fire an employee for confronting a shoplifter. Welcome to the USA in 2023: We were once known as the land of the free; now we are the land of the free-for-all, where criminals can take whatever they want from store shelves knowing that no one will stop them.

A lot of of this theft is being fueled by the worst drug crisis in the entire history of our nation.

 

Today, vast stretches of the city of Los Angeles have been transformed into giant homeless encampments that are filled with “zombie-like residents smoking drugs”

Shocking new photos lay bear the devastating homeless crisis tormenting downtown LA – where filthy ramshackle tent cities are plagued by zombie-like residents smoking drugs, while others hawk stolen goods on street corners.

There are currently an estimated 42,260 people sleeping rough in the City of Angels – a startling 10 percent rise compared to just last year, Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority reported.

Just this week, it emerged that the city had resorted to sending mobile teams with oxygen cylinders to Skid Row in a desperate bid to prevent overdoses amid its crippling opioid crisis.

The same thing is happening in San Francisco.

In fact, conditions have become so dangerous in downtown San Francisco that federal employees that work at “the Nancy Pelosi Federal Building” are being told to work from home for the foreseeable future

Officials at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services advised hundreds of employees in San Francisco to work remotely for the foreseeable future due to public safety concerns outside the Nancy Pelosi Federal Building on Seventh Street.

The imposing, 18-story tower on the corner of Seventh and Mission streets houses various federal agencies, including HHS, the U.S. Department of Labor, the U.S. Department of Transportation and the office of Speaker Emerita Nancy Pelosi. The area is also home to one of the city’s most brazen open-air drug markets, where dozens of dealers and users congregate on a daily basis.

I find it perfectly fitting that “one of the city’s most brazen open-air drug markets” is operating right outside of a giant office tower named for Nancy Pelosi.

 

Politicians such as Pelosi have been making horrendously bad decisions for decades, and that has been a major factor in getting us to this point.

 

We are truly reaping what we have sown, and what we are currently experiencing is just the beginning.

Eventually, conditions will deteriorate so dramatically in our core urban areas that our leaders will be forced to implement extreme measures in a desperate attempt to restore order.

 

But ultimately you can’t govern vast numbers of people that have no intention of being governed.

The fabric of our society really is coming apart at the seams, and we are going to see things happen in the years ahead that will completely shock all of us.

*  *  *

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Target To Shutter Nine Stores In Major Cities After Being Targeted By Violence, Theft

by Tyler Durden, 27September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/target-shutter-nine-stores-major-cities-after-being-targeted-violence-theft

 

Retail giant Target on Tuesday announced the closure of nine stores in major cities across the US, citing violence, theft and organized retail crime. The news comes on the heels of a warning from the company that lost or stolen inventory has created a $500 million dent in profitability this year.

We cannot continue operating these stores because theft and organized retail crime are threatening the safety of our team and guests, and contributing to unsustainable business performance,” the company said in a press statement. “We know that our stores serve an important role in their communities, but we can only be successful if the working and shopping environment is safe for all.”

According to CNBC, the company will close one store in Harlem, two stores in Seattle, three stores in the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Area, and three more in Portland, Oregon.

Target stores set to close in October 2023

Target stores set to close in October 2023

 

According to CNBC, Target, which has nearly 2,000 stores in the U.S., has been outspoken about organized retail crime at its stores. It has said theft has driven higher levels of shrink, an industry term used to describe losses from goods that were damaged, misplaced or stolen.

 

With today’s announcement, Target also stands apart in its decision to both shutter stores and to explicitly blame that decision on retail crime.

 

When asked in May if the company planned to close stores due to crime, CEO Brian Cornell said “We do not want to close stores. We know how important our stores are. They create local jobs, they generate taxes, they’re very important for those local shoppers, and they play a critical role in communities across the country.”

 

We’ll continue to do everything in our power to keep our doors open,” he added. “At the same time, we’ll be closely monitoring the safety of our team and guests as well as the financial impact to our business as we determine the right path forward at Target.”

 

Target also noted in its Tuesday release that the company supports the passage of the ‘Combating Organized Retail Crime Act,’ which proposes stiffer penalties for theft offenses, and calls for a change in the threshold which must be met by prosecutors before bringing federal theft cases. The Act would also provide retailers with a formal venue to trade information with each other, and law enforcement, through a proposed Organized Retail Crime Coordination Center.

 

Nine states have passed similar laws since 2022 (six so far this year), which have been supported by retailers and trade associations.

 

This goes way beyond just crime…

Target’s plight uncovers more layers of operational decay. The company’s struggles, spanning over a year, include an alarming buildup of unsold inventory, backlash against its Pride merchandise collection, and an evident pullback in consumer expenditure on non-essential items such as apparel and home goods.

 

In an uncharacteristic admission during an earnings call in August of last year, the company – alongside other retailers, highlighted the unexpected blow to profits caused by higher markdowns, along with desperate attempts to offload unpopular merchandise. A surge in inventories predictably correlates with a rise in shrink, leaving a dent in the retail margins, a situation previously unmentioned by Target in the last two decades.

 

Meanwhile, the introduction of locked cases for merchandise, hiring of third-party guard services, extensive training for store leaders in de-escalation tactics, and considerable investment in cyber defense to counteract fraud and organized crime have failed to make a meaningful difference.

 

“Despite our efforts, unfortunately, we continue to face fundamental challenges to operating these stores safely and successfully,” the company said in the release.

A looter rob a Target store

A looter rob a Target store

 

Target’s announcement, aligning with the release of the National Retail Federation’s latest National Retail Security Survey, sheds light on the nebulous shrink data. Despite a surge to $112 billion in 2022 from $93.9 billion the previous year, the shrink impact on retail bottom lines mirrors past patterns, with an average annual increase from 1.44% in 2021 to 1.57% in 2022.

 

In the wake of store closures across major cities, Target joins the ranks of Walmart, Nordstrom, and Walgreens Boots Alliance, which are all experiencing similar pain.

 

TOP


Bob Hope Says Democrats Are Like Zombies

 

naturalnews-com-logo

Democrat-run metro cities overrun with ZOMBIE DRUG “TRANQ” that’s cooked down into powder form and mixed with heroin and fentanyl – eats human flesh

21May2023 by:
https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-05-21-democrat-run-metro-cities-overrun-with-zombie-drug-tranq.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) Just take a stroll down any metropolitan street in San Francisco, Los Angeles, Chicago, Portland, or New York City, and you will feel like you just stepped onto the movie set of “World War Z.” There are actual zombies roaming the streets, sleeping standing up, and moaning from the flesh-eating disorder they have from taking a pet tranquilizer that eats human flesh (they thought they were just smoking fentanyl and crack). The zombie drug “tranq dope,” also known by veterinarians as xylazine, is now frequently used by drug dealers to “cut” other drugs (spread them out so they make more money), while further complicating the drug addiction nightmare for users.

Zombie drug tranq infiltrating heroin, fentanyl, counterfeit prescription pills, and sedatives

Just as one may have thought the illicit drug supply couldn’t get any more dangerous and deadly, it did. Many drug dealers use baby laxatives to cut cocaine and crack so they can make it look like there’s more to buy and use, and double or triple their profits. The side effects for drug users boiled down to a bad case of the runs, and then whatever else happens to the heart, brain, and cleansing organs from the continued drug use.

 

Now there is xylazine, a drug used by veterinarians and fellow surgeons for anesthesia, sedation, muscle relaxation, and analgesia. Doesn’t sound so bad for drug addicts, but the drug wasn’t made for humans, but mainly cattle, horses, and other mammals. Turns out, it’s too dangerous to use on humans because it causes dangerously low blood pressure, critically low heart rates, and wait for it… a disorder that eats away at the flesh.

 

Also, because xylazine is a non-opioid sedative, it’s also not a “controlled substance” in the USA, and NARCAN does not work as an anecdote to save people from overdosing, like it can with heroin or fentanyl. Xylazine cannot be purchased without a veterinary license, so how are so many drug dealers getting a hold of it to use to cut street drugs?

DEA puts out safety alert about “widespread threat” of fentanyl cut with xylazine in 1/4th of all fentanyl powder sold in America‘s socialist cities

The DEA is warning of a “widespread threat” of fentanyl cut with xylazine, the “zombie drug” that is stolen from veterinary clinics and mixed with other street drugs. Xylazine is ultra-deadly and can eat away at human flesh when consumed or smoked. Also, the fentanyl anecdote NARCAN does not work to save people from xylazine overdose.

 

About one-fourth of all fentanyl powders sold on the streets is now laced/mixed with the zombie drug, warns the DEA.

 

Xylazine causes CNS depression, respiratory depression, heart rate slow down, and death. This veterinarian drug for putting animals under for surgery is being taken in pills and smoked by druggies in Democrat-run metropolitan cities and it’s eating their flesh. Drug dealers are mixing this with fentanyl and people don’t know, and NARCAN won’t save them from this. It’s like a real-life scene from the Walking Dead show. Will these zombies still be able to vote for Biden in 2024, for more free money and new crack pipes for smoking Tranq?

 

Tranq gives it’s users leper-looking sores and can result in amputation of limbs. When combined with fentanyl the chances of death skyrocket from just one use. Many druggies die the first try, and most don’t even know they’re getting xylazine at all. The Democrats in DC like this, because it’s part of the depopulation program, along with Covid vaccines and open borders.

 

Tune your internet dial to NaturalMedicine.news for more tips on how to use natural remedies for preventative medicine and for healing, instead of succumbing to Big Pharma for toxic injections that spread disease and disorder.

Sources for this article include:

TheGatewayPundit.com

NaturalNews.com


 


zerohedge-com-logo

DEA Warns ‘Zombie Drug’ Hitting US Streets, Set To Worsen Overdose Crisis

by Tyler Durden, 24March2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/dea-warns-zombie-drug-hitting-us-streets-set-worsen-overdose-crisis

President Biden’s efforts to end a nationwide drug crisis, which he promised to end during the 2020 election campaign, may face further challenges as the Drug Enforcement Administration issued an alert on Monday regarding a new concoction of fentanyl and a veterinary tranquilizer hitting American cities and towns.

“Xylazine is making the deadliest drug threat our country has ever faced, fentanyl, even deadlier,” DEA Administrator Anne Milgram wrote in an alert on Monday. 

 

The alert continued, “DEA has seized xylazine and fentanyl mixtures in 48 of 50 states. The DEA Laboratory System is reporting that in 2022 approximately 23% of fentanyl powder and 7% of fentanyl pills seized by the DEA contained xylazine.” 

DEA HQ-tweet-20March2023-𝐏𝐔𝐁𝐋𝐈𝐂 𝐒𝐀𝐅𝐄𝐓𝐘 𝐀𝐋𝐄𝐑𝐓

DEA HQ-tweet-20March2023-𝐏𝐔𝐁𝐋𝐈𝐂 𝐒𝐀𝐅𝐄𝐓𝐘 𝐀𝐋𝐄𝐑𝐓

When combined, xylazine, a veterinary tranquilizer, also commonly known as “tranq,” and fentanyl make drug overdoses even deadlier because the opioid overdose antidote, naloxone, also known as Narcan, won’t reverse its effects.

 

According to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, more than 100,000 Americans died from drug overdoses between August 2021 and August 2022. About two-thirds of the deaths involved synthetic opioids.

Overdoses are the leading cause of death among the young in the US

Overdoses are the leading cause of death among the young in the US

 

The grim statistics are a significant concern for the Biden administration, who promised to end the drug crisis during the 2020 election campaign. But with open borders and record amounts of migrants flooding into the US, it’s no wonder the drug crisis is worsening.

 

Some have warned the proliferation of fentanyl, and surging overdose-related deaths nationwide should be designated as a “weapon of mass destruction.”

“In spite of all their effort and the best intentions of the administration, the fentanyl crisis is getting tremendously worse and threatening an entire generation of young people.

 

“Criminal cartels in Mexico and China are continuing to act with impunity. We need greater enforcement powers and more accountability from our own government,” Jim Rauh, founder of Families Against Fentanyl, an advocacy group, told FT last month. 

The DEA’s new alert of xylazine-laced fentanyl (some have called it the “zombie drug”) should concern all Americans because it renders Narcan useless.

[EDD: Tweets to Graphic to Post.]

 

 

HARD FACTOR-tweet-01March2023-Hot new drug Tranq is causing people's skin to fall off

HARD FACTOR-tweet-01March2023-Hot new drug Tranq is causing people’s skin to fall off

 

 

 

Brandon Farley-tweet-3March2023-Today In Portland a Fentanyl Junkie Obstructs Driveway

Brandon Farley-tweet-3March2023-Today In Portland a Fentanyl Junkie Obstructs Driveway

 

 

 

1r0nm41d3n-tweet-01March2023-Dude is tweaking hard and could this be a tranq sore

1r0nm41d3n-tweet-01March2023-Dude is tweaking hard and could this be a tranq sore

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Olive Garden Owner Warns: “Decline In Fine Dining” As Wealthy Americans Trade Down To Cheap Booze

by Tyler Durden, 22September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/olive-garden-owner-warns-decline-fine-dining-wealthy-americans-trade-down-cheap-booze

 

Sentiment continues to turn negative for the US consumer as the latest warning sign comes from a multi-brand restaurant operator with more than 1,900 full-service locations nationwide. During a Thursday morning conference call, the management team warned Wall Street analysts about “softness” among wealthier households.

 

Darden Restaurants CEO Rick Cardenas said, “We are seeing a little softness versus last year with household incomes above $125,000, and that primarily affects our Fine Dining brands, but it does affect all of our brands.” 

 

The multi-brand restaurant operator owns Olive Garden, LongHorn Steakhouse, The Capital Grille, and five other brands with more than 1,900 locations nationwide.

Darden Restaurants Brands

Darden Restaurants Brands

 

Cardenas offered more clues about waning consumer spending habits at restaurant locations:

“Now, this could be because the increase in luxury travel, particularly international travel, which you’ve heard a lot of people talk about, but as I’ve said before many times, there is a tension between what people want to pay and what they can afford, and they’re going to continue to seek value, not always about low price. They’re making tradeoffs, and food away from home is one of the most difficult things they can give up.”

Darden’s CFO told analysts that a decline in fine dining has been due to customers opting for lower-priced wines and other beverages over the past year:

“The decline in Fine Dining, part of that is driven by incremental costs they have year-over- year. Their pricing is starting to catch up. But also, there was some negative mix. On a one- year basis, there was a lot of negative mix on alcohol. When we look at what’s happening with — at Fine Dining, there is trading down to lower-priced wines and other alcohols on a one-year basis.” 

Darden’s exec team offered a cautionary view on wealthier customers amid a period of high credit card debt and depleted savings for consumers. The $2 trillion in excess savings from the Covid crisis has been all but depleted, according to according to JPM calculations.

Personal Savings vs Credit Card Debt 2016-2023

Personal Savings vs Credit Card Debt 2016-2023

 

The latest slide in consumer credit suggests folks are finally tapped out.

Revolving Credit Monthly Change 2000-2023

Revolving Credit Monthly Change 2000-2023

 

Meanwhile, with average credit card interest rates rising above 22% to a new record high…

Credit Card Interest Rate September 2023

Credit Card Interest Rate September 2023

 

And now that repayment of student loans has officially resumed, it will likely cause a $15.8 billion headwind for consumers every month.

 

The days of $80 steaks and $25 martinis might be over for now.

TOP

This does not even include Local, County and Employer Labor Taxes.

zerohedge-com-logo

California Is The Most Costly State For Starting A Business

by Tyler Durden, 10August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/california-most-costly-state-starting-business

Authored by John Seiler via The Epoch Times,

Some of the people I admire most are small-business owners. One example that comes to mind is an auto shop guy who takes special care of his customers, never cheating them. Another runs a small restaurant with special attention to cleanliness. A third owns a gift store and always is walking around, straightening the merchandise on the shelves, interacting with customers.

Stacy Dean stands inside the restaurant she owns, the Kopper Kettle, in Yucaipa, Calif., on July 10, 2020. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

Stacy Dean stands inside the restaurant she owns, the Kopper Kettle, in Yucaipa, Calif., on July 10, 2020. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

In addition to making a profit by keeping customers happy, these entrepreneurs must pay taxes and comply with numerous multiplying government mandates, restrictions, and regulations.

 

A new study found these crucial foundational businesses of our economy have it the hardest in California compared to the other 49 states. The ratings come from Venture Smarter, which provides services to small businesses. The ratings show how hard it is to start up a business.

The best 10 states:

1. Wyoming

2. Florida

3. South Dakota

4. Montana

5. Alaska

6. Colorado

7. Utah

8. Vermont

9. Georgia

10. New Hampshire

You’ll notice these are the states that score highest on other rankings, such as tax rates and the number of regulations. An anomaly is Colorado, which is run by a Democratic governor, Jared Polis, who favors low taxes.

 

By contrast, the worst states generally also are on other lists of most difficult business and tax climates.

The worst 10 states:

51. California

50. New York

49. Delaware

48. New Jersey

47. Massachusetts

46. Maine

45. Alabama

44. West Virginia

43. Missouri

42. Arkansas

41. Washington

Anomalies are Alabama, West Virginia, Missouri, and Arkansas, which generally score higher on other measures of business friendliness.

 

Delaware is President Biden’s home state and a tax haven for large corporations—but not small businesses.

California Business Startup Cost: $1,950

The startup cost in taxes and fees in the first year for a California business is a hefty $1,950. That’s almost up to New York’s highest cost of $1,985. By contrast, in Wyoming it’s just $160. Lowest is $50 in Mississippi.

 

A spokesperson for Venture Smarter told Value Walk: “Forming a limited liability company (LLC) in Wyoming can be a great way to protect your assets. The state is one of the most business-friendly states in America, and forming a limited liability company is relatively easy.

 

“Creating an LLC in Florida is also an easy process, whether it is your first time, or you are an experienced entrepreneur. … An LLC is a business entity designed to protect its owners from being held personally liable for business-related debts and LLCs have gained popularity because they offer a lot of flexibility for their owners.”

 

These are startup costs. The rankings don’t include such costs as rent, electricity, insurance, etc., which of course are much higher in California than elsewhere.

ALEC-Laffer Rank: 45th

The Venture Smarter rankings are similar to others. One of the best is the 2023 ALEC-Laffer “Rich States, Poor States” rankings by the American Legislative Exchange Council and economist Arthur Laffer.

 

California ranked 45th of the 50 states. It scored worst on income tax progressivity. That top rate of 13.3 percent just digs in and forces rich people from the state. But the 9.3 percent paid by the middle class is the worst in the country for that economic group.

 

On this report card, California also suffered Cumulative Net Migration—people leaving for other states—of 1,551,510 from 2012-21. That was second worst after New York, which lost 1,778,252.

2024 Tax Slam

It’s just going to get worse in 2024. The Wall Street Journal reported Gov. Gavin Newsom signed into law a bill “that raises the top marginal income-tax rate on the sly. High earners won’t know what hit them until it does.” That was Senate Bill 951.

 

“The bill funds an expansion of the state’s paid family leave benefit by removing the $145,600 wage ceiling on the state’s 1.1% employee payroll tax. … This means that in 2024 California’s top marginal tax rate will increase to 14.4% from 13.3% for workers making more than $1 million. Those making between $61,214 and $312,686 would pay 10.4%. So California’s upper-middle class will pay more than millionaires in almost every state save New York, New Jersey and Hawaii.”

 

Moving to a place with no state income tax, such as Wyoming, Florida, and South Dakota – the top three states for starting an LLC, as listed above – is looking even more attractive for small business owners. And the rest of us.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

The Psychology Of Inflation: What Makes You Say, “No Way Am I Paying That”?

by Tyler Durden, 28September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/psychology-inflation-what-makes-you-say-no-way-am-i-paying

Authored by Charles Hugh Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

 

Value varies. Invest in what’s valuable.

Sorry! The lifestyle you ordered is currently out of stock

Sorry! The lifestyle you ordered is currently out of stock

 

It’s a well-recognized human bias to feel losses more acutely than gains. Perhaps something similar occurs with inflation. As essentials soar in cost–i.e. non-discretionary expenses such as shelter, food at home, utilities, childcare, healthcare insurance, etc.–our only response is sighing resignation: yes, it’s a ripoff but there’s little we can do about it without making major changes in our lives.

 

Discretionary purchases are a different matter. The pleasures gained by the purchase are significant enough to be worth the financial cost. But at some point–a point that varies with each individual–the cost is so high that the pain of that expense outweighs the pleasure of the purchase.

 

This may explain why the public mood is sour despite the rosy statistics of economic expansion. The experiential gains of abstract economic stability do not outweigh the acute pain caused by soaring costs for pleasures that were far more affordable just a few short years ago.

 

Put another way: economically speaking, what is unseen statistically may have more impact that what is seen. So GDP is rising, blah-blah-blah, but can you believe I just paid $56 for a nothing-special breakfast for two people?

 

You see and hear these experiential leverage points all the time now: if you take a moment to observe the shoppers in the meat aisle, you see many lookie-loos: people go to the “sale” cooler for steaks, look at the price, shake their heads and walk to the discount bin to paw through what little is left.

 

Or you hear another shopper mutter, “I’m not paying that!” after glancing at the price.

Even well-off retirees are appalled when a fast-food meal that a few years ago would have been covered by a $20 bill now requires a $20 and a $10.

 

Millions of households have canceled cable TV service due to the soaring costs and marginal quality of the offerings. “Basic cable” that provided low-cost access to local channels has vanished, replaced by a “basic premium (of course) service” that costs four times more.

 

As long as the credit card had plenty of spending power, people didn’t seem to feel any pain as costs soared. $400 per day for a nothing-special room in a nothing-special resort, no problem. $100 to change the oil in the car, no problem. And so on.

 

But once the funds available for discretionary spending dry up, sensitivity to financial pain increases.

But just as consequential as availability of discretionary funding is the internal measure of value. The well-off retiree can easily afford the fast-food meal, but the pain exceeds the pleasure because the meal simply isn’t worth the price.

 

The perception of value varies significantly. Time, place and individuals all vary. What seems costly in one circumstance may offer high value to someone else. But if we plot all these unseen data points, we sense a change in the tide: a great many discretionary purchases are no longer worth the cost.

 

Conservative pundit David Brooks recently illustrated these nuances by expressing his discontent with a $78 tab for a meal at an airport restaurant. His online post suggested that his $78 bill for a hamburger meal was an example of why Americans were discontented with the economy.

 

It was soon revealed that the burger meal was $18 and the balance was comprised of three whiskeys at $20 each. Mr. Brooks apparently felt the price of the three whiskeys exceeded the value of the three whiskeys, but one wonders why he ordered whiskeys two and three if he was so disenchanted with the price of the first one.

 

This introduces two other psychological factors in inflation: sudden price increases catch our attention, and so they are more likely to trigger an experiential leverage point. The same can be said of serial increases in the cost of services that were previously stable: when the cable TV or utility bill rises inexorably month after month, we notice this and begin considering actions to reduce or eliminate this expense.

 

The other factor is we like to whine, as if low prices are an entitlement and we’ve somehow been robbed of something we’re entitled to. But value is conditional and contingent. In some cases, we simply can no longer afford the service or product. In other cases, the value has diminished as the cost has risen, or the cost has risen to the point it far exceeds the value.

 

Having lived on the margins most of my life, frugality was not an option, it was a pressing necessity. It is now a habit and a free-standing value independent of how much money I earn or have. So paying $100 to have the oil in my Civic changed is off the table. We change the oil ourselves, just as we’ve done for decades.

 

Acute sensitivity to value and price has its rewards. When we do splurge, we do it not out of habit but to reap the gains of some purchase that is well worth the monetary price.

 

Unlike jetsetters like Mr. Brooks, I can count the number of meals I’ve bought in airports on one hand, and several of those were voucher meals due to delayed flights. Earlier this year, I had a highly enjoyable airport restaurant meal that was worth a great deal more than the price. It was late, and there was only one restaurant still open. It was crowded, and I felt fortunate to get a table. I’d just left my wife in the post-surgery recovery ward of the hospital, grateful she was OK, and I was drained by a very long day of uncertainties.

 

The hamburger meal and draft beer cost $35. That was a splurge for me but memorably valuable in that time and circumstance. I was grateful to have something to eat, grateful to the overworked servers and for everything good that had happened that day. I remembered my own job serving the public, and how much a decent tip meant. 50 years later, I still recall the rare decent tips. I handed the server a $20 tip, it wasn’t much, but it expressed “thank you.”

Value varies. Invest in what’s valuable.

*  *  *

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

California Defaults On $18.6 Billion In Debt, Saddling Employers With The Expense

by Tyler Durden, 08May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/california-defaults-186-billion-debt-saddling-employers-expense

California’s recent decision not to pay back some $20 billion borrowed from the federal government to cover unemployment benefits during the pandemic will fall on the shoulders of employers, according to experts.

 

“The state should have taken care of the loans with the COVID money it received from the government in 2021,” said Marc Joffe, policy analyst at the Cato Institute—a public policy think tank headquartered in Washington, D.C., in a statement to the Epoch Times.

 

In the state’s proposed 2023-2024 budget, $750 million was allocated to start paying down the loans, until Governor Gavin Newsom nixed the provision in early January, leaving businesses in the state responsible for the loans, as mandated by federal regulations – so that the federal unemployment tax rate of .6 percent will increase by .3% per year starting in 2023 until the loan is extinguished.

 

California is just not really an employer-friendly state,” said Joffe. “This one thing will not be a difference between a business remaining open or closing, but it’s just another burden on top of the many burdens the state puts on employers.

 

In total, 22 states borrowed money for unemployment insurance from the federal government. All but four, California, Colorado, Connecticut, and New York, have paid back their debts – with California owing the most by far at $18.6 billion as of May 2, followed by New York at $8 billion, Connecticut at $187 million and Colorado at $77 million, according to data from the US Treasury.

 

More via the Epoch Times,

Initially, the state borrowed from its reserves to pay the benefits, but after exhausting its coffers borrowed to cover expenses, analysts said.

 

Exacerbating the situation were unprecedented levels of fraud occurring across the state, due to limited oversight and antiquated computer systems, according to Lee Ohanian, professor of economics at the University of California–Los Angeles.

 

Analytics firm LexisNexis estimated the total cost of the fraud at $32.6 billion.

Investigations have since uncovered that illegitimate unemployment benefits payments were paid to convicted felons, with one address receiving 60 separate fraudulent payments.

 

Fraud is a persistent issue historically with the program, and a $2 million federal grant in 2013 sought to address the issue with new computer software systems.

 

The upgrade successfully stopped instances of fraud, but further improvements stopped with the end of the grant in 2016, reportedly due to the agency’s reluctance to take on the annual expense for the third-party service.

They were penny wise and pound foolish,” Ohanian told The Epoch Times.

At a cost of $2 million annual investment, the program would have cost $14 million to operate since it was terminated.

 

“Sadly, this is just a trifecta of bad decisions,” Ohanian said. “The [Employment Development Department] made a bad decision to not renew its lease for the fraud detection software, the state government took out a loan and chose to welch on the debt—which is outrageous—and now businesses are repaying more in taxes for the incredibly unwise decisions and mistakes of the state government.”

 

Reports that the state is seeking forgiveness from the federal government were met with resistance by policy experts, including Ohanian.

 

We’ve made a lot of bad decisions and we expect the rest of the country to pay for it,” he said. “It also raises questions about the future: If the state is going to default on the $20 billion federal loans, how safe are municipal bonds from California?”

TOP

Coming to your city:

zerohedge-com-logo

Mexican TV Spots Cartel Wielding Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher In Border Town Near Texas

by Tyler Durden, 01June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/mexican-tv-spots-cartel-wielding-anti-tank-rocket-launcher-border-town-across-texas

The Mexican government has been waging war against drug cartels for over a decade with limited success. These cartels illegally procure modern military equipment from Western countries, making the fight comparable to those in Middle Eastern warzones.

 

On Wednesday, Mexican TV channel Milenio published an article titled “Mexican cartels prepare for a war; they have military grade ROCKET LAUNCHER” that shows a video of a Gulf Cartel (Cartel Del Golfo, CDG) member carrying a “military-grade grenade launcher during a checkpoint in Matamoros, Tamaulipas.”

Mexican Drug Cartel Wielding FGM-148 Javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

Mexican Drug Cartel Wielding FGM-148 Javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

 

Milenio’s Azucena Uresti identified the rocket launcher as a Raytheon-made FGM-148 Javelin. She noted the rocket launcher on the black market fetches anywhere from $20,000 to $60,000.

Translated from Spanish by

#AzucenaALas10 | In #Tamaulipas, an alleged member of the Gulf Cartel was recorded carrying one of the most exclusive and powerful weapons, a “javelin”, which has been used during the invasion of Ukraine with a value of between 20,000 and 60,000 dollars

Azucena-Uresti-tweet-31May2023-AzucenaALas10 In Tamaulipas-Gulf Cartel was carrying a javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

Azucena-Uresti-tweet-31May2023-AzucenaALas10 In Tamaulipas-Gulf Cartel was carrying a javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

 

 

After further review, the rocket launcher might be an AT-4, a Swedish-made disposable anti-tank launcher, which was also sent to Ukraine with Javelins. Nevertheless, these military-grade weapons are turning up in Mexican border towns during the worst US southern border crisis in history.

Matamoros directly borders Brownsville, Texas.

Matamoros, Mexico borders Brownsville, Texas

Matamoros, Mexico borders Brownsville, Texas

 

But don’t worry because the Biden administration repeatedly states everything is fine on the border.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Southern Border Cameras Capture Heavily Armed Cartel Illegally Entering US

by Tyler Durden, 10August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/cameras-detect-heavily-armed-cartel-cross-us

A little over two months ago, the Mexican TV channel Milenio published shocking footage of a cartel member wielding a “military-grade grenade launcher” in Matamoros, a city in the northeastern Mexican state of Tamaulipas that borders Brownsville, Texas.

Mexican Drug Cartel Wielding FGM-148 Javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

Mexican Drug Cartel Wielding FGM-148 Javelin Anti-Tank Rocket Launcher

 

Now Fox News border correspondent Bill Melugin has obtained frightening images of heavily armed cartel members with body armor crossing into Texas last weekend.

“Per law enforcement source, a group of suspected cartel gunmen armed with rifles & body armor were seen on cameras crossing illegally into the Fronton, TX area in the RGV Saturday night,” Melugin said on “X,” formerly known as Twitter. 

Melugin said a tactical unit under Border Patrol Tactical Unit (BORTAC) was immediately deployed to the area after cameras detected the armed cartel members entered the US illegally.

“Elite Border Patrol BORTAC agents were called out & searched area, but found nobody,” he said. 

Bill Melugin-tweet-8August2023-NEW: Per law enforcement source, a group of suspected cartel gunmen armed with rifles & body armor were seen on cameras crossing illegally into the Fronton, TX area in the RGV Saturday night. Elite Border Patrol BORTAC agents were called out & searched area, but found nobody.

Bill Melugin-tweet-8August2023-NEW: Per law enforcement source, a group of suspected cartel gunmen armed with rifles & body armor were seen on cameras crossing illegally into the Fronton, TX area in the RGV Saturday night. Elite Border Patrol BORTAC agents were called out & searched area, but found nobody.

Here’s an example of a BORTAC agent that was dispatched. They look like Tier 1 Special Forces operators.

Border Patrol Tactical Unit BORTAC agent

Border Patrol Tactical Unit BORTAC agent

The Biden administration has gone out of its way to downplay the crisis at the southern border ahead of the 2024 presidential election cycle.

 

On Tuesday, Acting Commissioner of Customs and Border Protection Mark Morgan provided The National Desk’s Scott Thuman with a dose of reality about the true nature of the border crisis:

“First of all, I think what it represents in this administration is not being honest with the American people. I learned a long time ago that the intentional omission of a material fact is the same thing as a lie. They’re using a sleight of hand like a good magician to get us to focus on only what’s happened in our Southern border.

“Meanwhile, what they’re not telling you is what’s happening across the nation. This fiscal year, we’re on track for over 3 million nationwide encounters. That’s a 360% increase from when they took over in the past 29 months.”

Morgan explained how the Biden administration is lying about the crisis:

“Second to that is what’s very, very important is what they begin to do is divert those that we’re previously entering in between the ports of entry.

“They’re simply diverting them to the ports of entry and then they’re claiming victory. In reality, it’s a big shell game.”

In recent Congressional testimony, Todd Bensman of the Center for Immigration Studies warned:

“[T]his massive new population of needy foreigners will burden and transform [Americans’] communities without their say-so.” 

Seeing cartel members brandishing RPGs and some crossing into the US heavily armed, one has to question if America’s southern border under Biden is on the verge of falling.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Allstate Drops California; Will Not Write New Insurance Policies Over Wildfires, Construction Costs

by Tyler Durden, 04June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/allstate-drops-california-will-not-write-new-insurance-policies-over-wildfires

Insurance giant Allstate has stopped writing new policies for homeowners, condominiums and commercial structures, citing wildfires, higher costs of construction and higher reinsurance premiums, the SF Chronicle reports.

Firefighters work to control a fire as flames from the County Fire jump across Highway 20 near Clearlake Oaks, California, on July 1. Credit: JOSH EDELSON/AFP/Getty Images

Firefighters work to control a fire as flames from the County Fire jump across Highway 20 near Clearlake Oaks, California, on July 1. Credit: JOSH EDELSON/AFP/Getty Images

 

The company, the fourth largest casualty insurance provider in the state in 2021, said the pause on new policies was “so we can continue to protect current customers,” according to spokeswoman Brittany Nash in an email to the outlet.

 

The cost to insure new home customers in California is far higher than the price they would pay for policies due to wildfires, higher costs for repairing homes, and higher reinsurance premiums,” she wrote in a follow-up email on Friday.

The cost of rebuilding has increased with inflation, but Allstate can’t adjust prices quickly due to state regulation, Nash wrote.

 

The pause began last year but appeared to receive only a passing mention in industry publications. The Chronicle learned of the development this week, after reviewing an Allstate rate increase request to the California Department of Insurance. -SF Chronicle

The move follows a similar measure by State Farm – the largest property and casualty issuer in the state – which announced in late May that it would stop issuing new homeowner policies, citing inflation, wildfires and rising reinsurance costs.

 

The Chronicle suggests that the decision by both companies suggests there may be insurance industry woes in the state that are more severe than the public is aware of.

 

“State Farm is unusual in that it announces such underwriting actions. It is not required by law and most insurers do not,” said Rex Frazier, president of the Personal Insurance Federation of California, an association of insurers, in an email to The Chronicle over the weekend.

 

Frazier told the outlet on Thursday that the only required public disclosure is when insurers ask the California Department of Insurance for rate increases.

 

In recent years, AIG and Chubb, which insure higher-end homes, have pulled coverage in some areas of the state.

Consumer advocates have noted that there are still more than 100 insurers doing business in California, even as many big names pull out.

 

But homeowners in high-risk fire areas may have a harder time finding coverage, leading to more usage of the FAIR Plan, a state-offered “insurer of last resort” meant as a temporary safety net that covers only fire insurance and generally costs more than other plans. 

 

Many insurance companies have already stopped renewing policies in fire-prone areas after fires in 2017 and 2018 devastated communities and resulted in large payouts. -SF Chronicle

Would this be happening if California’s leadership had spent the last several decades clearing dead brush and reducing the state’s wildfire risk?

TOP


cdc-gov-logo

Wildfire Smoke and COVID-19

https://www.cdc.gov/disasters/covid-19/wildfire_smoke_covid-19.html

Wildfire smoke and Covid-19

Wildfire smoke and Covid-19

 

Wildfire smoke can irritate your lungs, cause inflammation, affect your immune system, and make you more prone to lung infections, including SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19. Because of the COVID-19 pandemic, preparing for wildfires might be a little different this year. Know how wildfire smoke can affect you and your loved ones during the COVID-19 pandemic and what you can do to protect yourselves.

 

Prepare for wildfires.

 

Take actions to protect yourself from wildfire smoke during the COVID-19 pandemic.

  • The best way to protect against the potentially harmful effects of wildfire smoke is to reduce your exposure to wildfire smoke, for example, by seeking cleaner air shelters and cleaner air spaces.
  • Limit your outdoor exercise when it is smoky outside or choose lower-intensity activities to reduce your smoke exposure.
  • NIOSH-approved N95 respirators can provide protection from wildfire smoke and from getting and spreading COVID-19.

Keep in mind that while physical distancing guidelines are in place, finding cleaner air might be harder if public facilities such as libraries, community centers, and shopping malls are closed or have limited their capacity.

 

Create a cleaner air space at home to protect yourself from wildfire smoke during the COVID-19 pandemic.

  • Use a portable air cleaner in one or more rooms. Portable air cleaners work best when run continuously with doors and windows closed.
  • If you use a do-it-yourself box fan filtration unit, never leave it unattended.
  • During periods of extreme heat, pay attention to temperature forecasts and know how to stay safe in the heat.
  • Whenever you can, use air conditioners, heat pumps, fans, and window shades to keep your cleaner air space comfortably cool on hot days.
  • If you have a forced air system in your home, you may need to speak with a qualified heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) professional about different filters (HEPA or MERV-13 or higher) and settings (“Recirculate” and “On” rather than “Auto”) you can use to reduce indoor smoke.
  • Avoid activities that create more indoor and outdoor air pollution, such as frying foods, sweeping, vacuuming, and using gas-powered appliances.

 

Know the difference between symptoms from smoke exposure and COVID-19.

  • Some symptoms, like dry cough, sore throat, and difficulty breathing can be caused by both wildfire smoke exposure and COVID-19.
  • Learn about symptoms of COVID-19. Symptoms like fever or chills, muscle or body aches, and diarrhea are not related to smoke exposure. If you have any of these symptoms, the CDC COVID-19 Self-Checker can help you determine whether you need further assessment or testing for COVID-19. If you have questions after using the CDC COVID-19 Self-Checker,  contact a healthcare provider.
  • If you have severe symptoms, like difficulty breathing or chest pain, immediately call 911 or the nearest emergency facility.

 

People with COVID-19 are at increased risk from wildfire smoke during the pandemic.

People who currently have or who are recovering from COVID-19 may be at increased risk of health effects from exposure to wildfire smoke due to compromised heart and/or lung function related to COVID-19.

 

Know whether you are at risk from wildfire smoke during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Some people are more at risk of harmful health effects from wildfire smoke than others. Those most at risk include:

  • Children less than 18 years old
  • Adults aged 65 years or older
  • Pregnant women
  • People with chronic health conditions such as heart or lung disease, asthma, and diabetes
  • Outdoor workers
  • People who have lower socioeconomic status, including individuals experiencing homelessness or those who have limited access to medical care
  • People who are immunocompromised or taking drugs that suppress the immune system

 

Know what to do if you must evacuate.

  • Pay attention to local guidance about updated plans for evacuations and shelters, including potential shelters for your pets.
  • Whether you decide to evacuate or are asked to evacuate by state or local authorities, evacuate safely.
  • When you check on neighbors and friends before evacuating, be sure to follow social distancing recommendations (staying at least 6 feet from others) and other CDC recommendations to protect yourself and others.
  • If you need to go to a disaster shelter, follow CDC recommendations for staying safe and healthy in a public disaster shelter during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Stay informed. Know where to find information about air quality and COVID-19 in your area.

 

Additional Resources

For more information about COVID-19,  go to https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/index.html

 

For more information about the health effects of wildfire smoke and reducing exposure to it:

For more information on air quality, wildfire information, smoke forecasts, and vulnerable populations:

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Indoctrination, Intimidation & Intolerance: What Passes For Education Today

by Tyler Durden, 10August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/indoctrination-intimidation-intolerance-what-passes-education-today

 

Authored by John & Nisha Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

“Every day in communities across the United States, children and adolescents spend the majority of their waking hours in schools that have increasingly come to resemble places of detention more than places of learning.”

– Investigative journalist Annette Fuentes

This is what it means to go back-to-school in America today.

 

Instead of being taught the three R’s of education (reading, writing and arithmetic), young people are being drilled in the three I’s of life in the American police state: indoctrination, intimidation and intolerance.

[EDD:

Lisa M. Love, M.Ed.-tweet-14July2021-There are times when we need to make sure students are doing things a very specific way, but that’s probably much less often than we realize. What are your thoughts?

Lisa M. Love, M.Ed.-tweet-14July2021-There are times when we need to make sure students are doing things a very specific way, but that’s probably much less often than we realize. What are your thoughts?

…]

Indeed, while young people today are learning first-hand what it means to be at the epicenter of politically charged culture wars, test scores indicate that students are not learning how to succeed in social studies, math and reading.

 

Instead of raising up a generation of civic-minded citizens with critical thinking skills, government officials are churning out compliant drones who know little to nothing about their history or their freedoms.

 

Under the direction of government officials focused on making the schools more authoritarian (sold to parents as a bid to make the schools safer), young people in America are now first in line to be searched, surveilled, spied on, threatened, tied up, locked down, treated like criminals for non-criminal behavior, tasered and in some cases shot.

 

From the moment a child enters one of the nation’s 98,000 public schools to the moment he or she graduates, they will be exposed to a steady diet of:

  • draconian zero tolerance policies that criminalize childish behavior,
  • overreaching anti-bullying statutes that criminalize speech,
  • school resource officers (police) tasked with disciplining and/or arresting so-called “disorderly” students,
  • standardized testing that emphasizes rote answers over critical thinking,
  • politically correct mindsets that teach young people to censor themselves and those around them,
  • and extensive biometric and surveillance systems that, coupled with the rest, acclimate young people to a world in which they have no freedom of thought, speech or movement.

This is how you groom young people to march in lockstep with a police state.

 

As Deborah Cadbury writes for The Washington Post, “Authoritarian rulers have long tried to assert control over the classroom as part of their totalitarian governments.”

 

In Nazi Germany, the schools became indoctrination centers, breeding grounds for intolerance and compliance.

 

In the American police state, the schools have become increasingly hostile to those who dare to question or challenge the status quo.

 

America’s young people have become casualties of a post-9/11 mindset that has transformed the country into a locked-down, militarized, crisis-fueled mockery of a representative government.

 

Roped into the government’s profit-driven campaign to keep the nation “safe” from drugs, disease, and weapons, America’s schools have transformed themselves into quasi-prisons, complete with surveillance cameras, metal detectors, police patrols, zero tolerance policies, lock downs, drug sniffing dogs, strip searches and active shooter drills.

 

Students are not only punished for minor transgressions such as playing cops and robbers on the playground, bringing LEGOs to school, or having a food fight, but the punishments have become far more severe, shifting from detention and visits to the principal’s office into misdemeanor tickets, juvenile court, handcuffs, tasers and even prison terms.

 

Students have been suspended under school zero tolerance policies for bringing to school “look alike substances” such as oreganobreath mints, birth control pills and powdered sugar.

 

Look-alike weapons (toy guns—even Lego-sized ones, hand-drawn pictures of guns, pencils twirled in a “threatening” manner, imaginary bows and arrows, fingers positioned like guns) can also land a student in hot water, in some cases getting them expelled from school or charged with a crime.

 

Not even good deeds go unpunished.

One 13-year-old was given detention for exposing the school to “liability” by sharing his lunch with a hungry friend. A third grader was suspended for shaving her head in sympathy for a friend who had lost her hair to chemotherapy. And then there was the high school senior who was suspended for saying “bless you” after a fellow classmate sneezed.

 

Having police in the schools only adds to the danger.

Thanks to a combination of media hype, political pandering and financial incentives, the use of armed police officers (a.k.a. school resource officers) to patrol school hallways has risen dramatically in the years since the Columbine school shooting.

 

Indeed, the growing presence of police in the nation’s schools is resulting in greater police “involvement in routine discipline matters that principals and parents used to address without involvement from law enforcement officers.”

 

Funded by the U.S. Department of Justice, these school resource officers have become de facto wardens in elementary, middle and high schools, doling out their own brand of justice to the so-called “criminals” in their midst with the help of tasers, pepper spray, batons and brute force.

 

In the absence of school-appropriate guidelines, police are more and more “stepping in to deal with minor rulebreaking: sagging pants, disrespectful comments, brief physical skirmishes. What previously might have resulted in a detention or a visit to the principal’s office was replaced with excruciating pain and temporary blindness, often followed by a trip to the courthouse.”

 

Not even the younger, elementary school-aged kids are being spared these “hardening” tactics.

On any given day when school is in session, kids who “act up” in class are pinned facedown on the floor, locked in dark closets, tied up with straps, bungee cords and duct tape, handcuffed, leg shackled, tasered or otherwise restrained, immobilized or placed in solitary confinement in order to bring them under “control.”

 

In almost every case, these undeniably harsh methods are used to punish kids—some as young as 4 and 5 years old—for simply failing to follow directions or throwing tantrums.

 

Very rarely do the kids pose any credible danger to themselves or others.

Unbelievably, these tactics are all legal, at least when employed by school officials or school resource officers in the nation’s public schools.

 

This is what happens when you introduce police and police tactics into the schools.

Paradoxically, by the time you add in the lockdowns and active shooter drills, instead of making the schools safer, school officials have succeeded in creating an environment in which children are so traumatized that they suffer from post-traumatic stress disorder, nightmares, anxiety, mistrust of adults in authority, as well as feelings of anger, depression, humiliation, despair and delusion.

 

For example, a middle school in Washington State went on lockdown after a student brought a toy gun to class. A Boston high school went into lockdown for four hours after a bullet was discovered in a classroom. A North Carolina elementary school locked down and called in police after a fifth grader reported seeing an unfamiliar man in the school (it turned out to be a parent).

 

Police officers at a Florida middle school carried out an active shooter drill in an effort to educate students about how to respond in the event of an actual shooting crisis. Two armed officers, guns loaded and drawn, burst into classrooms, terrorizing the students and placing the school into lockdown mode.

 

These police state tactics have not made the schools any safer.

The fallout has been what you’d expect, with the nation’s young people treated like hardened criminals: handcuffed, arrested, tasered, tackled and taught the painful lesson that the Constitution (especially the Fourth Amendment) doesn’t mean much in the American police state.

 

So what’s the answer, not only for the here-and-now—the children growing up in these quasi-prisons—but for the future of this country?

 

How do you convince a child who has been routinely handcuffed, shackled, tied down, locked up, and immobilized by government officials—all before he reaches the age of adulthood—that he has any rights at all, let alone the right to challenge wrongdoing, resist oppression and defend himself against injustice?

 

Most of all, how do you persuade a fellow American that the government works for him when, for most of his young life, he has been incarcerated in an institution that teaches young people to be obedient and compliant citizens who don’t talk back, don’t question and don’t challenge authority?

 

As we’ve seen with other issues, any significant reforms will have to start locally and trickle upwards.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, if we want to raise up a generation of freedom fighters who will actually operate with justice, fairness, accountability and equality towards each other and their government, we must start by running the schools like freedom forums.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

The Suffering Is Off The Charts

by Tyler Durden, 02June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/suffering-charts

Authored by Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog,

Things have taken a turn for the worse.  In recent months, economic activity has been dropping all over the nation, and that decline appears to be accelerating.  We just learned that gross domestic income has now fallen for two quarters in a row, and the Conference Board’s index of leading economic indicators has now been plummeting for 13 consecutive months.  Unfortunately, when economic conditions deteriorate it is the people at the low end of the economic pyramid that get hit the hardest.

 

Thanks to our rapidly rising cost of living, we are seeing a dramatic explosion in the number of “working homeless” that are living out of their vehicles on a daily basis even though they are currently employed.

In particular, the RV “communities” that are springing up from coast to coast are starting to get quite a bit of attention

The owner of a party bus company, Rikers Island prison guards and an Amazon worker are just some of the eclectic bunch who have formed a community of ‘working homeless’ people living out of RVs in the Astoria section of Queens, New York.

 

Similar communities have formed across the US from New England to California where people have chosen a nomadic lifestyle amid a national cost of living crisis.

Most of these people get up and go to work in the morning.

In fact, the Daily Mail spoke to one man that actually “works for a New York City hospital”

Resident Paul Reevers described himself as ‘working homeless.’ He said that he has a job but the rent went up too high and he could not longer to afford a an apartment.

 

Reevers, who works for a New York City hospital, said that he took out a loan and bought his RV.

If you work at a hospital, you should be able to afford a place to live.

 

But this is our country now.

We are absolutely destroying the middle class, and as a result we now have a massive homelessness crisis on our hands

Insider Monkey, a finance website, revealed a list of the top 30 cities worldwide with the highest homeless population. Notably, a handful of the US cities on the list are governed by progressive leadership, which may not surprise readers. While it is evident that some unfortunate individuals are facing homelessness, a trend exacerbated by recent inflationary pressures and a drug addiction crisis, some liberal policies have enabled others to sustain their nomadic lifestyles with taxpayer funds.

 

Insider Monkey found New York City is number 5 on the list, with a homeless population of about 69,000. Next is Chicago, at number 7 with 65,611. Washington, DC, is number 8 with 57,416, Los Angeles number 13 with 41,980, and San Fransisco number 14 with 38,000.

No matter what you or I are facing right now, at least we aren’t sleeping in the streets.

 

So we should count our blessings.

Hunger is also rapidly growing all over America.  Right now, record numbers of people are coming for help at one food bank in the Seattle area

Since March, the food bank has broken its record three times for the highest number of people served in a day since 2019, when the organization started allowing three visits a month. More and more, people like Jones who haven’t been to the food bank in years, are showing up, Christian said.

 

“That’s hard on them; they felt they had moved above the poverty line, got some stability but, ‘Here it is 2023 and here I am back in the food line asking strangers for help,’” Christian said.

And in Boston, the line for food on one recent weekend morning “stretched the length of two football fields”

The line outside Boston’s American Red Cross Food Pantry on a recent Saturday morning stretched the length of two football fields.

 

The number of people filing into the red-brick industrial-zone warehouse on some days now exceeds the worst periods of the pandemic economic crisis and in April it had the second highest monthly traffic since it opened in 1982, according to David Andre, the director.

We are witnessing so much suffering all over the country right now.

And there are so many more people that are living right on the edge of disaster.

 

According to one recent survey, approximately 38.5 percent of U.S. adults experienced “some form of difficulty in covering expenses between April 26 and May 8”

A large swath of American consumers are facing financial hardship as they grapple with elevated living costs, record-high credit card use, and two years of negative real wage growth. This perfect storm could decimate financially fragile households in the next downturn.

 

As many as 89.1 million American adults (or about 38.5%) were found to experience some form of difficulty in covering expenses between April 26 and May 8, according to Bloomberg, citing new data from the Household Pulse Survey. This is up from 34.4% in 2022 and 26.7% during the same period in 2021.

Of course this is just the beginning.

As I keep warning my readers, things will eventually get much worse.

 

And finally, whatever happens in Washington is not going to fundamentally alter our long-term trajectory, and that means that much more suffering is coming in the days ahead.

*  *  *

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

US Suicide Rates Hit Record High of Nearly 50,000 in 2022, Provisional CDC Data Show

 

Silhouette of depressed man sitting on walkway of residence building (Aonprom Photo/Shutterstock)

Silhouette of depressed man sitting on walkway of residence building (Aonprom Photo/Shutterstock)

By Katabella Roberts
11August2023 Updated: 22August2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/us/us-suicide-rates-hit-record-high-of-nearly-50000-in-2022-provisional-cdc-data-show-5458976

 

Suicide rates soared to the highest number on record in 2022 as nearly 50,000 Americans took their own lives, according to a report published by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on Aug. 10.

 

The latest report suggests a notable increase in suicides since 2021 following two consecutive years of modest declines in 2019 and 2020.

 

According to the CDC’s provisional data, an estimated 49,449 Americans committed suicide in 2022, or nearly 15 deaths for every 100,000 people, up 2.6 percent from 48,183 deaths by suicide in 2021, and surpassing the peak of 48,344 in 2018.

 

Previously in 2019 and 2020, the suicide rate fell to 47,511 and 45,979 respectively, according to the CDC, although it is unclear exactly what prompted the decline.

 

Suicide is now the eleventh-leading cause of death in the United States, compared to 2020 when it was the twelfth-leading cause, the latest data suggest.

 

The latest figures—which are based on death certificates received by the CDC’s National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) and may change—show that America is facing a growing mental health crisis, according to U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services, Xavier Becerra.

 

“Nine in ten Americans believe America is facing a mental health crisis. The new suicide death data reported by CDC illustrates why. One life lost to suicide is one too many. Yet, too many people still believe asking for help is a sign of weakness,” Mr. Becerra said. “The Biden-Harris Administration is making unprecedented investments to transform how mental health is understood, accessed, and treated as part of President Biden’s Unity Agenda. We must continue to eliminate the stigmatization of mental health and make care available to all Americans.”

 

According to the latest CDC report, men accounted for approximately 79 percent of the total number of suicides in 2022, although rates increased among both males and females at 3.8 percent among American women, and 2.3 percent among American men.

 

The largest increase in suicides was seen among older adults, according to the CDC.

Youth Mental Health Crisis Deepening Due to Pandemic Policies: Study

 

Rates Increased Among Older Adults

Among Americans ages 45 to 64 there was a 6.6 percent increase in suicides, the data show. In those older than 65, the CDC reported an 8.1 percent increase year-on-year.

 

Many middle-aged and elderly people experience problems like losing a job or losing a spouse. Debra Houry, the CDC’s chief medical officer, said it was important to reduce stigma and other obstacles to them getting assistance.

 

Meanwhile, among the racial and ethnic groups the CDC tracks, Native Hawaiian and other Pacific Islanders had the largest increase in suicide in 2022, with a 15.9 percent rise, the CDC data show.

 

Multiracial individuals saw suicide rates increase by 7.9 percent while rates rose 5.7 percent among Asians and 3.6 percent among black or African Americans.

 

However, the CDC noted a decline in suicide rates among American Indians/Alaska Natives, where suicide rates declined 6.1 percent year on year.

 

The health agency also noted a decline in suicide rates among individuals aged 10–24, approximately 8.4 percent.

While it is unclear what prompted the rise in the number of suicides among Americans, experts have said the increase could be driven by a multitude of factors such as increasing rates of depression and the limited availability of mental health services.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent lockdowns, which for many led to job losses, financial instability, isolation, and loneliness, may have also played a role.

Pandemic Prompts Anxiety, Depression

A March 2023 report from the Kaiser Family Foundation (KFF) found that by early 2021, 4 in 10 adults reported symptoms consistent with anxiety and depression over the course of the pandemic, although that figure dropped to approximately 3 in 10 adults as the pandemic continued.

 

Deb Stone, a behavioral scientist at the CDC Injury Center, told The Washington Times earlier this year that suicide rates might be stable or even decline during a disaster, and rise afterward, “as the longer-term sequela of the COVID-19 pandemic, especially among populations struggling with preexisting inequities.”

 

Meanwhile, a poll conducted by the National Alliance on Mental Illness (NAMI) and published last month found that the majority of Americans (82 percent) are still not familiar with or have not heard of the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline, a resource aimed at helping people in mental health, substance use, and suicide crises get connected to the support they may need.

 

Final data from the CDC on suicide rates will be available later this year.

“Today’s report underscores the depths of the devastating mental health crisis in America. Mental health has become the defining public health and societal challenge of our time. Far too many people and their families are suffering and feeling alone,” said U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy.

 

“These numbers are a sobering reminder of how urgent it is that we further expand access to mental health care, address the root causes of mental health struggles, and recognize the importance of checking on and supporting one another,” he added.

 

As part of its effort to combat the rising suicide rate among Americans and address the nation’s mental health crisis, the Biden administration has announced a string of initiatives aimed at lowering and preventing such deaths, including its National Suicide Prevention Lifeline that launched last year allowing anyone in the United States to dial 988 to reach mental health specialists.

 

The Associated Press contributed to this report. If you or someone you know is experiencing a crisis or is considering suicide, has mental health issues, or is engaging in substance abuse, dial or text the U.S. Suicide & Crisis Lifeline at 988 to speak with a counselor. If you’re in the UK, call the Samaritans at 116123.

 

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

New study warns that declining health standards in the U.S. causing “a crisis of early death”

30August2023 // Arsenio Toledo // https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-08-30-declining-health-standards-crisis-early-death.html

 

A recent study has found that the United States is experiencing what leading researchers call “a crisis of early death.”

 

The study, done by researchers from the Boston University School of Public Health (BUSPH), found that more than one million deaths in the U.S. – including many young and working-age adults – could be avoided each year if the country had similar mortality rates to other developed nations.

 

The researchers noted that, in 2021, the U.S. had 1.1 million excess deaths which could have been averted, with the excess deaths referred to as the country’s “Missing Americans” because these deaths reflect people who would still be alive if the U.S. death rate was equal to its peers. (Related: Government to blame sudden death epidemic on long COVID and climate change, says Ed Dowd.)

 

“The number of Missing Americans in recent years is unprecedented in modern times,” said study lead and corresponding author Jacob Bor, a BUSPH associate professor of global health and epidemiology, in a media release accompanying the publishing of the study.

 

The researchers analyzed mortality trends in America from 1933 to 2021 and then compared the results with age-specific mortality rates from “peer nations, including Australia, Canada, Japan and 18 nations in Europe.

 

The findings showed that America had lower mortality rates than peer nations during World War II. By the 1960s and 1970s, America’s mortality rates were similar to peer nations. But by the 1980s, the U.S. began a four-decade-long trend of accelerating excess deaths, reaching 622,534 excess deaths in 2019, nearly 1.01 million excess deaths in 2021 and over 1.09 excess deaths in 2021.

 

According to the study, nearly 50 percent of all Missing Americans in 2020 and 2021 were under the age of 65 – this means that nearly half of the excess deaths in the U.S. were from working-age Americans and even youths.

 

“Think of people you know who have passed away before reaching age 65. Statistically, half of them would still be alive if the U.S. had the mortality rates of our peers,” said Bor. “The U.S. is experiencing a crisis of early death that is unique among wealthy nations.”

 

Declining healthcare system mainly responsible for excess deaths

While Bor and the other researchers acknowledge that the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic likely contributed to a sharp spike in mortality in the U.S., the research does not acknowledge the role vaccines may have played. Instead, Bor and his associates point to the general decline in health standards in the U.S. as the main culprit.

 

“The U.S. was already experiencing more than 600,000 Missing Americans annually before the pandemic began, and that number was increasing each year,” said Bor. “There have been no significant policy changes since then to change this trajectory.”

 

“We waste hundreds of billions each year on health insurers’ profits and paperwork, while tens of millions can’t afford medical care, healthy food or a decent place to live,” said study senior author Steffie Woolhandler, a distinguished professor at the School of Urban Public Health at Hunter College, City University of New York. “Americans die younger than their counterparts elsewhere because when corporate profits conflict with health, our politicians side with the corporations.”

 

Study co-author Andrew Stokes, a BUSPH assistant professor of global health, said that the findings raise a number of urgent questions that need to be addressed in future research. “Which geographic areas are disproportionately responsible for the Missing Americans, and what were their causes of deaths? Answers to these questions may help to clarify policy solutions,” he noted.

 

Learn more about the American healthcare system and how it continues to disappoint many in the country at Medicine.news.

 

Watch this clip from “The HighWire” as host Del Bigtree and investigative journalist Jefferey Jaxen discuss how excess deaths are also surging in other countries like the United Kingdom.

 

EXCESS DEATHS HIT RECORD LEVELS

 

This video is from the channel The HighWire with Del Bigtree on Brighteon.com.

 

More related stories:

Scott Schara: Medical system didn’t value people’s lives during COVID-19 pandemic – Brighteon.TV.

 

Most major medical bills are grossly INFLATED by Big Pharma just to see who is gullible enough to pay them without question.

 

Dr. Jane Ruby STAT: Government protects killer doctors by granting them blanket immunity – Brighteon.TV.

 

America’s top 20 nonprofit hospitals received over $23 billion in COVID-19 payments (while killing or injuring millions of people).

 

Americans continue to suffer as hospitals refuse to be transparent about their prices.

 

Sources include:

 

StudyFinds.org

 

BU.edu

 

WorldHealth.net

 

Brighteon.com

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

“Arbitrary… Outdated!” – Yellen Outraged After Fitch Cuts USA’s AAA-Rating

by Tyler Durden, 02August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/fitch-cuts-usas-aaa-rating-cites-fiscal-deterioration-erosion-governance

Update (1750ET): Treasury Secretary Yellen is pissed, calling the downgrade “arbitrary” and “outdated.”!

I strongly disagree with Fitch Ratings’ decision. The change by Fitch Ratings announced today is arbitrary and based on outdated data. Fitch’s quantitative ratings model declined markedly between 2018 and 2020 – and yet Fitch is announcing its change now, despite the progress that we see in many of the indicators that Fitch relies on for its decision. Many of these measures, including those related to governance, have shown improvement over the course of this Administration, with the passage of bipartisan legislation to address the debt limit, invest in infrastructure, and make other investments in America’s competitiveness.

 

Fitch’s decision does not change what Americans, investors, and people all around the world already know: that Treasury securities remain the world’s preeminent safe and liquid asset, and that the American economy is fundamentally strong.

 

Over the past few years, the United States has undergone a historically fast economic recovery from a deep recession. Today, the unemployment rate is near historic lows, inflation has come down significantly since last summer, and last week’s GDP report shows that the U.S. economy continues to grow. The American economy remains the world’s largest and most dynamic economy, with the deepest and most liquid financial markets in the world. To build on this, President Biden and I have been focused on making critical investments in our country’s core economic strength and productive capacity. 

 

President Biden and I are committed to fiscal sustainability. The most recent debt limit legislation included over $1 trillion in deficit reduction and improved our fiscal trajectory. Looking forward, President Biden has put forward a budget that would reduce the deficit by $2.6 trillion over the next decade through a balanced approach that would support investments for the long-term.” 

Perhaps she should read this…

Federal Debt Held by the Public 1900 - 2053

Federal Debt Held by the Public 1900 – 2053

 

Bidenomics for the win…

zerohedge-tweet-1August2023-Yellen Says Fitch Downgrade Based on Outdated Data

zerohedge-tweet-1August2023-Yellen Says Fitch Downgrade Based on Outdated Data

We wonder how the Vice President feels about this…

zerohedge-tweet-1August2023-Kamala: First of all, it’s two letters

zerohedge-tweet-1August2023-Kamala: First of all, it’s two letters

*  *  *

In the middle of the debt-ceiling ‘crisis’ in May, with Fitch, Moodys and DBRS all threatening to do what S&P boldly did in 2011 and downgrade the US should the debt ceiling crisis lead to a technical default, China’s leading rating agency, China Chengxin International Credit Rating decided not to wait, downgrading the USA’s rating by one notch, to AA+ from AAA, citing high inflation and the widely watched debt-ceiling stand-off.

 

Today, Fitch decided to get off the pot and join S&P and Chengxin, downgrading USA’s Long-Term Foreign-Currency Issuer Default Rating (IDR) to ‘AA+’ from ‘AAA’.

 

US Dollar Downgraded

US Dollar Downgraded

 

Key Rating Drivers

Ratings Downgrade: The rating downgrade of the United States reflects the expected fiscal deterioration over the next three years, a high and growing general government debt burden, and the erosion of governance relative to ‘AA’ and ‘AAA’ rated peers over the last two decades that has manifested in repeated debt limit standoffs and last-minute resolutions.

 

Erosion of Governance: In Fitch’s view, there has been a steady deterioration in standards of governance over the last 20 years, including on fiscal and debt matters, notwithstanding the June bipartisan agreement to suspend the debt limit until January 2025. The repeated debt-limit political standoffs and last-minute resolutions have eroded confidence in fiscal management. In addition, the government lacks a medium-term fiscal framework, unlike most peers, and has a complex budgeting process. These factors, along with several economic shocks as well as tax cuts and new spending initiatives, have contributed to successive debt increases over the last decade. Additionally, there has been only limited progress in tackling medium-term challenges related to rising social security and Medicare costs due to an aging population.

 

Rising General Government Deficits: We expect the general government (GG) deficit to rise to 6.3% of GDP in 2023, from 3.7% in 2022, reflecting cyclically weaker federal revenues, new spending initiatives and a higher interest burden. Additionally, state and local governments are expected to run an overall deficit of 0.6% of GDP this year after running a small surplus of 0.2% of GDP in 2022. Cuts to non-defense discretionary spending (15% of total federal spending) as agreed in the Fiscal Responsibility Act offer only a modest improvement to the medium-term fiscal outlook, with cumulative savings of USD1.5 trillion (3.9% of GDP) by 2033 according to the Congressional Budget Office. The near-term impact of the Act is estimated at USD70 billion (0.3% of GDP) in 2024 and USD112 billion (0.4% of GDP) in 2025. Fitch does not expect any further substantive fiscal consolidation measures ahead of the November 2024 elections.

 

Fitch forecasts a GG deficit of 6.6% of GDP in 2024 and a further widening to 6.9% of GDP in 2025. The larger deficits will be driven by weak 2024 GDP growth, a higher interest burden and wider state and local government deficits of 1.2% of GDP in 2024-2025 (in line with the historical 20-year average). The interest-to-revenue ratio is expected to reach 10% by 2025 (compared to 2.8% for the ‘AA’ median and 1% for the ‘AAA’ median) due to the higher debt level as well as sustained higher interest rates compared with pre-pandemic levels.

 

General Government Debt to Rise: Lower deficits and high nominal GDP growth reduced the debt-to-GDP ratio over the last two years from the pandemic high of 122.3% in 2020; however, at 112.9% this year it is still well above the pre-pandemic 2019 level of 100.1%. The GG debt-to-GDP ratio is projected to rise over the forecast period, reaching 118.4% by 2025. The debt ratio is over two-and-a-half times higher than the ‘AAA’ median of 39.3% of GDP and ‘AA’ median of 44.7% of GDP. Fitch’s longer-term projections forecast additional debt/GDP rises, increasing the vulnerability of the U.S. fiscal position to future economic shocks.

 

Medium-term Fiscal Challenges Unaddressed: Over the next decade, higher interest rates and the rising debt stock will increase the interest service burden, while an aging population and rising healthcare costs will raise spending on the elderly absent fiscal policy reforms. The CBO projects that interest costs will double by 2033 to 3.6% of GDP. The CBO also estimates a rise in mandatory spending on Medicare and social security by 1.5% of GDP over the same period. The CBO projects that the Social Security fund will be depleted by 2033 and the Hospital Insurance Trust Fund (used to pay for benefits under Medicare Part A) will be depleted by 2035 under current laws, posing additional challenges for the fiscal trajectory unless timely corrective measures are implemented. Additionally, the 2017 tax cuts are set to expire in 2025, but there is likely to be political pressure to make these permanent as has been the case in the past, resulting in higher deficit projections.

 

Exceptional Strengths Support Ratings: Several structural strengths underpin the United States’ ratings. These include its large, advanced, well-diversified and high-income economy, supported by a dynamic business environment. Critically, the U.S. dollar is the world’s preeminent reserve currency, which gives the government extraordinary financing flexibility.
Economy to Slip into Recession: Tighter credit conditions, weakening business investment, and a slowdown in consumption will push the U.S. economy into a mild recession in 4Q23 and 1Q24, according to Fitch projections. The agency sees U.S. annual real GDP growth slowing to 1.2% this year from 2.1% in 2022 and overall growth of just 0.5% in 2024. Job vacancies remain higher and the labor participation rate is still lower (by 1 pp) than pre-pandemic levels, which could negatively affect medium-term potential growth.

 

Fed Tightening: The Fed raised interest rates by 25bp in March, May and July 2023. Fitch expects one further hike to 5.5% to 5.75% by September. The resilience of the economy and the labor market are complicating the Fed’s goal of bringing inflation towards its 2% target. While headline inflation fell to 3% in June, core PCE inflation, the Fed’s key price index, remained stubbornly high at 4.1% yoy. This will likely preclude cuts in the Federal Funds Rate until March 2024. Additionally, the Fed is continuing to reduce its holdings of mortgage backed-securities and U.S. Treasuries, which is further tightening financial conditions. Since January, these assets on the Fed balance sheet have fallen by over USD500 billion as of end-July 2023.

 

ESG – Governance: The U.S. has an ESG Relevance Score (RS) of ‘5’ for Political Stability and Rights and ‘5[+]’ for the Rule of Law, Institutional and Regulatory Quality and Control of Corruption. Theses scores reflect the high weight that the World Bank Governance Indicators (WBGI) have in Fitch’s proprietary Sovereign Rating Model. The U.S. has a high WBGI ranking at 79, reflecting its well-established rights for participation in the political process, strong institutional capacity, effective rule of law and a low level of corruption.

 

Additionally, they warn that the following could lead to more negative ratings actions…

  • Public Finances: A marked increase in general government debt, for example due to a failure to address medium-term public spending and revenue challenges;
  • Macroeconomic policy, performance and prospects: A decline in the coherence and credibility of policymaking that undermines the reserve currency status of the U.S. dollar, thus diminishing the government’s financing flexibility.

All hail Bidenomics.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

It’s Mourning In America

by Tyler Durden, 22July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/its-mourning-america

Authored by Charles Hugh Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

Now that America has been transformed from a high-trust social order into a low-trust social order, there’s no going back.

The Wizard of Oz - Behind the Curtain

The Wizard of Oz – Behind the Curtain

The birth of financialization in the early 1980s was morning in America because finance– the collateralization of previously low-risk assets and the resulting explosion of credit and leverage–gooses demand and asset valuations.

 

Now that we’ve at long last reached the demise of financialization, it’s mourning in America as the hyper-stimulation has reached its zenith and is beginning its inevitable end-game of uncontrolled implosion. The hyper-financialization of American life has fatally distorted the nation’s production, politics, values and social order.

 

Regardless of our political persuasion, we’re all mourning for what’s been lost to either decay or erosion, both of which are so gradual that we cannot discern the full extent of the damage. We sense it, though, and this fuels the nation’s distemper.

 

The decay, erosion and distemper remind me of a quote from French author Michel Houellebecq:

“I have the impression of being caught up in a network of complicated, minute, stupid rules, and I have the impression of being herded towards a uniform kind of happiness, toward a kind of happiness that doesn’t really make me happy.”

Substitute con for happiness and we have an insight into the source of mourning in America: we’re being conned 24/7, on every level and in every nook and cranny of the economy and society.

 

The key to any good con is to persuade the mark (victim) that it’s not a con. The most direct approach is to claim the con is true, factual, etc. Once this claim starts unraveling, then the con switches to an alternative reality that has enough shreds of credibility to be plausible.

 

This is why so many confuse the con and propaganda. Both are self-serving, of course, as the goal of propaganda is to generate compliance and conformity in the populace by constructing an emotionally compelling context that is both appealing and plausible. Those spewing the propaganda do so to secure their power and further their own self-serving agenda.

 

For example, that we’re all enjoying unprecedented prosperity in the best of all possible worlds. Look at all the low-quality rusting junk we can buy from manufacturers in totalitarian nations at low, low prices–wow! It doesn’t get any better than this. Stainless Steal (February 26, 2023).

 

The difference is that those spewing propaganda can be true believers in whatever cause is being pushed. In most cases, propaganda is issued by cynical, manipulative sociopaths who are merely hired guns for whomever seeks all the advantages of persuading people that enriching and empowering the few at the expense of the many is not only allowable, it’s the right thing, the only option, etc. But propaganda works best when it converts the previously uncommitted or apathetic into true believers, much like a religious conversion.

 

A con, on the other hand, is a swindle, a fraud, a bezzle, that takes advantage of the mark’s naive trust. This trust might be in a blood relative, a friend, an enterprise, an organization or an institution. The con exploits this trust to defraud or break the mark into an unknowing patsy.

The fundamentals of the con are:

1. The gains are guaranteed, i.e. low risk.

2. The benefits are exaggerated while the costs and consequences are left unsaid.

Here’s the metaphor the con presents: I’m leading you to a glorious fruit tree loaded with ripe fruit. All you have to do is harvest as much as you want.

 

Since we’re all still hunter-gatherers in Wetware 1.0, this greatly appeals to us. We’re inherently risk-averse and greedy to exploit windfalls, and the con promises us near-zero risk and one windfall to stripmine after another. It’s irresistible.

 

The con always has an end date, when the mark discovers they’ve been fleeced. Trust is destroyed, and the mark, bitterly enlightened to their own credulity, laziness and greed, vows to never fall for such a con again.

 

The higher-order con never lets trust be completely destroyed. Instead, the con-man either rushes to console the mark and apologize for the unexpected loss, (Jeez, this never happened before–it must have been a glitch in the Matrix), or the con-man brazenly blames the victim for misjudging the situation and failing to take advantage of the unbeatable deal.

You blew it, pal, I can’t help you with that. But hey, since I’m such a nice guy, and you’re deserving of a second chance, I’m gonna let you in on another deal, not quite as good as the one you blew, but still a gem.

 

This is America in a nutshell: a continuous cacophony of cons. This is why trust in institutions such as the media, corporations, political interest groups, government and education are in free-fall, along with social trust in our fellow Americans. Every node of power is dominated by people out to maximize their personal gains at the expense of the public, customers, voters, members, students, etc.

Listen, kid, you’re gonna be on Easy Street if you go borrow $120,000 and give it to us for a college diploma. You’ll be set for life, it’s like shooting fish in a barrel once you pony up the dough and we give you the paper. Don’t be a chump, kid, you gotta look out for yourself, and we’re trying to help you here.

 

This medication is safe and non-addictive, you’re gonna feel a lot better as soon as you start taking it. Here’s ten pages of side-effects, but don’t worry about all that, it’s just boiler-plate. We’re here to help you, pal, and the $27,000 a month cost is mostly on the government, so it’s a slam-dunk win for you.

 

Gee, I’d like to answer your questions about the district budget, employee salaries and overtime, it must be in this 293-page annual statement somewhere. You can buy a copy for only $25.

And so on, in an endless profusion of self-serving cons. Ernest academics ponder this decay and propose all sorts of scholarly possibilities, while never mentioning the obvious source: every node of power in America is hopelessly corrupt, covering its cons with tsunamis of propaganda aimed at “trust-building” among “stakeholders,” whipping up the conned faithful, cherry-picking evidence to string along the marks just a little longer, and pointing to the long history of the institution as trustworthy–a reputation that is being pillaged to benefit the few at the expense of the many.

 

it wasn't influence-peddling

it wasn’t influence-peddling

 

The most successful cons divert attention from the con-men to some other group of marks / victims. You got fleeced because of them. The fact that everyone outside the nodes of power has been fleeced is left unsaid, as this realization might generate a common cause of the marks against those benefiting so richly from the cons.

 

It was fun while it lasted, exploiting the supercharged-cons of hyper-financialization and hyper-globalization, but those cons have been tapped out and there are no replacements.

 

It’s tough recognizing that we’ve been credulous, naively trusting, and greedy for low-risk riches. Every one of the countless skims, scams and cons has exploited our willingness to trust and our self-interest in easy wealth.

 

Now that America has been transformed from a high-trust social order into a low-trust social order, there’s no going back.

US Social Trust

US Social Trust

 

This is why it’s mourning in America. Trust can only be rebuilt slowly, first by opting out of all the self-serving cons and then re-establishing trust at the local level.

*  *  *

TOP


americanthinker.com logo

The Decline and Fall of the American Empire

By Steve McCann
30May2023 https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2023/05/the_decline_and_fall_of_the_american_empire.html

 

A cursory examination of history reveals that the United States is mired in the same process that precipitated the collapse of the great empires of the past.  The foibles and failures of human nature and their impact on the rise and fall of empires is amazingly consistent and the end result always inevitable.  Can this nation avoid a similar fate?

 

Empires are defined as great military and economic powers encompassing large occupied or controlled land areas.  Although they vary greatly, they average around 250 years in duration.  The United States will be celebrating its 250th anniversary in 2026.

 

In 1976, Sir John Glubb, a distinguished British diplomat and general, wrote an essay on the fate of empires throughout history.  He enumerated, based on 3,000 years of historical data, the six various stages in the rise and fall of empires.

 

These stages and how they apply to the United States are as follows:

  • The Age of Pioneers       (The Revolutionary War and the founding of the Nation)
  • The Age of Conquests    (The Western Expansion to the Pacific Ocean)
  • The Age of Commerce   (Industrialization and evolution of a dominant middle class)
  • The Age of Affluence     (The meteoric rise of the standard of living in the 20th Century)
  • The Age of Intellect        (Global domination in the arts, medicine and technology)
  • The Age of Decadence   (For 30+ years America has been increasingly mired in this age )

The Age of Decadence is marked by debauchery, defensiveness, pessimism, materialism, a significant weakening of religion, frivolity, a welfare state, and a massive influx of unassimilated foreigners.  These symptoms of national decadence are the end product of long periods of prosperity and power, love of wealth and status, and self-obsession by the ruling elites leading to fateful government corruption and instability.

 

Sir John Glubb is definitive in stating that in all ancient and modern fallen empires, “there does not appear to be any doubt that money is the agent which causes the decline of strong, brave and self-confident people.”

 

An examination of various empires from the Persian Empire to the Roman Empire to the British Empire confirms Glubb’s hypothesis that pursuit and accumulation of money or wealth is the portal through which power over the masses is achieved.  The amassing of wealth and thus power evolves into a quasi-religion that over time triggers the descent into the age of decadence and corruption that inevitably leads to the collapse and conquering of empires by their external enemies.

 

In the early stage of the age of decadence, materialism becomes a driving force in society, inducing many in the upper classes to indulge in excessive, often conspicuous consumption as an absurdly wealthy elite emerges.  Far too many societal elites and non-elites become convinced that increased consumption and social status is the key to happiness, but in its pursuit they become demonstrably more pessimistic and less happy and fulfilled.

 

The search for happiness and fulfillment leads to imprudence and voyeurism becoming central to the culture.  Unhappy people searching for diversion became fixated on celebrities and captive to evolving voyeurism.  And voyeurism takes on a more sinister aspect as people in both ancient and modern empires become increasingly desensitized to graphic images and willing spectators or participants in violence and debauchery.

 

Debauchery is an oft-recurring theme in the demise of empires.  Societies develop an abnormally immature obsession with sex.  An obsession that requires increasing deviancy to satiate coupled with concurrent abuse of children and the marginalization and exploitation of women.  Meanwhile, the use of drugs and alcohol expands exponentially.  Debauchery is a symptom of the absence of meaning in people’s lives leading to the self-destruction of society and concomitantly a loss of a sense of duty and patriotism.

 

Other symptoms common among many empires in the last stages of decline include:

  • Massive and growing disparities between rich and poor and an undisciplined and over-extended military.
  • An intensification of internal political hatreds and a corresponding inability to reconcile in order to save the empire.
  • An ever increasing level of self-serving corruption and patronage among the ruling class.
  • A massive influx of unassimilated foreigners whose allegiance and cultural ties are  with their native lands and not the host nation and who do not feel obligated to defend the empire.
  • Severe financial and economic crises linked to the unending debasement of the currency.
  • An ongoing and irreversible decline in monotheistic religions that emphasize self-sacrifice, temperance, a sense of duty as well as honor and integrity.

Additionally, while the decline of empires is precipitated by internal factors, the final collapse is marked by defeat at the hands of powerful external enemies.  The United States is presently facing an implacable and powerful external enemy, Communist China.  A foe this nation’s elites, in their self-indulgent pursuit of wealth, essentially created by willfully intertwining the American economy with a ruthless and dictatorial communist regime.

 

Unfortunately, the vast bulk of the American citizenry is not aware of the historically precarious situation this nation finds itself.  Nor are they aware that the policies and actions of the Marxist controlled Democrat party over the past 20 years is a window into what will happen to this nation if they continue in power.  Another four to eight years of Democrat Party rule will permanently embed:

  • Unchecked corruption in government and America’s corporations and institutions.
  • The ongoing debasement of the currency, uncontrolled spending and economic instability,
  • The continued massive influx of unassimilated foreigners,
  • The intensification of political animosity and the persecution of any political opposition,
  • An undisciplined, ideologically driven and feckless military incapable of confronting China,
  • Drug-addled and crime-ridden dystopias in America’s major urban and suburban areas,
  • Continued and accelerated mainstreaming of decadence and sexual debauchery

As the last three years have amply proven, decadence and sexual debauchery will continue apace.  All forms of deviancy, including but not limited to pedophilia, will be forcefully mainstreamed.  Religious liberties will be denigrated and curtailed.  Infanticide and state-sponsored euthanasia will be legalized.  Materialism and voyeurism will become the new state religion.  And virtually all drugs will be legalized and easily available.

 

As the United States descends into insolvency, societal chaos and upheaval, Communist China, with which the Democrat party is intertwined, will actively abet and promote the dissolution of this country as it will be waiting vulture-like to feast on the carcass.

 

The inevitable can perhaps be mitigated if a significant majority of the populace acknowledges the current plight of the nation and initiates a return to the nation’s founding Judeo-Christian principles.  Additionally, it is imperative that either Donald Trump or Ron DeSantis wins in November of 2024 and for a populist Republican Party to control both the presidency and Congress for a minimum of two presidential terms.

 

Republican primary voters must also acknowledge reality and not be captive to cultlike sycophancy for either Trump or DeSantis.  They need to ask themselves: who can win against a corrupt and devious Democrat party reliant on voter fraud and manipulation in the battleground states of Georgia, Arizona, Wisconsin, Nevada and Pennsylvania?  Who has the coattails to assure the capture of both Houses of Congress?  And can that person can either serve a second term or make certain another Republican will win in 2028?

 

It is not hyperbole to say the upcoming election cycle is the most determinative in American history.  If the Republicans fail to win the presidency and Congress in 2024, this nation will have passed the point of no return and a new chapter in the annals of the decline and fall of great nations will be written.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Victor Davis Hanson: A Culture In Collapse

by Tyler Durden, 09January2024 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/victor-davis-hanson-culture-collapse

Authored by Victor Davis Hanson via American Greatness,

 

In the last six months, we have borne witness to many iconic moments evidencing the collapse of American culture.

 

The signs are everywhere and cover the gamut of politics, the economy, education, social life, popular culture, foreign policy, and the military. These symptoms of decay share common themes.

 

Our descent is self-induced; it is not a symptom of a foreign attack or subterfuge. Our erosion is not the result of poverty and want, but of leisure and excess. We are not suffering from existential crises of famine, plague, or the collapse of our grid and fuel sources. Prior, far poorer, and war-torn generations now seem far better off than what we are becoming.

 

What is happening to us is not due to an adherence to a too strict conservative tradition but is almost exclusively the wage of the progressive project.

 

In short, we are seeing fissures that America has not experienced in our cultural history since the Civil War. The radical Left apparently feels such chaos, anarchy, and nihilism are necessary to topple past norms and customs and thereby adhere to a socialist, equity agenda that no one in normal times would stomach.

 

Some of the decay is existential and fundamental; some anecdotal and illustrative. But either way, while decline came about gradually over decades, its sudden and abrupt chaos during the three years of Biden’s presidency has shocked Americans.

Financial Implosion

As long as interest rates were de facto zero, both parties ran up gargantuan debt. Now the national debt has hit $34 trillion. But two odd things have also happened under the Biden administration that are beginning to undermine the very existence of the U.S. financial system:

 

1) Interest rates have soared from de facto zero and are on a trajectory to 5.5%—meaning that the interest on the debt, in theory, in the not too distant future will require 20 percent of the annual budget, squeezing out both entitlements and defense.

 

2) Yet the upcoming rendezvous with economic Armageddon has not slowed a Biden administration intent on borrowing nearly $2 trillion in the current fiscal year.

The public is baffled: is the Left playing chicken with us? Is the strategy to “gorge the beast,” thereby demanding even higher federal taxes, which, combined with many state taxes, now exceed 50 percent of one’s income?

 

Is the goal massive “redistribution” by ensuring “equity” by gouging the middle class and rich? Or is the left’s goal more nihilistic: to force a remedy for insolvency by ensuring high inflation, renouncing government debt, or government appropriation of private capital?

Military Crises

Americans have lost deterrence abroad.

Confusion reigns among the public over why the Biden administration fled from Afghanistan, leaving behind billions of dollars of munitions and equipment in the hands of Taliban terrorists. Why did it allow a Chinese spy balloon to traverse the continental U.S. with impunity?

 

And why did Biden signal to Russia when preparing an invasion of Ukraine that our reaction would depend on the magnitude of Putin’s offensive? Why has military recruitment cratered, shorting the Pentagon of thousands of soldiers?

 

Why do Iranian proxies attack almost daily U.S. installations abroad and ships in the Red Sea, apparently without fear of reprisal? Why did Hamas slaughter Israelis on October 7? What explains our indifference or ennui?

 

Is the answer a deliberate effort to curb supposed American “arrogance” by once more leading from behind? Are we rebooting the Obama Administration’s bankrupt idea of empowering an Iranian crescent from Teheran to Damascus to Beirut to Gaza to ensure “creative tension” between Israel and the moderate Arabs and Persian-led theocratic Shiites?

 

Why do our officer classes rotate in and out of lucrative military consultantships, lobbying billets, and board membership on corporate defense contractors—as if their innate talents rather than their lifelong contacts with current serving procurement officers earned their exorbitant fees?

 

Why did our retired four stars with disdain violate the uniform code of military justice by serially and publicly trashing the commander in chief? Why has the Pentagon revolutionized the entire system of recruitment, promotions, and tenure in the armed forces by predicating them in large part on race, gender, and sexual orientation rather than merit or battlefield efficacy? Did we learn anything from the old Soviet commissariat system? Would we prefer to lose a war by promoting equity than win one by ensuring liberty?

 

Why did the top brass go after supposedly “insurrectionist” white males (who died at twice their demographics during combat in Iraq and Afghanistan) in the military, only to discover from their own internal investigations that no such cabal of “domestic terrorists” existed, and only to drive out thousands more of the maligned by stupidly requiring COVID vaccinations from those with naturally acquired immunity?

 

In sum, the U.S. will either undergo a post-Vietnam-like revolution in the military or, in late Roman imperial fashion, our armed forces will be unable to defend the interests or indeed, the very safety, of the U.S.

Race

Why, when so-called non-white ethnicities and races were achieving parity with or exceeding the majority population in per capita income and when racial intermarriage was commonplace, did we blow up the values of the civil rights movement and revert to precivilizational tribalism? Who were the sophists who convinced us that racially segregated dorms, safe spaces, and graduations, or using race as an arbiter of admissions and hiring, were not racist?

 

When did we lump together an entire cadre of diverse ancestries, ethnicities, religions, politics, classes, and values and dub them all “white,” and then smear them collectively in stereotypical fashion? When did we calibrate race as the chief determinative factor in our identities? Have we become premodern tribal people—feuding clans right out of the Norse sagas, ghosts of the Balkans nursing ancient grievances and hatreds? Since when in history has a nation’s “diversity” ever been preferable to its “unity”?

The Sexes

Did anyone in, say, 2004 believe that in just twenty years, the Left would try to mainstream the previously rare medical malady of gender dysphoria into a transgendered civil rights issue by insisting on three rather than two sexes?

 

Would anyone have believed that leftists, gays, and feminists would have done their best to destroy a half-century of female athletic achievement by allowing biological males to compete in women’s sports and thereby erase the record performances of three generations of women?

 

Would anyone have believed that a feminist and accomplished swimmer like Riley Gaines would be cornered, swarmed, threatened, and barricaded in at a university for the crime of daring to state the obvious: that transgendered women are still, in terms of their musculoskeletal physiques and frames, males and thereby have no business competing in women’s sports?

 

Would anyone have believed that a gay senate aide would have engaged in passive, unprotected sex in a public and hallowed Senate chamber, filmed in graphic detail his act of sodomy, had it circulated among friends and social media, and then, when outrage followed, claimed victimhood by accusing those offended of being homophobic toward him and his active homosexual partner?

Lawlessness

We are witnessing the steady erasure of jurisprudence, both civil and criminal. Does the law as we knew it a mere decade ago still exist? Massive looting with impunity is now largely exempt from justice in our major blue-state cities. In Compton, a van slams into a Mexican bakery as waiting crowds swarm, loot, and destroy the business. And for what? Some free pies and cakes? Or the nihilist delight in ruining the livelihood of a hardworking family business?

 

Such smash-and-grabs rob stores of billions of dollars in revenue each year. Can we even comprehend that employees and security guards are now ordered to stand down, as if the apprehension of such thieves might in some way seem illiberal or racist?

 

Does anyone even care that pro-Hamas protestors—many in America as guests on green cards and student visas—shouted support for the October 7 massacre of Jews, screamed for the destruction of Israel and the Jews in it, shut down the Manhattan and Golden Gate Bridges, defiled the Lincoln Memorial and White House gates, and disrupted Christmas celebrations in our major cities with complete exemption? Is storming the California legislature, and disrupting it in session, now a felony in the manner of those convicted after January 6, or do we have two sets of laws, dependent on ideology, race, and party affiliation?

 

In one of the most chilling videos in memory, Las Vegas Clark County District Court Judge Mary Kay Holthus was recently violently attacked by an unshackled career felon defendant (with three prior violent felony convictions and facing additional new felony counts). The assailant, Deobra Redden, leaped over the justice’s bench with ease and began beating her and pulling her hair before two bailiffs, with great difficulty, managed to restrain him. Why was Redden out on parole given his violent record, and why was he not shackled given his toxic past? His self-admitted effort to kill the judge, his ability nearly to pull it off, and the record of past leniency accorded him are a commentary on a sick society.

 

But then again, in our major cities, George-Soros-subsidized prosecutors have all but destroyed civil society. They have been systematically releasing felons with violent criminal records on the same day they are arrested, freeing convicted felons early from prisons and jails, and sabotaging the law by arbitrary enforcement on the grounds that it is inherently either unfair or racist.

 

The post civilization civil bookend to that precivilizational subterfuge was a systematic legal effort, for the first time in American history, to remove in an election year the leading primary and general election candidate Donald Trump from various state ballots. The Soviet-like charge was that he was guilty of “insurrection,” a crime he has never been charged with, much less convicted of. Meanwhile, three state prosecutors and one special federal counsel—all leftists and some previously bragging in their own election campaigns of their intention to destroy Trump—have charged candidate Trump with an array of felonies. The vast majority of Americans agree Trump would never have been so charged had he just not sought to seek reelection—or had been a liberal Democrat.

Education

In ancient times, the President of the Harvard Corporation was a signature scholar and intellectual, befitting Harvard’s own self-regard as the world’s most preeminent university. No longer.

 

Now-resigned president Claudine Gay’s meteoric career was based on a flimsy record of a mere 11 articles—the majority of them plagiarized. Her entire career was fueled by the tired pretext that the privileged Gay was somehow deserving of special deference given her race and gender.

 

Confronted with such corruption, the Harvard Corporation, its legal team, and 700 faculty sought to downplay Gay’s intellectual theft. Indeed, they smeared her critics as racist—only then to deal with her new billet as a professor of Political Science with a long record of plagiarism that was exempt from the sort of punishments dealt out to students and faculty for less egregious defenses.

 

How did Ivy League degrees so quickly become mostly certifications of ideological and woke orthodoxy? Or is it worse than that? Does a Stanford history major or Yale literature graduate know anything, respectively, about the Civil War or Shakespeare’s plays? Do they even know that we, the public, know that they don’t know?

 

Was Elizabeth Warren really Harvard’s first law professor of color? Was Claudine Gay truly an impressive and respected scholar of political science? Are the governing members of the Harvard Corporation the nation’s best and brightest?

 

How in less than five years did our elite universities destroy meritocracy, abolish SAT requirements, require DEI oaths and pledges, and mirror the worst commissariat institutions of the old Warsaw Pact nations and Soviet Union? How and why these elite universities blew themselves up in a mere decade will baffle historians for decades to come.

The End of Sovereignty

The Biden administration has shattered federal immigration law, as some 10 million illegal entries will have crossed unlawfully and with impunity in the first Biden term—all by intent. The southern border is not merely porous; it no longer even exists.

 

Did the Left want new constituents? New entitlement recipients to grow government and raise taxes on the clingers and deplorables?

 

Did it want a larger DEI base to replace the steady exodus of non-whites from left-wing agendas? Does it shun sovereignty, preferring a global village without arbitrary borders? Do these utopians in Malibu and Martha’s Vineyard similarly feel their own yards and grounds need no walls, no barriers, and no boundaries to deny the underprivileged their rights to enjoy what the predatory classes possess?

 

In this new America of ours, Joe Biden is hale and savvy, while Hunter did nothing wrong.

Our heroes are Dylan Mulvaney, Gen. Rachel Levine, and the two Sams, Bankman-Fried and Brinton.

In today’s America, Karin Jean-Pierre is truthful, while Alejandro Mayorkas is honest. An innocent and saintly George Floyd was randomly murdered; his death proof of systemic police racism. And defunding the police brought calm and quiet, in the way our border is secure and the homeless are mere victims.

 

Dr. Jill is an impressive academic. Oprah and LeBron are the downtrodden and victimized. Gen. Mark Milley is a brave maverick, and so is Adam Schiff. The flight from Afghanistan marked a brilliantly organized retreat.

 

The Chinese balloon really did not take too many pictures of sensitive areas. January 6 was an armed insurrection, preplanned by fiery conspirators and revolutionaries. Ashli Babbitt deserved to be blasted in the neck for entering a broken window.

 

Kamala Harris is a wordsmith. Russian collusion really happened. So did Russian laptop disinformation. Christopher Steele’s dossier was mostly true, in the fashion of Claudine Gay’s dissertation and Barack Obama’s memoir. And 51 former intelligence authorities bravely came forward to offer their expertise in certifying that Hunter’s laptop was cooked up in Moscow.

 

With all this, what do we think the Iranians, Putin’s Russians, the communist Chinese, the Houthis, Hezbollah, and Hamas now think of the United States?

 

That we are the nation that won World War II or fled from Afghanistan? Did the eight million who broke our laws and simply walked across our border respect us, fear us, admire us, or come here to manipulate and use us? Did Hamas appreciate the hundreds of millions of dollars we gave them, in the same way Iran was friendlier after we lifted the sanctions?

 

In sum, American civilization has been turned upside down, and we have a rendezvous soon with the once unthinkable and unimaginable.

 

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Efforts to Protect US Intensify Amid Global Shift From Dollar

Calls from Congress and state houses to the private sector for out-of-the-box thinking, such as repegging the currency to gold or declaring precious metals to be legal tender, are growing.

An illustration of the U.S. dollar linked to gold. (Illustration by The Epoch Times, Shutterstock)

An illustration of the U.S. dollar linked to gold. (Illustration by The Epoch Times, Shutterstock)

By Alex Newman | 22August2023 Updated: 23August2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/article/efforts-to-protect-us-intensify-amid-global-shift-from-dollar-5451294

 

With inflation plaguing the economy as the U.S. dollar is increasingly being sidelined in international trade, potentially even at risk of losing its status as the global reserve currency, lawmakers in Washington and state capitals are touting gold and precious metals as the solution.

 

From congressional efforts that would once again back the U.S. dollar with gold to state-level initiatives to facilitate commerce in precious metals, proposals are proliferating. Some have already advanced.

 

Private-sector players are getting in on the action, too, arguing that gold can be a defense against economic calamity as foreign governments and central banks stockpile record amounts of precious metals.

 

In a series of interviews with The Epoch Times, state and federal lawmakers working to restore gold as money argued that this was the best way to defend the dollar, stabilize the economy, rein in government spending, and protect U.S. interests.

 

A bill introduced in Congress this year by U.S. Rep. Alex Mooney (R-W.Va.), dubbed the Gold Standard Restoration Act (H.R. 2435), would redefine the dollar in terms of a fixed weight in gold. The legislation would also require authorities to exchange paper currency for gold.

U.S. Rep. Alex Mooney (R-W.Va.) introduced the Gold Standard Restoration Act (H.R. 2435) this year. (Charlotte Cuthbertson/The Epoch Times)

U.S. Rep. Alex Mooney (R-W.Va.) introduced the Gold Standard Restoration Act (H.R. 2435) this year. (Charlotte Cuthbertson/The Epoch Times)

“How can you look at a country that’s 32 trillion in debt with out-of-control spending and think it’s the right standard to go by?” Mr. Mooney asked in a phone interview with The Epoch Times, warning of peril ahead for the dollar if its gold backing was not restored.

 

“Returning to the gold standard would bolster domestic and international confidence in the U.S. dollar because its value would be tied to something of actual worth, not just the ‘full faith and credit’ of the U.S. government,” added Mr. Mooney, who has been sounding the alarm throughout his political career. “This would preserve the U.S. dollar’s global reserve status.”

 

Meanwhile, in Texas, lawmakers concerned about the stability of the dollar and the U.S. economy are working to facilitate commerce in gold through the Texas Gold Depository.

 

“You have to look at history,” said Texas Rep. Mark Dorazio, a Republican who introduced the bill to facilitate intrastate trade in gold. “Over the last 6,000 years of history, gold and silver have kept their value and served as the standard.”

 

“It is the go-to in economic crisis and instability—everyone knows you go to gold,” the lawmaker told The Epoch Times in a phone interview.

 

“Everybody I talk to likes the idea of using our depository to conduct business,” he added. “Plus it would make money for the state. It’s a win-win for everyone.”

A worker polishes gold bullion bars at the ABC Refinery in Sydney on Aug. 5, 2020. Gold prices hit $2,000 an ounce on markets for the first time on Aug. 4, 2020. (David Gray/AFP via Getty Images)

A worker polishes gold bullion bars at the ABC Refinery in Sydney on Aug. 5, 2020. Gold prices hit $2,000 an ounce on markets for the first time on Aug. 4, 2020. (David Gray/AFP via Getty Images)

Ron Paul, a longtime champion of the gold standard and sound money who spent decades in Congress attempting to draw attention to the issue and wrote a best-selling book called “End The Fed,” told The Epoch Times that gold is likely to play a major role in the future.

 

As what he called the “Mickey Mouse” dollar continues to lose dominance, “something will have to replace it, [and] now we are seeing that,” he said, warning that “the Chinese are buying a lot of gold.”

 

Dr. Paul ridiculed the IMF’s Special Drawing Rights and emerging central bank “digital” currencies without inherent value as potential alternatives, saying something tangible such as gold is what’s needed.

 

“If there’s a digital currency that is truly backed with gold, that might be helpful,” he said.

Ultimately, Dr. Paul said he would repeal legal tender laws, abolish the Federal Reserve, and allow the market to decide what should be used as money.

 

“Gold and silver became money spontaneously thousands of years ago, and metals have worked well,” he said, praising state and federal efforts on precious metals. “We need sound money.”

 

Despite his pessimism about the economy, Paul, who gained national prominence during his runs for president, celebrated the growing number of states declaring gold and silver to be legal tender.

 

“The Constitution is very much on their side,” he said.

Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas) is a longtime champion of the gold standard. (T.J. Kirkpatrick/Getty Images)

Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas) is a longtime champion of the gold standard. (T.J. Kirkpatrick/Getty Images)

Among other benefits, this can facilitate trade in precious metals by removing sales taxes and eliminating other obstacles, he said.

“This is a silent revolution going on at the grassroots level, passing legislation on this,” Paul said, adding that gold could protect countries, states, and even individuals. “That is a help in changing attitudes.”

 

As government debt and inflation continue to grow amid moves by U.S. adversaries to displace the dollar, interest in precious metals will continue to expand, multiple experts told The Epoch Times.

What Happened to Gold?

Until about 50 years ago, the U.S. dollar was still officially backed by gold. Because other currencies were mostly exchangeable for dollars on demand, the global monetary system was in effect underpinned by gold—at least in theory.

Infographic: One Dollar GraphAn illustration of the decline in the purchasing power of the U.S. dollar over the past century. (Illustration by The Epoch Times, Shutterstock)

Infographic: One Dollar Graph
An illustration of the decline in the purchasing power of the U.S. dollar over the past century. (Illustration by The Epoch Times, Shutterstock)

In fact, for thousands of years, precious metals have served as money. Economists say this is because they are durable, portable, scarce, and inherently valuable.

 

But with a series of major policy changes, beginning with the establishment of the Federal Reserve in 1913 followed by a 1933 executive order by President Franklin D. Roosevelt limiting gold holdings, that began to change.

 

Under the leadership of President Richard Nixon, the U.S. government formally severed the dollar’s final link to gold in 1971, ending the ability of even foreign powers to exchange their dollars for gold.

 

That was a turning point. Conventional wisdom holds that the move by Nixon resulted in the end of the gold standard forever as most of the world was suddenly plunged into what is known as a “fiat” monetary system. Fiat means the currency has value by government edict, rather than any inherent value.

 

Economist John Maynard Keynes famously referred to the metal as a “barbarous relic,” a view that has proliferated in academia and in central banking circles.

 

But the world is now facing escalating economic and monetary turmoil. Just last week, Fitch downgraded U.S. debt in a historic blow as debt levels surge and the purchasing power of currencies worldwide plummets.

 

The problems with the dollar are growing. As reported in May, U.S. adversaries such as the Chinese Communist Party are actively working to reshape the global monetary system and replace the dollar.

 

Even traditional U.S. allies such as France and Brazil are now doing international deals in other currencies.

Multiple experts explained that Biden administration and Federal Reserve policies were contributing to the trend through high spending and loose monetary policy blamed for inflation.

 

Calls for major monetary reform at the international level have been steadily growing for decades, and have ramped up further in light of current events.

 

Numerous world leaders and central bankers, including the People’s Bank of China, have proposed an international reserve currency to displace the dollar, and senior U.S. policymakers have even flirted with the idea publicly.

People walk past a currency exchange shop in Istanbul, Turkey, on June 23, 2023. (Chris McGrath/Getty Images)

People walk past a currency exchange shop in Istanbul, Turkey, on June 23, 2023. (Chris McGrath/Getty Images)

But in the United States, more traditional options for drastic reforms involving metals are being explored, too. Indeed, developments are causing many experts and lawmakers to take a fresh look at the “barbarous relic.”

 

At the same time, reports that authorities in the BRICS nations (Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa) will consider a gold-backed currency are fueling interest in monetary metals worldwide.

 

Non-Western central banks are buying gold in record quantities, according to the World Gold Council, and analysts expect that demand to remain strong.

 

“We think this trend of central bank buying is likely to continue amid heightened geopolitical risks and elevated inflation,” Swiss bank UBS said in a note to clients in late May.

Gold Standard to the Rescue?

Several congressional Republicans who spoke with The Epoch Times pointed to current events to highlight what they say is the urgency of legislation to protect the dollar by once again tying it to gold.

 

Mr. Mooney of West Virginia, the chief sponsor behind the “Gold Standard Restoration Act,” explained that severing the link between the dollar and gold has produced extreme spending, inflation, and other problems.

 

“We need to learn from history,” he told The Epoch Times. “When President Nixon unfortunately took us off the gold standard, it made everything worse. He claimed at the time it was going to control inflation, but the opposite occurred.”

 

“It was a huge mistake,” continued Mr. Mooney, who introduced the bill in the last Congress as well. “Inflation is still out of control to this day.”

 

Because the dollar is no longer tied to gold, and because the federal government is rapidly losing the trust of Americans and people worldwide, the dollar’s status as the global reserve currency is at risk, he said.

 

“They keep playing monetary games at the Fed, with borrowing and printing money, and that makes the dollar less stable and more susceptible to international competition,” the congressman warned, adding that the Chinese Communist Party is taking full advantage.

In 1913, The Federal Reserve Act established the Federal Reserve System as the central bank of the United States. (Kevin Dietsch/Getty Images)

In 1913, The Federal Reserve Act established the Federal Reserve System as the central bank of the United States. (Kevin Dietsch/Getty Images)

But eventually, change may be forced upon the United States.

“If we get to the point where we literally can’t pay our debts anymore—where we default on our loans—it would force some fiscal restraint in our country, but it would also jeopardize the dollar and give a great opportunity for communist China and other countries to not use the dollar anymore as the standard,” he said.

 

Mr. Mooney also pointed to increasingly erratic U.S. foreign policy such as the Afghanistan withdrawal “debacle,” saying other governments were now reconsidering whether the United States is truly as stable as previously believed.

 

Aside from restoring the gold standard, Mr. Mooney said it was imperative for the U.S. government to come up with a plan to control spending. “Democrats have absolutely no plan to do that,” he said.

 

He also warned that if current trends continue, economic disaster is a certainty.

“I can’t tell you what the exact limit is, but I never thought we’d be able to get this far,” he said, blasting the $5 trillion in new debt added under the current administration as “totally irresponsible.”

 

The only answer is to get back to a real standard where the dollar is backed by gold, he said. “If we got back to the gold standard, at least we would have a restriction there in terms of government spending,” Mr. Mooney added.

The National Debt Clock in New York City on July 7, 2023. (Samira Bouaou/The Epoch Times)

The National Debt Clock in New York City on July 7, 2023. (Samira Bouaou/The Epoch Times)

Another co-sponsor of the bill, Rep. Paul Gosar (R-Ariz.), also warned about the consequences of allowing the dollar to be debased.

 

“If our currency continues to suffer from rampant inflation, and our wealth and retirement become less and less valuable, Americans can thank [President] Joe Biden for printing more money out of thin air,” he told The Epoch Times.

 

“H.R. 2435 would protect families and businesses against Biden’s spending sprees by repegging the dollar to a fixed weight of gold at market price,” Mr. Gosar concluded.

 

Numerous other lawmakers have supported the general proposition as well. Commenting on the Federal Reserve’s efforts to bring in a Central Bank Digital Currency, U.S. Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene (R-Ga.) also touted gold.

 

“We should go back to the gold standard, not digital currency payment systems. Hard pass,” she wrote on Twitter in April.

State-Level Gold Initiatives

Lawmakers and analysts told The Epoch Times that currently there is little chance of President Biden signing such measures into federal law. That could change under the next president as the economic situation deteriorates, however.

 

But at the state level, initiatives to expand the use of gold are proliferating nationwide. In recent years, multiple states have even passed laws declaring gold and silver to be “legal tender,” in line with Article I, Section 10 of the U.S. Constitution.

 

In Texas, lawmakers are making some of the biggest moves yet.

In 2015, the state approved the creation of the Texas Bullion Depository, which, among other functions, stores precious metals for clients.

 

Now, a growing coalition of lawmakers and experts are working to use the institution to facilitate trade within Texas using precious metals.

Texas Rep. Mark Dorazio. (house.texas.gov)

Texas Rep. Mark Dorazio. (house.texas.gov)

The idea was first hatched about 3 years ago, Texas Republican Rep. Mark Dorazio told The Epoch Times, as lawmakers gathered to discuss solutions to “out-of-control overspending by the federal government” and “the people of Texas being taken advantage of through inflation.”

 

“The question really was, ‘How can we protect Texans from the federal government?’” the lawmaker said. “That’s where this idea came from.”

 

“I’ve always been interested in silver and gold because of the stability they provide,” he added, noting that gold has remained stable and preserved its value for over 5,000 years, going back to the Bible’s Book of Genesis.

 

Recent inflation as well as banking collapses and bailouts have only added urgency to the issue as Texans grow increasingly concerned about their retirements and pensions, explained Mr. Dorazio.

 

China’s and Russia’s ongoing purchases of gold also suggest Texas must take the issue seriously, he said.

The goal is for Texans to be able to use a debit card-style system allowing them to transact and make payments using their gold deposits at the state depository at merchants around the state.

 

Mr. Dorazio credited economic warfare expert Kevin Freeman with the idea, but other experts as well as multiple lawmakers also played a role.

 

“This bullion bill would give everyday folks on the street the opportunity to own gold or silver and, when they need to liquidate or transact business, they can do it, just like they would with a credit card, with any vendor,” Mr. Dorazio said. “The depository would just deduct that amount in gold from the holder’s account. The merchant never even knows, they just get paid.”

A man shops at a grocery store in Houston on Dec. 18, 2022. (Brandon Bell/Getty Images)

A man shops at a grocery store in Houston on Dec. 18, 2022. (Brandon Bell/Getty Images)

Eventually, Mr. Dorazio and others behind the effort hope that Texas’s new system can be expanded and potentially even serve as a model for other states and countries.

 

“When this came to me, I said, ‘We’ve got to push this thing,’” he continued. “We pushed it hard.”

The bill did not pass in this year’s session. However, Mr. Dorazio and other lawmakers intend to file what they say is an improved bill in several different committees next year, “and I think we’re going to get it passed.”

 

Mr. Freeman, the economic warfare expert Dorazio credited with the concept, told The Epoch Times that the move by Texas would have benefits for all Americans.

 

“If passed into law, this becomes a safe haven for those who want to buy, hold, and even spend precious metals,” he said, pointing those who would like to learn more to TransactionalGold.com.

 

“This effort would strengthen our financial system and as a result actually help the dollar by adding gold and silver to America,” he said.

 

Numerous state legislators who spoke with The Epoch Times expressed an urgent desire to pursue similar solutions for their states.

 

Another prominent lawmaker embracing gold is Republican Rep. Ken Ivory of Utah. Even as he sees a “fiscal and monetary earthquake on the horizon,” his state is especially vulnerable as a significant portion of its budget comes from the federal government.

 

“The big concern we have is the most vulnerable people in Utah are dependent on federal funds that the [Government Accountability Office] and the [Congressional Budget Office] both tell us are unsustainable,” he said. “We need to figure out as states how to end that dependence and really find a stable system for caring for people in Utah.”

The Utah State Capitol building in Salt Lake City. (Scott Catron/CC BY-SA 2.0 via Wikimedia Commons)

The Utah State Capitol building in Salt Lake City. (Scott Catron/CC BY-SA 2.0 via Wikimedia Commons)

While Utah is consistently regarded as one of the best-managed states, Mr. Ivory said, “it doesn’t matter how diligent we may be, because it’s like we’re on a treadmill going the wrong direction as they continue to inflate the money—they just keep printing money—and so even as one of the best-managed states, we are still losing ground.”

Utah State Rep. Ken Ivory. (Utah House of Representatives)

Utah State Rep. Ken Ivory. (Utah House of Representatives)

Mr. Ivory is one of a growing number of lawmakers across America who see major economic turmoil ahead that is “going to devastate the most poor and vulnerable,” the lawmaker told The Epoch Times in a phone interview, referencing debt, deficit, and the accelerating de-dollarization trend.

 

“It will be terrible for everyone,” he continued, “but the most vulnerable will pay the most.”

Citing military leaders, Mr. Ivory also called the looming economic trouble one of the most significant threats to national security.

As such, it is time to begin “contingency planning,” he said.

The Utah legislature is not currently in session, but Mr. Ivory and other state officials are already working on legislation for 2024 that will give the state treasurer the authority to hold gold and silver.

 

“We also want to do more of what Texas has done, starting with the [gold] bill that did not pass as a template for Utah,” he said.

Private Sector and Individuals

Even without action from authorities, individuals and the private sector can also play a role in protecting themselves from trouble with the dollar, experts in economics and the metals industry told The Epoch Times.

 

Charles Nenner, a prominent trends forecaster and economic analyst, recommended diversifying investments as a way for individuals to protect their own wealth and savings.

 

People should “move as many assets as they can out of the dollar since the U.S. dollar is very vulnerable,” he said, suggesting that the loss of confidence in the dollar was part of a broader “super cycle” involving the end of U.S. global dominance.

 

University of Bayreuth Honorary Economics Professor Thorsten Polleit, who serves as chief economist at Degussa, Europe’s largest precious metals trading house, also recommended diversification out of fiat currencies for investors and companies.

 

“I think that the official fiat currencies—U.S. dollar, euro, Chinese Renminbi & Co—will see their purchasing power erode over time,” he told The Epoch Times. “So people and businesses should not rely on the ‘stability’ of fiat currencies, but to minimize their money holdings.”

 

“In addition, people should diversify their assets: hold physical gold and silver, invest in a globally diversified stock portfolio; and don’t put your money in money market funds and bonds,” he added, suggesting investment for the long-term.

A one-kilo Swiss gold bar and gold U.S. dollars coins in Paris on Feb. 20, 2020. (JOEL SAGET/AFP via Getty Images)

A one-kilo Swiss gold bar and gold U.S. dollars coins in Paris on Feb. 20, 2020. (JOEL SAGET/AFP via Getty Images)

Ultimately, Mr. Polleit said many of the political and economic problems facing not just the United States but the world could be traced back to “state monopolized money, or fiat money.”

 

“The solution is a return to a ‘free market in money’: Ending the state’s money production monopoly by giving people the freedom to choose the kind of money that suits their needs best,” he said, adding that people would likely choose gold as it has “always been the finest money available in human history.”

 

One Utah-based company, Goldback Inc., is working to circulate gold in the market already by turning the metal into notes with 1/1,000 of one ounce of gold in them to be spent at willing businesses.

 

“We are really focused on helping people use gold as money,” Goldback CEO Jeremy Cordon told The Epoch Times, adding that over 1,000 businesses already accept Goldbacks and the number of participating merchants is growing fast.

 

The biggest barrier to more widespread use of gold in commerce at the moment is sales taxes charged on precious metals in various states, including even some conservative states, he continued.

 

“I think it’s great that state legislators are paying more attention to these precious metals laws,” Mr. Cordon continued, adding that the firm is tracking legislation nationwide. “We are seeing a huge uptick in action on the congressional side, too.”

 

“A lot of these lawmakers know people are starting to use gold as money as part of the de-dollarization environment we’re in, and that is going to continue,” he said, calling it “encouraging” that more and more states were acting on the issue.

 

Neither the Federal Reserve Board nor the U.S. Treasury responded to requests for comment.

TOP


forbes-com-logo

The Countries With The Most STEM Graduates [Infographic]

Niall McCarthy Former Contributor
Data journalist covering technological, societal and media topics
2February2017 https://www.forbes.com/sites/niallmccarthy/2017/02/02/the-countries-with-the-most-stem-graduates-infographic/?sh=5ad012e5268a

 

Since the turn of the century, China has experienced a revolution in third level education. It has outstripped both the United States and Europe in graduate numbers and as of 2016, it was building the equivalent of nearly one university per week. That progress has caused a massive shift in the world’s population of graduates, a population the U.S. used to dominate. Last year, India had the most graduates of any country worldwide with 78.0 million while China followed close behind with 77.7 million. The U.S. is now in third place with 67.4 million graduates, and the gap behind the top two countries is widening.

 

Some estimates see the number of Chinese graduates aged between 25 and 34 rising 300 percent up to 2030 compared to just 30 percent in the U.S. and Europe. According to the World Economic Forum, STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) has become a pretty big deal in China’s flourishing universities. In 2013, 40 percent of Chinese graduates finished a degree in STEM, over twice the share in American third level institutions.

 

STEM graduates have become a vital cog in the wheel of global prosperity and unsurprisingly, China is leading the way. The World Economic Forum reported that China had 4.7 million recent STEM graduates in 2016. India, another academic powerhouse, had 2.6 million new STEM graduates last year while the U.S. had 568,000.

*Click below to enlarge (charted by Statista)

The Countries With The Most STEM Graduates

The Countries With The Most STEM Graduates

TOP

The Burning Platform

theburningplatform-com-logo

FALL OF AMERICAN EMPIRE AND DESCENT INTO A NEW DARK AGES

Administrator    Posted on May 31, 2023   https://www.theburningplatform.com/2023/05/31/fall-of-american-empire-and-descent-into-a-new-dark-ages/

“The story of its ruin is simple and obvious; and, instead of inquiring why the Roman Empire was destroyed, we should rather be surprised that it had subsisted so long. The victorious legions, who, in distant wars, acquired the vices of strangers and mercenaries, first oppressed the freedom of the republic, and afterwards violated the majesty of the purple. The emperors, anxious for their personal safety and the public peace, were reduced to the base expedient of corrupting the discipline which rendered them alike formidable to their sovereign and to the enemy; the vigor of the military government was relaxed, and finally dissolved, by the partial institutions of Constantine; and the Roman world was overwhelmed by a deluge of Barbarians.” — Edward Gibbon. The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, Chapter 38 “General Observations on the Fall of the Roman Empire in the West”

Cole Thomas - The Course of Empire Destruction 1836

Cole Thomas – The Course of Empire Destruction 1836

 

“After a diligent inquiry, I can discern four principal causes of the ruin of Rome, which continued to operate in a period of more than a thousand years. I. The injuries of time and nature. II. The hostile attacks of the Barbarians and Christians. III. The use and abuse of the materials. And, IV. The domestic quarrels of the Romans.” — Edward Gibbon. The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, Chapter 71 “Four Causes of Decay and Destruction.”

 

The moniker of my website originated from a quote by David Walker, then Comptroller General of the U.S., in 2007. I wholeheartedly endorsed Walker’s viewpoint and become politically active in trying to get Ron Paul elected as president in 2008 and 2012. It was a fruitless effort, as the uni-party in Washington DC, controlled by the dark forces of the Deep State, do not allow men and women who truly want to reduce the size and scope of government to ever get elected. His warning sixteen years ago is a perfect example of being right but being early. When talking about the decline of empires, you are really deliberating about a process, not an event. The Roman Empire did not fall on a specific day due to a specific cause. It collapsed in stages over hundreds of years due to numerous reasons, each triggering events which compounded upon each other and ultimately led to the final collapse.

 

Walker said, “The US government is on a “burning platform” of unsustainable policies and practices with fiscal deficits, chronic healthcare underfunding, immigration and overseas military commitments threatening a crisis if action is not taken soon.” He believed we were resting on the laurels of being the sole superpower, as our empire built on debt was slowly and methodically crumbling. He cited three reasons for the fall of the Roman Republic that resonated in 2007 regarding the American Empire (formerly a republic):

  • There has been a decline in moral values and political civility at home. Examples include the devaluation of life, greater self-centerdness by individuals and increased partisanship and ideological divides in Congress.
  • We now have an overextended military around the world. While the US military is unmatched as to its capabilities, it is under stress and stretched very thin.
  • There is fiscal irresponsibility by the central government. Our debt ratios are set to increase dramatically when the baby boomers retire.

It’s almost humorous Walker was issuing these dire warnings when the 2007 annual deficit was $160 billion. At our current rate of debt accumulation, it takes only one month to reach $160 billion. In 2020 and 2021 it only took 20 days to accumulate $160 billion. The national debt in 2007 was $9 trillion, up from $5.6 trillion in 2000. Today it stands at $31.8 trillion. Interest on the national debt will approach $900 billion this year, exceeding defense spending.

 

Walker warned about our debt ratios skyrocketing when the baby boomers retired. Well, the debt to GDP ratio has doubled from 62% in 2007 to 124% today, and most boomers can’t even afford to retire. U.S. unfunded liabilities total $188 trillion. Personal debts total $25 trillion, with $1.8 trillion of student loan debt and $1.3 trillion of credit card debt. The fiscal irresponsibility of our government and its citizens is breathtaking, unsustainable, and ultimately fatal to our empire. Walker may have been early, but he certainly was not wrong.

Federal deficits trends Over Time-FY 2001-2022

Federal deficits trends Over Time-FY 2001-2022

 

The current Kabuki theater farce regarding the raising of the debt limit is a perfect example of how spineless politicians blatantly deceive the public, with the full support of the regime media, in proclaiming spending cuts and fiscal responsibility, when the CBO projections show the national debt growing to more than $50 trillion in the next ten years, as most of the spending is on automatic pilot. And this is before the coming recession/depression provokes the usual political response of fiscal stimulus, which will drive the debt higher.

 

Threats of government default, hysterical articles in the regime media, and last-minute deals are nothing but a show for the ignorant masses, while the true globalist agenda of one world order, where the peasants will own nothing and be happy, is rolled out at an accelerated pace. They know the fiscal sustainability of the western world is dire, therefore they are acting in a reckless manner, which imperils the world with a potential global war.

World Economic Forum-twet-19November2016-You'll own nothing, and you'll be happy. This is how our world could change by 2023

World Economic Forum-twet-19November2016-You’ll own nothing, and you’ll be happy. This is how our world could change by 2023

 

Walker’s first point about the decline in moral values and political incivility has reached civil war instigating levels of degradation, deviancy, and treasonous political activity. Not in Walker’s wildest dreams did he envision the grooming and trafficking of children, drag queen story hour for toddlers, pushing children to be mutilated and propagandized into believing they are the opposite sex, promoting deviancy, and having this degenerate behavior jammed down our throats by the government, corporations, and the media.

 

Destroying our culture, promoting abnormality and sloth, tearing the fabric of our society to shreds, encouraging lawlessness, looting and murder, and persecuting normal white Americans who dissent, is actively promoted, and funded by Soros, Gates, and the rest of the Davos – WEF globalist psychopaths. The devaluation of our lives was never more evident than during the covid plandemic, where the annual flu was weaponized to lockdown the world, create havoc and chaos, institute totalitarian measures to abscond with our liberties and freedoms, destroy the lives of vaxx dissenters, and ultimately destroy the lives of millions who obeyed and were injected with the untested, gene altering, spike producing, Big Pharma enriching concoction.

Covid-19 Protests-Free_Ohio_Now_Columbus

Covid-19 Protests-Free_Ohio_Now_Columbus

 

To put a Roman Empire slant on it, what has been wrought by Clinton, Obama, Comey, Wray, Brennan, Clapper, Pelosi, and their gaggle of treasonous co-conspirators since 2016 has marked our current day crossing of the Rubicon. Politics has always been a dirty game, but the machinations to bring down a duly elected sitting president, which continue to this day under the direction of Biden’s handlers, is reminiscent of the plots, coups, and murders as the Roman empire descended into corruption, madness, and deviant behavior.

 

The Durham report documented the unequivocal facts regarding the relentless coup attempt against Trump, but the complete coverup by the regime media and the toothless non-existent prosecution of the criminal Deep State characters involved in this treasonous act proves there no longer is a representative government looking out for the citizens of this country. We are a corporate fascist oligarchy, ruled by the few, for the few. We are nothing more than serfs, peasants, and useless eaters to the ruling class, as they continue to pillage and plunder what remains of the Treasury.

 

Walker thought our military was stretched thin in 2007, as the neo-cons had us fighting a two-front war in Iraq and Afghanistan to enrich the military industrial complex, based on false WMD claims and a fruitless effort to find our CIA created global terrorist mastermind – Osama bin Laden. Little did he know that twenty years after invading Afghanistan to destroy the Taliban, we would conduct a disastrous retreat and hand the country back to the Taliban, with a gift of about $10 billion in military hardware.

Taliban's new arsenal

Taliban’s new arsenal

 

“The past was alterable. The past never had been altered. Oceania was at war with Eastasia. Oceania had always been at war with Eastasia.” George Orwell, 1984

 

The defense budget in 2007, while fighting two wars, was $700 billion. Today the budget approaches $900 billion when we are supposedly not at war with anyone. With the Deep State firmly in control of both political parties, the arms dealers will always be swimming is your tax dollars, whether they are shipping their murderous wares to Zelensky, Israel, Taiwan, or any other country fighting our current mortal enemies – Russia, China, Syria, and Iran.

 

Mr. Walker was naïve in his assessment about the U.S. military’s strength. Winning wars to protect America has never been the goal. War is big business and keeps the politicians on both sides of the aisle satiated with political donations (aka bribes). The ruling class had no issue using a few hundred thousand poor patriotic useless eaters as cannon fodder in Iraq and Afghanistan to further enrich themselves. But it is much easier to create chaos and war in other countries and let their poor suckers die for a forlorn false cause, while providing weapons to both sides. I wonder if Walker was blindsided by Obama’s creation of wars in both Libya and Syria in 2011.

 

We killed Ghaddafi and left Libya a smoking chaotic ruin, with Islamic terrorists running rampant. Obama created ISIS so we had a reason to destroy Syria and Assad. Russia obliterated ISIS and has successfully kept Assad in power, infuriating the neocons and provoking the next move on the global chessboard. All the NPC Ukrainian Flag waving dolts who believe everything the regime media regurgitates, as instructed by their masters, are clueless as to why Biden and his neocon handlers are pushing us towards a direct conflict with Russia. Obama, Clinton, Victoria Nuland, John Brennan, McCain, Graham, and a slew of other Deep State lackeys overthrew the democratically elected president of Ukraine in 2014, because he was friendly towards Russia, initiating a domino effect in the Ukraine which has left us at the doorstep of World War III.

State flag of Ukraine carried by a protester to the heart of developing clashes in Kyiv, Ukraine. Events of February 18, 2014.

State flag of Ukraine carried by a protester to the heart of developing clashes in Kyiv, Ukraine. Events of February 18, 2014.

 

The Roman economy was basically a rapine economy. Like all slave-owning societies, Rome had no middle class, a debased currency, and no export production – it lived by conquests, slave trade, and plundering the conquered provinces. Such economies can exist only as long as they expand; when the expansion ends, downfall is inevitable. See any resemblance to the American economy? When the Fed stops printing, it all comes crashing down. By the third century their currency was worthless, and a barter economy sprung to life.

 

By 451 AD the empire was bankrupt, taxes were 40% to 60%, and there was nothing left in the coffers to pay the military or keep the infrastructure from crumbling. The barbarians applied the final blow with the sacking of Rome, and the Dark Ages were born. Slavery and serfdom were the fate of Roman peasants. The collapse of Mediterranean trade meant the collapse of papyrus imports, and the means of writing disappeared. Literacy dissipated. The Roman civilization was kept alive only in churches and monasteries, which could afford parchment and vellum. What will the bankruptcy of the American empire entail and how will the city dwelling welfare recipients’ fare? My guess is not very well.

Heinrich Leutemann,-Rome's plundering by the vandals (c.1860–1880)

Heinrich Leutemann,-Rome’s plundering by the vandals (c.1860–1880)

 

Just as the Romans became fat and happy, enjoying the fruits of efforts, innovation and sacrifices put forth by prior generations, Americans have grown to believe they are the richest, freest, and most powerful nation on earth. They believe it is their privilege to rule the world. Just as the Romans hired mercenary armies to fight their wars because it was beneath their citizens to defend their vast empire, the U.S. used paid mercenaries (Blackwater) in Iraq and Afghanistan to fight their wars. Now we just outsource the dying to Ukrainians, Libyans, Syrians, and Somalis, while providing them the weapons, technology, and logistics to wage endless war on our behalf.

IRAQ-LIBYA-YEMEN-SYRIA-before-after US intervention

IRAQ-LIBYA-YEMEN-SYRIA-before-after US intervention

 

Next up will be the Taiwanese, as we provoke China into our next war. As documented earlier, the fiscal trajectory of our empire is on a course towards Armageddon, and the tens of billions in weapons being handed to the most corrupt nation on earth – Ukraine – is simply insane. Biden acts like a Roman emperor dictator (with dementia) during the final stages of Rome’s collapse, while the feckless politicians in the House & Senate sit idly by, cheering on our descent into national bankruptcy.

 

The final collapse of the Western Roman Empire was mainly triggered by the weakness of its late-stage emperors, failure of its civil administrators, disease, epidemics, and the unceasing invasion of its lands by the barbarian Visigoths and Vandals. Military failure and monetary weakness were the final nails in the coffin. The parallels with the American empire’s late stages are uncanny.

Joe Biden-child sniffing fool

Joe Biden-child sniffing fool

 

Can anyone conceive of a weaker emperor than Dementia Joe Biden? He is a low IQ, lying, corrupt to his core, bumbling, child sniffing fool, acting on behest of the Deep State and their globalist cabal. His administration is crawling with deviants, dopes, and those seeking the destruction of our country. The barbarian hordes are streaming across our southern border and being ushered into communities across the country by government sanctioned flights and bus rides. These mostly male Hispanics, Haitians, Somalis, Muslim terrorists, and Chinese nationals are not going to strengthen our country, but contribute greatly to its fall. But at least the ruling class will have maids and gardeners, while Big-Agra will have cheap labor to pick their crops.

The Longest Welfare line in the World

The Longest Welfare line in the World

 

Edward Gibbon’s discernment that the number one cause for the ruin of Rome was “The injuries of time and nature”, is more profound than it might seem. Its ability to be sustained for almost one thousand years is remarkable, but as with all large entities it succumbed to entropy, currency debasement, deviancy, corruptibility of its ruling class, and apathy of its citizenry. Everything trends towards disorder, chaos, and ultimately collapse. Pleasure without pain, glory without sacrifice, indolence without work, degeneracy disguised as creativity, and treason portrayed as politics, led to a slow spiraling disintegration of their society and culture over the course of centuries.

 

These exact same characteristics are rearing their ugly head in the late stages of the American Empire decline. It is fascinating that Roman historian Tacitus was documenting traits of a declining nation state during the first century, while it took until the fifth century for the Western Roman Empire to finally collapse. The timing of the downfall is always in doubt, as grains of sand are added to the pile until entropy wins and all comes crashing down.

Invasions of the Roman Empire

Invasions of the Roman Empire

 

“You have not tasted servitude. There is no land beyond us and even the sea is no safe refuge when we are threatened by the Roman fleet. We are the last people on earth, and the last to be free: our very remoteness in a land known only to rumor has protected us up till this day. Today the furthest bounds of Britain lie open—and everything unknown is given an inflated worth. But now there is no people beyond us, nothing but tides and rocks and, more deadly than these, the Romans. It is no use trying to escape their arrogance by submission or good behavior. They have pillaged the world: when the land has nothing left for men who ravage everything, they scour the sea. If an enemy is rich, they are greedy, if he is poor, they crave glory. Neither East nor West can sate their appetite. They are the only people on earth to covet wealth and poverty with equal craving. They plunder, they butcher, they ravish, and call it by the lying name of ’empire’. They make a desolation and call it ‘peace” Tacitus

American Flag in Tatters

American Flag in Tatters

 

It’s as if Tacitus lived among us today. His description fits perfectly in describing the psychopaths controlling the U.S. Empire, along with most of the western world, as they rape, pillage, plunder, and desolate foreign lands in the name of freedom and call it peace keeping. The U.S. Empire is willing to fight Putin until the last Ukrainian is dead on the battlefield. How noble. Slaughter and seizing natural resources under false pretenses (WMD) are hailed as spreading democracy to third world countries.

 

It took the Roman Empire about 1,000 years to fall. The British Empire fell in approximately 300 years. The United States has been around for 234 as a nation, but only an empire since 1946, a mere 77 years. Has the advancement of technology, speed of communications, monetary manipulations, and level of military firepower coalesced into accelerating the demise of empires? It certainly appears so, as the American Empire is on course to fall by the end of this Fourth Turning, within the next ten years.

 

It is commonly believed the Dark Ages began with the fall of the Roman Empire. Of course, the definition of the Dark Ages has been debated for centuries, with the time frame sometimes set from 500 AD to 1000 AD, and sometimes until 1500 AD. They overlapped with the Middle Ages and some scholars contend they weren’t even that dark. I find it interesting as we enter a new Dark Ages, the regime media is busy writing articles contending the previous Dark Ages weren’t so bad after all.

 

The level of gaslighting produced on a daily basis by the propaganda peddlers doing their assigned task of keeping the masses ignorant and confused, is beyond the comprehension of average Americans trying to make a living and trusting their government. In reality, the Dark Ages coincided with the cultural decay and decadence of Rome in its late stages, as the vices of gluttony, lust and greed became the root of their civilization and functioned as chains enslaving and weighing down their culture.

The Dark Ages by JonasDeRo

The Dark Ages by JonasDeRo

https://www.deviantart.com/jonasdero/art/The-Dark-Ages-312263111

During the glory days of the Roman Empire, they achieved tremendous advancements in the areas of science, literature, philosophy, government, and architecture. The fall of the empire left a vacuum in these areas for centuries. The death of a culture is not an easy event to recover from. Record keeping during the Dark Ages was minimal, leaving historians in the dark as to what happened. After the fall, feudalism emerged, and the Catholic Church gained increasing power.

 

The intermingling of the church and state contributed to the lack of cultural advancement. The uneducated peasants were fearful and superstitious, living lives of subsistence and want. The Renaissance Age of enlightenment, which followed the Dark Ages, provided the inverse paradigm to the Dark Ages. Italian scholar Petrarch, who lived in the 14th century referred to the time period as ”those men of intellectual prowess as living cloaked in darkness”.

 

I would contend we have already entered a new Dark Ages, based upon the collapse of our culture, ignorance of the masses, failure of our educational system, celebration of deviancy, lack of civility, and lawlessness in our cities. Most Americans would scoff at the notion we have already entered a new dark age. Everyone (including the desperately “poor” illegal aliens swarming across our border) has a super-computer phone in their hands 24/7. Every piece of knowledge ever conceived is available at our fingertips through the internet.

 

We spend tens of thousands of dollars per student per year in our public schools to educate our children. Our universities are world renowned. We are the wealthiest nation in history. We have tens of thousands of laws, regulations, and rules, to keep us safe. And supposedly, the American dream is attainable by everyone born in this country. Sounds like we should be living in a new age of enlightenment. But nothing could be further from the truth. Mistaking technological advancement and passage of laws with cultural and societal advancement is a complete fallacy, as described by Albert Einstein and Aldous Huxley almost a century ago:

“I fear the day that technology will surpass our human interaction. The world will have a generation of idiots.” Albert Einstein

“I fear the day that technology will surpass our human interaction. The world will have a generation of idiots.” Albert Einstein

 

“Technological progress has merely provided us with more efficient means for going backwards.” Aldous Huxley, Ends and Means

In case you haven’t noticed, our culture has descended into the gutter, societal norms which kept the country relatively cohesive since its inception are being attacked and obliterated by deviants and degenerates, and any semblance of a unified vision of what America stands for is actively being destroyed by the globalist Davos crowd seeking to implement their Great Reset agenda of technocratic control over the lowly peasants, while they feast, plunder and pillage the planet – the true psychopath barbarian billionaire horde.

 

The perversion of normalcy into glorifying pedophiles, drag queens, transgender freaks, drug addict felons, race hustlers, and organizations promoting lawlessness, looting, and killing, while persecuting and prosecuting normal, hard-working, civilized white people has left the country on the brink of chaos. Technology has done nothing but make us dumber, distracted and easily manipulated by the Bernaysian masters of manipulation.

 

Multiple generations have now been socially indoctrinated by government schools to obey, emote, believe, and fear whatever (Covid) and whoever (Putin) they are commanded to fear. What they are not taught is how to think critically, question everything, and make their own decisions based upon actual facts. Test scores in reading, writing and math are at all-time lows. The solution is to continually lower the standards and never hold anyone accountable for results.

 

We are a nation of morons led by a cadre of psychopaths. Children are encouraged by their parents and doctors to cut off their breasts and penises due to peer pressure and deviants controlling the schools and media. Groomers make toddlers watch transgender freaks perform sex acts on stage. Library books for 8-year-olds describe anal sex, masturbation, and other perverted acts.

 

Matt Walsh-tweet-4October2022-I believe that gender ideology

Matt Walsh-tweet-4October2022-I believe that gender ideology

Statues portraying our history are torn down by mobs, while what passes for art and architecture today is perverted, frivolous and inconsequential. There are no masterpieces of literature created in our rotting society. The only thing that matters is monetizing content and number of eyeballs. Quality is non-existent, overridden by quantity and replaceability. Movies and television programs are created by untalented hacks, responding to focus groups, and required to insert the required racial and homosexually woke storylines into every program.

 

There are no Godfathers or Casablancas being produced. There are no novelists writing masterpieces on par with Steinbeck or Hemingway. But we do have Cardi B belting out her best-selling song WAP (acronym for Wet-Ass Pussy) and Sports Illustrated with transgender and obese swimsuit models. Based on TV commercials, 90% of Americans are either black, in an interracial relationship, gay, or transgender. We are an epically unserious society. Anyone observing America and most of the western world in an impartial manner would have to conclude we are already living in a new Dark Age of ignorance, superstition, and degradation, even before the final collapse of empire.

Hank Willis Thomas Sculpture Honoring Martin Luther King Jr on Boston Common

Hank Willis Thomas Sculpture Honoring Martin Luther King Jr on Boston Common

 

While doing research on the Dark Ages I was surprised to stumble across some climate related information which puts the current hysterical climate change narrative in perspective. The current war on CO2, cow farts, petroleum powered vehicles, farmers, and human beings living in peace, is nothing more than an agenda to depopulate the planet, make our lives miserable, and further enrich those controlling the narrative, flying on private jets, vacationing on enormous yachts, and living in 50 room mansions in the Hamptons.

 

The green agenda is built on taxing you more, with zero impact on climate, while virtue signaling success. Meanwhile, the sun and power within our earth’s core will dictate our climate, despite all fruitless manmade efforts to have an impact. George Carlin’s The Planet is Fine diatribe captures the hypocrisy of humans thinking they matter at all when it comes to the planet.

“The planet is fine; the people are fucked! The planet isn’t going anywhere; we are! We’re going away! Pack your shit, folks! We’re going away and we won’t leave much of a trace either, thank God for that.”George Carlin

Solar Cycles-Brey and Eddy Solar Cycles

Solar Cycles-Brey and Eddy Solar Cycles

 

As you can discern, Rome flourished during a warming period and the Dark Ages coincided with a cooling period. Neither was due to human activity, petroleum products, not recycling enough, or cow farts. It was due to solar and volcanic activity, which may have gone hand in hand in creating the dynamics that made the Dark Ages dark. The Little Ice Age coincided with the Maunder Minimum from 1645 to 1715 when sunspots were at a minimum. Major volcanic eruptions in the 13th century, dimming sunlight across the planet also contributed to the cooling of the planet.

 

It seems recent studies of ice cores by real scientists confirm the period around 536 AD may have been the worst time to live on our planet in history. A cataclysmic volcanic eruption in Iceland in 536 AD   spewed ash across the Northern Hemisphere, producing a mysterious fog plunging Europe, the Middle East, and parts of Asia into darkness, day and night—for 18 months. Snow fell during the summer in China. Two other massive eruptions followed, in 540 and 547. The repeated blows, followed by Bubonic plague, plunged Europe into economic stagnation that lasted until 640.

Natural disasters on European society

Natural disasters on European society

 

Humans will always be at the mercy of Mother Nature, the sun, and the volcanic activity within the bowels of our planet. Taxes, recycling, and electric cars won’t have one iota of impact on the future of the planet. The impact of little or no sun over the course of years led to crop failures, famine and plague, bathing sixth-century Europe in darkness and despair. Crops cannot grow without sun. Hunger and lack of vitamin D left the populations susceptible to disease. The bubonic plague killed half the inhabitants of the Eastern Roman Empire during these dark days, hastening its collapse.

 

With no wheat, there was no bread, a staple of the diet in those days. The people of Europe were occupied with survival, living a brutish existence, leaving little time for cultural advancement. The trials and tribulations documented throughout history are determined by a combination of controllable human actions and uncontrollable natural causes.

Under dark skies, St Augustine brings a message of Christian hope to 6th-century King Ethelbert of Kent. Photograph: Popperfoto/Getty Images

Under dark skies, St Augustine brings a message of Christian hope to 6th-century King Ethelbert of Kent. Photograph: Popperfoto/Getty Images

 

Under dark skies, St Augustine brings a message of Christian hope to 6th-century King Ethelbert of Kent. Photograph: Popperfoto/Getty Images

Our helplessness at the hands of nature happens every day across the globe, with the 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami and the 2011 Japanese earthquake and tsunami deadly reminders of our vulnerability and powerlessness. We already know Schwab, Soros, Gates, Tedros, and the rest of the Great Reset New World Order cabal are actively attempting to bring down the American Empire and replace it with a global oligarchy, where we own nothing, and they own it all. Using climate change as their cudgel, they are already conducting a war on farmers, purposely restricting the output of food for the masses.

 

Combined with rampant raging central bank created inflation across the world, wars being conducted in breadbasket regions of the globe, and extreme drought conditions in key agricultural regions, the landscape is already in the danger zone. With Mexico’s Popocatépetl volcano showing signs of a major eruption, and hundreds of other dormant volcanoes around the world capable of eruptions on par with the 536 AD eruption, it’s only a matter of when, not if. Many scientists postulate the Sun has entered into the modern Grand Solar Minimum (2022–2053) that will lead to a significant reduction of solar magnetic field and activity like during Maunder minimum, leading to noticeable reduction of terrestrial temperature. We have zero control or influence over these events.

AMECAMECA, MEXICO - MAY 23: Popocatepetl volcano spews incandescent material as seen from Paso de Cortés on May 23, 2023 in Amecameca, Mexico. The second highest volcano in the country increased its activity while Mexican authorities raised the alert to yellow phase 3. Popocatepetl volcano caused the fall of ashes in different municipalities in Puebla, Estado de Mexico and Mexico City. Mexican army has spread forces as a preventive measure while the 3 levels of government are in coordination to observe the activity of the volcano and the situation in the surroundings. (Photo by Cristopher Rogel Blanquet/Getty Images)

AMECAMECA, MEXICO – MAY 23: Popocatepetl volcano spews incandescent material as seen from Paso de Cortés on May 23, 2023 in Amecameca, Mexico. The second highest volcano in the country increased its activity while Mexican authorities raised the alert to yellow phase 3. Popocatepetl volcano caused the fall of ashes in different municipalities in Puebla, Estado de Mexico and Mexico City. Mexican army has spread forces as a preventive measure while the 3 levels of government are in coordination to observe the activity of the volcano and the situation in the surroundings. (Photo by Cristopher Rogel Blanquet/Getty Images)

 

Quotes from Tacitus nearly 2,000 years ago are proof human nature never changes and the cycles of history repeat themselves across empires. Biden’s illegal executive orders, disregard of the Constitution, and blatant corruption, along with the regime media suppressing legitimate dissent about Fauci’s lies, Pfizer’s falsification of trial data, and the FDA colluding with Twitter to censor doctors, fit perfectly into Tacitus’ view of the world.

“The more corrupt the state, the more numerous the laws.” Tacitus

“If you would know who controls you see who you may not criticize.” Tacitus

 

CORONAVIRUS-BIDEN-FAUCI

CORONAVIRUS-BIDEN-FAUCI

 

The traitorous acts of Obama, Biden, Clinton, Comey, Brennan and the entire FBI and CIA complex in conducting a coup against a duly elected president and then covering up their treason with the full cooperation of the regime media was and still is an audacious crime. These crimes are fully detailed in the Durham Report and on Hunter Biden’s laptop, but no one will go to jail, because half the country supports the crime the other half is apathetic and uninterested, and our elected leaders are in on it. Two thousand years and nothing changes.

 

“Crime, once exposed, has no refuge but in audacity.” Tacitus

“The worst crimes were dared by a few, willed by more and tolerated by all.” Tacitus

spies who lie

spies who lie

 

The American Empire is displaying all the worst attributes of Rome in its death throes, as the oligarchy grows more audacious, knowing they are illegitimate, but unconcerned with being brought to justice because they control the executive, judicial, and legislative branches of government. They fear no one and dare the peasants to try and stop them. The oligarchs provoke crisis, chaos, fear, and strife. They hide in the shadows, functioning as an invisible governing power, manipulating the minds of the masses, in their psychotic belief they can control and rule the world because they are superior in intellect, integrity, and ability to envision the future.

 

This relatively small circle of psychopaths, who have gotten the empire into this mess, grow ever more powerful as they lead us on a path to disaster. Their hubris and an arrogant disregard for the wishes of the people, belief in their own invincibility, and not fearing any retribution for their crimes of treason, leave them at the top of a crumbling empire – so they will have the farthest to fall.

 

Everything about our empire is unsustainable. Ultimately it will collapse financially under the weight of its unpayable debts. With psychopaths running the show who believe they can win a two front war against Russia and China, we will be lucky if our empire isn’t just a pile of smoldering ruins when they are done with it. There is absolutely no way to vote ourselves out of this because the Deep State counts the votes.

 

The dissenters are not united enough to shoot our way out of this. You can run, but you can’t hide from the impact of the coming collapse. The unknown ingredient to this toxic mixture of death is nature’s influence. If a volcanic eruption, or several volcanic eruptions on par with the 536 AD occurrence, were to happen concurrently with economic collapse, the earth’s population of 8 billion would be drastically reduced in short order.

Amish Community: The Caretakers Of The Earth

Amish Community: The Caretakers Of The Earth

 

At this point, the best we could hope for is a relatively non-violent collapse where the critical thinking self-reliant people would migrate to rural regions and learn to live off the land again. The simple life of thriving day to day based on your own efforts, along with the efforts of your small homogeneous community, is the likely destiny for millions. No one is coming to save us. We’ll have to save ourselves. We happened to be born at a juncture of history where a Fourth Turning crisis ended an empire. We didn’t choose our fate, but we need to prepare and make the best of our situation.

 

I find nothing more appropriate to visually represent our clownworld empire falling than a picture of a dwarf clown, smoking a cigarette while holding a bouquet of wilted flowers in the pouring rain in front of a defunct circus tent. If the clown shoe fits, wear it. The season is turning.

A time to be born, a time to die
A time to plant, a time to reap
A time to kill, a time to heal
A time to laugh, a time to weep

To everything turn, turn, turn
There is a season turn, turn, turn
And a time to every purpose under Heaven

 – Turn! Turn! Turn! The Byrds

Sad Clown

Sad Clown

 

The Fourth Turning could mark the end of modernity. The Western saecular rhythm – which began in the mid-fifteenth century with the Renaissance – could come to an abrupt terminus. The seventh modern saeculum would be the last. This too could come from total war, terrible but not final. There could be a complete collapse of science, culture, politics, and society. Such a dire result would probably happen only when a dominant nation (like today’s America) lets a Fourth Turning ekpyrosis engulf the planet. But this outcome is well within the reach of foreseeable technology and malevolence.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Martin Armstrong On “The Coming Dark Age”

by Tyler Durden, 21September2016 http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-09-20/martin-armstrong-coming-dark-age

Submitted by Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com,

 

Question:

Over the years you have made several comments about directional changes and have alluded to the idea that a crossroads is coming in that we will either enter another Dark Age or we will see the light towards greater liberty and freedom. More recently, you mentioned the year 2032 as a critical year in this regard.

 

In addition, you have mentioned that Trump winning the election would postpone the inevitable chaos, but that HRC winning would speed it along.

 

In terms of the distal effects of the November election on 2032, does either Trump or Clinton winning increase the likelihood of entering a Dark Age over something more hopeful? Should we be attempting to kick the can down the road or should we get it over with?

 

Wild Tree - Dark Age

Wild Tree – Dark Age

 

Answer:

Hillary is just corrupt and rotten to the core. She represents everything that is wrong with our political economy. Politicians no longer care about the people. Every election promises “change” in some variation.

 

Obama - Change we can believe in

Obama – Change we can believe in

 

That is admitting something is broken, but it always comes down to the same thing – it’s just about them.

 

Mark Twain - If voting made any difference they would not let us do it

Mark Twain – If voting made any difference they would not let us do it

Indeed, it was Mark Twain who put it best during the last century: “If voting made any difference, they wouldn’t let us do it.” We must understand that this has been an age old battle between the rulers and the people. In Athens where Democracy was born, they constantly fought to seize power back and even made Pericles stand trial. Government has always sought to bribe the people creating a welfare state. The Romans knew that the way to power was to promise everything but give them bread and circuses (sport games) and they could maintain power. It was Decimus I?nius Iuven?lis, commonly known as Juvenal, who was a Roman poet active in the late 1st and early 2nd century AD that wrote that phrase:

 

… Already long ago, from when we sold our vote to no man, the People have abdicated our duties; for the People who once upon a time handed out military command, high civil office, legions — everything, now restrains itself and anxiously hopes for just two things: bread and circuses

 

[…] iam pridem, ex quo suffragia nulli / uendimus, effudit curas; nam qui dabat olim / imperium, fasces, legiones, omnia, nunc se / continet atque duas tantum res anxius optat, / panem et circenses. […]

 

(Juvenal, Satire 10.77–81)

 

Nothing has changed. Many people can name every person on some sports team but cannot name their political minister, congressman, or whatever lofty title they call themselves. The judge in a courtroom demands to be called “honorable” as do all public servants. They make a mockery of the very word.

 

Athens - AR Tetradrachm 510-505BC (17-35 grams)

Athens – AR Tetradrachm 510-505BC (17-35 grams)

 

We are approaching the grave danger of a Dark Age beginning from the aftermath of 2032. Hopefully, I will be gone by then and will not have to face this horrible event. Yet Dark Ages are reoccurring events throughout history and in all cultures. The Greeks endured their between the Homeric Age that marked the end of the Mycenaean civilization around 1100 BC, to the first signs of the Greek cities (poleis) rising again in the 6th century BC (508–322 BC). It was during the 9th century BC (900-801BC) that we begin to see the rise of great cities outside of Greece including Carthage, which was founded by the Phoenicians.

 

Japan went through its Dark Age, which also lasted about 600 years and the same impact was endured in Europe with the collapse of Rome in 476AD. Dark Ages seem to come in units of 3 so they are 300 or 600 years. The cause is always political corruption.

 

Japanese Debasement 760-958AD

Japanese Debasement 760-958AD

 

In the case of Japan, each new emperor devalued the money in circulation with a decree that it was worth 10% of his new coins. There was no intrinsic value since they were bronze or iron. This process led people NOT to hoard money. Chinese coins were sought after since they would not be devalued. Eventually, nobody would accept Japanese coins and they ceased to be issued for 600 years. People used Chinese coins or bags of rice.

 

Roman Follis 295-348AD

Roman Follis 295-348AD

 

The Roman Monetary Crisis that saw silver vanish by 268AD, was naturally followed by an attempt to restore the monetary system. A new bronze coin was introduced in 295AD known as the Follis. Again, one 52 year cycle saw its collapse from over 16 grams to under just 2 grams.

Zenonis

Zenonis

By the time you come toward the very end of the Roman Empire, you rarely find any bronze and when you do, it is less than an American penny. Coinage is debased because of the corruption in government. Those who think restoring the gold standard would do anything are wrong. Such monetary reforms appear repeatedly throughout history with little lasting impact. The system as we know it is always doomed to failure simply because we are satisfied as a whole with bread and circuses and let politicians run wild in their greed. Hillary is the example for everyone to see.

 

I will gather all the accounts and this is on my bucket-list of books to complete. We do have a choice. We can understand what is coming and WHY, and perhaps take that first step out of darkness and move into the light of a realistic political system that ends the bribing of citizens and this eternal battle of political corruption. We need a REAL democracy without career politicians. Only then can we hope to advance as a society.


zerohedge-com-logo

The Three Stages Of Empire

by Tyler Durden, 21September2016 http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-09-21/three-stages-empire

Submitted by Charles Hugh-Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

I consider it self-evident that we are in the third and final stage of self-serving Imperial decay.

 

Though Edward Luttwak’s The Grand Strategy of the Roman Empire: From the First Century CE to the Third is not specifically on the rise and fall of empires, it does sketch out the three stages of Empire.

 

Here is the current context of the discussion of Imperial lifecycles: the U.S. defense budget is roughly the same size as the rest of the world’s defense spending combined:

 

US Defense budget

US Defense budget

 

Luttwak describes the first stage of expansion thusly:

 

“With brutal simplicity, it might be said that with the first system the Romans of the republic conquered much to serve the interests of the few, those living in the city–and in fact still fewer, those best placed to control policy.”

 

The second stage spread the benefits of Empire much more broadly:

 

“During the first century A.D., Roman ideas evolved toward a much broader and altogether more benevolent conception of empire… men born in lands far from Rome could call themselves Roman and have their claim fully allowed, and the frontiers were efficiently defended to defend the growing prosperity of all, and not merely the privileged.”

 

The third stage is one of rising inequality:

 

“In the wake of the great crisis of the third century, the provision of security became an increasingly heavy charge on society, a charge unevenly distributed, which could enrich the wealthy and ruin the poor. The machinery of empire now became increasingly self-serving, with its tax collectors, administrators and soldiers of much greater use to one another than to society at large.

 

That line describes the American state and central bank perfectly. The burdens of an increasingly self-serving hierarchy are falling most heavily on the middle and upper-middle class, while bread and circuses (i.e. Medicaid-paid opiates) are freely distributed to the restless masses to distract them from the immense concentration of wealth and power at the top of the pyramid:

 

The Global Wealth Pyramid

The Global Wealth Pyramid

 

At some point, Collapse Is Cheaper and More Effective Than Reform (November 5, 2015). The third stage Luttwak describes can be broken down into a chart of the Lifecycle of Bureaucracy, for every Imperial Project is ultimately the combination of a vast concentration of wealth/power and the sclerosis of self-serving bueaucracies that serve themselves rather than society at large:

 

Lifecycle of Bureaucracy

Lifecycle of Bureaucracy

 

I consider it self-evident that we are in the third and final stage of self-serving Imperial decay. That said, we don’t have to follow that trajectory; we can fashion a much better future outside the status quo, as I outline in A Radically Beneficial World.

 

* * *

 

If you find value here, please consider becoming a $1/month patron of my work via patreon.com. My new book is #5 on Kindle short reads -> politics and social science: Why Our Status Quo Failed and Is Beyond Reform ($3.95 Kindle ebook, $8.95 print edition) For more, please visit the book’s website.

TOP

The Burning Platform

theburningplatform-com-logo

END GAME FOR THE AMERICAN EMPIRE

Administrator Posted on 27August2023 https://www.theburningplatform.com/2023/08/27/end-game-for-the-american-empire/

 

Thomas Paine Quote: The strength and power of despotism consists wholly in the fear of resistance

Thomas Paine Quote: The strength and power of despotism consists wholly in the fear of resistance

Living through the late stages of an empire in decline, coming unhinged, flailing about in a death throes of debt, depravity and denial, is not a pleasant experience. But, it is just the cycle of history playing out once again, with the name of the empire changed, different villains and fools, civil and international strife, and a debt default to end all debt defaults. As the chart below portrays, the existing social order, controlled and dominated by America since the beginning of the 20th Century, is rapidly hurtling towards its demise, to be swept away by a tsunami of debt default, social chaos, and global war. That’s how Fourth Turnings roll.

The Archetypical Big Cycle-Dalio-Cycle

The Archetypical Big Cycle-Dalio-Cycle

I know the ignorant masses choose the ostrich method of keeping their heads buried in the sand, but that will not save them from the consequences of actions taken and not taken over the last fifty years by the political and business leaders installed by wealthy globalist psychopaths bent on controlling the world and reaping the riches from their despicable efforts.

Stick your head in the sand

Stick your head in the sand

I believe Ray Dalio‘s chart of the changing world order is accurate as to where we stand in the cycle, even though he is one of those global elitists. The beginning of the decline can be pegged to the start of the 21st Century, with the dot.com crash and 9/11 ushering in an astronomical increase in debt, money printing, and despotism, as each crisis created by debt and money printing was met with the “solution” of more debt and money printing. With interest on the national debt about to surpass $1 trillion per year and unfunded future debt obligations exceeding $200 trillion, there is no way out. The American economic system will implode in a matter of a few years.

 

The internal conflict since the election of Trump in 2016 and the subsequent coup, election fraud, scamdemic, and now unwarranted un-Constitutional persecution of Trump, leaves the country on the brink of civil war. I know the regime media and distracted masses scoff at the possibility of civil war, but the same was true in 1859. There are a lot of rightfully angry people in this country with a seething rage for those who have destroyed this country for their own gain. The 2024 election sure seems like a spark that could ignite this powder keg, and the 300 million weapons owned by the angry people are waiting to be put to proper use.

Tree Of Liberty by StephenBarlow

Tree Of Liberty by StephenBarlow

https://www.deviantart.com/stephenbarlow/art/Tree-Of-Liberty-476474101

I believe we are already in the midst of stages 16 – Loss of Reserve Currency and 17 – Weak Leadership. The American empire initiated war in the Ukraine has set in motion the demise of the USD as the reserve currency of the world, ending its seventy seven year reign as the one and only settlement currency for global trade. Biden, the weakest, dumbest, most corrupt, illegitimate president in the history of our country, has succeeded in pushing Russia, China, India, Brazil, and now the Middle East and South American oil producers towards an economic alliance which will accelerate the demise of the USD.

 

Biden, as the puppet of evil globalist forces, has encouraged an invasion of our southern border by barbarian hordes, has destroyed our economy, flaunted the Constitution, and has set us on a path towards global conflict. He makes James Buchanan and Jimmy Carter look like Mount Rushmore candidates compared to his “accomplishments”. They were just ineffective and weak. He is corrupt, evil and destructive. 2024 would be the sixteenth year of this Fourth Turning, right in the wheelhouse of civil war, revolution, and global conflict. We have entered the endgame and now it’s just a matter of how much destruction, death, and retribution will be required to achieve a new world order better than what we have today. Not winning is not an option.

"We must all hang together, or most assuredly we will all hang separately"-Benjamin Franklin

“We must all hang together, or most assuredly we will all hang separately”-Benjamin Franklin

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Hidden Fragility – What Happens When The Electricity Is Off For Three Days?

by Tyler Durden 19October2016 https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2016-10-19/hidden-fragility-what-happens-when-electricity-three-days

Submitted by Charles Hugh-Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

 

What happens when an electricity dependent society and economy has an extended loss of electrical grid and communications?

One of the hidden realities of modern life is its fragility. For example, few people are aware of the precariousness of the supply chain that refills gasoline/petrol stations around the world every few days.

 

A new book, When Trucks Stop Running: Energy and the Future of Transportation explores the fragilities of our truck-dependent supply chains.

 

Longtime correspondent Bart D. (Australia) recently experienced a multi-day regional loss of electricity. His first-person observations help us understand what breakdowns in energy are like on the ground.

 

* * *

 

Observations of life in an extended power failure by Bart D. (Australia)

 

South Oz is continuing with its streak of extreme weather. The latest being our encounter with what’s being described as a category 2 ‘hurricane’ with the added bonus of a severe front preceding it that produced many low-grade tornados. A score of major power transmission towers were twisted off their footings, 80 000 lightning strikes fried out a lot of ‘secondary’ electricity infrastructure … 40% of power that is usually being generated from wind had to be shut down due to extreme winds and base load backup generators failed in many locations (including my region).

 

Power ‘gradually’ returning after blackout plunged state into darkness

 

End result … entire state without electricity for a day and a half. Some regions, including my home region, (about the size of the state of Tasmania) were without electricity for 3 nights and 2.5 days.

 

It was a fascinating opportunity to observe firsthand what happens when an electricity dependent society and economy has an extended and complete loss of electrical grid and communications.

 

Key observations for my local area are:

 

1. Many people have small petrol generators thanks to our lovely coastal wilderness and a preoccupation with Glamping (Glam Camping)

 

2. Very few people had a store of petrol at home more than 5 to 10 litres. (usually kept for use in lawn mowers, brush cutters, chainsaws). Some owners of small boats had up to 20 litres on hand.

 

3. When the electricity goes out … the pumps at fuel stations don’t work. To my great surprise, only 1 fuel station in my nearest city of about 14 000 population had (or quickly acquired) a back-up generator to work their fuel pumps. There was a 3 hour wait for customers to get from back of queue to the pumps … and a ridiculous show of ‘bulk buying’ where people didn’t just take fuel that they personally needed; they showed up with between 3 and 8 X 20 litre (5 gallon) fuel cans as well as filling their cars. Hopefully the canned fuel was distributed among family and friends. (My assertion is that the owners of the station should have rationed fuel to 40 litres per customer to keep the que moving faster and to make sure everyone had some, rather than creating an ‘all or nothing’ situation)

 

4. Due to the difficulty with getting hold of petrol after the blackout started … almost everyone with generators at home could only run them for a few hours over the course of the entire blackout. Even then, the small camping gensets usually lacked the capacity to run large modern refrigerator/freezers. So … most people lost the contents of their fridges by the end. Due to cold weather, at least freezers stayed cold for the most part.

 

5. Big shops had their own gensets … but they can’t power the banks of chillers for meat and dairy … so these items became unavailable by the evening of the blackout starting.

 

6. The full loss of grid, grid back-up and other smaller backups caused telecommunications and data transmission to practically cease. This meant limitations of EFTPOS in stores. Banks were shut, ATM’s didn’t work and some shops that were open could only take cash. Generally though, everyone muddled through the sketchy electronic payment systems one way or another. Internet access failed for the most part. Social media pretty much collapsed … my two daughters though their social lives were over. I didn’t miss it. My wife found more time to do other things too.

 

7. The items that disappeared from the shelves fast, and were tricky to find after 24 hours without power were : Bread, D cell batteries, 6 volt square batteries, matches, heat beads, butane gas cans, fresh meat, sandwich meats, cheeses. (not sure about bottled water – most here have rain tanks anyway). Everything else seemed fine, although fresh fruit and veg got limited after 48 hours.

 

8. In hardware/camping stores that managed to open: bottled LPG quickly sold out as did BBQ’s, camp stoves, camp lights and batteries to run them. Most here have a gas BBQ at home, but if you didn’t already have a full bottle of gas … it was very hard to get a replacement after 48 hours.

 

9. No one here knows how to use a road intersection properly when the traffic lights are out! I think this helped create major gridlock in the states capital but was even noticeable here at my much smaller regional city with just one such intersection containing lights. (public education urgently required on this)

 

10. The number of back-up gensets at critical locations (including hospitals and communications systems) that failed was disturbing. There needs to be a major inquiry into why the back-ups on critical services failed. This nearly caused a shutdown of mains water supply as our water is pumped out of aquifers and has to be lifted to storage tanks high up in the hills. More of a problem for sanitation than drinking, as rain tanks are common here.

 

11. Then there were a few people like me … I ran my big ‘workshop’ genset 7 hours a day (hour in the morning, hour at lunch time, 4-5 hours in the evening) and was burning about 7 litres of fuel a day in doing so. My home fuel reserve meant I could run at that extravagant level for a month if need be, or supply others who fell short. We ran refrigerators, lights and TV almost ‘as usual’ and offered to charge anyone’s batteries who needed it and supplied a small camping gas burner, full cylinder of gas and a good battery powered camping light to my parents-in-law who were seriously underprepared. The rest of my small home town (located 20km from a regional city) was rather dark and quiet for the three nights (in part due to the lack of pre-stored fuel to run camping gensets).

 

12. We have a gas stove in our kitchen, with bottled LNG that lasts 3 -5 months in normal use, so cooking was as normal for us. Since we didn’t try to use the gas to also heat washing/bathing water it would have lasted for the usual amount of time.

 

13. When most were having cold showers, no showers, wasting their BBQ gas to heat pots of water or crowding into friends and relations who had LNG hot water systems in their houses … our family had hot baths by candle light in huge volumes of wood heated water. (Picture of my old wood heater below.) It is very efficient, made in the 1940’s I think, but possibly much older. The inner bowl is copper and absorbs heat from a small fire lit behind the square opening in front. It can boil 70 litres in 20 minutes from a cold start, or 15 minutes for a refill of water once it’s already been going a while.

 

Wood fired water boiler

Wood fired water boiler

 

14. Apart from the fuel distribution fiasco everything remained orderly, people remained calm and helpful and life went on. Strangers were a lot chattier with other strangers than usual … which is good to see. I saw examples of shops extending ‘unsecured credit’ for small amounts of basic food items to people who had no cash on them and whose cards didn’t work. No looting, no “Law Enforcement” out making trouble and plenty of sharing and cooperation.

 

15. Although about a quarter of houses have solar panels or solar thermal hot water where I live … none of it worked as it’s all grid connect AND doesn’t work under the heavy cloud/rain/cold of a 3 day storm.

 

I’ve been thinking about getting ‘stand-alone’ solar power (ie connected to my own batteries) since they closed the big coal fired station in the north of my region, (and the price of these systems has become quite affordable). Our region is at ‘the end of the line’ of our state grid now and I expect regular outages this summer when hot, calm conditions prevail that reduce our wind generation output at the same time as spiking power use for air conditioners. Our electricity now has to travel up to 1600km (1000 miles) from the state of Victoria to reach us when the windmills aren’t working here!

 

* * *

 

Thank you, Bart, for sharing your observations. The resilience (or lack thereof) of complex systems is difficult to assess until there are atypical strains placed on the system.

 

What seems effortlessly resilient on average days can break down dramatically if redundancies, proper maintenance and crisis response have been stripped from the system by incompetence, budget cuts and/or the self-serving priorities of managers and employees.

 

As a result, we only discover systems have become fragile and brittle in crisis, when it’s too late to restore resilience.

 

Sorry! The lifestyle you ordered is currently out of stock

Sorry! The lifestyle you ordered is currently out of stock

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Dear America, Rest Up For What’s Coming When Normies Awake!

by Tyler Durden, 07August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/dear-america-rest-whats-coming-when-normies-awake

Authored by James Howard Kunstler via Kunstler.com,

Normies Awake!

“The West can’t do diplomacy in general, it can’t run its cities or countries except into the ground, its high-tech projects fail almost as a rule, its infrastructure is crumbling, its economies are crumbling, and all public policies seem to have a civilizational suicide as a final goal.”

– Gaius Baltar

So-called Normies might be musing, this month of approved mental languor, whether the mighty efforts to suppress news of all kinds, about everything, have concealed the true tendings of our wayward country – leading them to wonder whether it is even possible to be a Normie in such an abnormal time and place.

 

So-called Normies might be musing, this month of approved mental languor, whether the mighty efforts to suppress news of all kinds, about everything, have concealed the true tendings of our wayward country – leading them to wonder whether it is even possible to be a Normie in such an abnormal time and place.

Peasants Will Be Out With Pitchforks

Peasants Will Be Out With Pitchforks

What news is suppressed?

That the USA is worse than dead broke.

That the people were poisoned, apparently on-purpose.

That the spectral “Joe Biden” sold out our country.

That the war we started in Ukraine, on purpose, for no good reason, is about to be lost, and with it our standing around world.

That there actually is such a criminal organism as the Blob at large in our government, responsible for the astounding abnormality immersing us.

 

But never mind all that… for now, just go see Barbie. Have a clam roll, a dip in the ocean, another margarita…. September will be here soon enough.

 

Eventually, the official perversion of money – especially of borrowing an awesome lot of it with no intention of ever repaying – leads to the unhappy circumstance of money disappearing until nobody has any money. And by such, the broke-ness of the government transmogrifies to a whole land full of broke people. Many banks go broke as well. Even the high-fliers who hoarded things that purport to represent money go broke. Then, nobody has the means to buy anything. Businesses that can’t sell anything stop being businesses. After a while, no activity is meaningful except grubbing in the soil to grow some food, or stealing it from those who grubbed and grew it. By then, you can barely even call it a society.

 

By September, we’ll have some idea where all that is heading. The bond market is wobbling because the government can’t stop increasing its spending. America issues more and more bonds to borrow ever more money, but to the world’s bond-buyers (a.k.a. lenders), what used to be considered virtually risk-free now looks like a bad bet. So, the enticement to buy, which is called the interest rate, has to go up. But as it goes up, the cash value of existing bonds goes down (who wants the older bonds when the newer ones pay more?)

 

The holders of bonds are mainly big institutions: banks, pension funds, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds (other countries). They put their large holdings into bonds because in normal times they are safe and dependable investments. But these are abnormal times. When the value of their bonds goes down a lot, the value of their reserves goes down. And when those reserves get reduced too much in relation to the institutions’ liabilities (what they owe), the institutions go bankrupt. When that happens, the people who are vested in those institutions lose their money, too, and end up having to sell stocks and other property to meet their obligations. This ends up looking like what we call “a crash.” It will get Normies’ attention.

 

How’s it going with the poisoning of America? Since Elon Musk bought Twitter (now “X”), the app has developed a beefed-up immune system against censorship aimed at it by the FBI, CIA, DHS, and the White House. Twitter is once again a popular medium of information exchange, where news flows pretty freely these days. Even news of previous censorship and cancellation is getting out – and with interesting possibilities for consequences.

Mary Talley Bowden MD-tweet-6August2023-On 11/17/21, I posted 25 Tweets saying "Vaccine mandates are wrong" w/screenshots of patient testimonials. Days later, Houston Methodist, 1st in the country to mandate the vaccine, notified the Houston Chronicle that my privileges were suspended for spreading "dangerous misinformation."

Mary Talley Bowden MD-tweet-6August2023-On 11/17/21, I posted 25 Tweets saying “Vaccine mandates are wrong” w/screenshots of patient testimonials. Days later, Houston Methodist, 1st in the country to mandate the vaccine, notified the Houston Chronicle that my privileges were suspended for spreading “dangerous misinformation.”

The many brave doctors who questioned the “vaccine” story, are being heard now. Other entrepreneurial analysts on Twitter — e.g., Edward Dowd, The Unity Project, “The Ethical Skeptic,” “Chief Nerd”— regularly publish data and charts showing America and the rest of the world just how much damage the mRNA shots did to millions of people, how many have been disabled and killed by them. By September, the awareness of what has been done, and the psychopathic degree of official lying about it, could pass that threshold beyond which everybody knows and the great crime is revealed. Expect a major American political attitude adjustment.

 

There is surely enough publicly-seen evidence to make an impeachment case against “Joe Biden.” The process seems to move slowly, given the traditional lassitude of Congress, but momentum is building as all these other national fiascos careen toward criticality due to abysmal executive leadership. That evidence shows the Biden Family engaged in an international racketeering scheme to peddle “JB’s” influence when he was vice-president. That’s bribery and the very word is in the short passage of our Constitution describing the grounds for sacking a high official.

 

Rep. Comer’s House Oversight Committee has already dug up voluminous suspicious activity reports in Biden family bank accounts and has promised more, including information of offshore hidden accounts. Jim Jordan’s preliminary impeachment inquiry has drawn up its first witness list which includes the shadowy “JB” aide Michael Carpenter, and the slippery Trump impeachment “whistleblower,” CIA agent Eric Ciaramella — who essentially accused Mr. Trump of attempting to look into the very bribery crimes of the Biden family lately exposed, a pungent irony. When the impeachment process gets underway in earnest this fall, I expect “Joe Biden” will resign, leaving Ms. Harris to be managed by the shadow-president Barack Obama. That in itself will become a crisis of its own.

 

Our country has vested its prestige and treasure — but not our blood, at least yet — in the preposterous Ukraine proxy war, completely misjudging every element of it. The Russiaphobia of so many Blob officials was amplified by their own dishonest efforts to blame Russia for all the self-created ills of our own national life. The dirty secret of the Ukraine war is that we are no longer in control of events. The Russians are going to settle things there and that poor palooka of a country will be wrested back into their traditional sphere-of-influence, no more to be a troublemaker. I doubt that our puppet, Mr. Zelensky will be in power by Halloween. NATO will cease to exist and each nation of Europe will then struggle to settle its own sovereign hash without much of an industrial economy left. Expect governments to fall.

 

In the meantime, enjoy the clam rolls, the surf, the corn-dogs at the fair, and all the other blessings of languorous August. Rest up for what’s coming when Normies awake!

*  *  *

Support his blog by visiting Jim’s Patreon Page

TOP


theburningplatform-com-logo

FAKE CLIMATE NARRATIVE IS EASILY DEBUNKED

Administrator
Posted on September 20, 2023 https://www.theburningplatform.com/2023/09/20/fake-climate-narrative-is-easily-debunked

ZeroHedge emphasis added https://www.zerohedge.com/political/quinn-fake-climate-narrative-easily-debunked

Anyone capable of critical thought knows this entire globull warming/ climate crisis/ health emergency narrative is false, contrived by the ruling elite/globalist cabal billionaire class as a further means to gain control, increase their already ungodly wealth, tax us into oblivion, lock us down in their 15 minute cities, and dole out our daily allotment of bug protein.

 

Their narrative is filled with lies, misinformation, and holes so big you can drive a Tesla through them. They have faked the temperature data for decades. CO2 is not a pollutant. Eating meat is not destroying the planet. Cows farting is not ruining our environment. Of course, Chris Christie farting may be harming the planet. This fake narrative is dutifully spewed by the corporate regime media 24/7, as they are funded by Gates, Soros, and the WEF to do so. Lies, lies and more lies.

 

ANCIENT WISDOM Only a fool believes that electricity used for air conditioning harms the planet, but electricity used to charge a Tesla does not.

ANCIENT WISDOM Only a fool believes that electricity used for air conditioning harms the planet, but electricity used to charge a Tesla does not.

 

The foolishness of the drivel they expect us to swallow is beyond the pale. They want to put oil companies and coal companies out of business because fossil fuels are evil. They are purposely attempting to drastically reduce our energy output, which means less electric power. But they also want to force everyone to drive an electric vehicle. And they won’t allow nuclear power plants to be built. These insane beliefs are ridiculous. Only low IQ willfully ignorant NPCs could believe them. More than half the population [of the Global North/NATO] apparently fall into this category.

 

Wind and solar are polluting, environmentally damaging and inefficient. They push solar, while at the same time push geo-engineering to block the sun, to cool the planet. This idiocy speaks volumes to what these people running the show think about the intellectual capacity of the masses. They believe we are sufficiently dumbed down, distracted, and apathetic to implement their agenda through constant propaganda, fear mongering, and threats. They want to own everything, while you own nothing. It’s nothing but a show and they will keep it going until we do something about it.

 

Greta Thunberg Poses for the Cameras Amid Arrest

Greta Thunberg Poses for the Cameras Amid Arrest

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Once Trust Has Been Lost, There’s No Going Back

by Tyler Durden, 08May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/once-trust-has-been-lost-theres-no-going-back

Authored by Charles Hugh Smith via OfTwoMinds blog,

Now that the overlapping crises are upon us and the banquet of consequences is being served, we’ll see just who our elites and leadership really are.

 

The erosion of trust doesn’t require intent, it only requires the blind pursuit of self-interest above all else. Trust is fundamentally reciprocity and honesty: to build trust, we must each perform our agreed-upon responsibilities and be truthful about our performance and actions.

US Social Trust

US Social Trust

Lies, obfuscation, misdirection and the sins of omission are all Kryptonite to trust. Those who put the pursuit of self-interest above all else like to think they can finesse their greed by omitting the truth rather than presenting a fabrication / lie. But being social animals whose survival ultimately rests on trust, humans are keenly sensitive to the difference between the truth / honesty and self-serving prevarications such as the sins of omission.

 

America’s elites and those living large in protected fiefdoms have persuaded themselves that their relentless pursuit of self-interest has no cost or consequence. Conveniently ignoring Adam Smith’s volume on the moral foundations needed to support capitalism, they think “the invisible hand” of the market is nothing more than a feeding frenzy of self-serving greed, and so their relentless pursuit of self-interest will somehow magically transform their looting and free-riding into a stable economy and society.

Share of Total Net Worth of the Middle Class

Share of Total Net Worth of the Middle Class

 

This is why trust has been lost in America. Everyone with any hold on power uses that power solely to benefit themselves and their cronies, under the tissue-thin guise of “serving the public” (or even more egregiously, “doing God’s work”–please hand me a barf-bag…).

 

When everyone is issuing an endless spew of BS to cover their own self-enrichment, trust is eroded and then lost. When everyone with any shred of power is scrambling to free-ride the system to serve their private interests above all else, the system itself can no longer be trusted.

 

This is why institutions have lost public trust. Those happily ensconced in a politically powerful fiefdom can increase their private gains at the expense of the public interest without any worries that the public can ever make it through the complexity thickets they’ve erected to ring-fence their fiefdom.

 

The elites rig the system behind flimsy legal screens and declare the system one of “endless opportunity” without mentioning some are more equal than others. Markets are rigged, politics is theater and those in the know gloat as their personal fortunes expand like clockwork.

Share of Total Net Worth of the Top 1 Percent

Share of Total Net Worth of the Top 1 Percent

 

All of this is betrayal of the public trust and the public interest, and betrayal has a cost and consequence: trust is lost. Betrayal hurts because we believed the pretenses and promises of the lying, cheating prevaricator. Once the truth seeps out, we’re done with the liar / free-rider / self-serving BSer.

 

This is where we are: trust has been lost and there’s no going back. As the first chart above illustrates, social trust–our willingness to trust strangers–has declined for decades. There are many threads in this decline, but one is that everyone has transmogrified into a scammer or grifter, trying to extract something from us while giving us nothing in return except empty promises, phony gratitude or the pretense of reciprocity.

 

What exactly is the difference between the beggar with a phony story, a politician “explaining” a new junk fee or a private-sector elite rigging the system to benefit their enterprise? There is no difference. All are masking their pursuit of self-interest behind a phony story. The beggar’s story of needing $10 for gas is obviously threadbare; so too are the stories of pickpocketing “leaders” and SillyCon Valley monopolists.

 

As the chart below shows, the middle class that once trusted markets, institutions and civic leaders has seen its share of the national wealth decline as the top 1%’s share increased. Wealth wasn’t “grown,” it was transferred. Eventually “investors” finally accept they’re nothing but marks for the financial elite to skim and scam and so they exit the fake 3-card-monte “market.” The skimmers and scammers, bereft of marks, whine and beg for a return to the good old days when they could exploit all the trusting marks.

Percentage household financial assets in stocks 1950 -1985

Percentage household financial assets in stocks 1950 -1985

 

Those who have looted the public trust for their own private gain now decry the loss of trust. Their tears are as fake as all their other stories. What they mourn is the marks awakening to their endless skims and scams, and the opting out of those who’ve finally had enough.

 

Everything’s gone so well that those with wealth and power have been able to pretend to be fantastic. But now that the overlapping crises are upon us and the banquet of consequences is being served, we’ll see just who our elites and leadership really are.

Overlapping Crises: "Solutions" Are Now Mutually Reinforcing Problems

Overlapping Crises: “Solutions” Are Now Mutually Reinforcing Problems

 

Pretending will no longer work, and all the self-serving prevarications in the world will no longer shield us from the consequences of a society stripped of public trust.

When things go wrong in life, that is when it shows who you are. When things go well, everyone can pretend to be fantastic.

When things go wrong in life, that is when it shows who you are. When things go well, everyone can pretend to be fantastic.

 

Once trust has been destroyed, there’s no going back.

*  *  *

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

The Extinction Event Hitting Corporate Media…

by Tyler Durden, 12May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/extinction-event-hitting-corporate-media

Authored by Mark Jeftovic via BombThrower.com,

MSM went “all-in” on a discredited COVID narrative.

Since the pandemic I’ve been saying that confidence in the mainstream, corporate press has been irreparably damaged. After four years of non-stop Trump Derangement Syndrome so intense that even some liberals were wondering if the press had gone overboard on editorializing – Covid hit, and a lot of normies now see the MSM for what it really is: agitprop and brainwashing.

 

Cancel culture and censorship reached such absurd levels that we started to see an exodus of high profile reporters (Matt Taibbi, Glenn Greenwald, et al) exiting corporate news outlets and setting up on their own, after they committed the sin of colouring outside the lines of establishment precepts.

The MSM went all-in in Covid, but every core tenet of the Covid narrative has since fallen apart:

  • This thing came out of a lab
  • Ecohealth and Fauci are up to their asses in it
  • The lockdowns did more damage than anything else, and
  • Everybody was forced to take a vaccine that not only doesn’t work but also seems to be the common denominator in an excess fatality rate that exceeds the pandemic itself.

Not good.

Russian TV test Pattern

Russian TV test Pattern

 

With the tempo being set by numerous media collapses, especially by overtly “woke” ones: Buzzfeed’s bankruptcy, Vice circling the drain – and television viewership plummeting, the stage was set for a few key moments that will be remembered as defining the extinction level event rolling through corporate media:

#1) The Rise of Dark Carlson

After Fox News fired Tucker Carlson, the number 1 pundit on television with the highest viewership today, he didn’t go to a rival network (Newsmax offered him $25 million), he decided to take his own show out on Twitter.

 

Mark Jeftovic, The ₿itcoin Capitalist-tweet-9May2023-This is a defining moment in the extinction event

Mark Jeftovic, The ₿itcoin Capitalist-tweet-9May2023-This is a defining moment in the extinction event

Apparently, on his own, not part of any deal with Elon Musk, Carlson is just letting it all hang out. In one of his first installments, he called into question the 9/11 narrative (Why did Building 7 just fall into its own footprint for no reason?). It prompted one observer to coin the term “Dark Carlson” for what is transpiring via this channel.

#2) The Schism of RFK Jr. coverage

RFK Jr, having thrown his hat into the ring to challenge Joe Biden for the Democratic nomination, immediately drew fire from the MSM, having unilaterally decided that anything RFK says is automatically “misinformation” (see the closing remarks on “rhetorical circularity”, below).

RFK Jr, for his part, created an account on Nostr.

Mark Jeftovic, The ₿itcoin Capitalist-tweet-11May2023-Nothing epitomizes the Industrial Age vs Network Era

Mark Jeftovic, The ₿itcoin Capitalist-tweet-11May2023-Nothing epitomizes the Industrial Age vs Network Era

Nostr is a fast growing decentralized social media network, contrast with Twitter – which is governed by the vagaries and whims of whomever owns it – Nostr is decentralized at the server level to relays (which anybody can run) at the the account level to individual users. This protocol is spreading like wildfire and it’s beyond censorship.

 

The juxtoposition between a sclerotic,  industrial era, mediocre network clutching their pearls over RFK’s “misinformation” and RFK showing up on Nostr tells us a lot.

 

While this is not seen as much of a big deal yet, this is a signal worth paying attention to.

#3) CNN’s disastrous town-hall with Trump

I didn’t watch it, and when you look at the reporting on it, both left and right traditional outlets are declaring victory – but the reality is that CNN pulled the plug on it 20 minutes earlier than scheduled (ten key moments here).

 

Love him or hate him, Trump draws attention and viewers unlike any other personality – and the fact that CNN drew the curtain early signals one thing: it was a disaster for the network and probably didn’t hurt Trump. After deftly manipulating a hostile media and leveraging social media cunning to win the presidency in 2016, it doesn’t look like the MSM has learned much.

When the media falls, so does the system it supports

When the Soviet Empire fell in 1989 – 1990, anybody predicting it even months earlier would have been ridiculed. When it happened it took everybody by surprise (even the CIA) and unfolded at astonishing speed (Victor Sebestyen’s Revolution 1989: The Fall of the Soviet Empire covers it brilliantly).

 

Things move even quicker today – where we are in the early innings of what will possibly be the final financial crisis of the fiat money system.

 

In another great book about Late Stage Communism,  “Everything Was Forever, Until It Was No More“, Alexey Yurchak chronicles the hyper-normality that saturated the zeitgeist during “the last Soviet Generation”. The “Dead Irony” chapter outlines the ingenious forms of unauthorized humour.

 

A contemporary parallel is when you come across a Twitter account that exhibits such over-the-top support for All The Latest Things™ that you can’t tell if its satire or not. That is a type of performative dissidence called “Stiob” (unless it’s real).

Ann lesby PhD

 

(It’s parody)

Yurchak’s examination of “the hegemony over meta-discourse” and it’s disintegration ring eerily familiar to those keeping score today. One example is what he called “rhetorical circularity”: in our case it means that anything the MSM refuses to cover is “misinformation”, because there are no MSM citations to support it.

 

As I frequently comment, we’re in Late Stage Globalism. While many view Covid as the gateway to a “Great Reset” technocracy – it looks to me like it was instead, the a-c-c-e-l-e-r-a-t-i-o-n event of the millennia.

 

I’m not an accelerationist and the elites are certainly still pushing hard for that WEF-style authoritarianism.

 

But I’m just an observer and I’m here to tell you, that is what’s happening. Given the nature of technological compounding (“Future Shock”, as Alvin Toffler called way back in 1970), accelerationism is somewhat baked in and we just have to watch the implosion of corporate media (not to mention the self-destruction of Woke capitalism) to know it is happening.

*  *  *

TOP

While Israel is secure and forever, who will have a ‘Sweet Year’?

rivka-levy-com-logo

The ‘sweetening’ begins

18September2023 https://rivkalevy.com/the-sweetening-begins/

I just got off the phone with my husband, waiting in some airport in Poland to get back to the Holy Land.

He told me the border crossings today have been brutal. [Both the Poles and the Ukrainians are rabid Antisemites]

People standing in the sun for hours and hours, on a fast day, and lots of people fainting.

There are still some massive, ongoing tests of emuna and middot going on, and every single person who went to Uman this year, with maximum mesirut nefesh, has sweetened the harsh decrees for all of us.

 

Of course, the same people who are still going on about ‘safe and effective’ are EXACTLY the same people still dissing the kibbutz in Uman on Rosh Hashana, and calling the people who went ‘idol worshippers’ and ‘retarded’, amongst many other choice words.

Do the experiment for yourself.

Take a look at who the most vehement ‘anti-Uman’ people are, the worst ‘anti-Rav’ people, and then go and see what they were saying about ‘safe and effective’ [Covid-19 vaccine is not ‘safe and effective’]

It’s probably not a total 100% match up – but I guarantee, it’s approaching it.

====

In the meantime, here’s some good news I got sent, still unverified, but from a trustworthy source:

The Rav said that there is no din.

The pain endured by not getting to Uman will be instead of much pain that the Jewish people were meant to endure this year.

And the war in which all the nations will go against Israel will either not happen, or if it will happen and no Jewish family will get hurt, and there will be an earthquake in Israel like there was in Morocco (which will destroy the enemies of Israel).

The Rav was felt on Rosh Hashanah in Uman and Uman was felt by the Rav in Yerushalayim.

The Rav’s minyan was packed in the kloiz in Uman and the Rav’s minyan was packed in the Olam in Yerushalayim.

We were all together and felt tremendous tikkunim and cancellation of judgements.

====

This is the ‘vibe’ I’ve been getting so far about Rosh Hashana, too, even though it seems a little incredible, if I’m honest.

That somehow, stuff got ‘sweetened’ again, and all the evils’ plans are going to some how fall through again, BH – as we’ve seen happen so very many times already, over the last few years.

 

At least, for the people who are making even in a tiny bit of sincere teshuva, and making some small effort to stay within the circle of the True Tzaddikim – as we saw recently in Essaouia, in Morocco.

 

For everyone else…. I really don’t know still, how all this is meant to play out.

Mass teshuva at the last minute, once the penny finally drops?

Let’s hope so.

====

I will keep you updated as and when I hear more.

But in the meantime, it’s nice to have some ‘good news’ to share here.

Because we are still heading into choppy waters, at least in the short term.

 

And we still need to make every effort to keep doing our hitbodedut, making our teshuva, saying our Tikkun HaKlalis and paying our tzedaka, to get the evil decrees to carry on evaporating.

 

At least, in our own little corner of the world.

====

TOP

While Israel is secure and forever, peril faces American Jewry

Arutz Sheva http://www.israelnationalnews.com/

Judea-Samaria Is forever, but Modern Orthodoxy in America is not

While Israel is secure and forever, peril faces American Jewry. Not only are non-Orthodox rapidly self-destructing and disappearing, but these fault lines extend into “Modern Orthodoxy”. Op-ed.:

Rabbi Prof. Dov Fischer


15August2023, 1:00 PM (GMT+3)  https://www.israelnationalnews.com/news/375594

Rabbi Prof. Dov Fischer is Senior Contributing Editor at The American Spectator, Vice President of the Coalition for Jewish Values, was adjunct professor of law at two prominent Southern California law schools for nearly twenty years, and is Rabbi of Young Israel of Orange County, California.

 

News Item: “Australia to Resume Use of Term ‘Occupied Palestinian Territories’

Australia? They occupy land belonging to aborigines.

 

OK, who’s next? Biden living on occupied Delaware Indian territories?

 

What “The World” says about Israel does not matter. Through 75 years of Israel, and 50 before, G-d’s miracles have predominated despite enemies afar and snakes within. Like the Babylonian, Mede, Greek, Roman, and Byzantine empires, those enemies have met their fate, and Israel grows only stronger.

 

Israel exists by different rules of nature. By all odds, it never should have emerged. Hebrew was going the way of Latin and Celtic. The name “Israel” was supplanted by “Palestine.” Two thousand years of Exile persuaded the world we were consigned to be “Wandering Jews.” They even mockingly named a plant for our disgrace.

 

Then the worst anti-Semites helped midwife Israel. Stalin voted for it. The world center of Jew hatred, the United Nations, legitimized it. It was too small to survive, so G-d hardened the Arabs’ hearts, and their wars expanded Israel into the Negev, Galilee, and Judea-Samaria. Even before 1948, virulently anti-Semitic Poland miraculously helped build the Jewish armed resistance, arming and training all three underground groups — the Haganah, the Irgun, and the Lechi — until Hitler arrived. Communist Czechoslovakia emerged to arm Israel when America demurred. The Italian Mafia, controlling Manhattan and Jersey docks, helped run arms to Israel when Truman embargoed. Miracles.

 

-In 1956 during the Suez crisis, France was Israel’s champion while Eisenhower was hostile. In 1967, France reneged, so Israel found post-Eisenhower America ready. And Israel sailed away two years later with the five French gunboats she had paid for but that DeGaulle would not release. C’est la vie. When he was needed in 1973, Nixon — of all people — stepped in, even as his Vice President Agnew was pleading nolo contendre on the exact day the arms shipments to Israel were authorized.

 

-Israel survived the Ford-Kissinger “Reassessment,” the anti-Semitic Jimmy Carter, Reagan’s condemnations of Israel’s conduct of the 1982 war and of Begin’s bombing of the Iraqi nuclear reactor, George Bush and James Baker, Clinton hosting Arafat more than any other White House visitor and inducing Ehud Barak to offer Arafat parts of Jerusalem and the Temple Mount; Obama, Biden, Hillary, and Kerry, and aspects of Trump’s “Deal of the Century” that would have compromised Jewish sovereignty over parts of Judea and Samaria.

 

-The Obama-Biden-Kerry refusal to veto UN Security Council resolution 2334 in December 2016 ultimately proved meaningless as, only months later, Trump — of all people — arrived to recognize Jerusalem as capital, move the embassy, recognize Golan sovereignty, and recognize the legality of Jewish communities throughout Judea and Samaria.

 

-Israel has prospered by G-d’s miracles. Peres preached a vision of “Palestine” as a Maui or Tahiti. The “Palestinians” helped clarify reality by bus-bombing Bibi to a miracle election victory. Bibi then broke faith at the Wye Conference, so G-d replaced him with Ehud Barak. Barak unilaterally handed over South Lebanon to become a Hezbollah stronghold and tried giving away parts of Jerusalem and the Temple Mount so G-d gave him an Intifada that exposed his military incompetence, and replaced him with Sharon.

 

-After Sharon broke his pledges to voters and perfidiously imposed a national catastrophe on 8,500 Jews in Gush Katif, he turned next to ceding Judea and Samaria. Instead, he sustained a debilitating stroke. He recovered, got a second chance perhaps by merit of his 1950’s Unit 101 and his Yom Kippur War heroism, but he had learned nothing. He sustained another stroke so massive that his plans and he ended for good.

 

-Ehud Olmert — now revealed as a crook, prisoner, and villain who urges countries to withhold support from Israel — followed and tried actualizing the give-away. He was stopped by a Hezbollah kidnaping that launched a war he proved incapable of waging, alongside his hapless “Defense Minister,” a Labor Party union hack. When Netanyahu returned, he had learned never to cede Judea and Samaria.

 

So, although Zionists must advocate passionately for Israel, it kind-of does not matter except for fulfilling one’s duty to G-d and His Torah, land, and people. With some 350,000 Jews now living in eastern communities of Jerusalem that were liberated from Arab occupation in 1967 and more than 500,000 in the rest of Judea and Samaria — totaling 850,000 Jews — and recognizing the logistical mess the Israeli government encountered in relocating, resettling, and reemploying 8,500 Jews from Gush Katif (one percent of 850,000) in 2005, it is clear the “Two-State Solution” never will happen, no matter what anyone says or does. One million Jews cannot be forcibly uprooted and relocated. Indeed, Israel now is reversing the 2005 Gush Katif surrender by restoring Chomesh and other communities in Northern Shomron.

 

Chief Rabbi Yitzchak HaLevi Herzog said in the 1940’s, when he refused to relocate temporarily from Eretz Yisrael as Hitler’s Gen. Erwin Rommel approached the Holy Land during his North Africa campaign, that the Tanakh (Bible) and all of Judaic theology speak of only two destructions. There will not be a third Churban (catastrophe).

 

One should not be nonchalant about threats of America reducing aid to Israel. But one should not lose sleep over it either. When a parent threatens to cut off a college-age son or daughter financially, that worries the child. But once the child becomes a successful entrepreneur, professional, TikTok Influencer, or $350,000-a-year Israeli Supreme Court justice, that threat evaporates.

 

Israel is that matured entity. Yoram Ettinger has shown that Israel is a better financial and military value to America than vice-versa. Several recent influential think pieces have made the argument that Israel even can benefit from living without American aid — if it comes to that. In time, Israel would actualize Moshe Arens’s dream and create its own jet fighters, and Americans would lose restrictive influences. India will buy. Finland will buy. Arabs will buy. The whole world will buy. They do now.

 

Miracles. All fears that Arab birthrates would imperil Israel’s Jewish demographic majority have been vanquished. A million Jews from the former Soviet Union arrived. Jews from France, Argentina, Ethiopia came — always some anti-Semitic eruption to augment Israel’s population. Even the miracle of 850,000 Jews arriving in the 1940’s and 1950’s as Arab countries secured Israel’s Jewish demographic majority forever and laid the groundwork for Edot HaMizrach (Sephardic Jews) to save Israel from the godless Marx-inspired Ashkenazic elite who had laid the foundation for a secular socialist society whose last entrails are found at Tel Aviv restaurants on Tisha B’Av. The Opposition’s perpetual protests reflect they have lost; otherwise, they would be celebrating.

 

Australia? Kangaroos, the Koala, the Wallaby. They don’t matter. Neither do Canada, England, France, Russia, America, anyone.

 

While Israel is secure and forever, peril faces American Jewry. Not only are non-Orthodox rapidly self-destructing and disappearing, but these fault lines extend into “Modern Orthodoxy”:

 

1. At least 33-40 percent or more of American “Jews” are not Jews. American Orthodox rabbinic and lay institutions are terrified to reveal they know this and its ramifications. All practicing American rabbonim (Orthodox rabbis) know they secretly undertake lineage investigations before conducting weddings for anyone not engaged in their communities because odds are that one or both prospective spouses is not Jewish. For that same reason — encountering “Jews” who are not Jews — they turn away even relatives of paid synagogue members from being buried in their shul cemeteries and from having their kids “bar- or bat-mitzva’d.”

 

American rabbonim regularly encounter people who tell them they or their spouse is “Jewish,” or their child is marrying someone “Jewish,” even though the rav knows the person is a “Marilyn Monroe convert.” Because the Orthodox Union and Rabbinical Council of America, terrified to offend members and donors, deliberately evade the issue and stopped educating the public years ago, many Jewish parents affiliated with O.U. shuls and RCA rabbonim have evolved to accept when their boys marry non-Jewish and tell them “Mom, she’s doing a conversion with a reform/conservative rabbi, so it’s OK and you will have Jewish grandchildren, and don’t write me out of your will.” Jewish parents no longer feel stigma: “Well, Rabbi, at least she is undergoing some kind of conversion. Right?”

Wrong.

The local syngogue raibbi is afraid to speak the Truth because he may get fired. He rationalizes: “If I tell them the hard truth, they will fire me, and then what will become of the shul?” (Answer: They will hire someone else with the exact same skills-set but more docile.) Tragically, the RCA and OU, who cannot be fired by local congregants but fear donors, also resist speaking the Truth. That is the meaning of Exile. The lesson for Israel: Jews vigilantly must guard against similar erosion in Israel’s Law of Return and Grandparent Clause. The toxicity poisoning American “Judaism” must not attain a foothold in Israel. This is Judaic life-or-death.

 

2. Secondly, mainstream American Modern Orthodox institutions proceed with contempt-of-court toward their own Poskim (Torah Authorities) and fear speaking with clarity on issues regarding the pernicious pretense of “Open Orthodoxy.” The “Maharat” Academy (“Yeshivat Maharat”), which contravenes Judaism and ordains “Orthodox women rabbis” (“Maharats”), now proudly and publicly endorses lesbian marriage, even among their own Maharat “Yeshiva” students. Yes, “Orthodox women rabbis” in lesbian marriages.Other “Maharats” advocate for transgender legislation, claiming they speak for Orthodox Judaism. Such “Maharats” amplify the disgrace; one is “Rabbi in Residence” at Missouri’s Episcopal Church of the Holy Communion. Another is a professor of Feminism at the seminary for “Reform Rabbis,” where she is proud to be called “Rabbi.”

 

The Orthodox Union asked their Poskim to pasken (Judaically rule) on whether “women rabbis” may serve O.U. congregations, and their revered Torah Authorities unanimouslypaskened in an extended learned Teshuvah (Responsum) in February 2017 — more than six years ago — that women rabbis are absolutely forbidden. Yet, to this very day, there are O.U. congregations in public contempt of their own rabbinic judges, and Orthodox Union knows it — because allknow it, because it is so public — and yet O.U. has not implemented the very rabbinic ruling it sought. That is contempt of court.

 

Even so, the same O.U. “boldly” lectures Israelis on how to deal with their courts. Nor does Rabbinical Council of America conscientiously enforce its own explicit requirement: “. . . [W]e cannot accept either the ordination of women or the recognition of women as members of the Orthodox rabbinate, regardless of the title.” Indeed, RCA even has bumbled into becoming a back-door vehicle for “Open Orthodoxfemale and male rabbis to gain legitimacy.

 

And the third “pillar” of American Modern Orthodoxy, Yeshiva University, now has a “Vice Provost for Values and Leadership” who leverages her YU status to legitimize “Maharat women rabbis” in a number of venues. The university’s Cardozo Law School awarded Jimmy Carter their “International Advocate for Peace” award, and 21 of their faculty signed a letter opposing Judge Brett Kavanaugh’s nomination for the Supreme Court. Cardozo even has mandated that all students must take a course in critical race theory to graduate.

 

How far YU has descended from Presidents Rav Bernard Revel, Rav Samuel Belkin, and Rav Norman Lamm of blessed memory and the overriding spiritual leadership of HaRav Yosef Ber Soloveitchik!

 

Greater Israel is safe and secure forever. American Modern Orthodoxy?

 

To receive Rav Fischer’s Weekly Extensive Torah Commentaries or to attend any or all of Rav Fischer’s weekly 60-minute live Zoom classes on the Weekly Torah Portion, the Biblical Prophets, the Mishnah, Rambam Mishneh Torah, or Advanced Judaic Texts, send an email to: shulstuff@yioc.org

 

Rav Fischer’s recent hour-long interview on a range of pressing contemporary Jewish issues, ranging from the “Palestine” Myth to apostate Jewish leftists and their like-minded reform rabbis to the weakness of pro-Israel campus Jews who root their advocacy in Victimology instead of Jewish strength, can be found here.

TOP


https://www.jpost.com/

J’accuse: US Jewish leadership is failing to defend the community – opinion

The Jewish establishment left us practically defenseless in the face of this new mutant strain, and that is why – I know it’s a serious charge – we are in this awful situation.

By CHARLES JACOBS Published: 2JUNE2023 https://www.jpost.com/opinion/article-744853

OPEN LETTER published January 13, 1898, in ‘L’Aurore’ by Emile Zola in response to the Dreyfus Affair, in which Zola addressed French president Félix Faure and accused his government of antisemitism. (photo credit: Wikimedia Commons)

OPEN LETTER published January 13, 1898, in ‘L’Aurore’ by Emile Zola in response to the Dreyfus Affair, in which Zola addressed French president Félix Faure and accused his government of antisemitism. (photo credit: Wikimedia Commons)

 

It might not have been the kindest thing during my trip to the Holy Land to tell Israelis, who were just bombarded by 1,500 Islamic Jihad rockets and are stuck in the excruciatingly painful fracas over judicial reform, that American Jewry’s house is on fire and that the Jewish establishment there is failing to subdue the flames.

 

But that was the theme of my talk at Jerusalem’s Begin Center last Monday. It was a book launch for the just-published collection of essays Betrayal: The Failure of American Jewish Leadership, which I co-edited with Avi Goldwasser.

 

Indeed, antisemitism in the US is careening out of control. According to the FBI, Jews are more likely the targets of hate crimes than Blacks, Latinos, transgenders, and Muslims combined. Nearly every Jewish institution has security, many with armed guards. This is not the country we grew up in.

 

Antisemitism in the US: Where is the assault against American Jews coming from?

The assault – ideological and increasingly physical – comes simultaneously from four major ideological camps.

 

Who are our adversaries? First, the white nationalists who attack us based on that older Jew-hatred we’re familiar with. Today, they update their classic picture of the Jew as conniving, greedy, powerful behind the scenes, with the charges that we are the ones who invented multiculturalism and are the ones behind the rising tide of Third World immigration that they believe will remake America.

 

Religious leader Louis Farrakhan gives the keynote speech at the Nation of Islam Saviours' Day convention in Detroit, Michigan, U.S. February 19, 2017. (credit: REUTERS/REBECCA COOK)

Religious leader Louis Farrakhan gives the keynote speech at the Nation of Islam Saviours’ Day convention in Detroit, Michigan, U.S. February 19, 2017. (credit: REUTERS/REBECCA COOK)

 

Second: Black racists – including Black academics, politicians and followers of Nation of Islam leader Louis Farrakhan. Many believe Farrakhan’s lie that the Jews were the masters of the Black slave trade. More recently, Blacks are taught that the Palestinians are just like them: oppressed “people of color.”

 

Third: radical Muslims, many from antisemitic cultures, who carry an ancient religious hatred and are further inflamed by their tribal support of Palestinians. In American mosques, imams preach hatred of Jews. Muslims have attacked Jews on America’s streets.

 

The fourth camp consists of anti-Israel radical progressives who now include the most energized segments of the Democratic Party – the Squad. Israel, they preach, is a racist/apartheid state where Jews oppress indigenous, innocent, indigent and, importantly, darker-skinned peoples. This narrative has grown over four decades into support for the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement. Recently, progressives supported Nakba Day rallies in more than 35 American cities.

 

All of this did not happen overnight. It built up over about four decades, slowly.

 

The book, which has received praise from Dennis Prager, Daniel Pipes, Leil Leibovitz, Ken Levin and Gil Troy, is a collection of 22 essays (an expansion of an original set published in White Rose Magazine, published by Karen Lohman Bloch).

 

Some pieces are by prominent thinkers and writers – Alan Dershowitz, Jonathan Tobin, Morton Klein, Thane Rosenbaum, Caroline Glick and Richard Landes – who analyze our situation and explain how and why Jewish leaders are failing us. Other essays are by unsung Jewish activists who document the incompetence, the ignorance, even, yes, the perfidy of their local Jewish leaders who refuse to stand up and fight back, or worse, who misguide us about our actual situation.

 

By “the failing Jewish establishment,” we mean the legacy organizations: the Anti-Defamation League, the American Jewish Committee, the Jewish Community Relations Councils, the Federations, along with most of the Rabbinate. The lone exception among legacy groups is the Zionist Organization of America, led by the courageous and indefatigable Morton Klein. The other groups that are bravely fighting our adversaries – CAMERA, StandWithUs, Club Z, Endowment for Middle East Truth, Aish HaTorah, Scholars for Peace in the Middle East, Students Supporting Israel, and more – were launched as grassroots groups, precisely because the Jewish establishment was failing.

 

As our writers describe, the Jewish establishment first failed to intervene against the media defamation of Israel. It then failed to stop harassment and intimidation of Jews on campus. It now is failing to stop anti-Israel education in America’s public high schools, exploding across the nation via ethnic studies curricula and critical race theory. Finally, it failed to recognize the long-term threat of the growing radicalization of the historically moderate American Muslim community.

 

My talk described how this happened. I used examples from my experience as a Boston Jewish activist who helped lead grassroots Jews to resist. As the essayists describe, the Boston experience is mirrored across the country – and in Canada.

 

WHAT HAPPENED to the West’s Jews? As the late Rabbi Jonathan Sacks explained, antisemitism is a virus that morphs predictably: Whatever is any society’s worst sin, that is what the Jews are charged with. In the religious epoch, Jews were the killers of the Christian God. When race “science” – eugenics – was all the rage, Jews were racial vermin. In capitalist societies, the Jews were hated as communists; in communist societies, we were despised as capitalist exploiters. When having a nation-state was the way normal people expressed their values, Jews were cursed as rootless cosmopolites. And so today, when globalism and internationalism are the reigning virtues, Jews are cursed for their state.

 

Once we were tainted, stripped of having the moral high ground – which, for a while, the guilt and shame from the Holocaust provided – all hell could be loosed against us. Well, the virus mutated into anti-Israelism, or Palestinianism, and Jews worldwide are tainted as oppressors. The “new antisemitism” pierced our post-Holocaust shield.

 

The Jewish establishment left us practically defenseless in the face of this new mutant strain, and that is why – I know it’s a serious charge – we are in this awful situation.

 

To make matters worse, a new “woke-progressive” ideology that is undeniably and inevitably anti-Jewish has defeated classical liberalism in many key institutions and has become an accelerant to the mounting antisemitism.

 

Classic liberalism believes in equal opportunity for all, regardless of race, gender, ethnicity, religion and/or sexual orientation. It welcomed and supported Jewish life in America. The new ideology – which goes by many names: woke, progressivism, political correctness, intersectionality, etc. – insists instead on equal results. If there are fewer Black or Latino lawyers proportional to their numbers in society than there are white or Jewish lawyers, that proves that society is unjust and racist. Those who achieved success did so by exploiting the underachieving minorities. Success in life is proof that you have oppressed or have benefited by the oppression of Blacks, Latinos, women, homosexuals, etc. As Jews are among the most successful, we are by implication the biggest oppressors.

 

And all of this ideology is being taught in American public schools. Its principles are required in law schools, medical schools, corporate boards. Fewer and fewer Jews are getting into Ivy League schools, fewer are being hired by corporations, and fewer are sitting on boards of philanthropies.

 

The Jewish establishment is now fully trapped. It put all our eggs into the imploding liberal basket. It made alliances with all the minority groups, and now these very groups have turned on us and have become Palestinianists and antisemitic. Our leaders are flummoxed and confused. They need to be pressured, convinced, humiliated and shamed to do a massive rethink.

 

To help organize grassroots activists to challenge and change our leadership, we created The Jewish Leadership Project (www.jewishleadershipproject.org). Our book prescribes steps that our leaders must take to stem the tide of animus.

We are in danger at a watershed moment. But we are an accomplished community, with very talented individuals. We can and must find proud, brave and competent leadership to secure a better Jewish future.

 

The writer is a longtime Jewish and human rights activist, speaker and writer, who today is president of The Jewish Leadership Project. charlesjacobs123@gmail.com

TOP

Jerusalem Cats Comments: How can you raise Jewish Children without a good Jewish Education?

See: The Jewish People Policy Institute-Raising Jewish Children 2017

“One factor which the majority of research and, hence, policy planning in the field of Jewish education has not paid sufficient attention to is social networks. Our research shows that American Jews may say they feel disconnected from other Jews; yet, they are actually influenced by their Jewish social circles. Similarly, educators have tended to emphasize the role of parents in making educational decisions for their child and overlooked the importance of Jewish social networks in motivating children to continue their Jewish education. Our research shows that Jewish friends and social networks, especially during the teen years, influence decisions to attend Jewish schools and Jewish educational programs. This new understanding of the power of social networks suggests that the direction of influence in the teen years is from friendships to education to family involvements. A strong Jewish social network in the teen years is a predictor of college friends and choice of Jewish marriage partners.”

Jerusalem Cats Comments: How can you raise Jewish Children without Jewish peers? If you want Jewish teenagers then you need to raise then with Jewish Peers in a Jewish Schools and in a Jewish State with Jewish Holidays and a Jewish Week.

Nefesh B'Nefesh: Live the Dream US & CAN 1-866-4-ALIYAH | UK 020-8150-6690 or 0800-085-2105 | Israel 02-659-5800 https://www.nbn.org.il/ info@nbn.org.il

Nefesh B’Nefesh: Live the Dream US & CAN 1-866-4-ALIYAH | UK 020-8150-6690 or 0800-085-2105 | Israel 02-659-5800 https://www.nbn.org.il/ info@nbn.org.il

Even the most secular teenager in Israel has a better Jewish education then anyone outside of Israel.

 To quote the study:

“When Jews lived in societies in which they had a lot of contact with each other (and very little with non-Jews) they and others usually thought of themselves as “born into” Jewishness. Jews amassed ethnic social capital through daily experience, in the form of ethnic languages, food, music, stories, texts, arts and culture, religion and rituals. These individuals who shared ethnic social capital also tended to value similar things, and to feel an affinity for each other.”

You can only do this in Israel.

“In terms of predicting adult Jewish connections, statistical studies show that every year past the bar mitzvah year “counts” more than the year before. Receiving formal Jewish education from age 16 to 17 more accurately predicts adult Jewish connectedness than receiving formal Jewish education from age 15 to 16. Quantitative and qualitative research suggest that having mostly Jewish friends in high school is a motivator for continuing formal and informal Jewish education and a predictor for marrying or partnering with a Jew and forging strong Jewish connections. Conversely, when teenagers stopped attending Jewish schools after bar and bat mitzvahs, both they and their parents (in separate interviews) reported that their family Jewish observances and activities such as Shabbat service attendance gradually declined.”
“This is a growing group. Successive studies have underscored the fact that in 1960, 77 percent of American women and 65 percent of men below the age of 30, had accomplished the five sociological milestones of adulthood–”completing school, leaving home, becoming financially independent, marrying and having a child.” Today, fewer than half of women and one-third of men fit that fully adult profile The proportion of Americans aged 25 to 34 who have never been married exceeds those married. The Jewish identity gains that result from a Jewish education during the teenage years are significantly undermined when young American Jews remain single for a decade or longer after college. These young American Jews between the ages of 22 to 35 require programs tailored to their distinctive form of Jewish attachment.”

When Jewish education succeeds, it is most often a story of the more, the more.

Jewish education is part of the ongoing building of Jewish social capital. No one educational strategy provides a permanent Jewish inoculation for all Jews, but all educational strategies work best when they include the reinforcement of a social network.”

“But for some Jewish populations who miss these serendipities, the story is more like, the less the less. Some Jews are geographically isolated in childhood, and have few Jewish friendship circles, and do not get sent to Jewish camps that might enrich their Jewishness on many levels [What about a Jewish Day School or Full Time Yeshiva Program of stead of Public School?]. Some are the children of weakly identified Jewish parents; some of these Jewishly “impoverished” families, in terms of Jewish social capital, are intermarried families, especially where the mother does not identify as a Jew. Weak Jewish identification often gets worse with each generation that is remote from Jewish social networks and Jewish education, creating a cycle of poor Jewish social capital.”

According The Pew Research Religion and Public life project : Orthodox Jews are more likely than American Jews of any other denomination to have traveled to Israel; 77% have done so, followed by 56% of Conservative Jews, 40% of Reform Jews and 26% of those who have no denominational affiliation.

From aish.com INFOGRAPHIC: Will Your Grandchildren Be Jewish?

Are American Jews facing an existential threat?

by and Published: June 10, 2017 http://www.aish.com/jw/s/INFOGRAPHIC-Will-Your-Grandchildren-Be-Jewish.html
Click to download PDF file  Click to Download the PDF version Will Your Grandchildren be Jewish-aish

 


From aish.com INFOGRAPHIC: Will Your Grandchildren Be Jewish?TOP
Infographic: Survey of Jewish Americans
Infographic: Survey of Jewish Americans

Infographic: Survey of Jewish Americans

Infographic: Survey of Jewish Americans

TOP


pewresearch-org-logo

Pew:What happens when Jews intermarry?

By and
November 12, 2013 http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2013/11/12/what-happens-when-jews-intermarry/

 

American Jews have been debating the impact of intermarriage for decades. Does intermarriage lead to assimilation and weaken the Jewish community? Or is it a way for a religion that traditionally does not seek converts to bring new people into the fold and, thereby, strengthen as well as diversify the Jewish community? The new Pew Research Center survey of U.S. Jews did not start this debate and certainly will not end it. However, the survey’s findings on intermarriage, child rearing and Jewish identity provide some support for both sides.

 

For example, the survey shows that the offspring of intermarriages – Jewish adults who have only one Jewish parent – are much more likely than the offspring of two Jewish parents to describe themselves, religiously, as atheist, agnostic or nothing in particular. In that sense, intermarriage may be seen as weakening the religious identity of Jews in America.

 

Yet the survey also suggests that a rising percentage of the children of intermarriages are Jewish in adulthood. Among Americans age 65 and older who say they had one Jewish parent, 25% are Jewish today. By contrast, among adults under 30 with one Jewish parent, 59% are Jewish today. In this sense, intermarriage may be transmitting Jewish identity to a growing number of Americans.

 

Surveys are snapshots in time. They typically show associations, or linkages, rather than clear causal connections, and they don’t predict the future. We do not know, for example, whether the large cohort of young adult children of intermarriage who are Jewish today will remain Jewish as they age, marry (and in some cases, intermarry), start families and move through the life cycle. With those cautions in mind, here’s a walk through some of our data on intermarriage, including some new analysis that goes beyond the chapter on intermarriage in our original report. (We would like to thank several academic researchers, including Theodore Sasson of Brandeis University, Steven M. Cohen of Hebrew Union College and NYU Wagner, and Bruce Phillips of Hebrew Union College and the University of Southern California, for suggesting fruitful avenues of additional analysis.)

 

First, intermarriage is practically nonexistent among Orthodox Jews; 98% of the married Orthodox Jews in the survey have a Jewish spouse. But among all other married Jews, only half say they have a Jewish spouse.

 

In addition, intermarriage rates appear to have risen substantially in recent decades, though they have been relatively stable since the mid-1990s. Looking just at non-Orthodox Jews who have gotten married since 2000, 28% have a Jewish spouse and fully 72% are intermarried.

 

Also, intermarriage is more common among Jewish respondents who are themselves the children of intermarriage. Among married Jews who report that only one of their parents was Jewish, just 17% are married to a Jewish spouse. By contrast, among married Jews who say both of their parents were Jewish, 63% have a Jewish spouse.

 

Pew 2013 jewish identity by generation

Pew 2013 jewish identity by generation

 

Among Jews, the adult offspring of intermarriages are also much more likely than people with two Jewish parents to describe themselves religiously as atheist, agnostic or just “nothing in particular.” This is the case among all recent generations of U.S. Jews.

 

For example, among Jewish Baby Boomers who had two Jewish parents, 88% say their religion is Jewish; hence, we categorize them as “Jews by religion.” But among Baby Boomers who had one Jewish parent, 53% describe themselves as atheist, agnostic or having no particular religion, even though they also say they consider themselves Jewish or partially Jewish aside from religion; they are categorized as “Jews of no religion” in the table. Far fewer Jewish Baby Boomers who had two Jewish parents (12%) are Jews of no religion today.

 

A similar pattern is seen among Jewish Millennials: 51% of Millennials who have one Jewish parent are Jews of no religion, compared with just 15% of Millennials who had two Jewish parents.

 

Summing this up, it appears that the share of Jews of no religion is similar – and relatively low – among recent generations of Jews with two Jewish parents. It is much higher (and also fairly similar across generations) among self-identified Jews with only one Jewish parent.

Pew 2013 Jewish Intermarriage one parent

Pew 2013 Jewish Intermarriage one parent

But it is also important to bear in mind that the percentage of Jewish adults who are the offspring of intermarriages appears to be rising. Just 6% of Jews from the Silent Generation say they had one Jewish parent, compared with 18% of Jewish Baby Boomers, 24% of Generation X and nearly half (48%) of Jewish Millennials. The result is that there are far more Jews of no religion among younger generations of Jews than among previous generations, as shown in the survey report.

 

When we look at all adults who have just one Jewish parent – including both those who identify as Jewish and those who do not – we see that the Jewish retention rate of people raised in intermarried families appears to be rising. That is, among all adults (both Jewish and non-Jewish) who say they had one Jewish parent and one non-Jewish parent, younger generations are more likely than older generations to be Jewish today.

 

For example, among U.S. adults ages 65 and older who had one Jewish parent, 25% are Jewish today (including 7% who are Jews by religion and 18% who are Jews of no religion), while 75% are not Jewish (meaning that they currently identify with a religion other than Judaism or that they do not consider themselves Jewish in any way, either by religion or otherwise). Among adults younger than 30 who have one Jewish parent, by contrast, 59% are Jewish today, including 29% who are Jews by religion and 30% who are Jews of no religion.

Pew-2013-Jewish Intermarriage younger generation

Pew-2013-Jewish Intermarriage younger generation

Finally, it has often been assumed that Jewish women are less inclined to intermarry than are Jewish men. As Bruce Phillips, a sociologist at Hebrew Union College in Los Angeles, has written: “In American popular culture, intermarriage has been the [domain] of Jewish males. Starting with ‘Abbie’s Irish Rose’ and ‘The Jazz Singer’ following the turn of the century through ‘Bridget Loves Bernie’ and the ‘Heartbreak Kid’ in the early 1970s to ‘Mad About You’ in the 1990s, the plot is about a Jewish married man in love with a stereotypical [non-Jewish woman].”

 

But our survey finds that Jewish women are slightly more likely to be intermarried than Jewish men. Among the married Jewish women surveyed, 47% say they have a non-Jewish spouse. Among the married Jewish men, 41% say they have a non-Jewish spouse.

TOP


JerusalemCats Comments:

The real test is will they make Aliyah?

According to Pew “A Portrait of Jewish Americans”(2013) ”The Jewish Population went down from 5.2 Million in 2000 to 4.2 Million +/- 3% today” http://www.pewforum.org/2016/03/08/comparisons-between-jews-in-israel-and-the-u-s/ The US has an 85% intermarriage rate for secular Jews vs. 2% for Israel.
Relatively few Israeli Jews identify with either Conservative (2%) or Reform (3%) Judaism.

Pew-2016-03-08-Israel Reform Essay static identify

Pew-2016-03-08-Israel Reform Essay static identify

Arutz Sheva http://www.israelnationalnews.com/

Almost half of American ‘Jews’ actually are not Jewish

Reform leader Rick Jacobs travels the USA proudly proclaiming that “interfaith families are now the majority of the movement.” Op-ed.

Rabbi Prof. Dov Fischer 8June2023, 1:12 PM (GMT+3)  http://www.israelnationalnews.com/news/372504

The recent Israel-bashing, Jew-hating graduation speech by a “Palestinian Arab” at CUNY Law School made national news. The Zionist Organization of America took the lead, as it almost always does among the Presidents’ Conference “major” Jewish organizations, in fighting back. ZOA demanded that the CUNY Law den of corruption be defunded by New York State, that the administrators who approved and facilitated the Nazi-like speech be fired, and that the Jew-hater graduate be denied a New York State Bar license to practice.

 

Amazingly, that lowest-tier (ranked #154, among the lowest 20% in the country) school’s so-called “Jewish Law Student Association” praised the speaker’s vicious anti-Zionist venom and lies. Their pathetic self-hate appears here in its entirety. That self-flagellating screed is so warped that one initially would suppose it a forgery, impossible to be authored by Jews even in a world of self-hating Jewish apostates like George Soros, Bernie Sanders, and Ben & Jerry.

 

That document helpfully demonstrates that almost half the people in America who call themselves “Jews” are in fact not Jews.

 

The numbers:

 

Much of current American “Jewish” demographic data emanate from a landmark Pew report. Pew asked interviewees to self-identify. If someone told Pew’s pollster he or his parents are or were “Jewish,” Pew took it as gospel.

 

But who really is a Jew? Through 3,300 years of Judaism until 1983, the only definition of a “Jew” was to be born to a Jewish mother or to convert to Judaism by accepting and undertaking the laws (halakhah) and traditions (mesorah) of Judaism completely and unequivocally, and affirming total belief that every word in the Torah is true and the word of G-d spoken to Moshe Rabbeinu (Moses our Teacher).

 

On March 15, 1983, the Central Conference of American Rabbis (CCAR), the “Reform” movement’s body of rabbis, passed an unprecedented resolution that declared hundreds of thousands, perhaps one million or more, of non-Jews to be ”Jews.” Prepared by a committee on patrilineal descent entitled “The Status of Children of Mixed Marriages,” the CCAR resolution stated that “we face, today, an unprecedented situation due to the changed conditions in which decisions concerning the status of the child of a mixed marriage are to be made.”

 

Contrary to thousands of years of unbroken Jewish practice and tradition — which even Reform acknowledged as binding through its first 150 years — the resolution overnight accepted the children of Jewish fathers and non-Jewish mothers as “Jewish” if the parents nominally would claim they would rear the child that way. Obviously, such a claim by a Jewish spouse who marries a non-Jew has no meaning.

 

The “Reform” movement’s body of congregational temples is the URJ (Union for Reform Judaism), and their president, Rabbi Rick Jacobs, now travels the country proudly proclaiming that “interfaith families are now the majority of the movement.” (See embedded link at page 9, lower left column.)

 

Rabbi Jacobs’s assertion that the majority of “Reform”-affiliated families today are headed by a Jewish and non-Jewish intermarried spouse substantiates the underlying math. Let’s say there are 200 married congregants at the “Reform” Temple, comprising 100 marriages, and 60 of the marriages (the majority, which Jacobs asserts) are intermarriages. That means, outright, that at least 60 of those 200 in the temple are non-Jewish under any definition. They alone comprise 30 percent. Beyond that, among their 60 “Jewish” spouses, a certain number of them also are non-Jewish. Many of those “Jewish” spouses are children of outright non-Jewish mothers who intermarried with Jews, and who after 1983 (40 years ago) reared them “patrilineally” as though Jews — although they are not and never were. Others among those 60 are the children of “Jewish” mothers who “converted to Judaism” like Marilyn Monroe via a heterodox rabbi, which means those mothers also were non-Jewish. Some 10-20 (could be more, could be fewer) of the 60 “Jewish” intermarried spouses in our sample thus actually are not Jewish either. So we have 70-80 non-Jews among every 200 “Reform Jews.” That is 35-40 percent.

 

Even non-Orthodox Conservative rabbis regard large swaths of Reform “converts” to be non-Jewish because many such “converts” never immersed in a mikveh ritual body of water. Thus, the numbers of outright non-Jews in our 200-person hypothetical sample of Year 2023 “Reform” households stand at 70-80 non-Jews or 35-40 percent “of the movement.” These non-Jewish families, in turn, then have their own children for the next generation.

 

Inasmuch as “Reform’s” patrilineal policy now is 40 years extant — two generations — the numbers of outright non-Jewish “Reform” “Jews” today, among “Reform” Jews born since the 1980s, well exceeds 40-50 percent. (By contrast, older Reform Jews who were born and grew up well before the 1983 “patrilineal” tsunami and before Jews started marrying non-Jews at record highs — say, people over age 60 — would number a markedly higher percentage of actual Jews.)

 

Pew reports that “Reform” Jews comprise 37 percent of American Jewry, with “Conservative” Jews at 17 percent, and Orthodox at 9 percent. Pew’s Orthodox numbers manifestly are incompatible with reality in terms of proportion of actual Jews, but the numbers could be correct based on Pew’s fanciful maximizing of Jewish demographics.

 

Pew is not to blame; they survey people’s stated opinions and do not present as rabbinic authorities. Beyond this,

 

Pew says that another 32 percent of Jews claim no religious affiliation whatsoever, so their numbers stand to be less Judaic than even “Reform’s” population. Worded in another chart, Pew declares that 27 percent of American “Jews” report “no religion.” Among that group, we may expect many authentic Jews, too —Jewish-born apostates like George Soros, Bernie Sanders, and the Ben & Jerry’s founders. Even so, the numbers reflect huge numbers of non-Jews erroneously self-reporting in that group as “Jews.”

 

If “Reform” Jews are 37 percent, and Jews of “no religion” are 27 percent, that means approximately one-third of all reported American “Jews” plainly are not Jews. These are the data, conservatively interpreted. Thus, the highly generous census reports of 7.5 million “Jews” now in America, suggesting preposterously a 25 percent increase from the 6 million of the 1970s despite half a century of rife assimilation and intermarriage, actually more accurately are 4.5 to 5 million Jews.

 

Pew says Orthodox Jews are 9-10 percent of an American “Jewry” numbering 7.5 million. That would approximate 750,000 Orthodox Jews in America. However, if there are 750,000 Orthodox Jews in America but only amid a more realistic 4.5 million-person community, that then doubles the Orthodox percent of American Jewry to at least one-sixth or 16.66 percent. Similarly, if there are 750,000 Orthodox Jews among a slightly larger population of 5 million, that puts the Orthodox percent of American Jewry at 15 percent.

 

Moreover, Orthodox Jews regularly get undercounted in these surveys because they are harder to count — for practical logistical reasons. For example, “Reform” “converts” are especially eager to answer the phone and respond to such surveys as “Jews by Choice.” By contrast, Orthodox Jews do not want to be bothered. Haredim and Modern Orthodox have less interest in taking the call or remaining on the phone. Many such calls are made on weekends, to maximize reaching survey targets at a time of week when they will agree to answer long polling surveys. However, Orthodox Jews do not touch the phone on Shabbat, except in cases of life or death, and that makes them unreachable most of Friday and Saturday.

 

Notably, when the World Zionist Congress (WZC) conducted elections in March 2020 for delegates to their quadrennial international convention, “Reform” Judaism and their left-wing cohort won 40 or so seats, “Conservative” Judaism won 20 or so seats, and Orthodoxy and their conservative (political, small “c”) allies won 70 or so seats. Although those numbers were not a scientific population survey but a voluntary affirmation of Jewish affiliation in the context of Zionist engagement, the WZC numbers, by which Orthodox Jews and their conservative (small “c”) cohort so overwhelmingly outvoted the combined non-Orthodox and progressive left, expose the Pew errors that put the Orthodox at only 9 percent of the community. Politics and energy can explain variations in free elections, as can community cohesion, organizing, and “get-out-the-vote” dynamics, but WZC free-election results that so profoundly contradict Pew numbers underscore that Orthodoxy comprises substantially more than 9 percent of authentic American Jewry.

 

Pew explains how they count Jews. For example:

 

People are categorized as “Jews of no religion” if they answer a question about their present religion by saying they are atheist, agnostic or have no religion in particular; and they say they had a Jewish parent or were raised Jewish; andthey consider themselves Jewish in some way aside from religion, such as ethnically, culturally or because of their family background.…

 

Combining 5.8 million adult Jews (the estimated size of the net Jewish population in this survey) with 1.8 million children (living in households with a Jewish adult and who are being raised Jewish in some way, including those who are being raised both Jewish and in another religion) yields a total estimate (rounded to the nearest 100,000) of 7.5 million Jews of all ages in the United States, or 2.4% of the total U.S. population.

 

In this report, as in the 2013 study, children are treated differently from adults: Children who are being raised as Jewish and in some other religion are included in the Jewish population estimate, while adults who identify as Jewish and some other religion are not. This accounts for the uncertainty inherent in projecting how children will identify when they grow up; some children who are raised as Jewish and another religion go on to identify, in adulthood, solely as Jewish.

 

In sum, at least 33-40 percent — and probably much more — of self-reporting American “Jews” are not Jews, with ever-higher numbers and percentages of “false Jews” among those born each decade since the 1980s and particularly in the past 20 years.

 

The ramifications are enormous. When the media report that 25 percent of American Jews oppose Israel or support BDS or regard Israel as “apartheid” or support “Palestinian” demands that Israel hand them Judea and Samaria, we gain new clarity that overwhelming numbers of those hostile respondents include the core of self-identifiers who are not actually Jews to begin with. They simply are not Jews. These are the “Jews” of J Street, Jewish Voice for Palestine, and the CUNY “Jewish Law Student Association.” Like the Erev Rav (Mixed Multitude) who built the Golden Calf in the Sinai Desert, these are the non-Jewish Fifth Column in our midst.

 

Likewise, when pollsters state that 70 percent of American Jews vote Democrat and 30 percent Republican, know that the divide among actual Jews towards Democrat liberalism probably lies more along the lines of 55-45 percent, more akin to Catholic voting patterns.

 

Judaism is not and never has been transmitted by blood, genes, DNA; contrarily, patrilineal bloodlines were among the ways Hitler and the German Nazis defined Jews.

 

No Orthodox congregational rabbi in America today will agree to conduct a marriage for a couple who have no prior affiliation with the rabbi’s community until that rabbi independently has verified that both prospective spouses actually meet the classic normative 3,000-year definition of “authentically Jewish.” Even the most theologically flexible Modern Orthodox congregations now require new families seeking to have their child bar– or bat-mitzva’d at the synagogue to document that the mother authentically was Jewish when the child was born or that the child properly was converted to Judaism consonant with the classic normative standard

 

Indeed, Orthodox synagogues will not even allow people to purchase gravesite plots in their cemetery sections until prospective buyers can prove unequivocally that they (or the deceased whom they wish to inter) meet Judaism’s classic definition of Jewish. As a result, intermarried couples ultimately cannot lie side-by-side for eternity in Orthodox sections of cemeteries, nor can the children of a Jewish father and non-Jewish birth mother be buried in a family plot with their father in a cemetery’s Orthodox section.

 

They can always find a BDS graveyard at Ben & Jerry’s.

 

Adapted by the writer, Rabbi Prof. Dov Fischer, for Arutz Sheva from a version of this article that first appeared here in The American Spectator.

 

To receive Rav Fischer’s Weekly Extensive Torah Commentaries or to attend any or all of Rav Fischer’s weekly 60-minute live Zoom classes on the Weekly Torah Portion, the Biblical Prophets, the Mishnah, Rambam Mishneh Torah, or Advanced Judaic Texts, send an email to: shulstuff@yioc.org

TOP


Arutz Sheva http://www.israelnationalnews.com/

Ben Shapiro: Most US Jews aren’t Jewish in their identity

In an extensive interview with INN, Ben Shapiro warns of the dangers of progressive ideology,


20July2022 https://www.israelnationalnews.com/news/356856
   

American conservative political commentator Ben Shapiro was in the Israel National News-Arutz Sheva studio for a very special interview that touched on many topics.

When asked if liberals and progressives are “the enemy,” Shapiro told former Israel Hayom editor-in-chief Boaz Bismuth: “I don’t think that liberals and progressives are the enemy as people but I think that the ideas of liberals and progressives are extraordinarily destructive to the social fabric in the United States.”

 

“In order to have a functioning country you have to have a common philosophy, you have to have a common culture, and you have to have a common history. Progressives in the United States are fighting against all three of these things,” he says.

Shapiro explains that to have a culture, a nation has to have a set of values or ideals.

“When it comes to the culture of the United States that sort of requires you to at least speak the same language. You have to speak in terms of facts. And in the United States you have open debate over whether men and women exist caused by the left. It’s going to be tough to have a conversation with people when words have no meaning. When it comes to history, the left in the United States believes that the history of the United States is an unending series of calamities filled with brutality and evil. And again, you can’t have a nation built that way,” he says.

 

“The ideas of progressives are extraordinarily dangerous to the social fabric in any country,” he adds.

Is is possible today for progressivism and conservatism to go hand-in-hand as was the case at times in the 20th century?

“The idea that the right and left can’t have a conversation anymore that is a new thing,” Shapiro says. “The idea that if you are on the left you literally can’t get in the same room with somebody on the right and have an open conversation without attempting to wreck the person on camera, that’s a major problem.”

 

He sees a bleak future if “traditional liberals” continue to take their marching orders from the radical left and move increasingly away from the center-left of the political spectrum, where they used to reside.

 

“The future of the United States rests not on whether people like me speak. It’s really more on whether traditional liberals, people who disagree with me on taxes, on healthcare, whether those people are willing to tell the hard left it’s still important to have a conversation with people like me, or whether they decide they would rather get their policy done by working with the people on the left and then shutting the door on everybody else. A lot of liberals have been intimidated into believing that if they even have a conversation with people on the other side of the isle, this makes them bad. It’s more important to get done what they need to get done in terms of ramming the United States to the left, even if that means ending debate before it begins.”

 

Shapiro recalls that he entered into political commentary because of defending Israel. He was a philosophy major at UCLA and saw an editorial comparing former Prime Minister Ariel Sharon to Adolf Eichmann.

“I walked into the [newspaper] office and starting writing a column that turned into a syndicated column that turned into a career,” he says.

The left has only become even more anti-Israel since then, he notes.

“The left in the United States has now been taken over by a sort of ideology that suggests that anything that is successful must be inherently discriminatory and because Israel is successful it’s more discriminatory. I don’t think it’s any coincidence that the left’s ideas on Israel began to shift immediately upon Israel winning the Six Day War. Until then Israel was the darling of the left,” Shapiro says.

 

“What I’m worried about is the rising generation tends to be more progressive. What we’ve watched is that these people tend to come into jobs and then restructure the job. They tend to come into their companies and restructure the company around them. It’s not that they come into institutions and these institutions civilize them, which is normally the way people grow up instead.”

 

He also believes that many pro-Israel students on American campuses don’t know how to defend Israel or are intimidated by their progressive believes.

“The number of people on campus who care about Israel is very low and the people who defend Israel don’t know how to do it. They tend to be very shy about defending Israel, specifically because in order to defend Israel you have to defend principles a lot of people on the soft left are uncomfortable with. You have to defend nationalism, you have to defend religion,” Shapiro says. “Israel is losing the left in America but I don’t think that has to do with Israel. That has to do with the left, the left has gotten significantly more radical over time. The left in America is starting to look a lot like Jeremy Corbyn’s left in Great Britain.”

 

On the topic of transgender people, Shapiro believes it is part of “secularism as a religion.”

“Gender dysphoria is an actual psychological condition. It’s in the DSM 5. What the left has decided is that if you believe you are a member of the opposite sex, we all have to treat you as a member of the opposite sex, and in fact you are a member of the opposite sex. Once a society decides that standards of actual truth – the meaning of words – it’s gone too far, transgender ideology is violative of biology, it’s violative of reason, it’s violative of basic language,” he says. “What that is in the end is an attempt to cudgel you into joining a particular cult. You have to have skin in the game and the way you demonstrate you have skin in the game is by saying nonsensical things over and over… If you see secularism as a religion, and saying your pronouns as a ritual, then it makes a lot more sense than than the idea that men can be women and women can be men.”

 

There’s an instinctive human drive to reject all this stuff because it’s the evidence of your own eyes. Don’t reject the evidence of your own eyes in the name of ridiculous gender ideology that the left likes to propose as a measure of equality.”

Shapiro sees modern liberalism as alienating traditional liberals and increasingly pushing them to the right.

“You’re seeing liberals being driven into the conservative camp, people like Elon Musk [who] is not a conservative. He’s been driven into the arms of people on the right simply because the left has decided that if you are not willing to repeat all these mantras you can’t sit at the the table. If you shrink your table enough there won’t be a lot of people at your table anymore.”

 

If progressives don’t believe in “In G-d We Trust”, as it says on American money, who do they trust?

“The government, the experts, you trust the experts always. And if the experts blow it, you trust them even more. It’s an amazing double down that they’ve done,” Shapiro explains.

 

“The experts failed on all of these things that they said that they could fix and simultaneously they told you that your moral system is wrong and they’re the experts on morality as well. You wonder why people are ticked off – that’s why people are ticked off. But they have no capacity to really see it.”

 

For him, this is more evidence that progressive political elites are out of touch with ordinary Americans.

“There’s a major disconnect between the political class on the left [in the United States] and the people they’re purporting to represent,” he says.

He sees certain parallels with Israeli society.

“It’s a mistake to treat any population in a free society as though it’s incapable of getting ahead. From what I’ve seen in Israel, there’s a mistake that the Israeli government has recently been making a lot in its treatment of the Arab population as though affirmative action and more social spending is necessary and just and good because it’s somehow going to create layers of of success in Arab populations in Israel. I doubt it’s going to work for any population, whether you’re talking about Arabs in Israel, whether you’re talking about Black and Hispanic Americans, you have to treat everybody by the same rules and the same rules of success apply literally everywhere. If you get a job, if you get an education, you do these things, you’re going to be successful in a free society, and that’s true in Israel as well for Arabs who have all the same rights that Jews do in in the State of Israel with regard to these things.”

 

When asked about why Jews in America vote overwhelmingly for the Democrats, even after the presidency of Barack Obama and anti-Israel Squad Democrats in Congress, he notes that “this is the number one question that I always get asked on college campuses.”

 

“The answer is most [American] Jews are not particularly Jewish in identity. If you ask a Jew what’s your core identity they’ll say you know I like social justice and I’m very concerned with the issues of the world –Tikkun Olam – but not in the actual traditional sense,” he says.

 

“The idea is that most Jews in the United States are not religious. What [they] really are is a secular leftist who really doesn’t believe in G-d but feel some sort of very basic cultural solidarity that focuses on a particular history with with bagels and and locks and all the rest of this that’s not going to give you any sense of identity with the State of Israel. This is a big mistake that a lot of Republican politicians make with the Jewish population in America. They’ll go to a Reconstructionist synagogue and they’ll talk about Israel as though this is going to be a resonant issue. Israel is like number 15 on the list for these folks and even when it comes to Israel, they think of Israel in the same way that secular leftists think of Israel on the very progressive left.”

 

He notes that if you look at the voting patterns of Orthodox Jews in America, around 85 to 90 percent vote Republican and the less religious Jews get, the bigger the percentage of Jews voting Democratic gets.

 

“Are you talking about ethnically Jewish voters, or are you talking about self-identified Jews, or are you talking about people who actually practice Judaism? People who actually practice Judaism tend to care a lot about Israel. People who don’t practice Judaism don’t tend to care a lot about Israel. It’s not really a mystery.”

 

“There are lots of Jews who are not Zionists in the United States. For them it’s actually sort of embarrassing. The reason that a lot of progressive Jews identify as Jewish is just so that they don’t have to identify as white because if you’re white in the United States then this means that you’re part of the oppressor class but if you say that you’re a progressive Jew then you can dissociate from the rest of the Jews and you can say but I’m the good Jew.”

 

In terms of the 2024 US presidential election, Shapiro, who famously as a conservative did not vote for Trump in 2016, says he hopes that Florida Governor Ron DeSantis get the Republican nomination and not Trump.

 

Shapiro says DeSantis is “terrific. He’s wonderful.” Although he also praises Arkansas Senator Tom Cotton and former UN Ambassador Nikki Haley, and hopes they are primary candidates.

 

“There are a bunch of candidates I think are really good on the right side of the aisle. I think that Donald Trump has an enormous amount of baggage. I think that he would have the toughest time beating a Democrat.”

 

When asked if he believes the 2020 election was stolen as Trump claims, he replies:

“You can talk about how the election rules were were biased, you can talk about the mail in ballots. Were ballots falsified on mass? No. The the evidence is just not there for that. Donald Trump’s own people did not allege that in court. He alleges it now. The evidence again is not present for that. There are a lot of things that can be said about the way the election was conducted, again a lot of the rules changed because of COVID, some of those rule changes were really problematic legally speaking… but the the idea that hundreds of thousands of ballots were fabricated on behalf of Joe Biden or that a bunch of pro-Trump ballots just got dumped in a river somewhere. There’s no evidence to that effect that i’ve seen whatsoever.”

 

In terms of the upcoming Israeli elections in November, Shapiro says that if former Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu returns as prime minister, he feels that it’s good news for the country.

 

“The coalition government that was established simply in opposition to Prime Minister Netanyahu was obviously going to fall apart. It was only a question of when it was going to fall apart, literally the only thing holding it together was how much people disliked Benjamin Netanyahu. There’s been this this sort of log jam at the top of Israeli politics for a long time and it’s been exacerbated by of course the prosecutions of Prime Minister Netanyahu,” he says. “If Israel wishes to be governed in any way it’s got to be governed on the basis of an agenda and the agenda can’t just be we don’t like Bibi Netanyahu.”

TOP


https://www.jpost.com/

70% of secular Jews in the US, 50% in Europe married to non-Jews

The issue of intermarriage, viewed as a complex reality of Jewish life, prompts questions about how communities should treat the resulting children.

By ZVIKA KLEIN
Published: AUGUST 1, 2023 11:00 Updated: AUGUST 1, 2023 14:05 https://www.jpost.com/diaspora/article-753223

 

A dramatic new report by the Institute for Jewish Policy Research (JPR) has delved into the world of Jewish intermarriage rates, shedding light on a key concern among Jewish leaders and policymakers worldwide. The report, titled “Intermarriage of Jews and non-Jews: the global situation and its meaning,” examines intermarriage prevalence across countries covering over 95% of the global Jewish population. Moreover, it contextualizes the data with Jewish fertility rates to gauge the threat of intermarriage to Jewish community sustainability around the globe.

 

Dr. Daniel Staetsky, Senior Research Fellow and Director of JPR’s European Demography Unit, authored the comprehensive report, bringing to the forefront some compelling insights about intermarriage in Jewish communities. Among the key findings are:

1. Global intermarriage prevalence: The report reveals that the overall prevalence of intermarriage stands at 26% worldwide. However, a stark distinction emerges between Israel, where intermarriage is relatively low at 5%, and the Jewish Diaspora, where it reaches 42%.

 

2. Impact of traditionalism: The report establishes that Jewish populations with the lowest intermarriage levels exhibit the highest levels of traditionalism. Religiosity and strong connections to Jewish heritage seem to serve as powerful deterrents to intermarriage.

 

3. Intermarriage in Europe and the US: Secular or ‘Just Jewish’ Jews in Europe and the US show the highest prevalence of intermarriage. Nearly 70% of secular Jews in the US and almost 50% in Europe are married to non-Jews.

 

4. Factors influencing intermarriage: The report suggests that factors like the availability of suitable Jewish partners play a relatively smaller role compared to traditionalism when comparing intermarriage rates across different countries.

 

5. Diverse patterns in Europe: Contrary to a single European pattern, the report reveals that the highest (Poland) and lowest (Belgium) intermarriage rates among Diaspora communities are found in Europe.

 

6. American Jews and intermarriage: Although often associated with high intermarriage rates, American Jews actually occupy a middle position in the global spectrum of intermarriage prevalence.

 

7. Interplay of intermarriage and fertility: While intermarriage rates have increased over time in the US, the report observes that this trend is somewhat offset by the growing Haredi and Orthodox populations. In Europe, the situation appears more stable over time.

 

8. Fertility: The report highlights that the impact of intermarriage on Jewish population trends today is overshadowed by the significance of fertility rates. Low fertility is a major concern for Jewish communities in the Diaspora, while Israel remains an exception with relatively high fertility rates.

 

Understanding demographic processes and trends in community development

Dr. Jonathan Boyd, JPR’s Executive Director, emphasized the importance of this report’s findings: “Understanding demographic processes and trends is an essential component of community development work, and is all-too-often overlooked when planning for our shared future.”

 

The report paints a nuanced picture of intermarriage, indicating that it is not a monolithic phenomenon. Instead, it varies significantly across regions and is strongly influenced by traditionalism and religiosity within Jewish communities. While intermarriage is often perceived as a potential threat to the sustainability of Jewish communities, the report highlights that low fertility rates represent a more pressing challenge.

 

By placing intermarriage in the context of fertility, the report calls for a more comprehensive approach to address demographic concerns. Policymakers and community leaders are urged to consider the impact of both intermarriage and fertility rates when devising strategies for community development and engagement.

 

For Jewish communities, the report’s findings serve as reference material for critical policy discussions. The issue of intermarriage, viewed as a complex reality of Jewish life, prompts questions about how communities should treat the consequences of intermarriage, including incorporating the offspring and spouses of intermarried Jews into communal activities.

 

Moreover, a policy scenario emphasizing the revival of traditionalism and increasing the volume of traditional practices warrants exploration. Jewish communities can look to the example of haredi (ultra-Orthodox) communities, which foster in-marriage through international matchmaking and migration, and consider how such methods can be adapted to enhance the availability of Jewish partners.

 

Additionally, fostering inclusivity and exploring the role of Jewish institutions in supporting and encouraging fertility in the Diaspora are essential components of community development. Acknowledging demographic realities and trends is crucial for ensuring a vibrant and sustainable Jewish future.

TOP

ADL’s WAR to censor Twitter and Jews

zerohedge-com-logo

UPDATE:

Elon Musk Reveals “Extremely Powerful” ADL CEO Sought To Shake Him Down For Donations

by Tyler Durden, 07September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/elon-musk-reveals-extremely-powerful-adl-ceo-sought-shake-him-down-donations

Update: The ADL is now fundraising off this scandal and telling donors they’re under threat due to Musk’s criticisms!

 

Ashley St. Clair-tweet-6September2023-In case you were skeptical of the ADL’s grift

Ashley St. Clair-tweet-6September2023-In case you were skeptical of the ADL’s grift

 

DailyWire’s Ben Shapiro summed things up succinctly:

“Elon Musk is now at war with the Anti-Defamation League, a progressive interest group that proclaims it is speaking in the name of Jewish causes. And like a lot of these progressive interest groups, they are interested in removing advertising revenue from sources where they can’t control the speech.

 

Musk posted on X saying the ADL has been trying to kill his platform by falsely accusing him of being anti-semitic, and that If this continues, he’ll have no choice but to file a defamation suit against, ironically, the Anti Defamation League.

 

Elon Musk happens to be correct about all of that, which is why it’s very important that if you’re an advertiser and you are looking at platforms to advertise on, you probably should be looking at free speech platforms like X – otherwise X will revert back to type and it’s going to do the same kind of crap that Facebook and YouTube have done in censoring material.”

Ben Shapiro-tweet-6September2023-Anti-Defamation League-progressive interest group

Ben Shapiro-tweet-6September2023-Anti-Defamation League-progressive interest group

 

 

Musk agreed:

Elon Musk-tweet-7September2023-Accurate

Elon Musk-tweet-7September2023-Accurate

*  *  *

As InformationLiberation.com’s Chris Menahan detailed earlier, Twitter/X owner Elon Musk revealed on Wednesday that Jonathan Greenblatt, the “extremely powerful” CEO of the Anti-Defamation League, sought to shake him down for donations just like he did to Adidas, the Brooklyn Nets and Kyrie Irving.

 

“Andrew Ross Sorkin asks Jonathan Greenblatt if he was seeking to have a role at X or shaking @elonmusk down for donations to the ADL (like he did to Adidas and the Brooklyn Nets) and he responds by saying that’s an ‘anti-Semitic trope,’ ” Greg Price tweeted along with a clip of Greenblatt’s latest appearance on CNBC.

 

“Because the answer is ‘Yes!’ regarding seeking donations, hence JG’s refusal to answer the question,” Musk responded. “JG instead went on the attack, implying that Sorkin, despite being Jewish, is somehow an anti-Semite just for asking a basic conflict-of-interest question!”

 

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Because the answer is Yes regarding seeking donations

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Because the answer is Yes regarding seeking donations

 

 

“I love how ADL overlord Jonathan Greenblatt says the ADL is just a little ‘nonprofit in New York’ with no power as if they didn’t lead a pressure campaign that squeezed $60 billion from Meta’s market cap for not complying with their demands,” Ashley St. Clair commented in response to Greenblatt’s CNBC appearance. “ADL has been operating mafia-style for ideological compliance for decades!”

 

“Exactly!” Musk said. “The ADL is extremely powerful in the west, as demonstrated by our massive drop in US advertising, while Asia advertising has actually grown slightly.”

“Jonathan at ADL kicked off a massive Twitter boycott campaign less than a week after the acquisition closed,” Musk said in another post.

 

“Literally nothing had changed about the site. Our US revenue is still 60% down from that campaign, but slowly improving.”

 

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Jonathan at ADL kicked off a massive Twitter boycott campaig

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Jonathan at ADL kicked off a massive Twitter boycott campaig

 

Read More… HERE

zerohedge-com-logo

“I Don’t Believe In Cancel Culture” – ADL CEO Fumes At Suggestion He Was ‘Shaking Down’ Musk For Money

by Tyler Durden, 06September2023 –
https://www.zerohedge.com/political/adl-ceo-jonathan-greenblatt-elon-musk-inciting-violence-against-jewish-people-criticizing

 

The Musk vs ADL (and the censorship industrial complex) battle escalated further this morning with the X/Twitter owner highlighting a new article from Newsweek saying that “ADL Has Lost Its Way”:

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Good article

Elon Musk-tweet-6September2023-Good article

See: The ADL Has Lost Its Way. Elon Musk Is Right to Stand Up to Its Censorship

“The ADL taught me that nastygrams from Jew haters were just the price we pay for liberty, worthy of being filed and forgotten,” writes Ron Coleman in the op-ed.

“This is not Weimar Germany; it is America. We have a First Amendment, we have civil rights, we have a working democracy.

That is part of the good we have done.

Screenshot-Newsweek-The ADL Has Lost Its Way

Screenshot-Newsweek-The ADL Has Lost Its Way

 

“But” Coleman explains, “the ADL no longer believes this…”

“It has become part of a great online censorship machine that is being exposed day after day as an anti-free speech enterprise.”

The following clip suggests just that…

Awkward-Mama-tweet-2September2023-I CAUGHT the ADL discussing how they attempt to influence Elon Musk

Awkward-Mama-tweet-2September2023-I CAUGHT the ADL discussing how they attempt to influence Elon Musk

As Coleman concludes:

“The ADL’s efforts to censor Twitter confirms what we have known for years: Not only is today’s ADL not doing the world some good. It is doing something much worse. How much longer will we be allowed to say so?”

Greenblatt then appeared on CNBC this morning to respond to Musk’s threats.

He got his initial talking points in without much push back from the anchors:

  • rising anti-semitism everywhere,
  • Musk allowing “hardened anti-semites” back on the platform,
  • Greenblatt seemed to walk back his views on free-speech (“hate speech is the price of free speech”),
  • and said that he didn’t think Musk was anti-semitic or Twitter as a platform was anti-semitic,
  • but ended by framing the victim narrative: “let’s be clear here, this is the wealthiest man in the world running one of the most powerful media platforms on the planet… and we’re a non-profit, here in New York, so I think figuring out who has the power in this relationship… is pretty clear to me.”
ADL CEO responds to legal threats from Elon Musk

ADL CEO responds to legal threats from Elon Musk

 

But then things turned just a little more contemptuous as Andrew Ross Sorkin dropped a bombshell and asked the ADL CEO:

“Were you seeking to have some kind of either role at Twitter or any kind of donations made or other things?”

“No…” Greenblatt exclaimed.

“I only say that because there have been folks who’ve looked at these situations and felt they were being shaken down,” Sorkin said.

To which Greenblatt immediately played a ‘card’:

“Look, I think, let me be honest about that. I think it is [a] sort of anti-Semitic trope to suggest when Jewish people express a degree of outrage over antisemitism, that somehow that’s a shakedown because Jews are greedy. That sounds to me… I’m not saying you believe that…”

Sorkin swiftly interrupted to defend himself…

“I’m Jewish, so I’m not even trying to…” Sorkin said. 

“I’m just saying that that occasionally you hear the critique among not-for-profits in certain cases that are involved in certain causes that talk to companies and you hear it from leaders who say, ‘I feel like…'”

Greenblatt then dropped the biggest load of bullshit yet:

“I hear that, but my view on all of this, we talked about this before on the show… I don’t believe in cancel culture, I believe in counsel culture… What we’ve tried to do over the years with Twitter, with YouTube, with Facebook and all of its platforms, with Reddit, with Discord, I can go on and on, is to work with them, to make those platforms better,” Greenblatt said.

“Better” by who’s defintion? “Better” by having voices silenced that do not fit the establishment narrative (and that have nothing at all to do with anti-semitism)?

 

“I’m trying to understand what led to this – whatever is happening here. That was why I asked that question,” Sorkin asked.

“Well, I think Elon’s a complicated person, I can’t explain what prompted those tweets,” Greenblatt said, adding that “Jewish people are vulnerable” and that Twitter should not be “amplifying or intensifying anti-Jewish hate.”

Watch the full interview below:

ADL’s Joel Greenblatt discusses Twitter on CNBC

Michael Shellenberger was quick to point out the ADL CEO’s propaganda…

 

Michael Shellenberger-tweet-6September2023-Experts have debunked you for decades

Michael Shellenberger-tweet-6September2023-Experts have debunked you for decades

[EDD: See the Rebuttal to ADL’s Joel Greenblatt below from Public HERE and HERE]

 

And here is @MarioNawful debunking some of Greenblatt’s lies:

1) He claimed that Elon brought and amplified anti-semitism and hate speech back to the platform.

This is NOT TRUE. The 𝕏 Safety team shared that an independent assessment by Sprinklr found that hate speech impressions on 𝕏 “to be 0.003% compared to Twitter’s estimate of 0.012%.”

2) Greenblatt claimed ADL is NOT publicly or privately talking to advertisers.

BUT shortly after, said, “It is true we did call for a pause back in November, after the acquisition and since then” and in a previous interview he stated “if it remains a hellscape the advertisers won’t take part in [Twitter]”

3) Greenblatt said the ADL is a SMALL non-profit in NY.

NOT TRUE. The ADL is an influential organization with over 100 years of history, and according to the ADL’s 2021 tax filings, the organization’s total revenue was $101 million with a balance sheet of $238 million.

They ALSO received millions of dollars of indirect government funding via grants to groups in which the ADL has special interests.

4) Greenblatt says the ADL works WITH other social media platforms, including Facebook.

We saw in the Politico article that Elon Musk posted that the ADL indirectly CONTROLS what can be posted on Facebook.  

Doesn’t seem like the meeting with X CEO Linda Yaccarino went as well as Greenblatt is making it out to be.

 

As InformationLiberation.com’s Chris Menahan detailed earlier, Anti-Defamation League CEO Jonathan Greenblatt on Tuesday responded to Twitter/X owner Elon Musk’s criticism of their aggressive pro-censorship ad boycott campaigns by accusing him of “engaging with a highly toxic antisemitic campaign” which will incite violence against Jewish people.

ADL-CEO Jonathan Greenblatt

ADL-CEO Jonathan Greenblatt

 

From Haaretz, “ADL Hits Back at Elon Musk for Engaging With ‘Highly Toxic Antisemitic Campaign’ “:

[EDD: Only the Foreign Press reads this Yellow Commie Lying Rag]

Anti-Defamation League CEO Jonathan Greenblatt on Tuesday issued his first public comments after an antisemitic social media campaign spearheaded by X chairman Elon Musk targeted his organization.

 

“It is profoundly disturbing that Elon Musk spent the weekend engaging with a highly toxic antisemitic campaign on his platform – a campaign started by an unrepentant bigot that then was heavily promoted by individuals such as white supremacist Nick Fuentes, Christian nationalist Andrew Torba, conspiracy theorist Alex Jones and others,” Greenblatt said.

 

Musk had defended himself against allegations of antisemitism, all while he and several of his prominent far-right supporters accused the ADL of fomenting antisemitism in an act of explicit victim-blaming. Musk further threatened to take legal action against the Jewish anti-discrimination organization, accusing it of being behind the company’s $22 billion drop in value after advertisers fled en masse over the proliferation of hate speech on the platform following his takeover.

 

Greenblatt noted that the campaign “manifested in the real world when masked men marched in Florida on Saturday brazenly waving flags adorned with swastikas and chanting ‘Ban the ADL.’ “

 

“But to be clear, the real issue is neither ADL nor the threat of a frivolous lawsuit. This urgent matter is the safety of the Jewish people in the face of increasing, intensifying antisemitism,” he continued.

 

The ADL CEO charged Musk with engaging with and elevating these antisemites at a time of unprecedented spikes in antisemitism targeting Jewish institutions and private residential communities.

 

“And so, this behavior is not just alarming nor reckless. It is flat out dangerous and deeply irresponsible. We need responsible leaders to lead, to stop inflaming hatred and to step back from the brink before it’s too late,” Greenblatt added.

Musk can probably add this inflammatory rhetoric to his lawsuit against the ADL.

Without a doubt, the time when the most “unprecedented spikes in antisemitism targeting Jewish institutions” occurred was in 2017 after Trump’s election when over 245 bomb threats were called into Jewish community centers throughout America.

 

The ADL used the threats to harangue President Trump for “emboldening anti-Semites” and legislation was passed as a result of lobbying from the ADL to increase funding and security grants to Jewish groups.

 

ADL-tweet-22December2020-Doubling non-profit security grants

ADL-tweet-22December2020-Doubling non-profit security grants

 

It turned out nearly all of the JCC bomb threats were carried out by “18 year old” Israeli-American Michael Ron David Kadar, who was found to have a bitcoin wallet worth millions of shekels (a few copycat threats were called in by African-American Juan Thompson).

The teen arrested for JCC bomb threats

The teen arrested for JCC bomb threats

Zero photographs of Kadar’s face were ever released.

Kadar was found guilty in Israel in June 2018 for the bomb threats and sentenced to ten years in prison.

 

In 2019, evidence was dug up by geneticist Franklin Stahl, Ph.D., a member of the National Academy of Science, suggesting that Kadar’s Israeli mother, Dr. Tamar Kadar, who is a chemical weapons researcher at the Mossad-operated Israeli Institute for Biological Research, may have been the real culprit behind the calls.

 

Stahl reported that Kadar, who evidence indicates was actually 27 years old and not 18 years old at the time of his arrest, was nothing more than a fall guy.

 

Additionally, Kadar appears to have been freed from prison by Israel and allowed to travel back to America only to be arrested and jailed on a weapons charge in Illinois.

 

Kadar’s story completely fell off the map shortly after it was uncritically reported in 2017 and the ADL refused to remove his hoax calls from their list of “anti-Semitic incidents” for 2017.

 

The ADL never apologized to Trump or his supporters for smearing them for supposedly inciting these (hoax) bomb threats and never offered to give back the money they got from Congress due to hyping the threats.

“The new information does not change our view that the bomb threats against Jewish institutions were anti-Semitic and harmful to the communities targeted,” the ADL said in a press release after Kadar’s arrest.

 

“No matter who placed the calls or why the calls were placed, the outcome was the same: they instilled fear and disrupted communities across the country.”

This battle – between Musk and the activist censors – is far from over.

 

TOP


newsweek-com-logo

The ADL Has Lost Its Way. Elon Musk Is Right to Stand Up to Its Censorship | Opinion

Ron Coleman, litigation partner, the Dhillon Law Group
On 9/5September2023 https://www.newsweek.com/adl-has-lost-its-way-elon-musk-right-stand-censorship-opinion-1824691

 

As a young law student back in in 1987, I read an article about “human rights violations” being perpetrated by Israel in the National Law Review. Never a shrinking violet, I dashed off a letter to the editor in protest. A couple of days after it was printed, two letters arrived in my law school mailbox, both of them antisemitic and threatening. I was a bit spooked, so I called the Chicago office of the Anti-Defamation League.

 

A fellow named Michael Lieberman invited me to come in, and when I showed him the letters, he recognized one of the authors, a known crank with many disturbing qualities by the name of Anthony Martin-Trigona. The man is a serial litigant who has by now filed over 250 political lawsuits, but he was also essentially harmless, Michael explained. ADL would “file” my letters. Case closed.

 

Back then, the ADL adhered to the values America was founded upon. It existed to protect Jews from attacks and did so within the confines of free speech values, albeit with a liberal slant. I know because after my encounter with ADL in 1987, I volunteered as an ADL legal intern. It was fun, and I did believe I was doing good. Everyone believed that. And it was true.

 

The ADL taught me that nastygrams from Jew haters were just the price we pay for liberty, worthy of being filed and forgotten. This is not Weimar Germany; it is America. We have a First Amendment, we have civil rights, we have a working democracy. That is part of the good we have done.

 

But the ADL no longer believes this. It has become part of a great online censorship machine that is being exposed day after day as an anti-free speech enterprise.

 

Elon Musk

Elon Musk

Chief Executive Officer of SpaceX and Tesla and owner of Twitter, Elon Musk attends the Viva Technology conference dedicated to innovation and startups at the Porte de Versailles exhibition centre on June 16, 2023 in Paris, France. Chesnot/Getty Images

 

The national ADL, like the ACLU, the NAACP, and other formerly “apolitical” civil rights groups, is now merely a tax-exempt cadre of the national Democratic Party. Anyone paying any kind of attention knows this. And as the Democratic Party has moved further into the fringes of Left-wing lunacy, the ADL has moved with it—whether a Jewish “antidefamation” issue is at stake or not. The party requires it.

 

So it should come as no surprise that “X” (Twitter) CEO Elon Musk is now claiming the ADL has engaged in relentless efforts to delegitimize X, falsely smearing the platform and its owner for providing an antisemitic haven for “hate speech.” Per Musk, the ADL has gone so far as to lean on advertisers not to do business there. No shrinking violet himself, Musk has gone as far as threatening to sue the ADL for defamation. Naturally, Musk’s objections to being defamed “just prove” that Musk “really is” an antisemite.

 

I, too, am (still) not much of a shrinking violet, and like Musk have not hesitated to express my view that the ADL has lost its way. As an Orthodox Jew, I want people—especially American conservatives—to know that the ADL does not speak for all Jews. And I want to draw attention to the fact that the ADL is largely silent when national figures and institutions aim nasty rhetoric and resentment at the most visible Jews, or what we call in my house “the Jewiest Jews.”

 

The ADL has let our community down so many times that its silence is not even a letdown anymore. All but the most institutionally constrained Orthodox Jews openly reciprocate the contempt the ADL seems to harbor for traditional Judaism, its values, and its people. The widespread belief in my community is that ADL does not object to public expressions of hatred and fear of Orthodox Jews because the assimilated Jews that run the place share those sentiments themselves.

 

My own disdain for the formerly righteous ADL reached a peak a few years ago, when I learned just how far its commitment to leftist dogma went. I encountered it as part of my work as a lawyer who does both defamation and free speech litigation. Trying to get my arms around the ways smear groups such as the Southern Poverty Law Center go about deplatforming disfavored personalities, I kept bumping into the same rogue’s gallery, and ADL was, far more often than not, part of the pro-censorship coalition.

 

Today’s ADL operates hand in hand with other formerly august institutions such as the SPLC and CAIR, dedicated to the proposition that all speech is not created equal. Having failed to persuade, the Left is now committed to censorship. And as state and federal governments get in on the act, the ACLU and other self-described champions of civil liberties are silent, or even cheer them on.

 

This betrayal is especially disappointing in a Jewish organization. Fearless dissent was once held up as a Jewish value. Now, it’s deemed a sin worthy of banishment from the camp of humanity in the new order the ADL serves.

 

The ADL’s efforts to censor Twitter confirms what we have known for years: Not only is today’s ADL not doing the world some good. It is doing something much worse.

How much longer will we be allowed to say so?

Ron Coleman is litigation partner in the Dhillon Law Group’s metropolitan New York office. He has been recognized by Jewish and other organizations for his public interest work on behalf of free speech and religious liberties and his support of Jewish institutions and causes. He is also active on Twitter at @roncoleman and hosts a weekly podcast which can be found at www.coleman-nation.com.

 

The views expressed in this article are the writer’s own.

TOP


jweekly-com-logo

Judge fines ADL $10.5 million in Colorado defamation suit

By J. Correspondent | 12May2000  https://jweekly.com/2000/05/12/judge-fines-adl-10-5-million-in-colorado-defamation-suit/

DENVER — A civil lawsuit that began with a neighbors’ dispute over garden plants and fighting dogs has ended in a judgment against the Denver-based chapter of the Anti-Defamation League — and what is believed to be the largest defamation judgment ever awarded in a Colorado trial.

 

On April 28, a 12-member jury in U.S. District Court here sided with the plaintiffs, William and Dorothy Quigley of Evergreen. The Quigleys had sued the Mountain States chapter of the ADL and that chapter’s director, Saul Rosenthal.

 

The jury awarded the Quigleys damages, mostly punitive, of $10.5 million — a figure that astonished defendants and plaintiffs alike in the drawn-out and complex case.

 

The jury found that several public statements made in 1994 by Rosenthal on behalf of the ADL defamed the Quigleys and resulted in actual and punitive damages.

 

Rosenthal said the ADL would appeal the decision.

“We were shocked and very surprised at the result,” Rosenthal said. “We’re very surprised at the way the jury saw the evidence they did. I think the overall reaction within ADL and, from what I’m hearing, in the community, is complete disbelief that this kind of result has taken place.”

 

Jay Horowitz, the Quigleys’ attorney, said his clients were pleased with the outcome of the litigation.

“We did not expect a verdict of this size,” Horowitz said.

The dispute began in late 1994 when the Quigleys, residents of Jefferson County near Evergreen, were accused by their Jewish neighbors, Mitchell and Candace Aronson, of plotting against their family for anti-Semitic reasons.

 

The dispute apparently began over such trivial matters as fights between their dogs and allegations of stolen ornamental plants. It intensified into an incident in which Candace Aronson believed that William Quigley intended to run over her with his car.

 

As the dispute grew more heated, the Aronsons began listening to cordless telephone conversations of the Quigleys, which they managed to overhear with a police scanner and later recorded.

 

After consulting with the ADL, the Aronsons later told area media of overhearing their neighbors tell crude anti-Semitic jokes and make comments that the Aronsons took to be threats against their family.

 

The Quigleys denied that the threats were ever meant to be serious. Rosenthal’s comments about the Quigleys, made on behalf of the Aronsons after the Denver ADL agreed to state their case publicly, formed the basis of the Quigleys’ defamation lawsuit.

 

Some of the comments, repeated over and over in numerous media accounts, shocked members of the Colorado Jewish community. In various conversations, the Quigleys refer to attaching images of oven doors to the Aronsons’ house, of burning their children and of wishing their Jewish neighbors had been blown up in a terrorist attack in Israel.

 

Throughout the various twists and turns of the case, the Quigleys insisted that such comments were made in jest and never constituted genuine threats.

 

Over the next five years, the case would become a labyrinth of criminal charges filed and later withdrawn, civil lawsuits and counter- suits.

 

Other developments in various stages of the case:

*It was determined that the electronic eavesdropping used by the Aronsons was legal at the time, although soon afterward outlawed by both federal and state statutes. The only charges that the April 28 verdict did not support were those related to the ADL’s alleged violation of the Federal Wiretap Act.

 

*William Quigley pleaded no contest to a reckless driving charge after driving his car in an allegedly menacing manner in Candace Aronson’s direction.

 

*Jefferson County District Attorney Dave Thomas withdrew the ethnic intimidation charges he initially filed against the Quigleys and paid them an out-of-court settlement of $75,000.

 

*The Quigleys sued the Aronsons and the ADL for depriving them of their civil rights. The Aronsons settled for a non-cash settlement, but the ADL and the Quigleys were unable to reach an out-of-court settlement, leading to the most recent trial.

 

On April 28, the jury found most of the charges leveled by the ADL, based on the tapes, to be “not substantially true.”

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Elon, it’s not only the ADL

by globalintelhub, 08September2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2023-09-08/elon-its-not-only-adl

 

Global Intel Hub — The world is watching self-appointed Hero of the Planet as if right out of a Marvel flick, Elon Musk, fight the forces of evil currently ‘in control’ of Planet Earth.  This is clearly not about blue vs. red, or right vs. left – it’s about Good vs. Evil.  It often seems like Evil will win by default, because it’s well funded and they spend billions on advertising where as the white hats largely work in the shadows, un-credited (because if they show their faces, they would be targeted).  But who are the white hats, and grey hats, and dark hats?

 

Who is behind the Censors, the Trolls, the Bots, the PsyOps?  We know some of them:

The Anti-Defamation League (ADL), the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue (ISD) are nongovernmental organizations, their leaders say. When they demand more censorship of online hate speech, as they are currently doing of X, formerly Twitter, those NGOs are doing it as free citizens and not, say, as government agents. But the fact of the matter is that the US and other Western governments fund ISD, the UK government indirectly funds CCDH, and, for at least 40 years, ADL spied on its enemies and shared intelligence with the US, Israel and other governments.  The reason all of this matters is that ADL’s advertiser boycott against X may be an effort by governments to regain the ability to censor users on X that they had under Twitter before Musk’s takeover last November. Internal Twitter and Facebook messages show that representatives of the US government, including the White House, FBI, Department of Homeland Security (DHS), as well as the UK government, successfully demanded Facebook and Twitter censorship of their users over the last several years.

We’ve been covering this topic of the toxic “Bot Patrol” trying to negatively influence the minds of youths and other ‘truth seekers’ who are new to alternative information, 1 2 3 and 4.

 

We have shown in these articles, substantial circumstantial evidence, that at least some of these bots are paid CIA/ Military trolls as part of a PsyOps program.  Some of them are paid by private groups, NGOs, etc. but in any case, we have shown that they are paid bots, because you can’t grow millions of followers without a) spending money or b) an influencer or c) the platform (X) is giving you free promotion for a government troll in exchange for something else (i.e. don’t sue me.. or give me information on my competitors).

 

X seems to be the bot platform of choice for some reason, and although Elon is taking huge steps by suing the ADL, there still remains a huge quantity of toxic troll bots on the platform, many of which are claimed to be Satanic, as part of a mass hypnosis ritual.  These bots don’t seem to be so widely proliferated on Free Speech platform Gab.  And the ADL is the tip of the iceberg, although it remains the most aggressive public actor, in spreading threats of violence against targeted racial groups (such as the Palestinians, for example) and “Supremacism” backed by lawyers and donors with deep pockets.

 

As pointed out by Free Speech advocate Andrew Torba, it isn’t so simple like suing the ADL:

X is built on the rails of multiple third-party services including, but not limited to the Google Cloud infrastructure among others. X has had a partnership with Google Cloud since 2018, and Bloomberg reports that this collaboration has incurred annual expenses ranging from $200 million to $300 million for the company. Jonathan Greenblatt has openly bragged about the ADL’s partnership with Google, YouTube, Facebook, and X, going so far as to change the algorithms of these companies to meet their demands.  With one phone call to Google the ADL can cripple X. If Google pulls the plug on the cloud hosting deal massive parts of X’s critical infrastructure will be down for a long time, possibly the entire platform would be taken offline with one click. We saw this happen in 2020 with Parler when Amazon AWS pulled the plug and the platform was taken offline. They were never able to fully recover and recently shut the platform down completely after it sold to a third-party.  Going after the cloud hosting providers is just the start for the ADL’s ability to utterly destroy X. Next come the app store bans.

The one thing Elon has in his favor is deep pockets and a huge following of like minded individuals.  But it’s not only the ADL, there is a ‘dark net’ of groups that utilize NGOs, corrupt government offices, private organizations, secret societies, and other agent provocateurs that are aggressively trying to control the minds of the masses.  This network is so pervasive, it literally shows up in all parts of society, even the Smithsonian has been caught hiding bones of Giants and other historical evidence that doesn’t fit into the narrative they want to portray.  In the below chart, you can see the ADL, while a major node in the network, is only one node of many:

The dark net of groups

The dark net of groups

 

This chart was made by Dr. John Coleman, who once worked for the intelligence apparatus before becoming a whistleblower.  He has what’s known as HUMANINT or Human Intelligence.  As a spymaster, he saw the secret dealings of the Elite, and how they used governments and intelligence agencies to do their dirty work.  In the case of the ADL, it’s mostly character assassinations, and defeating lawsuits – in the case of some of their victims, they can be sued into bankruptcy, with the only hope of giving up their project and sacrificing their morals.

 

Ironically, we obtained a free PDF copy of the work from CIA.gov –

Coleman.-.CONSPIRATORS.HIERARCHY.-.THE.STORY.OF.THE.COMMITTEE.OF.300.R

So, Elon, if you are going to go after the ADL, it’s just one of the arms of the 100 arm Octopus, if you want to kill the beast, you’ll have to cut off the head.

 

Try out Gab.com The Home of Free Speech and Freedom!  If you want to support Free Speech, support Gab via Gab.VCCross.com

Invest In Gab Free Speech

Invest In Gab Free Speech

 

Contributor posts published on Zero Hedge do not necessarily represent the views and opinions of Zero Hedge, and are not selected, edited or screened by Zero Hedge editors.

TOP

public-substack-com-logo

https://public.substack.com/

https://public.substack.com/

White House And Dark Money NGO Hype Hate Crisis To Demand Censorship

The Center for Countering Digital Hate and corporate news media are weaponizing accusations of antisemitism to advance political and financial agendas

Alex Gutentag
29August2023 ∙ Paid  https://public.substack.com/p/white-house-and-dark-money-ngo-hype

President Joe Biden, Elon Musk, and Imran Ahmed of the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH) (Getty Images)

President Joe Biden, Elon Musk, and Imran Ahmed of the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH) (Getty Images)

Hate and antisemitism are sharply increasing, say the Biden administration, journalists, NGOs, and the FBI. Groups like the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), a British nonprofit, claim that censorship is the only way to combat this crisis.

 

In July, Biden announced a new agenda to fight rising antisemitism, which includes enforcing more censorship of hate speech. The White House is now “[calling] on Congress to hold social media platforms accountable for spreading hate-fueled violence.”

 

The CCDH has successfully pressured advertisers into boycotting Twitter (now called X) in an effort to force the company into restoring the “content moderation” policies it had in place before Elon Musk purchased it. In a report published on June 1, the CCDH found that “Twitter fails to act on 99% of hate posted by Twitter Blue subscribers.” Since the CCDH started its pro-censorship campaign, Twitter/X has lost 60-70% of its total advertising revenue.

 

“The Twitter blue tick used to be a sign of authority and authenticity, but it is now inextricably linked to the promotion of hate and conspiracism,” said the CCDH’s CEO Imran Ahmed, who says he started his group after online radicalization led a man named Thomas Mair to kill former British MP Jo Cox. “Our society has benefited from decades of progress on tolerance, but Elon Musk is undoing those norms at an ever-accelerating rate by allowing hate to prosper on the spaces he administers.”

 

But there is not adequate data to support these claims. Though media outlets promoted the CCDH “report” about hate speech on Twitter/X, it was comprised entirely of a blog post less than 900 words long, based on a review of a scant 100 Tweets. By comparison, 500 million Tweets are sent every day.

 

The CCDH “report” showcases ten examples of racist and antisemitic posts, but it does not make the other 91 Tweets it supposedly analyzed available. Of these ten examples, seven of them had fewer than 50 “likes,” and two had only about 50 views. Three of the accounts featured in the report have since been suspended, but the CCDH has not updated its findings.

 

The CCDH’s disinformation and censorship advocacy should not blind us to real-world hatred. It is true that, according to data from the FBI, hate crimes and incidents are increasing, particularly antisemitic incidents. It is also true that physical assaults on Hasidic Jews in New York City have reached their highest levels in years. Like many Jewish people and other observers, I am disturbed by this trend.

 

At the same time, we should be evidence-based and make sure people know that, according to the Anti-Defamation League, violence motivated by antisemitism killed a single person in 2022. While all murders are a tragedy, it’s worth noting that the victim was not, in fact, Jewish, and the perpetrator had a history of violence unrelated to antisemitism.

 

And even while hatred and violence against Hasidic Jews is a real issue in New York City, there is no credible evidence to suggest that antisemitic speech on platforms like Twitter/X causes this violence. As Liel Leibovitz pointed out in Tablet, the New York Times has published several articles criticizing the Orthodox community based on misleading or exaggerated claims, so it can easily be argued that the paper of record is itself guilty of promoting hatred toward religious Jews. But no one is calling for the New York Times to be censored, nor should they.

 

Although the FBI states that antisemitic attacks are “driven by a belief in the superiority of the white race,” data from Americans Against Antisemitism shows that 97% of antisemitic assaults in New York City from 2018-2022 were perpetrated by other minorities.

 

There are also many complex factors behind increasing hate crimes and antisemitic incidents. Violence, in general, is rising. Writing in City Journal earlier this month, Kenny Xu explained that “FBI data show that many races were affected by the recent nationwide increase in violence. Between 2019 and 2020, the number of black victims of homicide rose by 28%, while the number of white victims grew by 16%.” This suggests that an uptick in hate crimes may be related to the fact that the overall rate of violence has increased.

 

Like the CCDH, the NGO Stop AAPI Hate is also, according to Xu, “using questionable data, precut to fit their preferred narrative.” Rather than attempting to address the actual policies and issues that have led to growing violence against Asians and Hasidic Jews, NGOs and the FBI are lumping local problems of crime and public safety together with non-violent and ill-defined hate “incidents” or “offenses.”

 

Bomb threats against synagogues and physical assaults are serious matters that the FBI must investigate and work to prevent. However, the vast majority of the antisemitic hate offenses the FBI tracks through its Crime Data Explorer are incidents of intimidation or of property damage and vandalism.

 

While these incidents are concerning, it is important to note that intimidation is often determined through self-reporting and is subject to concept creep, which is exacerbated by the tendency of younger generations to define harm much more expansively than older ones. As Xu pointed out, illusions of increasing hate can easily be created through self-report systems. The more panic is drummed up about hate, the more likely it is that people will submit hate incident reports.

 

In several back-and-forth emails with Public, the FBI declined to provide the specific data the White House had used to source its claim that Jews “are the victims of 63% of reported religiously motivated hate crimes.” Wrote an FBI spokesperson in a response to Public, “We do not comment on figures provided by other entities.”

 

Regardless of whether or not antisemitism is increasing, neither the White House nor the FBI provided any proof that antisemitic incidents were tied to social media. After decades of research and debate, there remains little good evidence that consuming hateful material, whether in the form of books, videos, or social media posts, causes people to act violently in the real world. It is specious to attribute violent behavior to something a person watched or read rather than to some other factor. For example, mental illness more than politics may have led Thomas Maier to kill MP Jo Cox.

 

Censorship will never be a viable solution for combating hate. The left-liberal consensus used to be that censoring hate speech was not only a violation of civil liberties but was also counterproductive. Prohibiting people from speaking openly can backfire by pushing them into echo chambers where hateful ideas will not be challenged and where extremism can flourish.

 

Censorship will not protect Jewish people and other minorities; it will endanger them. The Biden Administration and the CCDH are cynically exploiting the real and complex problem of antisemitism to push a misleading political narrative and to strongarm social media platforms into restricting speech online. Why are non-profits and politicians trying to force Twitter/X into a new censorship regime, and why have liberals abandoned the principles of free speech (even for ideas we loathe) — a principle that has guided democracies for centuries?

Censorship Makes Hate Worse

MIT linguist Noam Chomsky

MIT linguist Noam Chomsky

“It is a poor service to the memory of the victims of the holocaust,” wrote MIT linguist Noam Chomsky, “to adopt a central doctrine of their murderers.”

TOP

public-substack-com-logo

https://public.substack.com/

https://public.substack.com/

Government Intel And Security Agencies Behind NGO Demands For More Censorship By X/Twitter

Groups leading the advertiser boycott of X/Twitter receive money from and have a history of spying for governments

Alex Gutentag and Michael Shellenberger
5September2023 ∙ Paid https://public.substack.com/p/government-intel-and-security-agencies

Jonathan Greenblatt, CEO, ADL; MP Damian Collins, CCDH Advisory Board Member; Sasha Havlicek, CEO of ISD

Jonathan Greenblatt, CEO, ADL; MP Damian Collins, CCDH Advisory Board Member; Sasha Havlicek, CEO of ISD

Jonathan Greenblatt, CEO, ADL; MP Damian Collins, CCDH Advisory Board Member;  Sasha Havlicek, CEO of ISD

The Anti-Defamation League (ADL), the Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH), and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue (ISD) are nongovernmental organizations, their leaders say. When they demand more censorship of online hate speech, as they are currently doing of X, formerly Twitter, those NGOs are doing it as free citizens and not, say, as government agents.

 

But the fact of the matter is that the US and other Western governments fund ISD, the UK government indirectly funds CCDH, and, for at least 40 years, ADL spied on its enemies and shared intelligence with the US, Israel and other governments.  The reason all of this matters is that ADL’s advertiser boycott against X may be an effort by governments to regain the ability to censor users on X that they had under Twitter before Musk’s takeover last November.

 

Internal Twitter and Facebook messages show that representatives of the US government, including the White House, FBI, Department of Homeland Security (DHS), as well as the UK government, successfully demanded Facebook and Twitter censorship of their users over the last several years.

 

ADL is waging a very similar campaign against X/Twitter that it successfully waged against Facebook in 2020. In just three days, 800 companies, including $129 billion consumer products giant Unilever, withdrew tens of millions of dollars in ad revenue from Facebook until it agreed to ADL’s censorship demands. “The Facebook caved to far-left pressure groups and now allows them to silently dictate policy in exchange for ad money,” said Musk yesterday. “That is the relationship they’ve had with X/Twitter for many years. Presumably, they have that with all Western search or social media orgs.”

 

It’s possible that there has been an increase in hate on X since Elon Musk bought the company. With greater free speech policies comes the possibility of more offensive speech, including racist or antisemitic speech. Bigotry does exist, and it should be challenged.

 

But there is no good evidence of that. Public has debunked claims by ISD and CCDH of an increase. And researchers have repeatedly debunked ADL’s claims of rising antisemitism for years. In 2009, an Israeli filmmaker found that ADL could not support its claims of an antisemitism crisis. Wrote NPR in a review of the film, “When he presses ADL staffers for evidence to back up their claims of a sharp spike in North American anti-Semitism in 2007, they can offer only wan transgressions…”

 

Eleven years later, Liel Leibovitz noted in Tablet that ADL had, for a report, “counted hundreds of threatening calls to Jewish community centers made by a mentally troubled Israeli teenager. You had to read the report’s fine print to learn that the number of violent attacks against Jews that year had actually decreased by 47%.”

 

ADL, ISD, and CCDH have not presented any good evidence that offensive speech online directly causes “hate-motivated violence,” nor that censorship prevents it. Moreover, last week Public reviewed evidence suggesting that the best way to combat hate speech is through open and public debate, which allows people to change their minds, not censorship.

 

ADL’s main goal is supposed to be stopping “the defamation of the Jewish people,” but the organization is using the legacy of antisemitism and the Holocaust to justify unrelated censorial advocacy work. This is exploitative, and it is defamatory to say that Jews, in general, need and favor censorship. Many Jews on both the left and the right have argued that ADL does not represent their interests. By claiming to speak for all Jewish people while demanding highly unpopular policies, the ADL may be inadvertently driving antisemitism.

 

As troubling as these highly partisan ideological biases are, what’s most dangerous are the past and present ties between ADL, ISD, CCDH, and governments, particularly security and intelligence organizations, which we detail below. Neither ADL, ISD, nor CCDH have responded to multiple requests for more information or an interview.

 

While we have yet to uncover documented proof of a conspiracy by the intelligence and security agencies of the US and British governments to censor citizens, there is sufficient evidence to merit an investigation by members of Congress and the British Parliament.

ADL’s Spying For Governments

FBI Director Robert Mueller gives the keynote speech at the Anti-Defamation League's 2005 National Commission Meeting November 3, 2005 in New York City. Mueller, who was joined by UN Ambassador John Bolton, spoke on terrorism, extremism and other global topics that are the centerpiece of this years ADL National Commission Meeting. (Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images)

FBI Director Robert Mueller gives the keynote speech at the Anti-Defamation League’s 2005 National Commission Meeting November 3, 2005 in New York City. Mueller, who was joined by UN Ambassador John Bolton, spoke on terrorism, extremism and other global topics that are the centerpiece of this years ADL National Commission Meeting. (Photo by Spencer Platt/Getty Images)

 

TOP

Truth or Consequences Covid-19: More Consequences

There are ZERO Amish kids suffering from cancer, diabetes or autism

Time to process the last three years

COVID-19 Vaccine: The Lies they Tell

Good Little Sheep Wear Their Mask The same people who bought into mandates over a 99% survival rate will do it for the next one, and the next one after that.....as it turns out, cowards will always act cowardly. Adjust your social circles accordingly

Good Little Sheep Wear Their Mask
The same people who bought into mandates over a 99% survival rate will do it for the next one, and the next one after that…..as it turns out, cowards will always act cowardly. Adjust your social circles accordingly

The Ministry of Health has been lying and making thing up from April 2020. Health Minister Yaakov Litzman quit over the lies

COVID-19: The Lies they Tell

COVID-19 TESTING: The Lies they Tell

What to do if you got the Covid-19 mRNA Vaccine Shot – Suggestions

COVID-19 The SIMPSONS-S22E06-The Fool Monty-21November2010


theepochtimes-com-logo

FDA: Vaccines Don’t Have to Prevent Infection or Transmission

U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

Zachary StieberApril 25, 2023 Updated: April 25, 2023
https://www.theepochtimes.com/fda-vaccines-dont-have-to-prevent-infection-or-transmission_5217321.html

 

Vaccines don’t have to prevent infection or transmission to be cleared in the United States, the country’s top regulatory agency said in a new document.

 

“It is important to note that FDA’s authorization and licensure standards for vaccines do not require demonstration of the prevention of infection or transmission,” Dr. Peter Marks, a top official at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), said in the document.

 

Marks was writing as he rejected nearly all recommendations from a group of experts that advised the FDA to update the labels for the Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines.

 

Vaccines are traditionally known as drugs that prevent an illness. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) for years said a vaccine is a product that “produces immunity” while vaccination is an injection of an infectious organism “in order to prevent the disease.” The agency changed its definitions after people correctly noted that COVID-19 vaccines do not prevent infection.

 

The Coalition Advocating for Adequately Labeled Medicines, a group of experts, had called for the FDA to make clear that the COVID-19 vaccines don’t prevent infection or transmission.

 

“There is a widespread (but inaccurate) notion that efficacy against infection and transmission have been established by substantial evidence, and that these vaccines contribute to herd immunity,” the group said, pointing to claims from President Joe Biden, the head of the CDC, and Dr. Anthony Fauci that vaccinated people would not get sick or infected.

 

Biden, for instance, falsely said in 2021 that “you’re not going to get COVID if you have these vaccinations.”

 

“To remedy this situation, language clarifying that phase III trials were not designed to determine and failed to provide substantial evidence of vaccine efficacy against SARS-CoV-2 transmission or death must be added to labels,” the coalition said. SARS-CoV-2 causes COVID-19.

 

While it’s uncommon to include in product labeling what a product has not been proven to do, there are cases where it’s necessary due to inaccurate assumptions, the coalition said. They pointed to the FDA stating that the influenza medicine Tamiflu “has not been shown to previous serious complications of influenza” after the drug’s manufacturer said it reduced complications by nearly half.

 

Marks rejected the request, writing that the petitioners included “selected statements by U.S government officials suggesting that vaccination against COVID-19 may prevent infection or transmission” but omitted statements from Fauci and others that later acknowledged vaccines don’t prevent infection or transmission.

 

“In responding to your Petition, we are not agreeing or disagreeing with any of the statements that are selected in the Petition,” Marks said. “Rather, we are observing that the statements referenced by the Petition do not demonstrate a commonly held belief that the clinical trials provided substantial evidence of efficacy against SARS-CoV-2 transmission. We are not convinced that there is any widespread misconception about this.”

 

The head of the CDC, Dr. Rochelle Walensky, is among those maintaining to the present day that the vaccines at one point completely prevented transmission and symptomatic illness.

 

Trial data showed high efficacy against symptomatic illness but not 100 percent efficacy. Real-world data has shown lower effectiveness. The trials were not designed to measure transmission, the FDA has said in various documents.

Authorization Standards

Marks also said that the FDA can authorize or approve a vaccine even if there’s no “demonstration of the prevention of infection of transmission.”

 

“A vaccine can meet the licensure standard if the vaccine’s benefits of protecting against disease outweigh the vaccine’s risks for the licensed use,” he added. “There is no requirement that the vaccine also prevents infection with the pathogen that can cause the disease or transmission of that pathogen to others.”

 

Emergency use authorization (EUA) can be granted “without any evidence that the vaccine prevents infection or transmission,” he also said.

 

EUAs were given to the Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines in late 2020 due to a March 2020 declaration by then-Health Secretary Alex Azar under the Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness (PREP Act) Act. The vaccines were later approved, though the FDA reverted to emergency authorization this month when it switched all existing COVID-19 vaccines from the companies to the updated, unproven bivalent formulations.

 

Linda Wastila, a professor in the Department of Practice, Sciences, and Health Outcomes Research at the University of Maryland School of Pharmacy, said she was surprised by Marks’ assertion.

 

“I am totally flabbergasted that the FDA responded that proof of prevention of infection and transmission is not necessary for an EUA vaccine,” Wastila, who is part of the coalition, told The Epoch Times via email. The comment “makes me wonder if the FDA has ANY standards of safety and efficacy of the EUA vaccines,” she added.

 

Under the PREP Act, an emergency authorization can be given for a product used to diagnose, treat, or prevent a disease or condition when officials conclude that the product “may be effective” in diagnosing, treating, or preventing the disease or condition and “the known and potential benefits of the product, when used to diagnose, prevent, or treat such disease or condition, outweigh the known and potential risks of the product.”

 

That assessment is based on “the totality of scientific evidence available … including data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials.”

No clinical trial efficacy data has been made public for the bivalent vaccines.

 

The FDA did not respond to a request for comment. Marks noted that the FDA cleared the vaccines “for active immunization to prevent coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) caused by SARS-CoV-2.”

 

“The vaccines are not licensed or authorized for prevention of infection with the SARS-CoV-2 virus or for prevention of transmission of the virus, nor were the clinical trials supporting the approvals and authorizations designed to assess whether the vaccines prevent infection or transmission of the virus,” he said.

Lack of Safety Data

Other proposed changes that were rejected, included making clear that the FDA authorized a new Pfizer vaccine formulation with a different buffer without requiring studies to evaluate the efficacy or safety.

 

Kim Witczak, founder of Woodymatters and another member of the coalition, criticized the response letter.

 

“Honest communication and transparency is key to trusting our regulatory agencies. However, the FDA’s response to the citizen petition shows they are not really interested in transparency and sharing more information with the public,” she told The Epoch Times in an email. “With an experimental rushed product, safety is paramount and the public deserves the good, the bad and ugly in real time.”

 

The FDA only accepted a single proposal. It added some data from a trial to the labeling for the new Pfizer bivalent vaccine.

 

Before this month, the labels did not include any data from trials, because the FDA authorized the new vaccines as boosters without any trial data.

 

After the fall 2022 authorizations, Pfizer and Moderna announced that trials showed the bivalent triggered higher levels of neutralizing antibodies than the old vaccines. Antibodies are thought to protect against COVID-19. Pfizer said the data showed a favorable “safety profile” while Moderna said that “no new safety concerns were identified.” The coalition said the labeling “should be updated to reflect current data.”

 

While granting authorization for the bivalents as regular shots, the FDA updated the health care provider and recipient fact sheets for Pfizer’s bivalent to include the safety data Pfizer announced. But it did not include any immunogenicity data or any data on Moderna’s vaccine.

 

“FDA has not conducted an evaluation of the data that is referenced in the press release,” Marks said.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

Top 7 SERIOUS HEART PROBLEMS caused by the vascular-clogging Covid jabs

25April2023 by: https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-04-25-7-serious-heart-problems-caused-by-covid-jabs.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

human heart

human heart

(Natural News) There are not many things more devastating to a parent than to watch their child’s health spin out of control, or worse yet, the child passes away before they do. As of late, even the healthiest kids and teens on the planet are experiencing serious heart problems after getting the mRNA Covid spike-protein-producing “vaccines.” In case you are unaware, mRNA instructs human cells to produce millions of microscopic prions that resemble an influenza virus and invade every organ of the human body. Once there, the human immune system instructs the fight or flight system to respond accordingly, attacking the foreign pathogens across all systems and throughout the vascular system. This in turn creates massive stress on the heart, as the arteries are clogged and clotted, limiting blood, oxygen, and nutrient flow. Healthy kids get struck hard, just take a look at all the athletes dropping to their knees, clutching their chests in agony.

The Covid clot shots can cause the human heart to suffer from muscle thickening, irregular beating, relentless pressure, and a long-term weakening

Some people who got the clot shots experience irregular heartbeats afterwards and can’t even fathom that it’s caused by a “vaccine,” because all they hear and read about is the fake mantra that all vaccines are “safe and effective.” The Fauci falsehoods flood the televisions and newspapers. The CDC spews the disinformation across the nation daily. Arrhythmia is an irregular heartbeat that can feel like the heart is beating too fast, or too slow, or out of rhythm. Often, this is caused by blockages (sticky spike proteins) in blood vessels that cause a buildup of pressure, making the heart work harder, its muscle thicken, and eventually, a total weakening. Risk of heart attack and stroke rise quickly.

 

Angina is chest pain from insufficient blood flow to the heart, as spike proteins clot and clog the arteries, blood vessels, and capillaries. There is no set time limit to how long mRNA “technology” causes the manipulated human cells to create these toxic prions, and the effects can be felt long after the toxic jabs have been administered. Fauci calls this “Long Covid,” but it’s really just “Long Vaccine Damage.”

 

Myocarditis is the swelling or inflammation of the actual heart muscle, and pericarditis is the swelling or inflammation of the sac-like tissue surrounding the heart. Both can be caused by mRNA jabs, as we see happening to athletes, pilots, and military members, even though they are some of the healthiest folks on the planet. That is why the RISK of Covid vaccine damage is FAR GREATER than any benefit, especially since kids and teens are at next-to-zero risk of complications from catching Covid, or any other flu for that matter. Think about that long and hard. This is worth careful consideration, especially with the upcoming plandemics that the Democrats and Bill Gates keep warning the world about. They must have something “up their sleeves,” besides some rubbing alcohol on a piece of cotton.

Top 7 serious heart complications caused directly or indirectly by the vascular-clogging Covid jabs

#1. Myocarditis (inflammation of the heart muscle)

#2. Pericarditis (swelling of sac-like tissue surrounding the heart)

#3. Arrhythmia (irregular heartbeat)

#4. Myocardial Infarction (heart attack)

#5. Hypertension (Hypertensive heart disease)

#6. Angina (chest pain from insufficient blood flow to the heart)

#7. Coronary artery disease

Bookmark Vaccines.news to your favorite independent websites for updates on experimental gene therapy injections the CDC and fake news claim are “safe and effective” when they’re really dangerous and health-damaging.

Sources for this article include:

Pandemic.news

PennMedicine.org

TheGatewayPundit.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP


gellerreport-com-logo-Pamela-Geller is the founder, editor and publisher of The Geller Report and President of the American Freedom Defense Initiative (AFDI) and Stop Islamization of America (SIOA).

Israel’s Staggering Increase in Heart Attacks, Strokes, Post Vax Morbidity

By Pamela Geller – on 17July2023 https://gellerreport.com/2023/07/israels-staggering-increase-in-heart-attacks-strokes-post-vax-morbidity.html/?lctg=95123579

Israel - Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

Israel – Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

 

Israel is one of the most highly vaccinated countries in the world, with 81.5% of its population having received at least one dose.

In 2023, the majority of the population have become anti-vaxxers.

Israel - Daily share of the population receiving a COVID-19 vaccine dose

Israel – Daily share of the population receiving a COVID-19 vaccine dose

 

Despite the decrease in experimental vaccinations by the people, deaths and cases continue to accelerate. Cardiac Arrest diagnoses nearly doubled from 2020 to 2021 and more than doubled from 2021 to 2022. This trend is accelerating. In 2020, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 251,256 population. In 2021, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 130,890 population. In 2022, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 58,275 population.

If this trend continues at approximately 200%, we see
1 in 29,137 in 2023,
1 in 14,568 in 2024,
1 in 7,284 in 2025, etc.

IsraeLab’s Substack has further commentary and context on Israel’s data.

348% increase in Cardiac Arrest rate, 35% increase in Stroke rate, Pop.=4.5 million
Israel’s ’21-’22 leap in morbidity has not yet been addressed nor explained

Data sources:
1. Number of diagnoses: FOIA response from Clalit, Israel’s largest health fund.
2. No. of clients in the health fund per year: Israel National Insurance (Bituach Leumi).
Israel - Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

Israel – Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

 

Israel - Stroke diagnoses rate per 100K Source Clalit Health Fund

Israel – Stroke diagnoses rate per 100K Source Clalit Health Fund

 

Israel lab published these latest findings, a 348% increase in Cardiac Arrest rate, 35% increase in stroke rate. The population of =4.5 million
Israel’s ’21-’22 leap in morbidity has not yet been addressed nor explained.

Israel - IsraeLab Table Data Source Clalit Health Fund

Israel – IsraeLab Table Data Source Clalit Health Fund

 

The table also includes no. of deaths during hospitalization due to ca and stroke (see raw data table). On 2017-2019 the avg. deaths were practically zero for both diagnoses. By 2022 the no. of deaths climbed unexplainedly from zero (or close to zero) to 51 (ca), and to 154 (stroke). The British Heart Foundation also reports alarming signals involving heart conditions and stroke.

Shocking data from Israel’s largest healthcare organization shows a staggering increase in cardiac arrest diagnoses.
And number of people dying post vaccination.

By: Aussie17, Pharmafiles,Substack, Jul 16, 2023

We now have some new diagnosis data from Israel, which was acquired through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request made by attorney Ori Shabi on May 30th, 2023.

Firstly, we can observe that Cardiac Arrest diagnoses nearly doubled from 2020 to 2021 and more than doubled from 2021 to 2022. This is an extremely concerning trend as it is showing acceleration.

Israel - Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

Israel – Cardiac Arrest diagnoses rate per 1M Source Clalit Health Fund

 

In 2020, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 251,256 population. In 2021, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 130,890 population. In 2022, there was 1 cardiac arrest per 58,275 population.

If this trend continues at approximately 200%, we will see
1 in 29,137 in 2023,
1 in 14,568 in 2024,
1 in 7,284 in 2025, and so on…

Of course, we hope that with fewer people vaccinating now, the trend may reverse.

 

For clarification, the annual incidence of out-of-hospital cardiac arrest in Israel varies between 20 and 140 per 100,000 people [SOURCE]. It is important to note that there can be significant discrepancies between population data and health insurance data for several reasons, such as insurance data only including individuals with health insurance coverage. Additionally, variations in definitions (e.g., out-of-hospital cardiac arrests vs. hospital cardiac arrests) can contribute to these discrepancies.

 

Instead of solely analyzing the numbers, it is more meaningful to examine the trends over time. This approach allows for a better understanding of the patterns and changes in cardiac arrest incidence in Israel.

 

Let’s look at trends on the number of death. The number of deaths due to cardiac arrest and stroke is also increasing at an accelerated rate between 2020 and 2022. Prior to 2020, the number of deaths in these categories was virtually zero.

 

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

1 in 35 had Heart Damage From COVID Vaccine

Subclinical Heart Damage More Prevalent Than Thought After Moderna Vaccination: Study

Zachary Stieber, Reporter
26July2023  https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/subclinical-heart-damage-more-prevalent-than-thought-after-moderna-vaccination-study-5423864

 

Damage to the heart is more common than thought after receipt of Moderna’s COVID-19 booster, a new study indicates.

One in 35 health care workers at a Swiss hospital had signs of heart injury associated with the vaccine, mRNA-1273, researchers found.

 

“mRNA-1273 booster vaccination-associated elevation of markers of myocardial injury occurred in about one out of 35 persons (2.8%), a greater incidence than estimated in meta-analyses of hospitalized cases with myocarditis (estimated incidence 0.0035%) after the second vaccination,” the researchers wrote in the paper, published by the European Journal of Heart Failure.
Click to download PDF file Click to Download Sex-specific differences in myocardial injury incidence after COVID-19 mRNA-1273 Booster Vaccination

In a generally healthy population, the level would be about 1 percent, the researchers said.

 

The group experiencing the adverse effects was followed for only 30 days, and half still had unusually high levels of high-sensitivity cardiac troponin T, an indicator of subclinical heart damage, at follow-up.

 

The long-term implications of the study remain unclear as little research has tracked people over time with heart injury after messenger RNA vaccination, which is known to cause myocarditis and other forms of heart damage.

 

“According to current knowledge, the cardiac muscle can’t regenerate, or only to a very limited degree at best. So it’s possible that repeated booster vaccinations every year could cause moderate damage to the heart muscle cells,” University Hospital Basel professor Christian Muller, a cardiologist and the lead researcher, said in a statement.

 

Moderna did not respond to a request for comment.

None of the patients experienced a major adverse cardiac event, such as heart failure, within 30 days of booster vaccination, and none had electrocardiogram changes.

 

The people with elevated levels were advised to avoid strenuous exercise, which may have mitigated more serious problems, the researchers said.

 

No imaging was done to examine the participants’ hearts, despite imaging being recommended by many cardiologists in cases of suspected vaccine-induced myocarditis.

 

It’s possible that imaging would have revealed inflammation, which could cause scarring or irregular heartbeat, Dr. Andrew Bostom, a heart expert in the United States who was not involved in the research, told The Epoch Times.

 

Dr. Anish Koka, an American cardiologist, said that the findings were “super useful to see how ‘cardioactive’ the booster is” but that it was hard to say how significant the elevated troponin levels were, particularly without a comparison to baseline levels. “There is really nothing clinically concerning at 30 days to report,” he said on Twitter.

Study Methods

Researchers posited that the incidence of vaccine-associated heart injury was more prevalent than previously thought following messenger RNA booster vaccination because of a lack of symptoms or mild symptoms.

 

They defined injury as a sharp increase in high-sensitivity cardiac troponin T on the third day after vaccination without evidence of an alternative cause. The levels of cardiac troponin had to hit the upper limit of normal, 8.9 nanograms per liter in women and 15.5 nanograms per liter in men.

 

All workers at the University Hospital Basel scheduled to receive a Moderna booster for the first time were offered a chance to participate in the study, unless they experienced a cardiac event or underwent heart surgery within 30 days of vaccination. The workers received a booster, which is half the dosage level of the primary series shots, from Dec. 10, 2021, to Feb. 10, 2022. The cohort ended up being 777 workers, including 540 females. The median age was 37 years.

 

Among the participants, 40 had elevated levels of cardiac troponin. Alternative causes were identified in 18. For the other 22, the researchers determined they had “vaccine-associated myocardial injury.” The median age of the 22 was 46. All but two were women, making the percentage of women with elevated levels higher than the percentage of men (3.7 percent versus 0.8 percent), which contrasts with most of the previous literature on vaccine-induced myocarditis.  That could stem from women receiving a higher vaccine dose per body weight, the researchers said.

 

Baseline levels were not recorded because the hospital’s COVID-19 task force and the researchers decided that the study “should interfere as little as possible with the motivation of the hospital staff to obtain the mRNA-1273 first booster vaccination and the logistics of booster vaccination itself.”

 

None of the people with elevated markers had a history of heart disease. While half experienced symptoms, most symptoms were nonspecific like fever. Two participants suffered from chest pain. And two, according to the Brighton Collaboration case definition, likely suffered myocarditis.

 

Testing was done for high-sensitivity cardiac troponin T because of its sensitivity.

“This marker is extremely sensitive—with other methods such as MRI we wouldn’t have been able to detect any damage to the cardiac muscle, as it only becomes visible once the damage there is about three to five times greater,” Dr. Muller said.

 

The researchers were not able to figure out the mechanism for the vaccine hurting the heart muscle.

 

The authors reported some conflicts of interest, including Dr. Muller reporting grants from drugmakers such as Novartis and Roche. The study was funded by the University of Basel and the University Hospital Basel.

 

Limitations include the lack of baseline levels and lack of imaging.

Previous Findings, and Pending Study

Several other prospective studies examine myocarditis following Pfizer vaccination.

In Thailand, researchers found that 29 percent of 301 adolescents developed cardiovascular effects, including chest pain, after a second Pfizer dose. Seven were diagnosed with heart inflammation.

 

Researchers in Taiwan established baseline electrocardiogram levels before a second Pfizer dose and recorded abnormal results following the administration in one percent of 4,928 primary school students. That included five students diagnosed with myocarditis or an abnormal heartbeat.

 

And an Israeli study of 324 health care workers with a median age of 51 who received a second Pfizer booster identified two cases of vaccine-induced heart injury on day three.

 

Other recent studies have confirmed that vaccine-induced myocarditis can kill, including a South Korean study that ruled out all other possible causes for eight sudden deaths following messenger RNA vaccination. Myocarditis was not suspected as a clinical diagnosis or cause of death before autopsies were performed, researchers said.

 

The Swiss researchers said more prospective studies are needed to examine post-vaccination heart injury. Long-term problems from the injuries, they stressed, remain unclear.

 

Moderna was required by U.S. authorities to conduct a prospective study to assess the incidence of subclinical myocarditis following a booster among adults, with a projected completion date of June 30, 2023. Neither the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) nor Moderna have disclosed the results of the study as of yet.

 

Pfizer was required to conduct a similar study, with results due on Dec. 31, 2022, but the FDA changed the end date at the request of Pfizer.

TOP

Do Not Forget about the Children:

naturalnews-com-logo

TURBO CANCER: Children are DYING within hours or days of leukemia diagnosis, often after receiving vaccine jabs

09May2023 by: https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-05-09-children-are-dying-within-hours-leukemia-diagnosis.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) Children and young adults are dying within hours or days after being diagnosed with leukemia. Some say the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines have something to do with these untimely deaths.

Julia Chavez, 13 years old

On Feb. 13, Julia Chavez, a 13-year-old girl from Augusta, Georgia, died only hours after her leukemia diagnosis. She was a student at Harlem Middle School.

 

Chavez was taken to the ER with a headache and ear infection. According to reports, she had “bleeding in her brain, lungs, stomach and throughout her body.”

 

Jenna Randall, Julia’s mother, said the family didn’t know the young girl had leukemia. She added that Julia “never had more than a sniffle and she’s never been hospitalized for anything since she was born.” (Related: Defective brands of chemo drug still being used to “treat” leukemia in children worldwide.)

 

Julia did not experience any warning signs, aside from being tired and bruising easily, which her family previously accredited to her just being a tomboyish child.

Kyle Limper, 16 years old

Kyle Limper, a 16-year-old from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, died within 24 hours after being diagnosed with leukemia on April 13.

 

Ken Limper brought his son to urgent care for back pain after Kyle played basketball before taking him to Jefferson Hospital. Ken was then told to bring Kyle back to the hospital if his condition didn’t improve over several days.

 

He added that after a couple of days, Kyle was so weak that he couldn’t even stand up. Kyle was too weak to get out of bed and Ken had to help him up.

 

Even then, Kyle was too weak and he would just fall back down on his bed.

 

The boy was eventually rushed to St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children, where doctors said the young athlete’s organs were shutting down from leukemia. He passed away within 24 hours after he arrived at the hospital.

 

According to Kyle’s family, they didn’t notice any warning signs of leukemia prior to his diagnosis.

 

Experts still haven’t confirmed what type of cancer Kyle had, but the two most common types in young adults are acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL).

 

In patients with these types of cancers, white blood cells start to grow out of control in the body before spreading to the blood vessels and vital organs. The cancer can also progress rapidly because it inherits white blood cells’ ability to multiply rapidly.

 

This can be bad for the patient because it is only meant to be deployed when they are fighting infections.

 

Dr. Arif Kamal, the chief patient officer of the American Cancer Society, explained that patients could die from leukemia within 24 hours of diagnosis because the cancer was fast growing and may only be caught in the late stages when it has spread.

 

For example, celebrity Jerry Springer, 79, died from pancreatic cancer at least months after his diagnosis.

 

Kamal thinks that the late detection of Kyle’s cancer could be due to a combination of symptoms being missed and the speed at which the cancer progressed. He added that in most cases, patients with cancer will feel very tired, sleep a lot and “may be losing weight unintentionally.”

 

However, it is also possible for someone to miss these signs, particularly if, like Kyle, they are an athlete and are too distracted with other strenuous activities.

 

It also remains to be seen how long Kyle had cancer before he started experiencing pain in his back.

 

According to Kamal, in some types of leukemia, like chronic leukemia, patients can have the disease for months or years without having symptoms. But with AML and ALL, symptoms often appear within a few weeks as the initial cancerous cells divide rapidly and spread within the patient’s body.

Kavieriona White, 11 years old

Kavieriona White, an 11-year-old girl from Omaha, Nebraska, died two days after her leukemia diagnosis. She passed away on Feb. 16.

 

First, White was sent home from school with a fever.

 

Antonio White, her father, said the family thought she had a head cold. After taking her to the doctor, they gave her some nausea medicine and sinus medicine.

 

Several days later, she was found unresponsive and was rushed to a hospital where she was diagnosed with leukemia.

 

Antonio said the doctor told him Kavieriona’s leukemia “was treatable and curable, but the main problem was the brain bleeds.” Kavieriona had always been healthy, and she had never shown symptoms or had any head trauma.

Unnamed vaccinated girl, 13 years old

According to a case report (VAERS ID: 2228276), a 13-year-old girl died just over a month after being diagnosed with leukemia.

 

The girl received the second dose of the Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine on Jan. 20 and she reported feeling very tired. She previously had a headache and experienced dizziness after the first Pfizer dose.

 

On Jan. 24, 2022, she was taken to the emergency room because she was weak and pale. On Jan. 25, she was diagnosed with B-cell ALL.

 

She was hospitalized and died on March 2, 2022.

COVID-19 vaccines and leukemia risk

Data suggests that COVID-19 mRNA vaccines deliver lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) with mRNA to the bone marrow. What does this have to do with these cases?

 

Leukemia is a broad term for cancers of the body’s blood-forming tissues, including the bone marrow and the lymphatic system. Leukemia usually involves white blood cells. In patients with leukemia, their bone marrow produces an excessive amount of abnormal white blood cells, which don’t function properly.

 

These cases should be reevaluated since both Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines deliver a lot of LNPs filled with mRNA to the bone marrow.

 

The COVID-19 vaccine spike protein is very toxic. Once it is expressed in the bone marrow, it could be causing these “turbo cancers” in children that are fatal within hours or days.

Visit VaccineDamage.news for more reports on the adverse effects of vaccines.

 

Watch the video below as Health Ranger Mike Adams talks to Dr. Paul Cottrell about cases of “turbo cancer” following COVID-19 vaccination.

Dr. Paul Cottrell drops bombshells on the “turbo cancer” following covid and the jabs

This video is from the Health Ranger Report channel on Brighteon.com.

More related stories:

Children in China develop LEUKEMIA after getting injected with COVID shots.

Flame retardants in household items linked to chronic diseases.

HISTORY REPEATS: Pfizer paid out $1.2B after its drug caused thousands of BREAST CANCER cases.

Sources include:

GlobalResearch.ca

DailyMail.co.uk 1

DailyMail.co.uk 2

WOWT.com

Brighteon.com

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Growing Number of Leprosy Cases Reported After COVID-19 Vaccination

COVID Vaccines
Zachary Stieber, Reporter
9August2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/growing-number-of-leprosy-cases-reported-after-covid-19-vaccination-5454131?

A growing number of leprosy cases are being reported after COVID-19 vaccination, including two cases in the United Kingdom that researchers said may have been caused by the vaccines.

 

The researchers examined records from the Leprosy Clinic at the Hospital for Tropical Diseases in London. They found that of the 52 people who went to the clinic in 2021, at least 49 were vaccinated.

 

The study definition of a leprosy adverse event associated with a COVID-19 vaccine included developing leprosy or a leprosy reaction within 12 weeks of receiving a dose and the person having no previous history of leprosy or a leprosy reaction.

 

Two people met the case definition. One developed borderline tuberculoid (BT) leprosy one week after a second dose. The other experienced a reaction 56 days after a dose. Both doses were Pfizer’s BNT162b2 vaccine. Pfizer did not respond to a request for comment.

 

“The development of BT leprosy and a Type 1 reaction in another individual shortly after a dose of BNT162b2 vaccine may be associated with vaccine mediated T cell responses,” the researchers said.

 

The COVID-19 vaccines can provoke a response from white blood cells, or T cells. The cells are believed to protect against COVID-19.

 

T-cells can theoretically trigger Mycobacterium leprae, a bacteria that causes leprosy, leading to leprosy or a leprosy reaction, the researchers said.

 

Other vaccines have been shown to trigger leprosy or leprosy reactions, including tuberculosis vaccines, and some people who receive repeated COVID-19 vaccinations have been shown to have weakened immune systems.

The paper was published on Aug. 4 by PLOS Neglected Tropical Diseases.

More on Findings

The person diagnosed with leprosy is an 80-year-old man who has lived in the United Kingdom for 49 years. He suffered from symptoms including thickened nerves. The leprosy diagnosis was confirmed via skin biopsy. The man may be the first to acquire leprosy in the UK since 1954.

 

The man improved over time and actually received a third dose of Pfizer’s vaccine.

“Interestingly he had a third dose of BNT162b2 vaccine six months after the second dose having started anti-bacterial therapy and experienced no deterioration of his leprosy. The skin lesions and nerve thickening had resolved by the time he completed the six-month course of anti-microbial therapy. There had been no recurrence of the plaques or nerve signs after 12 months,” the researchers said.

 

CDC Issues Alert About Biblical Disease [Growing Number of Leprosy Cases Reported After COVID-19 Vaccination]

 

The reaction was recorded in a 27-year-old man who had taken multidrug therapy, a drug for leprosy, in the past. He developed red plaques and thickened nerves before arriving in the UK from an unidentified country. A biopsy supported the diagnosis. He took medicine and the symptoms improved.

 

The link between the vaccine and the issue in the second case was strengthened by studies showing people who took the therapy three years or more years before are unlikely to experience a new reaction, the researchers said.

 

Of the 52 people who went to the Leprosy Clinic for diagnosis and/or treatment in 2021, all but two reported their vaccination status. Of those 50, 49 were vaccinated.

 

Five of the patients at the clinic were newly diagnosed with leprosy in 2021. Five others had a type one reaction. All were vaccinated, but just one of each category was determined to be possibly caused by a vaccine after being diagnosed within 12 weeks of vaccination. It was not clear when the other four were vaccinated.

 

Dr. Barbara de Barros, the study’s corresponding author, did not respond to a request for comment. The authors reported no funding or competing interests.

 

Dr. de Barros and the other UK researchers said that doctors should be aware that COVID-19 vaccination may cause leprosy but that they believe the benefits of COVID-19 vaccination “outweigh these unwanted events.” They provided no citations for the benefits of vaccination, which have dropped dramatically as newer variants have emerged and led to more nuanced recommendations in some countries. Citations for scope of harm included a 2021 recommendation from India that people with leprosy receive a COVID-19 vaccine.

Other Cases

At least 14 other cases of leprosy or a leprosy reaction within 14 days of COVID-19 vaccination have been reported in the literature, including eight in India. The patients were all said to have eventually recovered, and some received additional vaccine doses.

 

In a paper published in 2021, Brazilian researchers reported two leprosy reactions called erythema nodosum leprosum after COVID-19 vaccination. They said that doctors “need to be made aware of the occurrence of erythema nodosum leprosum that may appear in patients that are vaccinated” and “have to look for the signals of active leprosy in these patients for a possible diagnose of a new case of leprosy, relapse, or reinfection.”

 

In December 2021, Singaporean researchers reported a new leprosy diagnosis following COVID-19 vaccination and said the problem was “likely unmasked by the COVID-19 vaccine.”

 

Also in 2021, Indonesian researchers reported a patient who suffered a reaction after COVID-19 vaccination.

In January 2022, Indian researchers reported one leprosy reaction and said doctors should keep reactions in mind when seeing patients presenting with neurological complications.

 

In March 2022, Israeli researchers reported a reaction and said early diagnosis and treatment were important.

In a case series published in 2022, Indian researchers reported four men who experienced leprosy or a reaction within 11 days of COVID-19 vaccination. The researchers said that the “sheer versatility of clinical presentation of leprosy reactions following COVID‐19 vaccination warrants further large‐scale molecular studies.”

 

In another paper from 2022, a different set of researchers reported that three of 35 patients who visited their clinic from July 2021 to December 2021 experienced a leprosy complication or a reaction shortly after receiving a COVID-19 vaccine.

 

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

COVID-19 Vagus Nerve Inflammation May Lead to Dysautonomia: New Study

FEATURED Research & Discoveries
Megan Redshaw, J.D.
9August 2023  https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/covid-19-vagus-nerve-inflammation-may-lead-to-dysautonomia-new-study-5451263

 

New data may provide answers for those experiencing persistent symptoms long after their bout with COVID-19 has ended. These may include fatigue, lightheadedness, brain fog, cognitive issues, gastrointestinal problems, heart palpitations, shortness of breath, or an inability to tolerate upright postures.

 

A July 15 study published in Acta Neuropathologica suggests that SARS-CoV-2 infection may damage the nerves of the autonomic nervous system (ANS), causing an inflammatory response that can later lead to dysautonomia observed in long COVID patients.

Click to download PDF file Click to Download the Study Vagus nerve inflammation contributes to dysautonomia in COVID-19

Study Findings

Using several methods, researchers at the University Medical Center Hamburg-Eppendorf in Germany performed a microscopic analysis of the vagus nerves in 27 deceased patients with COVID-19 and five controls who died of other causes, without COVID-19.

 

The vagus nerve is a vital component of the ANS that regulates critical functions such as digestion, respiratory and heart rate, and immune response. Vagus nerve signaling to the brainstem also controls the “sickness behavior response,” where the brain mounts flu-like symptoms including nausea, fatigue, pain, and other chronic symptoms in response to inflammation.

 

The researchers detected SARS-CoV-2 RNA in vagus nerve samples obtained from deceased patients with severe COVID-19 showing direct infection of the nerve was accompanied by inflammatory cell infiltration composed mostly of monocytes—a type of white blood cell that finds and destroys germs and eliminates infected cells. Their analysis revealed a “strong enrichment of genes regulating antiviral responses and interferon signaling,” supporting the idea that vagus nerve inflammation is a common phenomenon with COVID-19.

 

The researchers also analyzed 23 vagus nerve samples of deceased COVID-19 patients grouped into low, intermediate, and high SARS-CoV-2 RNA viral load to determine if the virus was directly detectable in the vagus nerve and if the viral load correlated with vagus nerve dysfunction. Results showed the virus was present in the vagus nerve and also determined there was a direct correlation between SARS-CoV-2 viral RNA load and dysfunction of the central nervous system.

 

Researchers then screened a cohort of 323 patients admitted to the emergency room between Feb. 13, 2020, and Aug. 15, 2022, categorized by whether they had mild, moderate, severe, critical, or lethal COVID-19. They found that the respiratory rate increased in survivors but decreased in non-survivors of critical COVID-19. These results suggest SARS-CoV-2 induces vagus nerve inflammation followed by autonomic dysfunction (respiratory rate decrease), which “contributes to critical disease courses and might contribute to dysautonomia observed in long COVID.”

 

Responding to the study, microbiologist Amy Proal of PolyBio Research Foundation wrote on X, “Because the vagus nerve is an essential component of the #autonomic nervous system and regulates body functions such as heart rate, digestion, and respiratory rate, direct infection of the nerve by SARS-CoV-2 may contribute to related symptoms.” She added, “The findings beg the question: Could persistent SARS-CoV-2 infection of the vagus nerve contribute to dysautonomia in #LongCovid?”

What is Dysautonomia?

Nearly 1 in 5 people in the United States continue to experience unexplained symptoms of long COVID after their infection ends, with as many as 66 percent of patients suffering from moderate to severe dysfunction of the ANS known as dysautonomia.

 

Dysautonomia is a disorder of the ANS, a part of the central nervous system that controls vital involuntary functions such as breathing, heart rate, blood pressure, digestion, skin and body temperature regulation, salivating, hormonal and bladder function, and sexual function. The ANS also plays a role in the acute “fight or flight” stress response and sends messages to and from internal organs.

 

Dysautonomia causes the ANS—which consists of the sympathetic, parasympathetic, and enteric nervous systems—to malfunction, either through an inability to perform its tasks or by causing too much activity, resulting in high blood pressure or a rapid heart rate. The condition can be confined to the arms and legs or spread throughout the entire body. It can be severe or mild, and may be reversible or worsen over time.

 

Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS) is a common form of dysautonomia that has increased since the COVID-19 pandemic began and has been reported by those with long COVID and in those following COVID-19 vaccination.

 

Symptoms of POTS include but are not limited to lightheadedness, difficulty thinking or concentrating, severe and long-lasting fatigue, intolerance to exercise, blurred vision, low blood pressure, heart palpitations, tremors, and nausea.

 

Since the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, 801 cases of POTS were reported to the Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System as of July 28. This includes 597 cases attributed to Pfizer and 171 cases to Moderna.

Treatments for Dysautonomia

Therapeutic treatment options for autonomic dysfunction in the medical community are aimed at symptom management and avoiding triggers using pharmaceutical drugs and nonpharmacologic measures.

Cardiovascular Dysautonomia

For dysautonomia affecting the cardiovascular system, a 2022 study in Frontiers in Neurology recommended the following:

  • Drink water before getting up in the morning.
  • Elevate the head during sleep.
  • Monitor water and salt intake.
  • Use compression garments.
  • Engage in progressive aerobic exercise.
  • Avoid situations that worsen symptoms such as sleep deprivation, heat exposure, large meals, and alcohol consumption.

To prevent fainting, perform physical movements like crossing the legs, tensing muscles, and squatting. For those who do not respond to nonpharmacological options, medications that inhibit heart rate, vasoconstrictors, sympatholytic drugs, and volume expanders, including intravenous fluids may be prescribed.

POTS

The Frontiers study stated that people with POTS may benefit from fluid replacement and one or two additional teaspoons of salt per day, avoiding caffeine and alcohol, and avoiding anything that worsens symptoms such as prolonged standing, hot environments, and dehydration. Moving carefully from a lying or sitting position to standing is advised.

 

Medical treatments may include beta blockers, drugs for orthostatic hypotension to increase blood pressure, propranolol to reduce heart rate, and pyridostigmine—typically used to treat people with muscle weakness. However, the effectiveness of drug therapy is modest, and some drugs are not well tolerated.

Dysautonomia Associated With Long COVID or Post-Vaccine Syndromes

The Frontline COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) has played a major role in treating long COVID and post-vaccine injuries, including people with dysautonomia.

 

Many long COVID patients are vaccinated, making it difficult to determine whether their prolonged symptoms are due to COVID-19 or vaccine injury. Regardless, both are manifestations of “spike protein-related disease” and share a significant overlap in symptoms, pathogenesis, and treatment, according to the FLCCC.

 

The FLCCC has developed protocols for people with long COVID and those experiencing post-vaccine injuries, including POTS.

They recommend patients undergo a series of initial tests to determine whether they have long COVID, and a chest scan for those who have respiratory symptoms to differentiate between long COVID and post-vaccine syndrome.

 

Protocols are geared towards either long COVID (pdf) or post-vaccine injuries (pdf)—including dysautonomia disorders such as POTS—exercised under the care of a practitioner.

Other Dysautonomia Treatments

Another study published in Frontiers Neurology found that noninvasive neuromodulation using ultrasound and other techniques may benefit patients with dysautonomia.

 

These non-invasive therapies were shown to alleviate musculoskeletal pain and systemic fatigue and improve cognitive and physical rehabilitation and neurological disorders.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

‘Alarming’ Sevenfold Increase in Stevens-Johnson Syndrome Linked to COVID-19 and Vaccine

FEATURED Health News
Megan Redshaw, J.D.
7July2023  https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/alarming-sevenfold-increase-in-stevens-johnson-syndrome-linked-to-covid-19-and-vaccine_5378601.html
Emphasis from  https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/alarming-sevenfold-increase-stevens-johnson-syndrome-linked-covid-19-and-vaccine

A sudden increase in Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS)—a rare and potentially fatal skin disorder—may be triggered by COVID-19, increased vaccination rates, or a lowered threshold caused by vaccines or previous infection, according to a large case series recently published in the medical journal Burns.

While SJS isn’t caused by fire, it is typically treated by burn units in hospitals because of its similarities to actual burns.

 

Researchers with the burns unit at Concord Repatriation General Hospital in Australia saw two to four cases of SJS, or toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), per year prior to COVID-19. In the first six months of 2022 alone, the same burn center observed a sevenfold rise in cases.

 

Of the 14 reported cases, five patients had COVID-19 a month before developing SJS/TEN, and three of 14 patients received a COVID-19 vaccine one month prior. Not a single case of SJS/TEN was reported in an unvaccinated individual.

 

Researchers said the rarity of the condition and presence of medications known to trigger the disease make the link difficult to prove, but the rapid rise in cases since the beginning of the pandemic and vaccine rollout is “alarming.”

 

SJS/TEN is a severe hypersensitivity condition where the skin develops rashes, blisters, and peels forming painful areas that resemble a severe hot water burn. Mucous membranes, including the eyes, genitalia, and mouth, are often affected or severely damaged, leading to sepsis, pneumonia, infection, or death.

 

Although SJS and TEN were once considered separate conditions, they are now considered part of the same disease—with SJS representing the less severe end of the disease spectrum and TEN representing the most severe.

 

Medications, including epilepsy medicines, antibiotics, and anti-inflammatory painkillers, are the chief cause of SJS/TEN, but certain viruses and vaccines can also cause the condition. Due to its potentially fatal nature, SJS/TEN is considered a medical emergency, and patients are treated in burn units.

Researchers’ 3 Theories for Sudden Rise in SJS/TEN Cases

The researchers proposed three theories for the sudden increase in SJS/TEN cases.

Virus-Induced

The first theory is that the SARS-CoV-2 virus may induce SJS/TEN by directly binding to receptors that trigger a T-cell-mediated response. Other viruses known to cause SJS/TEN include the herpes simplex virus, Epstein-Barr virus, and influenza.

Vaccine-Induced

A second theory is that COVID-19 vaccines may directly bind to cell receptors that trigger SJS/TEN and influence the body’s T-cell immune response initiating SJS/TEN. This T-cell response peaks at seven and 28 days post-vaccination, consistent with the observed cases.

 

Of the three cases attributed to vaccination in the study, two patients had received an mRNA vaccine, and one received a viral vector vaccine within a month of developing SJS/TEN. Researchers identified eight other cases of SJS following COVID-19 vaccination in published literature—four were associated with mRNA vaccines, three with viral vector vaccines like AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson, and one with a whole virus vaccine.

 

According to the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), 198 cases of SJS/TEN following COVID-19 vaccination were reported between Dec. 14, 2019, and June 23, 2023. Historically, VAERS has been shown to report fewer than 1 percent of actual vaccine adverse events, which means other cases of SJS/TEN may have occurred but were unreported.

Threshold Lowering

The third theory proposed by the authors is that developing a COVID-19 infection or receiving a vaccine “primes” the immune system, lowering the threshold for a drug to trigger SJS/TEN. Without this “priming,” the drug would otherwise not cause the condition, as noted in each of the following cases:

  • A 26-year-old male received two previous doses of a viral vector vaccine and one mRNA vaccine dose. After experiencing vaccine-associated symptoms, he took paracetamol and ibuprofen and developed SJS. He had previously taken both medications with no adverse effects.
  • A 60-year-old female had COVID-19 six weeks before the onset of SJS/TEN. During that time, she received allopurinol for gout and experienced a reaction, despite taking the drug in the past with no ill effect. The woman had received two doses of an mRNA vaccine.
  • A 45-year-old male developed a reaction to a seizure prophylaxis drug. He was diagnosed with COVID-19 four weeks before developing SJS/TEN and was triple vaccinated with an mRNA vaccine.
  • A 53-year-old female received a viral vector vaccine three weeks before the onset of SJS/TEN. She was quadruple vaccinated with viral vector and mRNA vaccines and reacted to medications received for a life-threatening scleroderma complication.

Regulatory agencies in the United States and abroad have not acknowledged the potential link between SJS/TEN and COVID-19 vaccines or studied the ability of the virus or vaccine to prime the immune system. The study’s authors say more research should be done to investigate the impact viruses like SARS-CoV-2 have on immune-mediated disorders such as SJS/TEN.

TOP


thegatewaypundit-com-logo

Hohmann: Death by Injection – Top insurance researcher provides data showing staggering numbers

by 3June2023 https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2023/06/hohmann-death-injection-top-insurance-researcher-provides-data/

 

Guest post by Leo Hohmann

Using data from the United Kingdom, a top insurance industry analyst estimates 600,000 Americans per year are dying from the Covid shots

The United States has become one of the worst countries in the world when it comes to medical transparency. But one smart analyst has found an end-run around the U.S. system that places a dark shroud of secrecy over common statistics.

 

The U.K. has been more transparent with its data. And that’s where some are going to get stats that allow them to calculate the number of excess deaths in the U.S. since the roll out of the controversial Covid jabs two and a half years ago.

Read: Dr. Peter McCullough On “The Holy Grail Of COVID-19 Vaccine Detoxification”

Those who trusted the system and took the Covid vaccines have a 26 percent higher mortality rate on average compared to those who declined the jab – and the death toll is even more staggering for vaccinated people under 50 years old, where mortality is 49 percent higher than for those unvaccinated.

 

These numbers are based on government data from the U.K. and were brought to Wisconsin Senator Ron Johnson’s attention by Josh Stirling, one of the nation’s top insurance analysts and formerly Senior Research Analyst for U.S. nonlife insurance at Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. Listen to the clip below from his recent testimony, which of course received zero coverage in the corporate mainstream media.

The Vigilant Fox-tweet-7April2023-The One Chart That Tells the Entire Story

The Vigilant Fox-tweet-7April2023-The One Chart That Tells the Entire Story

 

LeoHohmann.com needs your help: If you appreciate the news and analysis you get from this independent voice, please consider helping us in our spring fundraiser. You may send a gift of any size via snail mail c/o Leo Hohmann, P.O. Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or via credit card here. Thank you kindly for your support.

TOP


The-Daily-Sceptic-logo

Spike in Deaths Corresponding to Covid Vaccine Rollout Found in Peer-Reviewed Analysis of Japan and Germany

by Eugyppius
16 June 2023 7:00 AM

Spike in Deaths Corresponding to Covid Vaccine Rollout Found in Peer-Reviewed Analysis of Japan and Germany

Click to download PDF file  Click to Download the Paper Annual All-Cause Mortality Rate in Germany and Japan (2005 to 2022) With Focus on The Covid-19 Pandemic: Hypotheses And Trend Analyses

Annual All-Cause Mortality Rate in Germany and Japan (2005 to 2022) with Focus on the COVID-19 Pandemic: Hypothesis and Trend Analyses‘ is a letter in the journal Medicine and Clinical Science by Hagen Scherb and Keiji Hayashi, comparing mortality trends across these two “highly industrialised countries, which have large and ageing populations in common”. It’s the first piece I know of to look closely at pandemic-era mortality trends in Japan – a country which provides a useful control on many fronts, because it took a relatively relaxed approach to non-pharmaceutical interventions, like many other Asian jurisdictions never saw much Covid mortality, and yet since autumn 2021 has a substantially higher vaccination rate than Germany.

 

This will shock you, but the results don’t look great for the vaccines.

 

First, the less interesting part of their analysis, namely death trends in Germany:

Death trends in Germany

Death trends in Germany

The first year of the pandemic coincided with slightly elevated mortality firmly within the bounds of prior trends, while the years of mass vaccination, 2021 and 2022, saw an anomalous 48,617 and 66,528 excess deaths respectively. This is roughly equal to the official Covid death tally for these years, but the analysis of Kuhbandner and Reitzner (recently published in Cureus) indicates that the virus cannot explain nearly all of them. Both the timing and the age-stratified data strongly suggest that a substantial number must be related to vaccination.

 

Particular interest thus attaches to Japan as a comparison case:

Death trends in Japan

Death trends in Japan

Whereas 2020 saw slightly above-trend mortality in Germany, it was a year of below-average deaths in Japan. 2021 was elevated but within-trend, while 2022 saw substantial excess mortality, well in excess of the deaths caused by the natural disasters of 2011. Nor can Covid explain these deaths; official Japanese virus mortality for 2022, which we know is substantially overstated in the Omicron era, amounts to only 38,870 deaths, a mere 32% of the excess.

 

What’s very interesting about the pandemic is its highly variable influence on all-cause mortality across the globe, and how this contrasts with the vaccines, which seem to coincide with marked upward trends almost everywhere they were widely administered.

 

The authors observe that “the official fear-mongering forecasts… in 2020 from COVID-19 in high income countries did not come true, neither in Japan nor in Germany”, but note that:

[I]t should be investigated to what extent the about 5-10% highly significantly increased mortalities in Germany and Japan in 2021 and 2022 might be due to the pandemic countermeasures, including the vaccinations with their possibly underestimated immediate or protracted side effects. … From this point of view, it seems possible that a high vaccination rate has contributed to an increased all-cause mortality in some countries…

Elke Bodderas, who draws attention to this analysis in Welt, notes the profound official incuriosity surrounding these numbers:

What is the RKI [the German CDC] doing now? It’s busy with many other things. It’s very interested in “an investigation of the promotion of physical activity in childcare centres, schools and sport associations – in light of pandemic restrictions.” In other areas too it shows great industry. Interesting news will certainly come from its telephone survey “on foodborne illness”, or its general study on “health in Germany today” …

Is there anyone in the RKI who worries that German intensive care units suddenly reported a 76% increase in embolic strokes in December, as hospital data of the billing portal Inek show? Or why Japan, which [Christian] Drosten praised as an “exemplary” country, saw such an outrageously high excess mortality in 2022 – more than twice as much as in the tsunami year of 2011?

No, not a single person anywhere in officialdom has demonstrated the slightest interest in these questions.

 

The entire success of our genius one-cool-trick pandemic measures exists in a hypothetical world. It is never anything we can see. Deaths in Germany were totally on-trend in 2020, but we’re asked to believe they would’ve been catastrophic without lockdowns. They increased substantially with the advent of mass vaccination beginning precisely April 2021, but we’re asked to believe even more would’ve died without the vaccines.

 

Complicit health authorities control a great many statistics, and they’ll keep truly damning numbers under lock and key as long as they can. In the meantime, the most powerful proof that the vaccination campaign was anything but a success will remain the all-cause mortality reports, which is one of the few statistics that they can’t hide. The total lack of interest in explaining these strange numbers speaks volumes.

This article originally appeared on Eugyppius’s Substack newsletter. You can subscribe here.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

More than 300 scientific papers on covid RETRACTED for fraud

07June2023 by:
https://naturalnews.com/2023-06-07-300-scientific-papers-covid-retracted-for-fraud.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) Retraction Watch has been keeping a close eye on Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “science” papers over the years, noting in a summary list that more than 300 of them have been retracted since publishing due to compromised ethical standards and concerns about validity and credibility.

 

The list, which has been growing since April 2020, makes no distinction between withdrawal and retraction because journals that make such a distinction “have typically done it to justify not saying anything about why a paper was retracted, and to sometimes make a paper disappear without a trace,” the group says.

 

As of this writing, there are 330 covid papers total that have been retracted, along with 19 more that have received “expressions of concern.”

 

Gunnveig Grødeland, a senior researcher at the University of Oslo‘s Institute of Immunology, says that many researchers compromised their ethical standards during the “pandemic” either to try to get more of their publications approved or to take deliberate shortcuts for quick publishing.

 

“While it is understandable for some articles to be updated or changed to be published in a different form, some have been retracted because the researchers did not obtain informed consent during the research,” reported Exposé News about the matter.

 

“Grødeland pointed out that other articles have been withdrawn after the editors noticed that the strategies the papers mentioned were giving the wrong impression in the media of being recommended as actual treatment or prevention of covid-19. She said these sorts of articles had to be withdrawn as they claimed things that neither the authors of the articles nor their institutions could vouch for.”

 

(Related: Because much of what passes today as “science” is fraudulent, a lot of what constitutes modern medicine is as well – and this is why doctors who question the status quo continue to face suppression and discrimination.)

Even “prestigious” journals like The Lancet published fake covid “science” that was later retracted or withdrawn

It was not just obscure journals that published covid junk science, either. It was reputable names like The Lancet and Science that had to tuck their tails between their legs and quietly admit through retraction or withdrawal that they had made some serious publishing errors.

 

Science also published a fraudulent study examining the spread of the so-called “Omicron,” or moronic in anagram, variant of covid throughout South Africa. That paper was retraced after social media users pointed out that some of the samples used could have been false positives, seeing as how PCR testing was fraudulent and wrong from the very beginning.

 

One study published in The Lancet directly interfered with further investigation by governments into the merit of hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) as a remedy for covid. Both the World Health Organization (WHO) and various national governments actually halted their HCQ research because of this bogus study, which falsely claimed that the widely used drug increases the risk of heart arrhythmia and mortality for covid patients.

 

Most of the now-retracted papers admittedly came from less reputable journals like the International Journal of Audiology, which published somewhere around 60 different bogus covid studies. One of them claimed that covid was associated with hearing loss, tinnitus, ringing in the ears, and vertigo, only to have its authors later admit that this claim is false.

 

Another paper was retracted by the editor of ScienceDirect “on the basis that there is clear evidence that the findings are unreliable.” The paper in question had falsely attributed many “covid deaths” to the disease itself when most of them were actually caused by co-morbidities and other things unrelated to covid.

 

More news coverage like this can be found at JunkScienceWatch.com.

Sources for this article include:

Expose-News.com

RetractionWatch.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

How Jews Were Scapegoated During the Pandemic

People congregate outside of the Congregation Yetev Lev D’Satmar synagogue in Williamsburg, Brooklyn, New York City, on Oct. 19, 2020. (Spencer Platt/Getty Images)

People congregate outside of the Congregation Yetev Lev D’Satmar synagogue in Williamsburg, Brooklyn, New York City, on Oct. 19, 2020. (Spencer Platt/Getty Images)

By Jeffrey A. Tucker
June 2, 2023 Updated: June 2, 2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/how-jews-were-scapegoated-during-the-pandemic_5308484.html
Commentary

It was common in the Middle Ages for Jews to get the blame for the spreading of disease. In the 14th century, Jews were accused of poisoning wells, infecting the water with something terrible that was then transferred to the whole community.

 

There was of course never one shred of evidence of this. The Black Death had nothing to do with the Jews—it was a bacterial infection transferred through many sources—but they caught the blame anyway. Indeed, that’s where we get the phrase “poisoning the well.” It has anti-Semitic connotations in history.

 

Scapegoating Jews is a habit with ancient origins. It is an ominous sign and a terrible omen of what is to follow. Indeed, the treatment of the Jews in any society is a “canary in a coal mine.” When they are unjustly blamed for social ills, nothing good follows. We know this from all experience dating to the ancient world.

 

Nonetheless, at the very outset of the big virus, fully two weeks before the government announced 15 Days to Flatten the Curve, the New York Times said that the right way to handle the coronavirus was to “go Medieval on it.” That was Feb. 28, 2020 and the author was their lead virus reporter Donald G. McNeil. This was the very first indication in that grim season that something was about to go very wrong.

 

To go “medieval” on a virus not only involves bad virology such as the miasma theory of disease spread, which the United States did indeed adopt. It was as if the whole of 20th-century scientific understanding just went out the window.

 

It also meant no modern medical care, which we also did by intubating patients to their deaths. We also got rid of dentistry: it was nearly impossible to get an appointment anywhere in the country for about six weeks. And then of course, as part of going Medieval, the attacks on the Jews began.

 

As a precondition of the attack, please recall that governments all over the country forbid in-person community religious worship. They shut down churches, chapels, synagogues, temples, everything, all in the name of disease control. The rights won from half a millennium of experience were thrown out the window by secular states.

 

Most institutions and groups complied. Some did not. That’s when the attacks began.

 

The center of Jewish resistance was of course the boroughs in New York City (Queens and The Bronx) with a high concentration of Orthodox Jews, particularly the Hasidim and Haredim. The attacks that began in May emanated from both the Governor’s office and the Mayor’s office, happily echoed for a full year of breathless reporting from the New York Times. They sent reporters out to discover and report unapproved gatherings of Jews and filed reports such as this one from Nov. 24, 2020:

 

“Thousands of ultra-Orthodox Jews gathered to celebrate a wedding inside a cavernous hall in Brooklyn’s Williamsburg neighborhood earlier this month, dancing and singing with hardly a mask in sight. The wedding was meticulously planned, and so were efforts to conceal it from the authorities, who said that the organizers would be fined $15,000 for violating public health restrictions.”

 

How dare they dance and sing without masks!

 

Moshe Krakowski of the Tablet has finally documented the outrage of scapegoating Jews in a wonderful piece. He points out that “In April of 2020, [Bill] de Blasio issued a special ‘message to the Jewish community’ threatening that ‘the time for warnings has passed’ and indicated that he would be dispatching the police to ‘arrest those who gather in large groups.’ Jews were the only one of the city’s many ethnic groups whom de Blasio singled out for public condemnation.”

 

And yet a few months later, the mayor was defending BLM protestors and their right to gather.

 

The New York Daily News blasted away at Jews: “The ultra-Orthodox do not always share their fellow citizens’ visions for civil society … tolerance, cooperation and pluralism take a back seat to Jewish exceptionalism.”

 

Oh, we see now. Jews are the other, the noncompliant, the enemy amongst us. Where have we heard that before?

 

Anthony Fauci got in on the act; “when vaccinations get below that number you start to see outbreaks like we saw some time ago in the NYC area with Hasidic Jewish people who were not getting vaccinated.”

 

In the same way, the New York Times went after Jews in Israel as disease spreaders. The Haredi have a “deep distrust of state authority, ignorance of the health risks … and a zealous devotion to a way of life centered on communal activity.” Meanwhile, Andrew Cuomo’s “cluster zones” for quarantine specifically targeted Jews in New York.

 

Early on, Cuomo himself singled out Jews. “I understand religious gatherings, I understand the Jewish Orthodox community …. But now is not the time for large religious gatherings. We’ve paid this price already. We’ve learned this lesson.”

 

Actually, the real lesson we have learned is that secular leaders who forcibly prevent religious people from practicing their faith are despots and dangerous. That reality didn’t stop all the leaders in the United States from targeting people of faith and scapegoating their traditions for disease spread.

 

All of this required that many Jews had to hide weddings and funerals from the hounds of government and media for the better part of two years. It seems astonishing to consider that this happened. Many decades of “never again” education and Holocaust museums around the world seemed not to have any effect when it came down to it.

 

Fortunately, some Jewish groups finally sued for their rights.

 

And it wasn’t just the Jews. Christian communities that gathered were targeted early on in the pandemic. I can recall the hysterical propaganda about church choirs in Texas and how the media treated them all as disease spreaders. It began almost right away after lockdowns, and continued for a full year. “Is it safe to sing in church?” asked Religion News in May of 2021.

 

Governments arrested people, including a state Senator, for singing hymns even outside!

 

Let’s be clear about the Jewish and Christian view toward singing. It stems from a deep religious conviction. When God created Adam, God gave him life by breathing into him. So our very breath is a gift from God. When we sing praises to God, we are giving that gift back to God in thanksgiving. That’s why the book that Jews and Christian shared most in common is the collected Psalms of David.

 

Any government at any time that bans ritual singing by a religious group is attacking a core belief and the religion itself. It’s literally demonic. And yet it went on in government and media circles for a year or longer, and without any evidence that singing was deadly or otherwise detrimental to community health. Hardly anyone even bothered standing up for the rights of people in these times.

 

Ironically, it was within and from these communities of faith that the first real glimpses of helpful therapeutics came. Their distrust of the secular authorities led them to eschew conventional protocols like ventilation and instead experiment with repurposed therapeutics. That’s how Dr. Vladimir Zelenko became such a legend. But even in his death from cancer, the vicious New York Times couldn’t resist another attack. Its obit was titled “Vladimir Zelenko, 48, Dies; Promoted an Unfounded Covid Treatment.”

 

There is a larger point about religious communities and loyalties. The COVID response was supposed to involve “the whole of government” and the “whole of society” but what about those who have loyalties to God first and must obey his commands? The expectation was that they would give in. Most did. But some did not: many Orthodox Jews, the Amish, traditionalist Catholics, fundamentalist Mormons, and, later, evangelicals. Their faith protected them against the pseudo-science of the medical and secular elites. In the end, faith led the dissidents to a better science too.

 

These are not the views of a people ready to comply with every cockamamie edict from Fauci and the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). And good for them. After long experience, religions have codified this suspicion and even sang about it. The Psalmist expresses the attitude perfectly: “Princes persecute me without a cause, but my heart stands in awe of your word.” The Psalmist also says: “He shall cut off the spirit of princes: he is terrible to the kings of the earth.”

 

Take note from recent experience. The first attacked were passionate adherents of the Jewish faith. And this happened over an extended period of time with nary a raised eyebrow from anyone in the mainstream press. Indeed, too many Jewish leaders themselves let the whole thing slide.

 

Too many complied and not enough defied. Certainly not enough people spoke out as the media and governments “went Medieval” and blamed the Jews for spreading disease.

 

As they say, never again!

Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Worker Fired Over Refusal To Receive COVID-19 Vaccine Wins Job Back

by Tyler Durden, 03August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/worker-fired-over-refusal-receive-covid-19-vaccine-wins-job-back

Authored by Zachary Stieber via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours),

The University of Virginia wrongly fired an employee who refused to receive a COVID-19 vaccine, according to a new ruling.

 

The university “acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner” when it fired Kaycee McCoy, a cytotechnologist, in 2021, Virginia District Court Judge Claude Worrell Jr. said in a July 27 ruling.

Ms. McCoy had asked for a religious exemption to the university’s COVID-19 vaccine mandate, with support from her pastor.

But her employer denied the request and terminated Ms. McCoy in November 2021.

Ms. McCoy quickly took her case to the courts, saying that the refusal to grant an exemption violated Virginia’s Constitution, which states in part that all citizens are “entitled to the free exercise of religion” and that no citizen “shall be enforced, restrained, molested, or burthened in his body or goods, nor shall otherwise suffer on account of his religious opinions or belief.”

 

The university defended its decision, arguing that the plaintiff’s “personal opinions” and “personal preferences” did not make her entitled to a religious exemption. They also said they did not have to grant her an exemption even if her objection was based on sincere beliefs.

 

Judge Worrell disagreed, finding in favor of the plaintiff.

Virginia courts uphold governmental actions unless the actions are “arbitrary and capricious” or those taken “without a determining principle,” according to previous court decisions.

 

The university wrongly applied a test aimed at determining the sincerity of belief, the judge said, which “is violative of the separation of church and state doctrine enshrined in both the Virginia and federal constitutions.”

 

He reversed the termination, ordered the university not to fire Ms. McCoy again, provided she met the exemption requirements, and awarded the plaintiff damages equal to the salary she would have received since being fired, plus interest.

 

The university did not respond to a request for comment.

Lawyers for Ms. McCoy said the court “handed a victory” to the plaintiff.

Requests Exemption After Mandate Announced

Ms. McCoy started working for the University of Virginia in 2011. She is a cytotechnologist or a laboratory worker who analyzes cells.

 

The university imposed the COVID-19 vaccine mandate on Aug. 25, 2021, but said it would consider medical and religious exemption requests. The university cited guidance by Virginia Attorney General Mark Herring, a Democrat who said that universities could require COVID-19 vaccination but that they should “be prepared to provide reasonable accommodation for medical conditions and/or religious objections.”

 

Ms. McCoy filed her exemption request on Sept. 12, 2021, before the deadline for such requests.

Ms. McCoy’s objection was partly based on how fetal cells were used in testing or developing all the COVID-19 vaccines.

“The presence of and use of immortalized human cell lines taken against the will of the person aborted, having been used in the development of vaccinations, violates my sincere and firm beliefs that participation in the vaccination mandate is an indirect engagement and participation in abortion,” Ms. McCoy told the university.

 

She also sent a letter from her pastor confirming the sincerity of Ms. McCoy’s beliefs.

“I fully support Kaycee’s right to this objection based on the exercise of her own personal and faithful convictions,” the pastor wrote.

Denial

Several weeks later, the university denied the request, with no rationale provided.

Ms. McCoy asked for a reason for the denial, but the university said all decisions made by a body described as the “Health System Vaccine Religious Exemption Committee” were final, and no appeals were allowed. Additional information supporting the request could be provided, according to the message, from human resources.

 

The email said employees not in compliance with the mandate as of Nov. 1, 2021, would be subject to punitive action, including possible termination.

 

Ms. McCoy was on vacation during the first week of November 2021. When she went to work on the first day after returning from vacation, she met with a supervisor who told her she was suspended and would be fired in five days.

 

Later that day, an email confirming that the university would not change its denial decision arrived in Ms. McCoy’s inbox.

Mandate Kept in Place

Virginia Gov. Glenn Youngkin, a Republican, issued an executive order upon taking office in 2022 that said any “requirement of state employees to receive the COVID-19 vaccination and disclose their vaccination status or engage in mandatory testing is harmful to their individual freedoms and privacy.”

 

Mr. Youngkin ordered a halt to such mandates at state institutions, including state universities.

The University of Virginia suspended its mandate for some employees but not workers in its health system.

The university cited a federal rule that forced health care institutions to require COVID-19 vaccination if they receive Medicare or Medicaid funding.

 

President Joe Biden’s administration ended that rule, and many other mandates, in May. Mr. Biden said the decline in COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations, and deaths led to the change.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

New York Times and CDC now reluctantly admit that covid deaths were over-counted, pandemic was over-hyped

20July2023 // Ethan Huff //
https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-07-20-nyt-cdc-covid-deaths-overcounted-pandemic-overhyped.html

For years, the establishment has been telling us all that the official story surrounding the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) is true, and that anything to the contrary is just a “conspiracy theory.” Now, all of a sudden, both The New York Times and the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) are changing the script.

 

Seemingly out of nowhere, the Times is calling out the CDC for overcounting covid deaths while overhyping the so-called “pandemic,” which in and of itself appears to have been a couple normal flu seasons rebranded as something bigger and scarier than it actually was.

 

In its latest reporting, the Times suggests that the official data on the CDC’s website is “probably an exaggeration” in that “it includes some people who had a virus when they died even though it was not the underlying cause of death” – in other words, everything we have been saying all along is truer than ever.

 

The CDC itself admits nearly one third of all official covid deaths as of late fall into the erroneous category for this very reason. One third of the people who have been logged as more covid death statistics died with a positive covid test rather than from covid itself.

 

(Related: Did you know that the CDC is a private corporation falsely referred to as a public health agency?)

 

Nearly half of all “covid” hospitalizations had nothing to do with covid

Another little tidbit of truth that came from The Atlantic has to do with pediatric hospitalizations for covid, which were also wildly overblown.

 

Two separate studies, that report explains, found that 40 to 45 percent of covid hospitalizations had nothing to do with covid. Sure, the patients may have tested positive for it, but a closer look reveals that nearly one in two of them were admitted for some other reason, including cancer treatment or psychiatric episode.

 

The Atlantic published a pretty straightforward title for its article about this: “Our Most Reliable Pandemic Number Is Losing Meaning.” Ouch.

 

It turns out that next to nothing that was officially presented to the masses during covid was accurate. So much of the plandemic was a lie that it is difficult to find anything that was honest and true from that ugly and unsettling era of medical fascism.

 

While the scamdemic itself is over, the hundreds of millions of people who got “vaccinated” for it still have all those spike proteins and other proteins floating around in their systems, while all the while their DNA is being reprogrammed as part of the gene therapy component.

 

The jabs were just as much a lie as the covid death numbers that preceded them, in other words. The world was hoodwinked to an astounding degree by the globalists behind the covid hoax, and the fallout from it is still underway.

 

“It is excellent that the truth is being revealed, finally,” someone wrote on Twitter in response to these latest revelations. “Many of us knew the counts were incorrect, inflated, bogus … all along.”

 

“Died in a car accident? No problem! It was covid,” wrote another about a very real type of scenario that occurred on the regular throughout the plandemic as the authorities tried to scare people with fake covid death numbers.

 

“… and the rest where deaths were covid was the ‘last straw’ infection in already dying people,” suggested another about how many “covid” deaths were just deaths from old age and other natural causes.

 

“That’s why the covidians stopped quoting death numbers months and months ago,” wrote another.

 

The latest news about the covid scam can be found at Plague.info.

 

Sources for this article include:

 

Twitter.com

 

NaturalNews.com

 

Twitter.com

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

FACT CHECK: Covid was mild and barely killed anyone – ventilator-acquired pneumonia, on the other hand, killed millions

19May2023 by: https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-05-19-covid-mild-ventilator-pneumonia-killed-millions.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) New research out of Northwestern University in Illinois has confirmed that most of the pre-“vaccine” deaths that occurred in the early days of the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “pandemic” were caused by ventilators, and specifically ventilator-acquired pneumonia, rather than the “virus.”

 

SARS-CoV-2, it turns out, was relatively mild the entire time, afflicting most people with little more than a cold or sniffles. The establishment health system, however, was told and incentivized to make it appear like another black plague, which sent countless millions to an early grave through the “treatment” modalities they were offered.

 

One of those so-called treatments was ventilators, which caused patients who otherwise would have survived, in most cases, to develop a serious case of ventilator-acquired pneumonia. This, Northwestern researchers found, is why millions died – again, not because of covid itself.

 

“Covid itself has a ‘relatively low mortality rate’ compared to other respiratory illnesses, the researchers found after examining about 600 patients with severe pneumonia,” reported Alex Berenson on his Substack. “Yet Covid patients remained intubated longer than other patients and developed secondary bacterial infections more often.

 

“Those extra infections caused many deaths in Covid patients, the researchers wrote. More patients may have died from the bacterial infections than Covid itself.”

(Related: Be sure to also check out our recent coverage about how hospitals across America became death and murder facilities during covid.)

American hospitals murdered patients with ventilators, data shows

This revelation is really bad news for the corporate media and establishment medicine, both of which aggressively pushed for all admitted covid patients to have a ventilator smashed over their breathing holes. These same entities then tried to blame President Donald Trump for not doing enough to “save lives” by imposing even more medical tyranny.

 

Early on in the scamdemic when Trump openly stated that he did not believe the medical establishment needed so many ventilators, let alone even more ventilators after their overuse created a shortage, he was blasted by the powers that be for spreading “misinformation.”

 

“Doctors often preemptively put patients on ventilators,” The Wall Street Journal reported in December 2020, noting that the medical establishment’s excuse for ventilator overuse is that it would help protect hospital staff from “catching covid” from patients breathing out covid “viral particles.”

 

It was already long established at the time that putting patients on mechanical ventilation, especially for long periods of time, is really dangerous because tracheostomy tubes “are a highway to bacterial lung infections,” to quote Berenson, who warns that ventilator-acquired pneumonia is very difficult to treat, even with powerful antibiotics.

 

“The importance of VAP [ventilator-acquired pneumonia] as a driver of mortality in patients with COVID-19 has been underestimated,” wrote the researchers behind the new study, which was published in the Journal of Clinical Investigation.

 

The truth about ventilators eventually came out, resulting in many hospitals simply abandoning them altogether. This resulted in truckloads of brand-new ventilators having to be given away – though nobody wanted them, so most ended up in landfills.

 

“By then, though,” Berenson notes, “it was too late for Covid patients admitted – and ventilated – in 2020.”

“It is incredible the speed at which the – once revered – medical profession was effortlessly dismantled,” wrote one of Berenson’s readers about what covid did – or perhaps simply brought to light – concerning the deeply embedded corruption within the medical establishment.

 

“Charlie Munger, Warren Buffet’s right-hand man, once said: ‘Show me the incentive and I will show you the outcome,’” – and, man, was this right as far as what happened during covid, resulting in millions of needless deaths.

The latest news about the covid scamdemic and what it did to the world can be found at Genocide.news.

Sources for this article include:

JCI.org

AlexBerenson.substack.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP

americanthinker.com logo

The lies about hydroxychloroquine were the worst of the COVID era

By John Klar 19April2023
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2023/04/the_lies_about_hydroxychloroquine_were_the_worst_of_the_covid_era.html

There has been little accountability for the lies of the COVID pandemic.

Clearly the disease originated at the Wuhan Virology Lab.  The mRNA vaccines were not nearly as effective as touted (if they worked at all), and possibly unsafe.

Another glaring dishonesty, exposed by doctors like Meryl Nass, relates to the use of hydroxychloroquine to treat COVID.

 

Whether or not hydroxychloroquine is effective against COVID, government authorities thwarted doctors from honestly attempting to find out, and interfered with doctor-patient relationships to do so.  Agencies conspired to undermine and discredit doctors like Dr. Meryl Nass, discouraging alternative therapies possessing strong safety records while hard-selling experimental and relatively untested mRNA vaccines.

 

In the case of Dr. Nass, a nationwide pattern of censorship against physicians who supported hydroxychloroquine was reflected when the State of Maine Board of Licensure in Medicine suspended her medical license and referred her for a psychiatric evaluation.  The Board slandered the good doctor by claiming her provision of care constituted “an immediate jeopardy to the health and physical safety of the public” and even suggested she might be using drugs:

The information received by the Board demonstrates that Dr. Nass is or may be unable to practice medicine with reasonable skill and safety to her patients by reason of mental illness, alcohol intemperance, excessive use of drugs, narcotics, or as a result of a mental or physical condition interfering with the competent practice of medicine.

Dr. Nass was not doing anything extreme in her patient care: she was targeted because she spoke up forcefully against the mRNA vaccine narrative.  She got in the way of efforts by politicians and pharmaceutical companies to ensure maximum jab compliance.

 

The immediate insistence by authorities that Covid skipped species in an open air market flew in the face of common sense—that it may have come from a lab studying that very virus with gain-of-function methodology, using bats carrying that virus, in the city where that virus then broke out.  Similarly, the rush to dismiss hydroxychloroquine as a potentially effective therapy could not have been known without study (much like early dismissals of natural immunity).  Banning its use made no sense.

 

As a person who had taken hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) for many years for Lyme Disease, the slandering of the drug (and doctors who prescribed it) was rather stunning to me.  I knew the risks of the drug were minor.  Yet Dr. Anthony Fauci and others very aggressively opposed trying to save lives with this drug before mRNA vaccines were available, using illogical and extremist justifications.

Dr. Nass stood up boldly and early.  At her website and in her newsletters, she has competently established that:

– studies purporting to discredit HCQ employed excessive doses and were designed by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

– the government limited HCQ use by reducing supplies to pharmacies.

– the government used the reduced supplies to suggest doctors who prescribed HCQ for Covid patients were depriving patients from using HCQ for traditional purposes.

– government propaganda fabricated and elevated dangers of the drug, and the FDA and CDC limited its use using false claims.

– trials were unreasonably limited to already-sickened patients.

– conflicts of interest existed in hydroxychloroquine studies with pharmaceutical companies who were stakeholders in mRNA vaccines.

– the government pressured state medical licensing boards and pharmacists against providing HCQ.

– Dr. Fauci claimed strong evidence of efficacy was required before HCQ could be endorsed; the opposite of what he proclaimed regarding mRNA vaccines.

All of these and other facts have been meticulously documented by Dr. Nass and other ethical physicians.  It appears to be her opposition to the Big Pharma COVID narrative, not concern for her patients, that caused this brave patriot to be targeted.

 

Many have suggested that countries that employed hydroxychloroquine against COVID experienced better health outcomes than wealthy nations that imposed lockdowns and coerced vaxxing:

Death rates in countries that rely on hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) for the treatment of Covid-19 appear to be dramatically lower than death rates in countries that discourage the use of the drug. A new study claims that the death rate in the countries that used HCQ early on was 79% lower than in countries where the drug was not used. ….a pill costing a few cents saves lives, while the mountain of money spent on lockdown in the rich part of the world has failed to do so.

Other studies claimed the stuff actually worked very well:

HCQ was found to be consistently effective against COVID-19 when provided early in the outpatient setting. It was also found to be overall effective in inpatient studies. No unbiased study found worse outcomes with HCQ use. No mortality or serious safety adverse events were found. HCQ is consistently effective against COVID-19 when provided early in the outpatient setting, it is overall effective against COVID-19, it has not produced worsening of disease and it is safe.

This is the polar opposite of claims by the usual suspects The Lancet, WHO, CDC, and FDA who in unison pushed experimental jabs to the exclusion of alternative interventions.  Many patients distrusted the so-called science of these proven liars (remember when Fauci said COVID vaccines were “just like measles”?), and sought alternative scientific voices for guidance.

 

Dr. Meryl Nass has stood up to the Orwellian stranglehold narrative, just as she has continued to defy the Maine licensing board whose case against her continues to deteriorate like an Alvin Bragg indictment.  Americans should take their spoon of modern experimental medicine with a generous pinch of salt.  Are doctors permitted to suggest mRNA vaccines are not warranted for young children, or will that too be targeted as verboten?

 

Doctors like Meryl Nass are the salty hope of free-thinking physicians and patients alike.  Her case in Maine continues, and must be watched closely.  So too should the now-discredited talking heads who have spewed a litany of lies about the efficacy of hydroxychloroquine and mRNA vaccines.

John Klar hosts the Small Farm Republic Substack and podcast from his Vermont farm.  His new book is Small Farm Republic: Why Conservatives Must Embrace Local Agriculture, Reject Climate Alarmism, and Lead an Environmental Revival.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

US Failure to Recognize Natural Immunity Negatively Affected Pandemic Response: NIH Scientist

Zachary Stieber
11May2023 Updated: 11May2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/us-failure-to-recognize-natural-immunity-negatively-affected-pandemic-response-nih-scientist_5257942.html

 

The failure to recognize how post-infection immunity is similar or superior to that bestowed by vaccination led to prolonged school closures and other problems, a National Institutes of Health (NIH) scientist told Congress on May 11.

 

U.S. public health agencies “chose to disregard natural immunity,” leading to “lost jobs, staffing shortages, children kept out of school, and wasted vaccines,” said Margery Smelkinson, a research scientist at the NIH’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID).

 

She was one of three experts who testified at a hearing on immunity during the pandemic conducted by the U.S. House’s Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Pandemic in Washington.

 

Smelkinson, who said she was testifying in her personal capacity, is employed by the same agency that was led for decades by Dr. Anthony Fauci, who repeatedly downplayed natural immunity along with other top public health officials.

 

Fauci and Dr. Rochelle Walensky, director of the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), were among the officials to meet secretly in 2021 to decide whether post-infection immunity should count as one or more vaccine doses in the recommended COVID-19 vaccination schedule, according to documents obtained by The Epoch Times. The meeting resulted in no changes to the recommendations, which advise virtually all Americans to get a vaccine even if they’ve recovered from COVID-19.

 

The government’s position on natural immunity meant that COVID-19 vaccine mandates across the country featured no exceptions for the naturally immune, in contrast to some other countries.

 

The CDC has said that there is post-infection protection but that it varies by person, it’s unclear how long it lasts, and recovered people should still get vaccinated.

 

But evidence from before the vaccines were even available signaled that natural immunity was robust, and later studies provided evidence that natural immunity was similar to or even better than vaccination, Smelkinson noted.

 

One study in July 2020, for instance, found a strong immune response in people who had recovered from COVID-19. Another in October 2020 provided similar findings. And a paper in November 2020 found that mild infections also triggered strong responses.

 

As early as April 2021, research suggested protection on par with that from vaccines. A CDC study found natural immunity was better than vaccination against the Delta variant, and a more recent CDC paper provided the same conclusions for the Omicron strain. An analysis of dozens of studies found that post-infection protection was similar to or better than vaccination, depending on the strain.

 

Smelkinson said the government’s position resulted in staffing shortages, including in the health care sector, and “caused needless loss of life as vaccines were given to essential workers with natural immunity instead of being prioritized for the elderly.”

 

“Additionally, the daily quarantine of thousands of students could have been significantly reduced if districts had, at least, made exceptions for students with natural immunity. At least,” she said. “Disregarding the wealth of evidence of natural immunity led to missed opportunities to implement policies that could have been more effective and efficient in controlling the pandemic and limiting collateral damage.”

 

Rep. Brad Wenstrup (R-Ohio), chairman of the panel, said that the government shouldn’t have mandated vaccination for the naturally immune.

Other Experts

Dr. Marty Makary, a professor at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, told the panel that the stance against natural immunity adopted by Fauci and others didn’t make sense. He pointed in part to Fauci saying previously that people who had recovered from influenza didn’t need vaccination “because the most potent vaccination is getting infected yourself.”

 

“They dismissed it, saying there was uncertainty, ‘We don’t know how long it’s going to last.’ As if we knew how long vaccinated immunity was going to last,” said Makary, who also said he was testifying in a personal capacity.

 

Studies have shown that natural immunity does wane over time, particularly against infection. But the protection from vaccines also drops, with a number of papers indicating the waning is more rapid.

 

Makary estimated that prioritizing naturally immune health care workers to get vaccinated early on resulted in the deaths of thousands of people who actually needed vaccines but were unable to get them. Another result was higher medical bills, he said.

 

Dr. Tina Tan, a professor at Northwestern University’s Feinberg School of Medicine, was also called to testify to the panel as the minority witness for the Democrats. Tan acknowledged that post-infection immunity exists but aligned with the CDC as she asserted that the level of protection after recovery “may vary from person to person.”

 

Tan championed so-called hybrid immunity, or vaccination on top of natural immunity. She pointed to papers including a study published in January that found hybrid immunity triggered a stronger immune response against Omicron than natural immunity alone.

 

“Recent data suggests that the best immunity comes from ‘hybrid immunity,’ the combination of vaccination and immunity after infection,” Tan said.

 

The doctor claimed that the currently available COVID-19 vaccines provide “substantial protection against severe disease, hospitalization, and death.” There is no clinical trial data available for the updated formulations of the most widely used vaccines, manufactured by Pfizer and Moderna, and observational data indicate the vaccines provide subpar protection against symptomatic infection and short-lived protection against hospitalization.

 

Tan also said that the vaccines are “safe,” noting that most adverse events are typical post-vaccination symptoms such as fever. But many serious side effects are either caused by the vaccines or suspected to be linked to them, including heart inflammation and blood clotting.

 

“We know that CDC has conducted extensive monitoring of adverse events associated with vaccines and the risks associated with getting a natural COVID-19 infection are far greater than the risks associated with COVID-19 vaccination,” Tan said.

 

One of the latest sets of risk-benefit analyses from the agency concluded that the benefits outweighed the risks, but was criticized by several experts for relying on hospitalization rates that didn’t include children even when estimating hospitalizations among children.

 

“The risk-benefit analysis is a marketing strategy to maximize uptake of the vaccine,” Allison Krug, an epidemiologist, told The Epoch Times previously. “It is not an honest effort to estimate risks and benefits because it ignores the most durable protection on the ‘market’—immunity from prior infection—which is near universal now.”

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Twenty Grim Realities Unearthed By Lockdowns

by Tyler Durden, 06June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/twenty-grim-realities-unearthed-lockdowns

Authored by Jeffrey Tucker via The Brownstone Institute,

It’s common now to speak of the before times in contrast to the after times. The turning point was of course March 16, 2020, the day of 15 Days to Flatten the Curve, though authoritarian trends predate that. Rights were suddenly broadly throttled, even religious rights. We were told to conduct every aspect of our lives in accordance with the priorities of the bio-medical security state.

Hydra By deskridge

Hydra By deskridge

https://www.deviantart.com/deskridge/art/Hydra-878546805

 

Very few people anticipated such a shocking development. It was the onset of a new state-conducted war and the enemy was something we could not see and hence could be anywhere. No one has ever doubted the omnipresence of potentially dangerous pathogens but now we were being told that life itself depended entirely on avoidance of them and the only guide going forward would be public-health authorities.

 

Everything changed. Nothing is the same. The trauma is real and lasting. The claim of “15 Days” was revealed to be a ruse. The emergency lasted three years and then some. The people and machinery that did this are still in power. The pick to head the CDC has a long track record of enabling and cheering the lockdowns and all that followed.

 

It’s a helpful exercise to summarize the new things we’ve all discovered in these years. Together they account for why the world seems different and why we all feel and think differently now than we did just a few years ago.

Twenty terrible realities unearthed by lockdowns

1. Surveillance and censorship by Big Tech. The resistance eventually found each other but it took months and years. A censorship regime descended on all major social platforms, technologies designed with the intention of keeping us more connected and expanding the range of opinion we could experience. We did not know it was happening, but we eventually learned of the crackdown, which is why so much of us felt so alone. Others could not hear us and we could not hear them. The regime faces a bold court challenge on many fronts but it still goes on today, with all but Twitter constantly policing their networks in ways that are unpredictably authoritarian. We have ironclad evidence now that they are all captured.

2. Power and influence of Big Pharma. It was April 2020 when someone asked me if the goal of the vaccine produced by the pharmaceutical cartel was really behind the lockdowns. The idea would be to terrify us and ruin our lives until we were begging for shots. I thought the whole idea was insane and that the corruption could not possibly reach this deep. I was wrong. Pharma had been at work on a vaccine since January of that year and called in every form of purchased influence to eventually make them mandatory. Now we know that the major regulators are wholly owned and controlled, to the point that necessity, safety, and efficacy don’t really matter.

3. Government propaganda by Big Media. It was relentless from day one: the major media proved hardcore partisans of Anthony Fauci. The powers that be could tap the New York Times, National Public Radio, Washington Post, and all the rest, whenever and however they wanted. Later the media was deployed to demonize those who violated lockdowns, refused masks, and resisted the shots. Gone was the idea that “democracy dies in darkness” and the “paper of record” replaced by darkness itself and constant propaganda. They showed no real curiosity of the other side. The Great Barrington Declaration itself began as an effort to educate journalists but only a few dared even show up. Now we get it: the mainstream media too is wholly owned and completely compromised. They already knew what to report and how to report it. Nothing else mattered.

4. Corruption of public health. Who in their right minds would have predicted that the CDC and NIH, not to mention the World Health Organization, would be deployed as frontline workers in the imposition of totalitarian control? Some observers perhaps predicted this but implausibly so. But in fact it was these agencies which were responsible for all the absurd protocols from closing hospitals to non-Covid cases, putting up Plexiglas everywhere, keeping schools closed, demonizing repurpose therapeutics, masking toddlers, and forcing shots. They knew no limits to their power. They revealed themselves to be faithful agents of the hegemon.

5. Consolidation of industry. Free enterprise is supposed to be free but when workers, industries, and brands were divided between essential and nonessential, where were the howls from Big Business? They weren’t there. They proved willing to put profit ahead of the system of competition. So long as they benefited from the system of consolidation, cartelization, and centralization, they were fine with it. The big-box stores got to wipe out the competition and gain a leg up in industrial standing. Same with remote learning platforms and digital technology. The biggest businesses proved to be the worst enemies of real capitalism and the biggest friends of corporatism. As for arts and music: we know now that the elites consider them dispensable.

6. Influence and power of administrative state. The Constitution established three branches of government but lockdowns were not managed by any of them. Instead it was a fourth branch that has grown up over the decades, the permanent class of bureaucrats that no one elected and no one from the public controls. These permanent “experts” were completely unleashed and unhinged with no check on their power, and they cranked out protocols by the hour and enforced them as legislatures, judges, and even presidents and governors stood by powerless and in awe. We know now that there was a coup d’etat on March 13, 2020 that transferred all power to the national security state but we certainly did not know it then. The edict was classified. The administrative state still rules the day.

7. Cowardice of intellectuals. The intellectuals are the most free to speak their minds of any group. Indeed that is their job. Instead, they stayed quiet for the most part. This was true of right and left. The pundits and scholars just went along with the most egregious attacks on human rights in this generation if not in all living memory. We employ these people to be independent but they proved themselves to be anything but that. We stood by in shock as even famed civil libertarians looked out at the suffering and said “This is fine.” A whole generation among them is today completely discredited. And by the way, the few who did stand up were called horrible names and often lost their jobs. Others took note of this reality and decided instead to behave by staying quiet or echoing the ruling-class line.

8. Pusillanimity of universities. The origin of modern academia is with the sanctuaries from war and pestilence so that great ideas could survive even the worst of times. Most universities – only a handful excepted – completely went along with the regime. They closed their doors. They locked students in their dormitories. They denied paying customers in-person education. Then came the shots. Millions were jabbed unnecessarily and could only refuse on pain of being kicked out of degree programs. They showed a complete lack of principle. Alumni should take note and so should parents who are considering where to send their high school seniors next year.

9. Spinelessness of think tanks. The job of these huge nonprofits is to test the boundaries of acceptable opinion and drive the policy and intellectual world in the direction of progress for everyone. They are also supposed to be independent. They don’t depend on tuition or political favor. They can be bold and principled. So where were they? Almost without exception they clammed up or became craven apologists for the lockdown regime. They waited and waited until the coast was clear and then eked out little opinions that had little impact. Were they just being shy? Not likely. The financials tell a different story. They are supported by the very industries that stood to benefit from the egregious policies. Donors who believe in freedom should take note!

10. Madness of crowds. We’ve all read the classic book Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds but we thought it was a chronicle of the past and probably impossible now. But within an instant, mobs of people fell into medieval-style panics, hunting down non-compliers and hiding from the invisible miasma. They had a mission. They were ferreting out dissidents and ratting out the non-compliers. None of this would have happened otherwise. Just like in the Cultural Revolution of China, these would-be members of the Red Guard became foot soldiers for the state. Mathias Desmet’s book on Mass Formation now stands as a classic explanation of how a population devoid of meaningful lives can turn these sorts of political frenzies into deluded crusades. Most of our friends and neighbors went along.

11. Lack of ideological conviction of both right and left. Both right and left betrayed their ideals. The right abandoned its affections for limited government, free enterprise, and the rule of law. And the left turned against its traditional stand for civil liberties, equal freedoms, and free speech. They all became compromised, and they all made up fake rationales for this pathetic situation. Had this all began under a Democrat, the Republicans would have been screaming. Instead they went quiet. Then the Covid regime passed to a Democrat and so they stayed quiet while the Republicans, embarrassed at their previous silence, stayed silent for far too long. Both sides proved ineffective and toothless throughout.

12. Sadism of the ruling class. The kids were denied a year or two of school in some locations. People missed medical diagnostics. Weddings and funerals were on Zoom. The aged were forced into desperate loneliness. The poor suffered. People turned to substance abuse and put on added pounds. The working classes were exploited. Small businesses were wrecked. Millions were forced to move and millions more were displaced from their jobs. The ruling class that advertised its wonderful altruism and public spiritedness became callous and completely disregarded all this suffering. Even when the data poured in about suicide ideation and mental illness from loneliness, it made no difference. They could not muster any concern. They changed nothing. The schools stayed closed and the travel restrictions stayed in place. Those who pointed this out were called terrible names. It was a form of grotesque sadism of which we did not know they were capable.

13. The real-life problem of massive class inequality. Would any of this have happened 20 years ago when a third of the workforce was not privileged enough to take their work home and pretend to produce from laptops? Doubtful. But by 2020, there had developed an overclass that was completely disconnected from the lives of those who work with their hands for a living. But the overclass didn’t care that they had to face the virus bravely and first. These workers and peasants did not have privileges and apparently they didn’t matter much. When it came time for the shots, the overclass wanted their health care workers, pilots, and delivery people to get them too, all in the interest of purifying society of germs. Huge wealth inequalities turn out to make a big difference in political outcomes, especially when one class is forced to serve the other in lockdowns.

14. The cravenness and corruption of public education. A universal education was the proudest achievement of progressives one hundred years ago. We all assumed it was the one thing that would be protected above all else. The kids would never be sacrificed. But then for no good reason, the schools were all closed. The labor unions representing the teachers rather liked their extended paid holiday and tried to make it last as long as possible, as the students got ever further behind in their studies. These are schools for which people paid for with their taxes for many years but no one promised a rebate or any compensation. Homeschooling went from existing under a legal cloud to being suddenly mandatory. And when they opened back up, the kids faced mass silencing with masks.

15. Enabling power of central banking to fund it all. From March 12, 2020, and onward, the Federal Reserve deployed every power to serve as a Congressional printing press. It slammed rates back to zero. It eliminated (eliminated!) reserve requirements for banks. It flooded the economy with fresh money, eventually reaching a peak of 26 percent expansion or $6.2 trillion in total. This of course later translated into price inflation that quickly ate away the actual purchasing power of all that free stimulus dispensed by government, thus harming on net both producers and consumers. It was a great head fake, all made possible by the central bank and its powers. Further damage came to the structure of production by a prolongation of low interest rates.

16. The shallowness of the faith communities. Where were the churches and synagogues? They closed their doors and kept out the people they had sworn to defend. They canceled holy days and holiday celebrations. They utterly and completely failed to protest. And why? Because they went along with the propaganda that ceasing their ministries was consistent with public health priorities. They went along with the state and media claim that their religions were deeply dangerous to the public. What this means is that they don’t really believe in what they claim to believe. When the opening finally came, they discovered that their congregations had dramatically shrunk. It’s no wonder. And who among them did not go along? It was the supposed crazy and odd ones: the Amish, the estranged Mormons, and the Orthodox Jews. How non-mainstream they are. How marginal! But apparently they were among the only ones whose faith was strong enough to resist the demands of princes.

17. The limitations on travel. We didn’t know the government had the power to limit our travel but they did it anyway. First it was internationally. But then it became domestic. For a few months there, it was hard to cross state lines because of the demands that everyone who did so had to quarantine for a fortnight. It was strange because we didn’t know what was and what was not legal nor did we know the enforcement mechanism. It turned out to be a training exercise for what we know now they really want, which is 15-minute cities. Apparently a people on the move are harder to control and corral. We were being acculturated toward a more medieval and tribal existence, staying put so that our masters can keep tabs on us.

18. The tolerance for segregation. Vaccine uptake was certainly disproportionate by race and income. Richer and whiter populations went along but some 40 percent of the non-white and poorer communities didn’t trust the jab and refused. That did not stop 5 major cities from imposing vaccine segregation and enforcing it with police power. For a time, major cities were segregated with disparate impact by race. I don’t recall a single article in a major newspaper that pointed this out, much less decried it. So much for public accommodations and so much for enlightenment! Segregation turns out to be just fine so long as it fits with government priorities – same now as it was in the bad old days.

19. The goal of a social credit system. It is not paranoia to speculate that all this segregation was really about the creation of a vaccine passport system running off a national base, the one they want very much to implement. And part of this is the real and long-term goal of creating a China-style social credit system that would make your participation in economic and social life contingent on political compliance. The CCP has mastered the art and imposed totalitarian control. We know for sure now that major aspects of the pandemic response were scripted in Beijing and imposed through the influence of China’s ruling class. It is completely reasonable to assume that this is the real goal of vaccine passports and even Central Bank Digital Currency.

20. Corporatism as the system under which we live, giving lie to existing ideological systems. For many generations, the great debate has been between capitalism and socialism. All the while, the real goal has passed us by: the institutionalization of an interwar-style corporatist state. This is where property is nominally private and concentrated in only top industries in major sectors but publicly controlled with an eye to political priorities. This is not traditional socialism and it certainly isn’t competitive capitalism. It is a social, economic, and political system designed by the ruling class to serve its interests above all else. Here is the main threat and the existing reality but it is not well understood by either right or left. Not even libertarians seem to get this: they are so attached to the public/private binary that they have blinded themselves to the merger of the two and the ways in which major corporate players are actually driving the advance of statism in their own interests.

If you haven’t changed your thinking over the last three years, you are a prophet, indifferent, or asleep. Much has been revealed and much has changed. To meet these challenges, we must do so with our eyes wide open. The greatest threats to human liberty today are not the ones of the past and they elude easy ideological categorization. Further, we have to admit that in many ways the plain human desire to live a fulfilling life in freedom has been subverted. If we want our freedoms back, we need to have a full understanding of the frightening challenges before us.

 

Brownstone’s work and influence in this regard is far beyond any that we’ve told publicly. You would be astonished at the extent of it. The times demand circumspection in overt institutional aggrandizement.

 

We are grateful to our donors for having faith in the power of ideas. We are daily amazed at the ability of passionate and scrupulous writers and intellectuals to make a real difference for the cause of freedom. Please, if you can, join our donor community to keep the momentum going, for the hill is perhaps the steepest we’ve climbed in our lives. We have no “development department” and no corporate or government benefactors: you can make a difference.

TOP


americanthinker.com logo

Rigorous new study of studies finds that lockdowns, not COVID, caused the destruction

By Monica Showalter 8June2023
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2023/06/rigorous_new_study_of_studies_finds_that_lockdowns_not_covid_caused_the_destruction.html

 

COVID is blamed for the vast ruin and destruction of the past few years.

 

After all, there were a more than a million deaths in the U.S., mass layoffs, and the destruction of hundreds of thousands of small businesses.  There have been learning loss and speech delays in children, and depression and other mental health crises in teenagers.  There’s the massive inflation seen today and a huge surge in the federal debt brought on by federal COVID spending, and let’s not even get into the fraud.  There’s also the refusal of workers to return to work, the still-empty churches and downtown office spaces, and countless other lingering negative effects.

 

COVID did it.  Blame COVID.  That’s what the media and the bureaucrats and anyone getting rich off this pandemic do.

 

Except that it wasn’t that little gift from the lab in Wuhan that did it.

 

All of the destruction, according to an important new meta-study (or study of studies) by noted economists Steve Hanke, Lars Jonung, and Jonas Herby, came from state-enforced lockdowns, not COVID.

 

The study has now become a book, titled Did Lockdowns Work?, and it can be downloaded here.

 

Respected economists have taken note and give their approval.

 

According to economist Brad Polumbo:

Pandemic-era lockdown policies may “represent the biggest policy mistake in modern times.” At least, that’s the conclusion reached by one of the authors of a major new study examining many government restrictions inflicted upon the public throughout 2020 and 2021.

An updated, peer-reviewed meta analysis of lockdowns examining 22 relevant studies was just published by the Institute of Economic Affairs. In it, authors Lars Jonung, Jonas Herby, and Steve H. Hanke examined the lockdown policies enacted in the US, England, and Europe and compared them to the light-touch approach enacted in Sweden where minor government restrictions were paired with voluntary action driven by extensive public information and awareness campaigns.

They find that in the US, extensive restrictions ranging from stay-at-home orders to business closures all combined to only save approximately 4,000 lives. Some particular policies, like gathering limits, actually increased COVID mortality. (As it turns out, much of the COVID-19 spread occurred at home). This is a far cry from the projections used early in the pandemic to justify lockdowns that estimated 2 million American lives would be saved.

That’s an academically rigorous study, and what it found was pathetic.  All that destruction through Western society, and instead of saving 2 million lives, as the adamant lockdown proponents at the Imperial College of London confidently forecast, the vaunted lockdowns saved…4,000.

 

It’s not nothing, but it’s not what they claimed.  They said 2 million in the U.S. alone and millions more elsewhere.

 

Turns out they had no idea what they were talking about, yet they had tremendous power to make their Frankenstein ideas come to life.

 

The Imperial College of London, as noted here, is getting famous for its junk science, and that’s an extended record.

 

According to IEA, a rigorous academic think-tank in the U.K.:

  • Herby, Jonung, and Hanke conclude that voluntary changes in behaviour, such as social distancing, played a significant role in mitigating the pandemic – but harsher restrictions, like stay-at-home rules and school closures, generated very high costs but produced only negligible health benefits
  • COVID-19 lockdowns were “a global policy failure of gigantic proportions,” according to this peer-reviewed new academic study. The draconian policy failed to significantly reduce deaths while imposing substantial social, cultural, and economic costs.
  • The comprehensive 220-page book, began with a systematic review of 19,646 potentially relevant studies. For their meta-analysis, the authors’ screening resulted in the choice of 22 studies that are based on actual, measured mortality data, not on results derived from modelling exercises. A meta-analysis is considered the ‘gold-standard’ for evidence, as it combines comparable, independent studies to determine overall trends.

And not surprisingly, its pals are already trying to debunk this rigorous peer-reviewed study.

 

The Guardian’s science editor, Ian Sample, couldn’t come up with anything better than that the study “adds little insight.”

 

In other words, they all knew this already, so nothing to see here, move along.

 

No, pal.  Anyone who questioned lockdowns in the past few years was branded anti-science, anti-people, a Nazi, and someone who belonged in prison, if not cast out from society.

 

They dismissed effective treatments such as ivermectin with grade school–style mockery — e.g., “horse paste” and “you are not a horse” — and pretended the effects of natural immunity didn’t exist, which is first-year medical science, all to justify and extend lockdowns even as the destruction extended.

 

They went with a vengeance after anyone who questioned lockdowns.  They smeared top doctors such as those who signed the Great Barrington Declaration and authentic M.D.s such as Sen. Rand Paul of Kentucky, and they smeared inexpensive and effective treatments based on empirical evidence.  Remember how this black hero doctor who saved a whole nursing home full of patients in Texas got raked over the coals?

A Galveston-area doctor, Dr. Robin Armstrong, who was in charge of a nursing home, found himself in the middle of the worst health care nightmare anyone can imagine: a COVID-19 outbreak, on a home full of elderly people, and he was in charge.  Odds were big they were going to die.  We already know what the coronavirus did to a nursing home in Washington State, and we have subsequently learned what inserting COVID-19 patients into unwilling nursing homes in New York City did to those populations.  Coronavirus + Nursing Home = Death Sentence.  That was what he was looking at.  In desperation, the Texas doctor decided to treat his threatened patients with hydroxychloroquine in a last-ditch effort to save them…and he called it right.  Unlike those other places, his patients got well.  His informed judgment saved the lives of a building full of nursing home patients, and he reported no bad side-effects such as heart problems brought on by the treatment.  He would have been justified to take such risks because his treatment was triage, and the alternative was the death sentence.  But there wasn’t even that.  His patients lived, they regained their fragile health, and there were no stacked bodies or chaotic medical scenes in his part of Texas on his watch.

That’s frankly a story of heroism, and the brilliant medical man should be celebrated for the huge number of lives he saved.

The lockdown idiocy extended from the top to the very bottom.  I remember when my elderly parents were sick by COVID during the first wave of the pandemic, and the whole household, including even the cats, had COVID symptoms, yet I didn’t have a trace of it in that same household based on my being treated with ivermectin.  I was told by a San Diego County public health bureaucrat over the phone that I needed to wear a mask around the house.  I knew I was being fed a line, and it wasn’t about science.  I remember police patrolling our neighborhood looking for mask violators, because I was out walking on the sidewalk without one (fresh air science!) and, suspecting nothing, put my mask on and approached the cop car to ask if I could help them…and found out that I was what they were looking for — a mask violator. Who the hell gave that order?

It all comes back to us:

The Rolling Stones – Living In A Ghost Town

 

The Guardian piece gets worse the more you read — it complains that the study of studies didn’t include the opinions of epidemiologists, and instead just used (rigorous) economic studies by economists.  That’s a textbook case of blaming COVID instead of the lockdowns for the mass ill effects in society.  The topic was lockdowns, which are an economic phenomenon, not a disease.  Why the heck should they use the opinions of medical people, who research the disease itself?  Consulting them provides about as much insight as consulting a wokester college student or a taxi driver.  Economists study economic effects; medical researchers study viruses under microscopes.

 

And how’s this for a stupid weaselly understatement from one of these vaunted epidemiologists?

Prof Rowland Kao, an epidemiologist at Edinburgh University, said specific details about the UK’s lockdown matter too. In the first lockdown, care homes suffered brutal, disproportionate death rates because, despite the restrictions, residents were not adequately protected from infected patients arriving from hospitals. “As it stood, lockdown without protection of people in care homes wasn’t in a position to achieve one of its most important potential outcomes.”

“Wasn’t in a position”?  What kind of cover-your-ass statement is that?  People in old-age homes were literally trapped like prisoners with diseased patients rolling in from the hospitals and couldn’t get out.  Not surprisingly, they died by the tens of thousands and, worse still, were forced to die alone.

 

That’s the kind of phrase you use when maybe you can’t attend a distant nephew’s wedding, not one of the great mass-death crimes of the 21st century that has yet to see anyone punished.  This was lockdowns, not COVID, killing people.  All they had to do was let the patients out of that death trap, and they’d be alive today.

 

It’s all part of the continuing campaign to blame COVID instead of lockdowns for the death and havoc wrought in society from the pandemic.  We all know why they’re doing it: blaming COVID ensures that what’s blamed is a thing, not a person who made a lethal decision.

 

It’s nothing but a red herring.  This study of studies shows conclusively that lockdowns were a disaster, and because it was lockdowns, and not the disease, that wreaked the havoc, someone needs to be held accountable.  Society was shut down based on junk science and fear.  Not only do incompetents and chiselers and power-mongers need to be held accountable, but laws need to be made to ensure that these bureaucrats and their allies never have this kind of power again.

 

This study is important for advancing that critical change.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Why Are So Many COVID Authoritarians Suddenly Shifting Their Narratives?

by Tyler Durden, 01May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/why-are-so-many-covid-authoritarians-suddenly-shifting-their-narratives

In February of 2019, the White House under Trump established the position of Chief Medical Advisor to the President.  The fist person to occupy that position was a physician by the name of Ronnie Jackson and his job was to advise Donald Trump on public health policy.  Right before the initial outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, Jackson left the post and it remained vacant for a year; instead the role was filled for the most part by Anthony Fauci, who did not become the next Chief Medical Advisor officially until Joe Biden entered office.

 

After numerous conflicts with Trump on policies and mandates, Fauci transitioned seamlessly into the new Democrat controlled White House.  Biden and Fauci were like two peas in a pod.

 

Fauci is a figure with a controversial career in virology and medicine and the key official best known for spreading false claims that created nationwide hysteria over the HIV/AIDS virus.  Why Trump brought him in as an adviser and who recommended him is not widely known and opinions vary.  What we do know is that the elevation of Fauci as a primary point of contact for covid rules was disastrous for the country as a whole.  Specifically, his prominence within the Biden Administration brought America to the brink of medical authoritarianism on a scale that could have erased the Bill of Rights for good.

Dr. Anthony Faucii Lies - Artwork

Dr. Anthony Faucii Lies – Artwork

 

Of course, Fauci didn’t act alone during the march towards total societal lockdowns and perpetual vaccine mandates, he was just one bureaucrat among many that joined forces to spread fear and panic over a virus with an average official Infection Fatality Rate of 0.23%.  Covid was a non-threat to the vast majority of the population, and yet it was presented as if there would soon be bodies in the streets if Americans did not comply with every government demand.

 

As if to acknowledge the ultimate failure of the pandemic narrative, multiple government officials have suddenly (and perhaps begrudgingly) started to back away from their original positions.  However, instead of admitting they were wrong and apologizing to the public, they are trying to rewrite history and claim that they were actually against many of the measures and restrictions they implemented.

 

In a recent interview with the New York Times, Anthony Fauci made some surprising admissions on “mistakes made” during the pandemic.  Fauci tried to distance himself from the lockdowns and school closures as if he had no say or influence in how they were enacted:

“…When people say, ‘Fauci shut down the economy’ — it wasn’t Fauci. The CDC was the organization that made those recommendations. I happened to be perceived as the personification of the recommendations. But show me a school that I shut down and show me a factory that I shut down. Never. I never did. I gave a public-health recommendation that echoed the C.D.C.’s recommendation, and people made a decision based on that. But I never criticized the people who had to make the decisions one way or the other.”  

Here is the truth:

Brandon Taylor Moore-tweet-26April2023-Fauci this morning vs Fauci 2020

Brandon Taylor Moore-tweet-26April2023-Fauci this morning vs Fauci 2020

Fauci also noted that:

“From a broad public-health standpoint, at the population level, masks work at the margins — maybe 10 percent. But for an individual who religiously wears a mask, a well-fitted KN95 or N95, it’s not at the margin. It really does work. But I think anything that instigated or intensified the culture wars just made things worse. And I have to be honest with you, David, when it comes to masking, I don’t know.”

Here is the truth – Fauci changed positions multiple times on the masks according to the political theater involved:

Dr. Fauci Explains Mask Guidance Changed | NBC News NOW

17JUly2020 In an interview with Mark Zuckerberg on Facebook, Dr. Anthony Fauci explains why the guidance on wearing face masks changed and that they have no negative effect on oxygen levels.

Interestingly, Fauci’s latest flip-flop has been published in tandem with multiple other officials who have also tried to adjust the optics surrounding their medical tyranny.  For example, Randi Weingarten, president of the American Federation of Teachers and a member of the AFL–CIO, advocated for the forced shutdowns of US schools for years despite extensive data showing the lockdowns were pointless.  In fact, she threatened union strikes if schools were allowed to reopen.  Now, she claims she had been trying to reopen schools the whole time…

 

Readers added context they thought people might want to know
Weingarten is misrepresenting her prior positions. She called attempts to reopen schools in the fall of 2020 “Reckless, callous, cruel”

https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2020/jul/17/trump-teachers-reopening-schools-coronavirus-randi-weingarten

Her union pushed aggressively at the local level
https://www.edweek.org/teaching-learning/how-teachers-unions-are-influencing-decisions-on-school-reopenings/2020/12

Areas with high union influence remained closed much longer
https://www.returntolearntracker.net/instructional_status/

They continued in 2022
https://www.nytimes.com/2022/01/08/us/teachers-unions-covid-schools.html

Washington Free Beacon-tweet-26April 2023-AFT President Randi Weingarten

Washington Free Beacon-tweet-26April 2023-AFT President Randi Weingarten

Tommy Schultz-tweet-26April2023-Never forget what the teachers unions were saying for two years

Tommy Schultz-tweet-26April2023-Never forget what the teachers unions were saying for two years

 

Justin Trudeau, one of the more malicious leaders among western nations when it came to covid authoritarianism, now claims that he never tried to force Canadians to get vaccinated.  Keep in mind that Trudeau regularly spread propaganda associating anti-mandate protesters with “racists” and “terrorists,” while also arresting those who refused to submit to his lockdowns:

Michael P Senger-tweet-24April2023-Justin Trudeau claims he never forced anyone to get vaccinated

Michael P Senger-tweet-24April2023-Justin Trudeau claims he never forced anyone to get vaccinated

The reason these staunch advocates for limiting freedoms in the face of covid are now acting defensively may be because the truth about the science on Covid is becoming insurmountable.  Nearly every narrative that was originally promoted by government officials in the past three years has been debunked.  To summarize, here are the realities of the mandates and vaccines:

 

The masks were never effective in stopping the spread of covid and mask mandates made little to no difference.  Children were never at any serious risk from covid.  School shutdowns made no difference in stopping the spread, and did more harm than good.  Economic lockdowns made no difference, doing more harm than good.

 

There was never any evidence of hospitals in the US being overwhelmed by covid patients (in fact, hospital admissions fell dramatically in 2020).  There is also evidence that the number of deaths associated with covid were inflated by incidental covid infections; covid was blamed for deaths caused by other conditions.

 

There is no such thing as “Covid Heart” (heart failure caused by covid).  The vaccines do not stop transmission of the virus.  Vaccinated people still die from the virus. Natural immunity is more effective than the vaccines.  The much hyped “pandemic of the unvaccinated” never happened.  And yes, there is ample evidence of negative side effects including heart failure associated with the mRNA vaccines.

 

The narratives and the agenda fell apart in spectacular fashion.  Now, the people that rallied around the virus panic and tried to exploit it for their own ends are attempting to fade into the background as if nothing ever happened.  Perhaps even more damning data is on the horizon and officials are preemptively positioning to deflect responsibility.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

ANALYSIS: Top Officials Who Pushed Aggressive COVID-19 Policies Now Try to Reframe Their Positions

Former Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) Dr. Anthony Fauci listens to President Joe Biden (out of frame) speak during a visit to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in Bethesda, Md., on Feb. 11, 2021. (Saul Loeb/AFP via Getty Images)

Former Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) Dr. Anthony Fauci listens to President Joe Biden (out of frame) speak during a visit to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in Bethesda, Md., on Feb. 11, 2021. (Saul Loeb/AFP via Getty Images)

Petr Svab Publish May 3, 2023 Updated: May 4, 2023
https://www.theepochtimes.com/analysis-efforts-to-rewrite-history-fauci-weingarten-and-trudeau-reframe-positions-on-covid-19-response_5240453.html

 

News Analysis

Some of the people most strongly associated with promoting lockdown measures during the COVID-19 pandemic have recently sought to recast their positions. Examples include Anthony Fauci, former leader of the federal COVID-19 response, teachers’ union head Randi Weingarten, and Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

 

Fauci seemed eager to shirk responsibility for the lockdowns when talking to The New York Times last week.

 

“Show me a school that I shut down and show me a factory that I shut down. Never. I never did,” he said.

 

It was the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) that produced the lockdown recommendations, he emphasized.

 

“I gave a public-health recommendation that echoed the CDC’s recommendation, and people made a decision based on that,” he said, noting that he “happened to be perceived as the personification of the recommendations.”

 

That perception wasn’t mere happenstance though. Fauci hardly missed an opportunity for a media spotlight, accepting accolades for supposedly leading the country through the crisis.

 

Fauci boasted in October of 2020 that, early in the pandemic, it was he who recommended that President Donald Trump “shut the country down.”

 

“This was way before” the major outbreak in the New York City area at the onset of the pandemic, he said.

 

Moreover, Fauci now argues he was appreciative of those who had their reasons for not following the advice of federal public health agencies.

 

“I never criticized the people who had to make the decisions one way or the other,” he said.

 

That doesn’t appear to be accurate.

 

Fauci was repeatedly cited by the media as criticizing states that diverged from federal guidance.

A driver holds out a sign as hundreds of people gather to protest the lockdown in spite of shelter-in-place rules still being in effect at California’s state capitol building in Sacramento, Calif., on April 20, 2020. (Josh Edelson/AFP via Getty Images)

A driver holds out a sign as hundreds of people gather to protest the lockdown in spite of shelter-in-place rules still being in effect at California’s state capitol building in Sacramento, California on April 20, 2020. – Some people intentionally jammed roads while honking and holding out signs while others disrespected social distancing rules by gathering in close proximity, blaring Americana music and shouting to end the lockdown. (Photo by Josh Edelson / AFP) (Photo by JOSH EDELSON/AFP via Getty Images)

A driver holds out a sign as hundreds of people gather to protest the lockdown in spite of shelter-in-place rules still being in effect at California’s state capitol building in Sacramento, Calif., on April 20, 2020. (Josh Edelson/AFP via Getty Images)On one occasion he called it “risky” and on another warned of “needless suffering and death” if states lifted COVID-19 restrictions earlier than federal guidelines suggested.

 

The former pandemic adviser now acknowledges that COVID-19 vaccines were presented to the public in a less-than-ideal way.

 

“We probably should have communicated better that the clinical trials were only powered to look at the effect on clinically recognizable disease, symptomatic disease,” he told the New York Times.

 

Nonetheless, various officials made comments to the effect that the vaccines stopped transmission of the virus—which was incorrect—while people who pointed out the limitations of the vaccine clinical trials were dismissed as “anti-vax” and censored by social media.

 

“Records can be shown to demonstrate Fauci’s undeniable leadership on decisions that led to substantial pain for otherwise healthy and productive Americans,” commented Michael Chamberlain, director of Protect the Public’s Trust, a group that pushes for government transparency and impartiality.

School Reopening

Weingarten, head of the American Federation of Teachers (AFT), recently told Congress that the union advocated for school reopening from early on in the pandemic.

 

“We spent every day from February [2020] on trying to get schools open,” she said.

 

That appears to be only partially true.

 

The union did issue a paper in April of 2020 that proposed reopening schools that were largely shut down the month before amid the rising spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus that causes COVID-19 (pdf).

 

In practice, however, Weingarten always appeared to demand more to be done before schools could be opened “safely.”

American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten speaks in Pittsburgh, Pa., on July 13, 2018. (Jeff Swensen/Getty Images)

PITTSBURGH – JULY 13: American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten speaks to the audience at the annual convention of the American Federation of Teachers Friday, July 13, 2018 at the David L. Lawrence Convention Center in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. (Photo by Jeff Swensen/Getty Images)

American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten speaks in Pittsburgh, Pa., on July 13, 2018. (Jeff Swensen/Getty Images)Some of the core demands included universal masking of teachers and students, improving ventilation at school buildings, and maintaining 6-foot physical distancing at all times. But those requirements, according to the union, required major investment or sacrifices of classroom time. Classes needed to be much smaller, for example, to ensure the distancing.

 

“If you do 6 feet of physical distancing, you’re essentially saying in a school you’re going to have about 50 percent or 60 percent of people in there at any one time, not a 100 percent,” Weingarten told NBC News in February of 2021.

 

And the demands went on.

 

United Federation of Teachers’ (UFT’s) reopening report from February of 2021 called for 20 percent of all students and staff to be tested each week. If one student tested positive, the whole classroom should be sent home for 14 days; if two students in different classrooms tested positive, the whole school should shut down in-person learning for 14 days, the document recommended (pdf).

 

New York City schools tried to implement similar if less stringent rules, only to prompt protests from parents.

 

“Day 2 of school. A positive case was found in daughter’s classroom. 25 kids now have remote school for 10 days,” Jill Goldstein, who has a child in one of the city schools, wrote on Twitter.

 

“This is unacceptable.”

There also appeared to be a tendency to delay school reopening until teachers had ample opportunity to get vaccinated.

 

On one hand, the AFT said vaccinations weren’t necessary for school reopening, but on the other, it argued that teachers needed to be prioritized for vaccination and that vaccination progress should be “aligned” with the reopening.

 

“Teachers and school-related personnel need the layer of protection vaccines provide. It is the bare minimum of what they need to get back into the classroom,” Weingarten said in a February 24, 2021, tweet.

 

In some of the districts with large local unions and robust reopening demands, it was only after the vaccines became widely available that local authorities were able to reach reopening deals, according to a report by the Defense of Freedom Institute (pdf).

 

Some of the AFT’s largest local affiliates went even further.

 

United Teachers of Los Angeles (UTLA), one of the AFT’s largest and most powerful affiliates, argued that reopening would require “broader community preparedness and increased funding.” That was supposed to include not only prolific testing, masking, and social distancing, but also expanded sick leave, a wealth tax, a millionaire tax, “Medicare for all,” and a moratorium on charter schools, according to a document issued by the union in July of 2020 (pdf). The document is no longer accessible on the UTLA website.

Facing public resistance, the UTLA in the end agreed to a reopening plan without such extraneous demands.

Resources, Red Zones, and Politics

Weingarten seemed rather inflexible in her demands.

When the CDC lifted mask recommendations for COVID-19-vaccinated people in May of 2021, Weingarten criticized Texas for no longer requiring masks in schools, pointing out that children weren’t eligible for the vaccine yet. Two months later, the CDC recommended masks again regardless of vaccination, citing the spread of the virus’ Delta variant and data showing vaccinated people were spreading it just as much as the unvaccinated.

 

Experts have warned that masking children, especially the youngest ones, could stunt their development. Some people have also criticized what they perceived as arbitrary masking rules. If classes were held at restaurants, for example, students would have been presumably allowed to take their masks off while sitting, based on rules once in place in many jurisdictions.

 

When the CDC cut the school social distancing guideline to 3 feet, Weingarten pushed back: “The issue with the change in distancing in schools is that overcrowded and under-resourced schools are already having trouble meeting basic safety guidelines. We need to be focusing on actually getting all of the mitigation strategies in place first.”

Prime Minister Justin Trudeau rises during question period in the House of Commons on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on March 28, 2023. (Sean Kilpatrick/The Canadian Press)

Prime Minister Justin Trudeau rises during question period in the House of Commons on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on Tuesday, March 28, 2023. THE CANADIAN PRESS/Sean Kilpatrick

Prime Minister Justin Trudeau rises during question period in the House of Commons on Parliament Hill in Ottawa on March 28, 2023. (Sean Kilpatrick/The Canadian Press)The UFT also pushed for the CDC to issue universal guidelines as a condition of schools reopening. The CDC did so in February of 2021, but only after extensive consultations with the UFT and the inclusion of several of its demands.

 

Just as Weingarten wanted, the guidelines called for reopening based on the level of detected COVID-19 cases in the community. Schools in “red zones”—those that couldn’t offer COVID-19 tests to all teachers and students at least once a week—should have held virtual classes, unless they could “strictly implement all mitigation strategies.”

 

The thresholds were so low that almost all schools were in “red zones” back then.

 

Weingarten made clear the guidelines couldn’t in fact be universally implemented—not unless Congress gave public schools much more money.

 

“Educators, students, and parents all want our schools to #ReopenSafely. But we need the resources from the #AmericanRescuePlan to do it,” she said in a February 17, 2021, tweet. She was referring to the $1.9 trillion spending package pushed by the Biden administration, which promised public schools $130 billion on top of the $110 billion given by Congress to schools and colleges in the previous COVID-19 packages.

 

In fact, the massive amount of federal funding had little to do with school reopening. The Congressional Budget Office stated in February of 2021 that most of the $110 billion remained unspent and less than 5 percent of the $130 billion was to be spent by September of 2021 (pdf).

 

Surveys have indicated that many teachers didn’t want to return to work because they were afraid they would catch COVID-19 (pdf). Yet research has indicated that the virus was spreading in schools no more than outside of schools and that children were actually less likely to spread it—even in areas that, according to Weingarten, opened prematurely, such as Florida.

 

Teachers could theoretically avoid the virus by shutting themselves in their homes, but that would only shift the risk from themselves to other people who still had to operate in the outside world on their behalf, delivering food and other necessities to them.

 

In the end, school reopening appears to have had little to do with resources and federal guidelines.

Poorer districts that masked less vigorously, for example, were somewhat more likely to be open in 2021, according to the Return to Learn Tracker. The factors most prominently associated with in-person instruction were the political leaning of the district and the estimated strength of the local teachers’ union, one research paper showed.

 

“The decision to return students to in-person classes this fall was strongly correlated with the county level share of the vote won by Donald Trump in 2016,” according to the working paper.

‘Gaslighting’

“The efforts to rewrite history by those who advocated for severe restrictions and school closures are absolutely galling, especially considering their documented roles in forming those very policies they are running from now,” Chamberlain told The Epoch Times.

 

“They pushed for the lockdowns that destroyed lives and livelihoods, pressed to keep students out of schools while parents watched their kids deteriorate academically, physically, and socially-emotionally, some to the point of suicide.”

 

National testing showed a dramatic drop in test scores after children finally returned to classrooms.

 

Meanwhile, hotline calls regarding children and domestic violence went up more than 50 percent during the initial lockdown months, and reports of predators enticing minors online almost doubled in 2020. Suspected suicides by self-poisoning increased by 30 percent in 2021, compared to 2019, an April paper revealed.

A student wears a mask at a school in Provo, Utah, on Feb. 10, 2021. (George Frey/Getty Images)

PROVO, UT – FEBRUARY 10: A student wears a mask as he does his work at Freedom Preparatory Academy on February 10, 2021 in Provo, Utah. Freedom Academy has done in person instruction since the middle of August of 2020 with only four days of school canceled due to COVID-19 outbreak. (Photo by George Frey/Getty Images)

A student wears a mask at a school in Provo, Utah, on Feb. 10, 2021. (George Frey/Getty Images)Still, Weingarten appeared at times reluctant to acknowledge how much the lack of in-person instruction set children back.

 

“Clearly there was education disruption, but our members push back on the idea that there was a loss of education,” she said, according to a May 18, 2021 AFT tweet.

 

Chamberlain accused the likes of Fauci and Weingarten of gaslighting: “trying to convince the American public that they did and said exactly the opposite of what they actually did and said.”

 

Meanwhile, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau claimed last week that he never forced anyone to get the vaccine, although he “chose to make sure that all the incentives and all the protections were there to encourage Canadians to get vaccinated.”

“This is precisely why the public’s trust in government has fallen off a cliff during the pandemic,” Chamberlain said.

TOP


legal-insurrection-logo

Sen. Rand Paul Says He’s Referred Dr. Anthony Fauci to the DOJ for Prosecution

“There has probably never been a cover-up in this history of all politics that has been so completed documented that they were lying to us.”

Posted by Leslie Eastman, 16July2023 https://legalinsurrection.com/2023/07/sen-rand-paul-says-hes-referred-dr-anthony-fauci-to-the-doj-for-prosecution/

 

Sen. Rand Paul and Dr. Anthony Fauci

Sen. Rand Paul and Dr. Anthony Fauci

There have been some intriguing developments related to the key “experts” who were trusted to disseminate actual scientific information during the early stages of the covid pandemic, and who were trusted to develop and enact policy based on the facts. This may have been easy to miss, given the recent obsession of the American media over the Barbie move and summer temperatures.

 

Legal Insurrection readers will recall that Former National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) chief Dr. Anthony Fauci and Kentucky Senator Rand Paul got into some spectacular exchanges during congressional hearings about the potential for gain-of-function research being funded at the Wuhan Institute of Virology using American tax dollars.

Now Paul has formally accused Fauci of lying under oath over his knowledge of dangerous virus research in China.

DailyMail.com can reveal Senator Rand Paul, a Republican from Kentucky, wrote to Attorney General Merrick Garland last week calling for an investigation into whether Dr Fauci, 82, committed perjury when he testified in front of a Senate committee in 2021.

 

In a showdown with Republicans, including Sen Paul, in July that year, Dr Fauci testified that his former department ‘has not ever and does not now fund gain-of-function research in the Wuhan Institute of Virology.’

 

Dr Fauci was the former Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) until the end of 2022 and was responsible for signing off on research grants.

 

Yet newly released emails dated February 1, 2020 show Fauci acknowledged that ‘scientists in Wuhan University are known to have been working on gain-of-function experiments to determine that molecular mechanisms associated with bat viruses adapting to human infection, and the outbreak originated in Wuhan.’

 

Rand Paul-tweet-18July2023-I’ve referred Anthony Fauci to the DOJ

Rand Paul-tweet-18July2023-I’ve referred Anthony Fauci to the DOJ

 

Related to Fauci’s statements on the WIV research is the paper he helped generate to obfuscate the possible lab origins of the coronavirus. As a reminder:

That paper, titled “The Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2,” was sent to Fauci for editing in draft form and again for final approval before it was published in Nature Medicine on Feb. 17, 2020. It was written four days after Fauci, and his NIH boss

 

Dr. Francis Collins, held a call with the four authors to discuss reports that COVID-19 may have leaked from the Wuhan lab and “may have been intentionally genetically manipulated.”

 

The House Oversight subcommittee published emails Sunday in which the paper’s co-author Dr. Kristian Andersen admits Fauci “prompted” him to write the paper with the goal to “disprove” the lab leak theory.

 

It turns out the authors of that paper found the lab leak theory far more credible than we were led to believe (hat-tip Ace of Spades HQ).

Richard H. Ebright-tweet-22July2023-The 2020 Proximal Origin paper falsely claimed science showed COVID-19 did not have a lab origin

Richard H. Ebright-tweet-22July2023-The 2020 Proximal Origin paper falsely claimed science showed COVID-19 did not have a lab origin

 

A team of investigative journalists, who include Michael Shellenberger, have made a cache of email exchanges about their thoughts on covid origins available on the Substack account, Public. It contains a number of gems, including from co-author Kristian Anderson:

The scientists were far more suspicious of a lab origin than was previously known. The clearest example of this was when Andersen said on February 1, 2020, “I think the main thing still in my mind is that the lab escape version of this is so friggin’ likely to have happened because they were already doing this type of work and the molecular data is fully consistent with that scenario.” In fact, the original name of the channel was “project-wuhan_engineering” until February 6, when Andersen changed it to “project-wuhan_pangolin.”

Senator Paul recently went and The Laura Ingraham Show, and had this today about “Proximal Origin” and Fauci.

“This was never about science. This is about this business of science. Follow the money trail: This was about billions of dollars exchanging hands in the first few months of 2020. The people came out and said, “nothing to see here…couldn’t have happened in the lab”.

 

There has probably never been a cover-up in this history of all politics that has been so completed documented that they were lying to us. Every one of their emails say, “O, my goodness, it looks like it comes from the lab.” This looks like it was manipulated…and it goes on, and on, and on.

Paul notes at the conclusion of the interview that he has referred Fauci to the Attorney General for prosecution.

As a scientist and a journalist, I am furious at everyone who contributed to this destructive lie. I spent hours looking for alternative information when the “facts” presented failed to make sense.

 

I can only hope Fauci and the others are held accountable. Perhaps not under Garland, but maybe in a new administration? Hope springs eternal.

TOP


freebeacon-com-logo The Washington Free Beacon

Spring Breakdown: LA Teachers’ Union Tries to Hide Vacations Amid School Reopening Fight

Alex Nester 9March2021  https://freebeacon.com/coronavirus/spring-breakdown-la-teachers-union-tries-to-hide-vacations-amid-school-reopening-fight/

Los Angeles’s largest teachers’ union told its members not to post spring break photos on social media because it would make it harder to fight against reopening schools.

 

A private United Teachers Los Angeles Facebook post obtained by Fox 11 Los Angeles contained a “friendly reminder” for educators to refrain from posting vacation photos because it would be hard to argue to keep schools closed if parents and others saw teachers traveling.

 

“If you are planning any trips for Spring Break, please keep that off of Social Media,” the post read. “It is hard to argue that it is unsafe for in-person instruction, if parents and the public see vacation photos and international travel.”

 

While districts across the country have begun reopening schools after nearly yearlong closures due to the coronavirus pandemic, United Teachers Los Angeles has gone to great lengths to keep schools closed. The union recently gathered data on the race of parents who have vocalized their support of reopening schools for a report released last week. The report found that “whiter, healthier, and wealthier” families are overrepresented in stories about school reopening, while black and Latino voices are ignored.

 

Studies have shown, however, that minority students have been the most adversely affected by school closures. Black and Hispanic students in San Francisco were found to be 60 percent more likely to miss virtual class, according to a recent analysis.

 

The cost to students comes despite the fact that coronavirus transmission in school settings has been found to be “extremely rare.” Research from the Centers for Disease Control has found that it would be safe to bring students back to the classroom even before teachers receive the coronavirus vaccine. Still, many teachers’ unions have made vaccination a condition for a return to the classroom.

 

One teachers’ union leader who opposed reopening schools landed in hot water last year after posting a vacation photo online. Sarah Chambers, a Chicago Teachers Union executive-board member who rallied against school reopening, posted a photo of herself in Puerto Rico just hours after she tweeted that it was unsafe to teach face-to-face.

TOP


reuters-com-logo

U.S. student test results show toll of pandemic lockdowns on learning

By 25October2022  https://www.reuters.com/world/us/us-student-test-results-document-pandemics-toll-learning-2022-10-24/

Students' desk adhere to social distancing requirements in a classroom during a news conference at New Bridges Elementary School, ahead of schools reopening, in the Brooklyn borough of New York City, amid the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) outbreak in New York, U.S., August 19, 2020. Jeenah Moon/Pool via REUTERS/File Photo

Students’ desk adhere to social distancing requirements in a classroom during a news conference at New Bridges Elementary School, ahead of schools reopening, in the Brooklyn borough of New York City, amid the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) outbreak in New York, U.S., August 19, 2020. Jeenah Moon/Pool via REUTERS/File Photo

Students’ desk adhere to social distancing requirements in a classroom during a news conference at New Bridges Elementary School, ahead of schools reopening, in the Brooklyn borough of New York City, amid the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) outbreak in New York, U.S., August 19, 2020. Jeenah Moon/Pool via REUTERS/File Photo

Oct 24 (Reuters) – U.S. students have suffered historic learning setbacks with math and reading scores falling to their lowest levels since before the COVID-19 pandemic, national exam results released on Monday showed, the latest sign of the damage school closures wrought on children.

 See : Covid learning loss has been a global disaster

Math scores saw their largest drop on record, a trend consistent across most U.S. states and almost all demographic groups, according to the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), also known as the “Nation’s Report Card.”

 

The tests were administered to nationally representative samples of fourth- and eighth- graders between January and March 2022.

 

Reading scores declined for most jurisdictions, though not as dramatically as in math. Eighth-graders’ math proficiency scores dropped by seven percentage points compared with 2019, results showed. Reading proficiency fell by two points.

 

The test is considered to be the first comprehensive, nationwide account of student performance since the onset of the pandemic. Previous studies documented similar dips in reading and math after political leaders and school districts shut down classrooms for “remote learning” online.

 

Among students kept home during the 2020-2021 school year, high performers had more frequent access to a computer, a quiet workspace and extra assistance from their teachers, NAEP said.

 

Higher-performing eighth-graders reported more participation in real-time video lessons with their teachers than their lower-performing peers, NAEP added.

 

Test scores dropped most sharply among minority children, and performance gaps between white students and their Black and Hispanic peers have widened since the exam was last proctored in 2019.

 

California issued a separate report on Sunday evening, showing that students in the nation’s most populous state also showed declines in reading and math scores, although to a lesser degree. But California students lagged nationwide scores before the pandemic.

 

U.S. Education Secretary Miguel Cardona in a written statement described the test results as “appalling” but said they were a call for action.

 

“We must treat the task of catching our children up in reading and math with the urgency this moment demands,” Cardona said.

 

Pandemic lockdowns were largely imposed by state governors and local officials. The U.S. government did not call for nationwide school closures under either the Trump or Biden administrations.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Huge Numbers Of Kids Permanently Damaged By Lockdowns; New Study Finds

by Tyler Durden, 03August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/huge-numbers-kids-permanently-damaged-lockdowns-new-study-finds

Authored by Steve Watson via Summit News,

 

Yet another study has found that the pandemic lockdowns had devastating effects on the development of children, with half of all parents in the UK reporting serious deterioration in emotional and social skills of their kids.

 

The research comes from the Institute of Fiscal Studies and notes that children aged between four and seven were significantly more likely (52%) to be affected than 12- to 15 year-olds (42%).

 

The research also found that children whose parents were furloughed, mandatorily made to take a leave of absence from their jobs, were “significantly more likely to experience a worsening in their socio-emotional skills than those whose parents had not been furloughed (51% versus 45%)”.

 

Essentially, kids whose families experienced hardship due to the lockdown were significantly more likely to have serious developmental issues.

NEWS MAKER-tweet-1August2023-Covid lockdowns had a catastrophic impact on children's social and emotional skills

NEWS MAKER-tweet-1August2023-Covid lockdowns had a catastrophic impact on children’s social and emotional skills

 

Author of the study Andrew McKendrick, an IFS research economist commented that “During the Covid-19 pandemic, children from all backgrounds saw their social and emotional skills worsen considerably.”

“Children lived through many changes during these years: school closures, lack of contact with friends and family, and potentially devastating severe illness or death among loved ones,” McKendrick continued, adding that the lockdowns have had “multi-generational impacts.”

 

“Our research shows that another important driver of children’s declining skills was the economic disruptions experienced by their parents, whether or not those disruptions led to a large income loss,” McKendrick added.

Responding to the study, Children’s Commissioner Rachel de Souza said “I am deeply concerned by the findings of this research on children’s social and emotional skills.”

 

‘This study shows that the disruption the pandemic caused to children’s development has been long-lasting,” de Souza added.

 

Arabella Skinner, of the parents’ campaign group UsForThem, commented that the research shows how kids became “collateral damage” of lockdowns, noting “There were many occasions when warnings were ignored.”

“It is an unavoidable fact that many of our children’s development has been negatively impacted by the pandemic restrictions,” Skinner asserted, further urging that “The Government must take action now – they need to support all the services which support our children and ensure that this never happens again.”

This research adds to the voluminous examples of prominent studies showing that the enforced restrictions during the pandemic were catastrophically detrimental to society.

Related:

New Johns Hopkins Study: “Lockdowns Have Had Little To No Public Health Effects” And “Imposed Enormous Economic and Social Costs”

Study: Lockdowns Drove 60,000 Children in UK to Clinical Depression

New Study: Babies Born In Lockdown Less Likely To Speak Before First Birthday

Children Suffering From as Many as Three Different Viruses Due to Weakened Immunity Caused by Lockdown

New Study Finds Many Children Unable to Say Their Own Name Due to Impact of Lockdown

Report: Effects of Lockdown May Now Be Killing More People Than COVID

Outbreak of Hepatitis in Children Caused by Lockdowns That Weakened Immunity

Disturbing Lockdown Drawings Show Effect on Children’s Mental Health

Doctors sound alarm over mysterious outbreak of brain infections in Nevada kids – and they believe it’s linked to COVID lockdowns

New Study Concludes Lockdowns Caused AT LEAST 170,000+ Excess Deaths In U.S.

Report: More Than 3000 Diabetics In UK DIED Because Of COVID Lockdowns

Lockdown Advocate Admits Negative Impacts Were Never Considered

Prominent Lockdown Advocate Admits He Got it Wrong

Highest Yearly Increase of Alcohol Deaths in UK on Record During 2020 Lockdown

*  *  *

TOP


mail-Online-News-logo

Covid lockdowns had a ‘catastrophic’ impact on children’s social and emotional skills, half of parents say

  • Youngsters aged four to seven more likely to be affected than 12- to 15-year-olds

By Connor Stringer
Published: 22:30 BST, 31 July 2023 | Updated: 08:13 BST, 1 August 2023  https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-12358313/Covid-lockdowns-catastrophic-impact-childrens-social-emotional-skills-half-parents-say.html

 

Nearly half of parents said their children’s social and emotional skills got worse during the Covid-19 pandemic, a major study found.

 

Adults whose jobs were disrupted by the crisis, including those on furlough, were more likely to report that their offspring suffered development problems.

 

Youngsters aged between four and seven were significantly more likely (52 per cent) to be affected than 12- to 15-year-olds (42 per cent), the research by the Institute of Fiscal Studies (IFS) reported.

 

Furiously responding to the findings, campaigners blamed Covid lockdowns and school closures for having a ‘catastrophic’ impact on Britain’s young.

 

The IFS surveyed 6,095 parents in England with children aged four to 16 about the impact of the first year of the pandemic.

 

Youngsters aged between four and seven were significantly more likely (52 per cent) to be affected than 12- to 15-year-olds (42 per cent), the research by the Institute of Fiscal Studies (IFS) reported

Youngsters aged between four and seven were significantly more likely (52 per cent) to be affected than 12- to 15-year-olds (42 per cent), the research by the Institute of Fiscal Studies (IFS) reported

Youngsters aged between four and seven were significantly more likely (52 per cent) to be affected than 12- to 15-year-olds (42 per cent), the research by the Institute of Fiscal Studies (IFS) reported

Furiously responding to the findings, campaigners blamed Covid lockdowns and school closures for having a 'catastrophic' impact on Britain's young

Furiously responding to the findings, campaigners blamed Covid lockdowns and school closures for having a ‘catastrophic’ impact on Britain’s young

Furiously responding to the findings, campaigners blamed Covid lockdowns and school closures for having a ‘catastrophic’ impact on Britain’s young

It found that nearly half (48 per cent) reported that their sons and daughters’ social and emotional skills deteriorated.

 

Children whose parents were furloughed were ‘significantly more likely to experience a worsening in their socio-emotional skills than those whose parents had not been furloughed (51 per cent versus 45 per cent)’.

 

Researchers said the social and emotional skills of children whose parents had stable labour market experiences throughout the pandemic – whether that saw their parents employed or unemployed throughout – ‘held up better on average than the skills of children whose families faced more economic instability’.

 

But they found no evidence that children from disadvantaged families fared worse, in contrast to previous research looking at lost academic learning.

 

The IFS study was designed to screen for emotional or behavioural problems.

 

Questions focused on whether parents found their children to be ‘easily scared’, ‘constantly fidgeting or squirming’, or ‘generally obedient’.

 

Responding to the report, Arabella Skinner, of the parents’ campaign group UsForThem, said children became ‘collateral damage’ during the pandemic.

 

She said: ‘The pandemic policies did not take into consideration the impact on children.’

 

Ms Skinner added: ‘There were many occasions when warnings were ignored and children were in effect collateral damage.

 

‘It is an unavoidable fact that many of our children’s development has been negatively impacted by the pandemic restrictions.’

 

And she insisted: ‘The Government must take action now –they need to support all the services which support our children and ensure that this never happens again.’

 

Tory MP Esther McVey added: ‘We must now accept and learn from the extent of the damage school closures and lockdowns have caused.

‘Not just to those at school or university at the time, but to babies born during lockdown and the toddlers who were isolated when groups and classes for those crucial early months were stopped and even parks and playgrounds were closed.

 

‘This was catastrophic and affected mental and physical wellbeing across the board.

Researchers said the social and emotional skills of children whose parents had stable labour market experiences throughout the pandemic – whether that saw their parents employed or unemployed throughout – 'held up better on average than the skills of children whose families faced more economic instability' (file image)

Researchers said the social and emotional skills of children whose parents had stable labour market experiences throughout the pandemic – whether that saw their parents employed or unemployed throughout – ‘held up better on average than the skills of children whose families faced more economic instability’ (file image)

Researchers said the social and emotional skills of children whose parents had stable labour market experiences throughout the pandemic – whether that saw their parents employed or unemployed throughout – ‘held up better on average than the skills of children whose families faced more economic instability’ (file image)

 

Not just to those at school or university at the time, but to babies born during lockdown and the toddlers who were isolated when groups and classes for those crucial early months were stopped and even parks and playgrounds were closed.

 

‘This was catastrophic and affected mental and physical wellbeing across the board.

 

The findings come a year after Ofsted’s chief inspector raised concerns about the lingering impacts of the coronavirus pandemic upon children.

 

In 2022, Amanda Spielman reported an increasing number of young children unable to understand facial expressions – which is thought to have been a side-effect of fewer social interactions.

 

She also found that fewer children had learned to use the toilet independently, compared to equivalent figures reported prior to the pandemic.

 

Andrew McKendrick, IFS research economist and the new report’s author, said: ‘During the Covid-19 pandemic, children from all backgrounds saw their social and emotional skills worsen considerably.

 

‘Children lived through many changes during these years: school closures, lack of contact with friends and family, and potentially devastating severe illness or death among loved ones.

 

‘Our research shows that another important driver of children’s declining skills was the economic disruptions experienced by their parents, whether or not those disruptions led to a large income loss.’

 

Mr McKendrick explained: ‘With the cost-of-living crisis currently hitting many families’ budgets, our findings are a reminder that economic uncertainty can have multi-generational impacts.’

 

Following the publication of the damning study, Children’s Commissioner Rachel de Souza said: ‘I am deeply concerned by the findings of this research on children’s social and emotional skills.

 

‘This study shows that the disruption the pandemic caused to children’s development has been long-lasting.

 

‘It is vital that the right social and emotional support is made available to allow children the chance to recover and go on to achieve all that they want to.’

 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

We Are Finally Entering A Phase Of COVID “Narrative Collapse”, Says Oxford Epidemiologist

by Tyler Durden, 28June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/we-are-finally-entering-phase-covid-narrative-collapse-says-oxford-epidemiologist

Authored by Sunetra Gupta, op-ed via The Telegraph,

Discussing the effects of lockdowns on children confirms that we are finally entering a phase of Covid ‘narrative collapse’…

The effects of lockdowns on children

The effects of lockdowns on children

It is now widely acknowledged that lockdowns caused immeasurable harm, particularly to children, and new research highlights that the interests of the young were forgotten by policymakers during the pandemic. Yet those who are now prepared to wring their hands about this situation are also adamant that lockdowns were unavoidable. Indeed, there is a general reluctance to criticise the very basis on which the measures that damaged children were adopted.

 

It is understandable that, during lockdown, some professionals were cautious so as not to antagonise those who had the power to put an end to these practices. But it is time to put such concerns aside and establish a rational framework that prevents such a disaster from recurring.

 

It was clear from the outset that the risk of dying from Sars-CoV-2 infection was negligible in healthy children. It follows that they did not need protection from infection.

 

Closing schools, forcing them to wear masks and endure the hardships of social distancing, and vaccinating them, could only be justified in terms of stopping community spread. None of these measures had a reasonable impact on the dynamics of infection.

 

So, is the lesson that, next time, we must lock down but keep schools open? Many of us would bargain for that, especially if we put higher education institutions into the mix, as young adults were also robbed of critical experiences at a delicate time in their lives. But by the time we implemented all these compassionate exclusions to lockdown, including the maintenance of all essential services, what we are looking at is the focused protection of the vulnerable rather than a policy that is effective against the spread of infection.

 

This is because there is no halfway house when it comes to halting the spread of a new pathogen. The curve between a full-scale lockdown and let-it-rip is anything but a steady slope.

 

It could be argued that the reason closing schools made hardly any difference was because lockdowns are, ultimately, an extremely ineffective way of stopping spread. Certainly, border closures can be used in very specific circumstances to prevent a pathogen from exiting or entering a community. But there were no credible empirical or theoretical reasons to believe that we could use social distancing measures to snuff it out once it was here. There were plenty of reasons to believe that trying to do so would cause a lot of harm.

 

The discussion around the effects of Covid policies on children confirms that we are entering a phase of “narrative collapse” in the perception of how the crisis was handled. But it still needs to be accepted that keeping a lid on the spread of Covid without closing schools is a fantasy; there is therefore no way to reconcile the philosophy of lockdown with avoidance of harm to children. The only coherent strategy is one of focused protection, in which vulnerable people are protected without imposing egregious costs on those not at risk.

 

It is my opinion that, rather than locking down earlier and harder, we should have put in place such a policy as soon as we were aware that the risks were so strongly stratified by age and linked to specific comorbidities. If the Covid Inquiry truly cares about the plight of the younger generation, it should be prepared to consider the option of immediately instituting focused protection, instead of being wedded to the notion that a rapid lockdown was the correct course.

Sunetra Gupta is professor of theoretical epidemiology at the Department of Zoology, University of Oxford

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

The Fact-Check Racket Finally Unravels

by Tyler Durden, 16July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/fact-check-racket-finally-unravels

Authored by Jeffrey Tucker via The Epoch Times,

Before the COVID lockdowns, social media companies had started contracting with new third-parties organizations called fact-checkers to assist in “content creation.” Getting a pass meant the post or story was amplified but getting dinged for inaccuracy meant that the post would be throttled or deleted.

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

For a while we believed it but certain revelations changed that. We came to realize that the posts labeled false were typically contrary to regime narratives. And a close look at the supposed refutation revealed that many points were very much in dispute. The companies developed a talent for seeming to reveal something false that was actually still debatable and interesting to consider. In most cases, what was declared false was still under consideration.

 

As time went on, the attempts to censor became more brazen and obvious. Then the Twitter files and other FOIAs generated proof of what many suspected all along. These entities were funded either directly or indirectly by government or by other dark-money sources as quid pro quos for other relationships they had cultivated with interested parties.

 

In other words, they were not some independent, science-based entities at all but rather hit squads with a hard political agenda. What was actually happening here was a form of censorship laundering. Government wants to censor but cannot so it turns to the social-media company to do the dirty work. To make this hand-in-glove racket less obvious, the companies would outsource to a fact-checking organization, making the lines of control even more blurry.

 

Sometime within the last several months, the whole racket seems to have unraveled. I rarely see the fact-checks cited at all. Or maybe they are cited ironically: what is declared false came to be seen as a badge of honor, a confirmation of core truth. That might seem crazy but these are the times in which we live. Nothing is as it seems.

 

At any one time, Brownstone and The Epoch Times deal with a range of ongoing fact-checks, some of which result in a hit piece but others just go away for no apparent reason. I’m coming to realize that the harassing emails themselves serve a purpose. They are designed to scare publishers and chill free speech. Risk-averse managers might be inclined not to run with a story rather than be put through the ringer and deal with possible reputation hits.

 

It’s all become ridiculously predictable.

Three days ago, a data maven who writes for Brownstone revealed a first look at some numbers he had been crunching over the CDC’s listing of COVID as cause of death. He initially sent the results to a private email list and I suggested we go with what he had discovered as an initial look.

 

He had death certificates from Missouri and Massachusetts and was able to cross-check them with the same once they got into the hands of the CDC. He found thousands of instances in which COVID was not listed as cause of death in the coroner’s report but it was added directly by the CDC. The scale of the problem is vast. The implications of this are rather ominous. We’ve been relying on CDC data for three-plus years to understand the scope of COVID’s mortality.

 

“The worst pandemic in 100 years,” they kept saying, and that might be true. But obviously the claim is highly contingent on correctly marking the cause-of-death codes. What Aaron Hertzberg found is that the CDC was changing the code to inflate the numbers. By how much it is hard to say but based on the data so far, this is a very serious problem with awesome implications for how we understand what happened to us.

 

The immediate question concerns the decision-making at the CDC. We know that Deborah Birx, coronavirus task force coordinator, said from the podium that they would mark every death with COVID as being from COVID. That was in the spring of 2020 and had already set off alarm bells. Changing the cause of death to COVID from something else is next-level crazy.

 

Under whose authority did the CDC act? Birx was not in charge of the CDC. Indeed, her power and status was always unclear. No question that she came to the White House by recommendation of Matthew Pottinger of the National Security Council. Also we know for certain that from March 13, 2020, onward, the NSC was the lead agency with the CDC reduced to operations. If the CDC had faced some formal order to mark COVID as cause of death regardless of what state certificates said, no one has ever seen such an order.

 

The implications of all of this are rather ominous. And keep in mind that this discovery was not made by a whistleblower or a specialist in this field but an obsessive data maven from the citizen world who has a passion to get to the truth. If he is right, the documentation here implies a level of treachery that even I had not considered.

I saw two reactions to the article once published.

The most common reaction was that this is nothing new. Everyone knew this was happening the whole time. We saw the death numbers go up and up from COVID and equally down for every other cause. It was pretty clear that there was something fishy going on. So some people said that there is nothing surprising here. The CDC is capable of any degree of malfeasance.

 

The other reaction was flat-out denial and accusing Brownstone and the author of simply making things up. Indeed, many people were outraged that we could or would ever suggest that the CDC was anything other than truth-telling.

 

Watching all of this unfold, I began awaiting the arrival of the inevitable intimidating emails from fact-check organizations. Sure enough, they did arrive. They came to the author, to other scholars, to me personally, and everyone else. It was a true blitzkrieg. Maybe there was a time when I would have stopped my day and become defensive and answered them all, getting more data from the author and so on, and then worrying about the fallout. But this is not my first rodeo. At this point, it was easy to brush off all this drama as completely manufactured and fake. That’s exactly what I did.

 

To be sure, if the author made mistakes, they should be corrected. I’m sure the author would be the first to do so. This kind of research is lonely and he would welcome others to join in his efforts. That’s how science works: a community shares data and strives to get closer to the truth. But that’s not what fact-checks are about. They start with the presumption that they know the truth and you do not, and then schoolmarm you to the point that you admit them to be correct.

 

Here’s what I’ve concluded. Fact-check false really means: likely true but not what you are allowed to believe.

A final footnote here. A major claim of the fact-checkers for more than three years is that it is a conspiracy theory and false that the Wuhan lab conducted gain-of-function research and that the virus was a result of that research and a likely leak. Fauci dismissed this for a very long time, and fact-checkers frequently cited him and said the claim was false.

 

As a result of the Republican takeover of Congress, we’ve gained more access to the fullness of what was going on in those days. A committee has released an unredacted email dated Feb. 1, 2020, in which Fauci says that Wuhan was engaged in gain-of-function and that this virus might be the result.

Fauci says that Wuhan was engaged in gain-of-function-email dated 01February2020

Fauci says that Wuhan was engaged in gain-of-function-email dated 01February2020

At this point, it’s reasonable to assume that nearly every official source on the virus was wrong or lying for years now.

You probably know this. In any case, my intuition here is that we are only at the beginning of discovery of the fullness of the duplicity.

The stakes are very high: American liberty suffered a grave blow during the COVID response.

If the reason wasn’t the virus, what was it then?

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

CDC Used Journal To Promote Masks Despite ‘Unreliable’ And ‘Unsupported Data’: New Analysis

Megan Redshaw, J.D.
14July2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/cdc-used-journal-to-promote-face-masks-despite-unreliable-and-unsupported-data-new-analysis_5396186.html

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

A new analysis of studies in the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) flagship scientific journal found the agency promoted the effectiveness of masks using unreliable data with conclusions unsupported by evidence.

 

The preprint, published July 11 on MedRxiv, found the CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR) made positive findings about the efficacy of masks 75 percent of the time, despite only 30 percent of studies testing masks, and less than 15 percent having “statistically significant results.”

 

No studies were randomized, yet the CDC in over half of their MMWR studies, made misleading statements indicating a causal relationship between mask-wearing and a decrease in COVID-19 cases or transmission, despite failing to show evidence of mask effectiveness.

 

The inappropriate use of causal language in MMWR studies was directly adopted by then CDC director Dr. Rochelle Walensky to promote masks and recommendations urging Americans to mask up. The authors said their findings “raise concern about the reliability of the journal for informing health policy” and suggest bias within the journal.

 

The MMWR, often called “the voice of the CDC,” is the agency’s primary vehicle for “scientific publication of timely, reliable, authoritative, accurate, objective, and useful public health information and recommendations.”

 

The publication—subject only to peer review internally by the agency—is frequently used to draft national health policies. For example, mask requirements implemented during the COVID-19 pandemic for federal workers, travelers, schools, businesses, healthcare workers, and Head Start programs—“mirrored” CDC recommendations.

 

Of the 77 reviews cited in the agency’s MMWR used to promote masks, researchers found the following:

  • Only 23 of 77 studies assessed the effectiveness of masks, yet 58 of 77 studies claimed masks were effective.
  • Of the 58 studies, 41 used “causal language,” and 40 misused causal language. Causal language is where an “action or entity is explicitly presented as influencing another” and should not be used in observational studies because these types of studies merely identify “associations” and cannot establish that the “associations identified represent cause-and-effect relationships.”
  • According to the analysis, the 40 studies that used causal language indicated with certainty that masks lower transmission rates, despite the fact their results, at most, found a correlation. In addition, 25 of the 40 studies didn’t even assess the effectiveness of masks. The one remaining study used causal language related to particle filtration on mannequins with “unknown relevance for human health.”
  • Of the 58 studies referenced above, only one mentioned conflicting data on mask effectiveness—the authors noted it was an international study primarily focused on influenza.
  • Four of the 77 studies had more cases in the mask group than in the comparator group, yet all four studies concluded masks were effective.

None of the 77 studies assessed after 2019 were randomized, and none cited randomized data. Randomized studies are the “gold standard” for determining whether an intervention or treatment is effective. Instead, the CDC most commonly used observational studies without controls or comparison groups.

Face-Masks_Megan-R.-7.14.2023_SerenaZ

Face-Masks_Megan-R.-7.14.2023_SerenaZ

 

“Honestly, it’s amazing & scary how apparently effective/convincing it was for the @CDCgov to state over & over masks are ‘critical’ & ‘important’ in spite of a total lack of high-quality data to support it,” Dr. Tracy Høeg, epidemiologist and co-author of the study said in a tweet. It will be hard to trust the journal, which they use to inform health policy decisions, moving forward, she added.

Concerns of Bias and Flawed Data Ignored by CDC

Researchers have previously raised concerns about MMWR’s publication bias, flawed methodology, and errors with the CDC that would typically warrant retraction.

 

Challenging the journal is difficult because the MMWR is subject to its own “clearance process” within the agency that publishes the journal instead of the independent peer-review other scientific journals are subjected to.

 

Of the mask studies published in the MMWR, 91 percent had one or more authors affiliated with the CDC, with a median of 13 authors per paper, some co-authoring multiple papers. In total, there were 1,544 authors, which “speaks to the large amount of effort that went into studying and publishing about this topic in the journal,” researchers stated.

 

In addition, beginning in September 2020, political appointees may have “demanded the ability to review and revise scientific reports” in MMWR. The process used to analyze and publish scientific data in the MMWR, which is then promoted by the CDC, has not been made available to the public.

 

Researchers said that political involvement and lack of accountability by outside experts unaffiliated with the CDC could influence the journal’s ability to evaluate scientific data objectively and may explain why the agency “remains an international outlier” in continuing to recommend masks for COVID-19 in specific circumstances, including for children as young as two.

TOP

naked capitalism

Is Our Health Care System Turning Hospitals into (Covid) Death Traps?

Posted on 27March2023 by https://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2023/03/is_our_health_care_system_turning_hospitals_into_covid_death_traps.html

By Lambert Strether of Corrente.

Patient readers, after reading this post, you may well decide to throw a flag on a Betteridge’s Law violation, but hear me out. Clearly, one goes to a hospital to be tested, or to be treated and hopefully cured; Caveat Patiens should not be part of the deal. However, for nosocomial infection (also known as Hospital-Acquired Infection, HAI, which at CDC stands for Hospital-Associated infection, neatly removing agency) Caveat Patiens does seem to be part of the deal, at least in the United States, which I find more than a little troubling.

 

In this post I’ll take a quick look at HAI generally, and then HAI in relation to Covid. Both are troubling. I had hoped to go further, and lay hold of the institutional factors behind our health care system’s failures to recognize aerosol transmission and support universal masking, but — sadly, like the New Yorker writer who entered the swamp on the trail of a thought-to-be-extinct bird, and never found the bird — I’m reduced to mere speculation, and I did try. (That I can’t hold anybody in accountable for demonstrable failure is in itself an interesting data point; perhaps some kind readers will help out with pointers in links, or throw some hospital administrator’s PowerPoint over the transom. Your anonymity is guaranteed. But perhaps all the real decisions are taken out on golf courses, where private equity goons chat among themselves!)

 

The newest HAI scare — Cordyceps fans, take note — is a fungus. And it is scary. From NBC:

A drug-resistant and potentially deadly fungus has been spreading rapidly through U.S. health care facilities, a new government study finds.

 

The fungus, a type of yeast called Candida auris, or C. auris, can cause severe illness in people with weakened immune systems. The number of people diagnosed with infections — as well as the number of those who were found through screening to be carrying C. auris — has been rising at an alarming rate since it was first reported in the U.S., researchers from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reported Monday.

The absolute numbers, however, are small compared to Covid, which would lead a certain type of mind to conclude that, even though C. auris is nasty, the CDC is trying to change the subject:

Since November, at least 12 people have been infected with C. auris with four “potentially associated deaths,” [MIssissippi’s] epidemiologist Dr. Paul Byers, said in an email. “By its nature it has an extreme ability to survive on surfaces,” he said. “It can colonize walls, cables, bedding, chairs. We clean everything with bleach and UV light.”

The same sort of mind would conclude that CDC is very happy to get back to fomite transmission. More:

It’s important to stop the pathogen so it doesn’t spread beyond hospitals and long-term facilities like the drug-resistant bacteria MRSA did, Snyder said.

So MRSA and CDC have form on HAI. And it’s not good. In fact, things aren’t good with HAI generally. CDC:

Although significant progress has been made in preventing some healthcare-associated infection types, there is much more work to be done. On any given day, about one in 31 hospital patients has at least one healthcare-associated infection…. There were an estimated 687,000 HAIs in U.S. acute care hospitals in 2015. About 72,000 hospital patients with HAIs died during their hospitalizations.

Granted, 72,000 deaths a year isn’t all that big a number — Joe Biden really hit the death ball out of the park at 700,000 and counting — but it’s still a lot. WaPo blames budgets:

The health system faces financial challenges and severe staffing shortages that make infection control more difficult, said Akin Demehin, senior director of policy at the American Hospital Association. “That is why we continue to advocate for needed financial support to hospitals, and for supportive workforce resources and policies across all levels of government,” Demehin said in a statement.

 

Hospital accreditation organizations and federal regulators require infection-prevention specialists at acute-care hospitals, experts say, but do not set standards for staffing or funding. And the rules are looser in other health-care settings

Frankly, I find AHA crying poor just a wee bit unpersuasive. Stoller writes:

The amount of cash pouring into health care is quite high. In the U.S., we spend about 20% of our GDP on health care, which is between two to three times as much as other countries. But we get worse results. Why? The answer is monopolization and cheating. As one article in 2003 noted, “It’s the Prices, Stupid.” In terms of hospital beds, physicians, and nurses, we provide fewer than most rich countries for our citizens. We pay more, and get less, because of insider skimming.

Naturally, some of the deaths in that 72,000 aggregate are from Covid. From the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health:

According to several reports, the SARS-CoV-2 hospital-acquired infection rate is 12–15%. Hospital-acquired COVID-19 represents a serious public health issue, which is a problem that could create reluctance of patients to seek hospital treatment for fear of becoming infected.

(No kidding.) Granted, these figures are from 2021, with different variants and higher transmission, but just to keep on Mr. Spike’s bright side, we’re not tracking anything any more, and we’re relaxing non-pharmaceutical interventions like masking, as we are about to see. So maybe it all evens out!

 

So our health care system’s performance on HAI is bad, and it’s performance on Covid HAI is also bad. Now let’s turn the specifics of Covid HAI with respect to masking, also bad. Readers of my long-ago ObamaCare coverage may recall a metaphor I often used: “In any system as baroque and Kafaesque as ObamaCare, some citizens will get lucky, and go to HappyVille; others, unlucky, will go to Pain City.” Well, our healthcare system has gone all baroque and Kafaesque on masking in hospitals, too, so whether you are more or less likely to catch Covid as an HAI — less politely, whether your hospital is a death trap — is random.

 

If we roll the tape back to 2020, we’ll find stories like this: “Frontline healthcare workers are locked in a heated dispute with many infection control specialists and hospital administrators over how the novel coronavirus is spread – and therefore, what level of protective gear is appropriate“:

The topic has been deeply divisive within hospitals, largely because the question of whether an illness spreads by droplets or aerosols drives two conflicting sets of protective practices, touching on everything from airflow within hospital wards to patient isolation to choices of protective gear. Enhanced protections would be expensive and disruptive to a number of industries, but particularly to hospitals, which have fought to keep lower-level “droplet” protections in place.

 

The hospital administrators and epidemiologists who argue that the virus is mostly droplet-spread cite studies showing it is not as contagious as an illness like the measles and spreads to a small number of people, like a cold or a flu. Therefore, N95 respirators and strict patient isolation practices aren’t necessary for routine care of Covid-19 patients, those officials say. On the other side are occupational safety experts, aerosol scientists, frontline healthcare workers and their unions, who are quick to note that the novel coronavirus is far deadlier than the flu – and argue that the science suggests that high-quality, and costlier, N95 respirators should be required for routine Covid-19 patient care.

Fast forward to 2023. The CDC lifted the federal mandate requiring masks in health care facilities in September 2022. (For the fantastically destructive role the CDC has played in hospital infection control during Covid, see NC here.) This is what happened in the state of New York:

This month, New York became the latest to join the growing list of states that have ended their requirements for routine masking in hospitals and other healthcare settings.

 

In response, at least one of the state’s largest hospital systems is throwing off the mask despite the continued high level of virus transmission in New York City and most of the rest of the state. NYU’s Langone hospital system decided that — outside of the Emergency Room — patients would generally only be required to mask “if they have fever and cough” (query what percentage of individuals with recent COVID-19 infections did not have this specific combo of symptoms — spoiler: it’s probably high). Similarly, the hospital announced that masking by direct care staff was optional in most situations, with masks required mainly during certain procedures, in particular patient rooms, or — more cryptically — when “there is concern for exposure to infectious aerosols.”

 

Indeed, even as New York dropped its mask mandate, the state’s Department of Health advised hospitals and other healthcare settings to continue to require masks at this time, and major institutions such as New York City’s public hospital system and Memorial Sloan Kettering announced they would keep masking in place.

So, New York has gone fractal; baroque and Kafka-esque. Ditto Illinois:

Dr. Robert Citronberg, executive medical director of infectious disease and prevention at Advocate Health Care said that the mask-optional policy applies to both visitors and staff members.

 

Citronberg also said during a press conference this morning that the liberalizing of policies is not in place at Aurora Health Care, the larger system’s facilities in Wisconsin. He said that they use the same metrics as Illinois’ Advocate, but that state-level community transmission is not as low in Wisconsin.

 

He said that despite other local health systems maintaining more restrictive policies, he does not think the move is premature.

Ditto the state of Washington:

Patients, staffers and visitors will continue to be required to mask up inside many health care clinics and facilities throughout the Puget Sound region, a group of Washington hospital and public health leaders decided Friday.

 

About 20 public health departments and health care systems around the region made the announcement a couple weeks before the state’s remaining indoor masking requirements are set to come to an end on April 3. Most of the Department of Health’s masking mandates have expired, except those in health care or correctional facilities.

“Many,” but not all. I have not been able to find national data on mask usage in hospitals in the United States. I do see a lot of anecdotes, the first being more representative on my extremely unrepresentative Twitter timeline:

 

AndyAF-tweet-25March2023-The hospital where I work in OR is ditching masks

AndyAF-tweet-25March2023-The hospital where I work in OR is ditching masks

 

But the second:

 

JustWee-tweet-27March2023-Husband had surgery in Nov 22 at MU

JustWee-tweet-27March2023-Husband had surgery in Nov 22 at MU

 

Back to the “heated dispute” in 2020. You will recall that both administrators and hospital infection control epidemiologists were united in favor of droplet dogma and against aerosol transmission (hence against masking). By 2023, the administrators and epidemiologists are split, with the epidemiologists following the science. (There’s plenty of evidence that masking substantially reduces aerosol-borne HAI, including Covid; see here, here, and here). From Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology, “Hospital approaches to universal masking after public health ‘unmasking’ guidance“:

We surveyed healthcare epidemiologists in the United States following release of the updated CDC healthcare COVID-19 guidance to understand their facilities’ planned approach to universal masking and unmasking outside of patient care areas. The survey also explored the rationale for maintaining universal masking.

 

Among 44 healthcare epidemiologists invited to participate, the 34 respondents (response rate, 77.3%) represented health systems from diverse US regions. Most worked for health systems with multiple acute-care hospitals (n = 26, 76.5%) or facilities with ≥500 beds (n = 6, 17.6%).

 

Overall, 33 respondents (97.1%) reported that their facility has no immediate plans to discontinue universal masking, and 1 respondent (2.9%) reported their facility had discontinued, or planned to discontinue, universal masking if or when community transmission levels of COVID-19 were not high. No respondents reported that their facility had discontinued or would discontinue universal masking regardless of community transmission levels. Preventing non– SARS-CoV-2 seasonal respiratory viruses (90.9% of respondents) and impact on employee staffing capacity (72.7% of respondents) were the most cited reasons for continuing universal masking regardless of county-specific SARS-CoV-2 transmission levels (Table 1). The “other” reasons described by 7 facilities include several themes: standardizing approach across facilities; the operational challenges of variable or changing masking policies between facilities, within a facility, or as community transmission levels change; and the presence of high-risk individuals (Supplementary Materials online). Also, 7 respondents specifically cited inaccessibility to patients (or visitors) as defining locations where unmasking is permitted in patient care areas.

And from an epidemiologists’ trade association, the Association for Professionals in Infection Control and Epidemiology:

The Association for Professionals in Infection Control and Epidemiology (APIC) is concerned that a recent report questioning the value of masks to prevent COVID-19 could weaken the ability to mitigate future outbreaks of respiratory infectious diseases.

 

“The benefits of masking have been shown in healthcare and can be critical in preventing the spread of infection – but this depends on proper and consistent use,” said 2023 APIC President Patricia Jackson, RN, BSN, CIC, FAPIC. “The use of respiratory protection – including well-fitting N95s and surgical masks — is a critical public health tool in our arsenal to protect the public and healthcare workers when severe respiratory infections are spreading. APIC will continue to advocate for the value of masks and respirators in reducing transmission of respiratory infections.”

And Jackson specficiallly trashes, as she ought to have done, the “fool’s gold” Cochrane study:

“Despite Cochrane’s reputation for producing credible health reviews, the many factors and details that go into successfully using masks and respirators as a public health intervention weren’t all reflected in this review,” said Jackson.

This makes me happy. I take back everything bad I ever sad about hospital infection control departments; as it turns out, the vile and hegemonic Dr. John M. Conly — corresponding author of the Cochrane study — was an inappropriate proxy or synecdoche for the field.

 

* * *
 

To conclude, or at least to end, for patients the key point is that masking requirements will vary not merely by state but by hospital. If you are lucky, good health in Happyville. Unlucky, a death trap in Pain City. Such is our health system, the finest in the world!

 

That said, I am not clear at all where the health care system, taken as a whole, stands on masking in hospitals, or how much masking is still taking place. It is clear that at the Federal level, CDC — cognitively captured, no doubt, by anti-mask elites — would like to do away with masking entirely. It is also clear that many states, though not all, are following CDC’s lead. No doubt our complaisant, superspreading press — who are building the depressing anti-mask narrative I read, after all — follows CDC as well (see under Gridiron club). However, mask policy is ultimately a hospital’s decision. The survey I quoted reported that 97.1% of hospital epidemiologists surveyed[1] reported that their hospital had retained universal masking, so the machinations of the CDC and the states were for nought. If this is true, that means that hospital administrators listened to their epidemiologists[2]. And presumably the hospital owners or boards listened to the administrators. But I’m not sure whether to believe that study or not, not least because at this point I’m very suspicious of good news. And the Twitter say that things are a lot worse than that survey says.

 

All I can do is throw the matter open to readers. Readers, are hospitals requiring universal masking in your area?

NOTES

[1] The methodology: “From participants in an informal e-mail–based list serve, we invited one representative from each US-based, nonfederal, acute-care hospital or health system.” “Informal” seems a little weak.

[2] And their lawyers? From Harvard Law: “Science, law, and the principle of “do not harm” all concur about the path to keeping patients safe from disease and hospitals safe from liability: at a minimum, continue requiring masks amid the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Otherwise, hospitals are proceeding at their own risk — and that of their patients.”

TOP


americanthinker.com logo

What Happened in Hospitals During Covid?

By Stella Paul
April 25, 2023 https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2023/04/what_happened_in_hospitals_during_covid.html

 

Hospitals should be places you can trust to provide comfort and healing when you’re most vulnerable. But that trust may have been shattered by brutal Covid protocols that critics claim turned many hospitals into hellscapes of systematic medical murder.

 

The victims’ stories have been muffled by the mainstream media, but they’re starting to break through. For one thing, lawsuits against three hospitals have been filed in California by 14 bereaved families who claim their loved ones were killed by a deadly protocol. Meanwhile, activist organizations like Protocol Kills, the FormerFedsGroup Freedom Foundation, and American Frontline Nurses are collecting and documenting stories from bereaved families about what happened to their loved ones when they entered a hospital hoping for healing and, instead, were led to bizarre and tortured deaths.

 

I find it heartbreaking to read their stories, which share a haunting similarity, a feeling of being trapped in a highly organized nightmare. The ritual progresses in predictable stages: first, the patient is isolated from family, who are unable to advocate for their loved one or monitor what’s happening. Next, the patient is diagnosed with Covid-19 or Covid pneumonia, even if they came to the hospital because of a broken arm. Then, they’re bullied into getting remdesivir, a highly toxic drug which killed 53 percent of Ebola patients who had the misfortune to take it. Next, according to the California lawsuit, “They are placed on a BiPap machine at a high rate, making it difficult for them to breathe. Their hands are often tied down so they can’t take the BiPap machine off their face.”

 

I know this is getting unbearably painful to read, but stay with me to the bitter end to memorialize the victims’ suffering.  As the patients writhe in agony, psychiatrists are brought in to diagnose them with agitation and sedate them. Now, shot up with remdesivir, sedated with drugs that make it tough to breathe against the BiPap ventilator, and strapped down in restraints, the victims are denied food and sometimes even water.  Should they try to summon help, they may find the hospital played a vicious trick on them, placing their phone and call button for the nurse out of reach. In the final stages, they are intubated and slowly die alone, left to rot into a skeletal corpse with bed sores. Is this America?

 

It’s almost impossible to comprehend the magnitude of this moral collapse. How did doctors and nurses who spent years studying so they could help people all of a sudden turn into ruthless sadists, presiding over enforced deaths? How did hospitals metastasize from places of healing into chambers of horror? According to the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons (AAPS), the answer is quite simple: money. The federal government incentivized this protocol with massive payouts to the hospitals. AAPS writes, “Our formerly trusted medical community of hospitals and hospital-employed medical staff have effectively become “bounty hunters” for your life.”

 

AAPS explains that two Covid emergency acts from the government created this catastrophic loss of life. The CARES Act, a $2 trillion stimulus package, was passed in 2020, purportedly to ease the financial impact of Covid on American families. It provided gigantic bonuses to hospitals to institute federal protocols on Covid, ensuring that Covid would be massively diagnosed and treated with deadly combinations of remdesivir, ventilators, and other lethal methods.

 

Now that this top-down death protocol was bought and paid for, the government made sure that patients and their families were helpless to fight against it. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) granted waivers to hospitals allowing them to remove critical patient rights. Your ability to give informed consent, receive visitors, and be free from solitary confinement – gone! Vanished, obliterated with a single magical government “waiver.”

 

These actions destroyed the ability of doctors to make independent judgements based on their patients’ needs and turned highly trained medical staff into killer robots obeying the federal government’s commands. If you want to understand the enormity of the government money gusher, here’s AAPS on what the hospital payments included:

  • A “free” required PCR test in the Emergency Room or upon admission for every patient, with government-paid fee to hospital.
  • Added bonus payment for each positive COVID-19 diagnosis.
  • Another bonus for a COVID-19 admission to the hospital.
  • A 20 percent “boost” bonus payment from Medicare on the entire hospital bill for use of remdesivir instead of medicines such as Ivermectin.
  • Another and larger bonus payment to the hospital if a COVID-19 patient is mechanically ventilated.
  • More money to the hospital if cause of death is listed as COVID-19, even if patient did not die directly of COVID-19.
  • A COVID-19 diagnosis also provides extra payments to coroners.

Hundreds of thousands of Americans may have died due to these protocols, and we urgently need an investigation into this butchery. Who designed this protocol, which forbade safe drugs like ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine, and incentivized known toxins like remdesivir? Who enforced it? Were hospital administrators personally rewarded for their participation in this scheme? Were patients illegally deprived of their constitutional rights and defrauded with phony medical information? Why were patients denied nutrition and water? How was hospital staff forced to comply? Where’s the money trail? Who signed off on it?

 

Understanding what happened in the hospitals is a crucial piece of solving the Covid puzzle. A vast ecosystem of confusion, manipulation, and artificially induced panic was created by the government and their media lackeys to stampede the public into welcoming soul-crushing lockdowns and dangerous experimental injections. Hospitals were shut down for elective surgeries, depriving them of their usual income and making them more desperate for government payouts. Covid patients were forced into nursing homes, immediately killing thousands of frail victims and terrifying the public with the skyrocketing death count. Safe, widely used drugs like hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin were demonized, and studies were fabricated to lie about their effectiveness. Doctors and scientists who tried to speak the truth were fired, investigated, and censored. Why?

 

We’re living through a time of historic crimes against humanity, rife with atrocities that once would have been unimaginable in America. We don’t yet know how many innocent people were killed in the hospitals during Covid, but whatever that number is — some experts estimate hundreds of thousands — it’s too many. Every one of those innocent dead was someone’s son, daughter, mother, father, husband, wife, friend.

 

For all the faceless dead, let’s pause for a moment to pay tribute to Grace Schara, a sweet 19-year-old girl with Down Syndrome who died on October 13, 2021, at St. Elizabeth Hospital in Appleton, Wisconsin. Grace was injected with a lethal mix of sedatives and as she sank into death, her sister was prevented from seeing her by an armed guard. Her parents begged over Facetime for the nurse to save her, but they were told that Grace was coded DNR (Do Not Resuscitate), although they had ordered the hospital to take all life-saving measures. Alone, uncomprehending, and in pain, Grace slowly died as her parents watched on Facetime. Her father, Scott Schara, is now suing the hospital to “pave the way for thousands of other victims’ families to file similar claims.” Grace was loved. May her memory be a blessing and an inspiration.

Stella can be reached through twitter @StellaPaulNY

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Post-Pandemic Burnout: 20% Of Nurses May Quit In Next Four Years, Says Survey

by Tyler Durden, 20April2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/post-pandemic-burnout-20-nurses-may-quit-next-four-years-says-survey

The total American nursing workforce has fallen 3.3% over the past two years, but experts expect the trend is about to rapidly accelerate — to the point that one in five nurses could call it quits by 2027.

 

“High workloads and unprecedented levels of burnout during the COVID‑19 pandemic have stressed the U.S. nursing workforce, particularly younger, less experienced RNs,” write the authors of a survey-study published on Thursday in the Journal of Nursing Regulation.

We pause to ask…was any of that burnout due to practicing choreographed dance routines for TikTok?

Guy's Politico Channel-tweet-29November2022-Nurses, with nothing else to do "during COVID", performing exquisitely choreographed dance routines for their TikTok fan base. They'd like it if you forgot this

Guy’s Politico Channel-tweet-29November2022-Nurses, with nothing else to do “during COVID”, performing exquisitely choreographed dance routines for their TikTok fan base. They’d like it if you forgot this

 

More than 100,000 left nursing during the pandemic, and researchers say another 800,000 could bail in the next few years. The paper was the focus of a panel discussion at the National Press Club hosted by the National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN), reports MedPage Today.

 

Such an exodus would have powerful ripple effects throughout healthcare, said Brendan Martin, NCSBN’s director of nursing regulation.

The survey included more than 54,000 respondents, with 92.5% of them being women. Key findings:

  • 50.8% feel emotionally drained
  • 56.4% feel used up
  • 49.7% feel fatigued
  • 45.1% feel burned out or “at the end of their rope”

In an ominous sign for what’s to come, quitting nurses skew young: 41% of the post-pandemic flameouts had an average age of 36 and fewer than 10 years on the job. Age and workload are key factors, say the study’s authors:

“The most pronounced differences emerged when comparing early career nurses with higher workloads to their more experienced peers with normal workloads. In this comparison, early career respondents with high workloads were more than three to four times more likely to report higher frequencies of feeling emotionally drained, used up, fatigued, burned out, or at the end of their rope.”

 

At the height of the pandemic, this Russian nurse opted to wear just a bra and panties under see-through PPE. Despite patients having "no complaints," she was disciplined.

At the height of the pandemic, this Russian nurse opted to wear just a bra and panties under see-through PPE. Despite patients having “no complaints,” she was disciplined.

At the height of the pandemic, this Russian nurse opted to wear just a bra and panties under see-through PPE. Despite patients having “no complaints,” she was disciplined.(New York Post)


ThePatriotNurse: You BETTER Know This The New Healthcare Nightmare

 

ThePatriotNurse:What you BETTER KNOW Before Going to the Hospital

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Never Forget What They Did… Never!

by Tyler Durden, 09May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/never-forget-what-they-did-never

Authored by Jeffrey Tucker via DailyReckoning.com,

These are the days of grasping for excuses. In sector after sector, leaders who gave us lockdowns and all that followed are trying to account for their actions, not apologizing of course but admitting that, in the classic formulation, mistakes were made.

 

That said, they all agree on the core point. The government had to take big steps to deal with the pandemic.

A book just released from the original lockdown gangsters (about which I will write more later), a book celebrated by the Washington Post as the authoritative account, puts it this way:

“American leaders entering the Covid war plunged ahead with a breathtaking political and social experiment. Facing a dangerous pandemic, they adopted the broadest, most ambitious, and intrusive set of government controls on social behavior in the history of the United States. Given the lack of preparation at all levels of government, mistakes were inevitable and to be expected, perhaps even excusable.”

Excusable is the new watchword, and Anthony Fauci has picked it up. In a recent interview, he admits that many things went wrong but adds: “I don’t think anybody would argue with the fact that you had to shut down.”

Freezer Trucks as Propaganda Tools

Then he adds what he clearly considers the key talking point. We know because he has said this is in several interviews. He says that the obvious disaster of freezer trucks at hospitals signaled and proved the desperate need for lockdowns.

 

Notice too how CNN had a terrifying graphic ready to run alongside his comments. This still is particularly evocative with the Statue of Liberty in the background, not that anyone would suggest that this was staged (he said with a nudge).

Freezer Trucks as covid-19 Propaganda Tools

Freezer Trucks as covid-19 Propaganda Tools

 

These images from Getty are not even from March or April 2020. The Daily Mail ran them alongside an article posted on May 6, noting that the images were from May 6 and 7, 2020.

 

So the excuse that we had to lock down because of freezer trucks does not hold water. The lockdown edict was issued on March 16, 2020, following the declaration of emergency on March 13, three days after Trump’s advisers convinced him to issue the lockdown.

 

In that time, the funeral parlors and morgues closed too, as did most all medical services. The country was also in panic, which is not generally good for public health.

Was It Necessarily COVID That Was Killing People?

That there was a wave of death in those two weeks is clear. What’s not clear is whether that was Covid alone. After all, the virus had been circulating in the US for a while. The period of 15 days was also the time when intubation was deployed as the best method to deal with a seemingly problematic Covid case, resulting in many unnecessary deaths.

 

What’s crucial here is the timing. Two weeks following the lockdowns, the news media began running alarmist stories of the legendary freezer trucks at hospitals, giving the impression of a movie-like pandemic sweeping the country, whereas the problem was centered in only a few locations. These stories ran for a full month throughout April and into May.

 

On March 29, 2020, the New York Times quoted Trump himself: “I have been watching them bringing in trailer trucks, freezer trucks because they can’t handle the bodies. There are so many of them. This is in essentially my community in Queens, New York. I have seen things that I have never seen before.”

 

Not much of this makes sense. In this very period, New York City hospitals saw an overall 50% drop in admissions, which is what happens when you close down all services to spare all resources for one virus. If you add to that a shutdown of the entire industry of funerals, funeral homes, morgues, and cemetery services, one can imagine that a crisis would ensue.

No Wonder Why the Bodies Piled up

Even the normal embalming protocols were disrupted on the advice of the WHO and CDC. The bodies of the dead were treated as icky and untouchable and this attitude was encouraged by authorities. Workers were terrified.

 

It’s hardly surprising that bodies piled up and needed to be stored. The whole population and especially the health community was told that the whole of life should be organized around running away from the bad bug.

 

These events unfolded two weeks following essentially the same events in Italy. Morgues closed. The normal process of dealing with the dead was dramatically interrupted. Workers were at home. Funerals were banned and this ban was heavily enforced. Medical personnel were especially terrified of the death.

 

All of the factors led to a pile-up of bodies in the midst of a panic. The chaos caused by the panic itself was deployed by the media, and used as an excuse by government, to intensify and prolong the lockdowns.

 

This is like shouting fire in a crowded theater and citing the ensuing panic as the reason for an evacuation order. The fomenting of panic itself created the conditions for the panic managers to enhance their own power.

 

In this case, however, the ploy is pretty obvious simply because of the timing. The freezer-truck excuse frankly does not fit the timeline.

More Fauci Doubletalk

Or we can give Fauci the most charitable interpretation of his comments and say that he cited the freezer trucks as evidence that they did the right thing in locking down two weeks (or one month) earlier.

 

Even then, if that is his thinking, that doesn’t justify the initial lockdown at all. It only cites the evidence of the failed policy as the reason for the policy itself.

 

In addition, the problem was localized whereas the shutdown was countrywide. This led to a bizarre situation in which hospitals all over the country were empty of the usual stream of patients.

 

People missed diagnostics. They missed elective surgeries. At least 300 hospitals furloughed nurses because they had nothing to do except practice dance routines and put the results on TikTok. All of this transpired at a time when Fauci and Trump were going on about mass waves of death.

 

Indeed, in this exact period, healthcare spending actually declined by 8.6%. On the urging of intellectuals and officials from February, hospitals all over the country closed their services at the very time when they were likely needed most.

Never Forget

Gone was any serious discussion about how to treat Covid other than to invoke ventilation and Remdesivir (which was a disaster). Early treatment was dogmatically rejected as nothing but a quack cure. How many people needlessly died because they were denied effective early treatment? We may never know, but I believe the number is probably staggering.

 

All efforts, even from the earliest days, were focused on the vaccine as the only way to get out of the pandemic.

 

Regardless of the excuse, the public-relations team that defends the lockdowns never mention Sweden because this case demonstrates that panicked rights violations are generally not a good path for boosting public health in the case of a new virus that newly appears in the awareness of powerful people.

 

To this day, no one can give a clear official reason how or why this happened or what was achieved by it all relative to the cost. Even so, they will not admit that their entire lockdown paradigm was wrong from the very beginning. They should but they will not.

 

It wasn’t just implemented poorly and inefficiently. It never should have happened at all. And it should never happen again.

Never forget what they did. Never.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Never Forget: Leftists Showed Their True Authoritarian Colors During COVID

by Tyler Durden, 12August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/never-forget-leftists-showed-their-true-authoritarian-colors-during-covid

Authored by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.us,

When I think back to the first days of the covid pandemic lockdowns, I suspect the majority of people, even many conservatives and liberty movement types, had a healthy concern about the effects of the virus and the potential for structural upheaval if it turned out to be as deadly as the World Health Organization initially claimed. If covid had an Infection Fatality Rate of 3% or more as global health officials warned, then the damage would be substantial enough to change our world for many years to come.

 

Anyone who was not at least partially concerned about a biological disaster (or biological warfare) was probably an idiot. Anyone who was smart was prepared.  However, after a few months of the spread of the virus and after the first flurry of scientific data, several facts became evident:

1) The lockdowns did nothing to stop the spread, they were simply destroying our economy.

2) The masks were useless and did nothing to prevent transmission of the virus.

3) The IFR of covid was a tiny 0.23%, and that’s not accounting for all the co-morbidity deaths that were falsely labeled as covid deaths.

4) The vaccines did not prevent transmission for millions of people. They did not prevent infection in many cases and numerous vaccinated people have died from the virus. Not only that, but unvaccinated people with natural immunity were better protected than those that took the vaccine and boosters.

5) Studies show that the vaccines cause dangerous side effects at a much greater rate than the CDC admitted.

Everything government officials told us during the pandemic was a lie. It was not a mistake, it was not bureaucratic confusion, it was a lie. Even after this information became available, they KEPT GOING – They kept people locked down, kept them masked and they even tried to force-vaccinate the population. There were some Republican politicians that also went along with the panic, many of them Neocons (fake conservatives).  However, the majority of red states quickly ended the restrictions once the contradictory data was made public.  In the meantime, the blue states looked ridiculous and paranoid as they desperately clung to the mandates.

 

I believe the only reason Biden, the Democrats and globalist institutions eventually stopped was not because they realized their science was incorrect; it was because they realized millions of conservatives and independents were ready start a shooting war over the mandates and they knew they would lose.

The Statue of Liberty wearing a COVID mask

The Statue of Liberty wearing a COVID mask

 

Even today, months after Biden was forced to finally end the national emergency status on covid, there are still a lot of people out there running around with masks, still isolating in their homes and still complaining all over social media that the public has moved on from the pandemic hysteria. Where does this behavior originate? And why did so many Americans (mainly leftists) jump on the authoritarian bandwagon when it comes to lockdowns and forced vaccination?

 

I want to explore the psychology of such people here, because I think it’s the natural inclination of the public today to move on quickly from the discomfort of terrible events and ignore the deeper implications. We cannot move on from this, because the ultimate problem was never solved. These same leftists and globalists were never admonished for their behavior, they never had to admit they were wrong and they WILL attempt the same draconian measures again in the future if left unchecked.

 

Here is what I think happened during the covid cult frenzy…

A Useful Weapon Against The Constitution

Leftists are quick these days to change the subject or outright deny their authoritarian activities during covid. It makes sense, they view the next election as a defining election and they want people to forget that we almost lost what remains of our constitutional rights because of their policies. But again, we can’t allow these things to fade into the ether. Here’s a list of the worst trespasses on the part of leftists and globalists during the pandemic:

They lied about the effectiveness of the lockdowns.

They lied about the effectiveness of the masks.

They lied about the effectiveness of the vaccines.

They lied about how extensive the testing was for the covid vaccines.

They lied about the “pandemic of the unvaccinated.”

They enforced lockdowns OUTSIDE where it is nearly impossible to contract a virus.

They tried to put the population under house arrest.

They put legislation in motion in some states to build “covid camps” in the US.

In some countries, they did build covid camps, not just for travelers, but for everyone.

They conspired to suppress ample evidence linking the Wuhan Lab in China with the outbreak.

They (Government and Big Tech) conspired to use social media as a tool for mass censorship of conflicting data.

They exploited algorithms through search engines to bury any and all contrary information.

As many leftists openly admitted, the goal was to make life so difficult for the unvaccinated that they would eventually comply in order to survive. In this way, establishment elites and leftists could claim that people “volunteered” for the vaccines and no one was forced. What they really meant was, no one was forced at gunpoint, but we all knew that threat was coming next.  In fact, polling showed that a large percentage of Democrats were willing to scrap the Bill of Rights altogether and declare war on the unvaccinated…

Fox News-Dems Wanted More COVID Rules

Fox News-Dems Wanted More COVID Rules

 

Finally, the vast majority of leftists supported Biden’s vaccine passport executive orders for workers in companies with 100 employees or more, which would have ultimately led to vaccine passports for everyone. This would have destroyed the constitution as we know it and created a society in which economic participation is completely controlled by the government. Keep in mind, all of this was being justified by a virus with a tiny 0.23% median death rate.

 

Since the political left views the Bill of Rights as an obstacle to the majority of their political goals, I argue that they simply saw the pandemic as a vehicle they could exploit to remove constitutional protections they always wanted to get rid of anyway.

The Mentally Ill Took Over The Country

Around 23% of the US population is estimated to have at least one mental illness. On average, around 3% of the population suffers from psychotic episodes and 1% of the population is full blown psychopathic (incapable of empathy and takes joy in the suffering of others). America is a sick nation full of psychologically disturbed people, and there is currently no recourse for fixing the problem.

 

Instead, under the leftist methodology, the mentally ill are elevated, idolized and enabled while violent criminals are released onto the streets over and over again. Take one look at all the major cities on the west coast of the US where progressive policies rule and see the disturbing decline. But what does this have to do with medical tyranny under covid?

 

The political left uses the mentally ill as a bludgeon, an easily manipulated tool for chaos. During the lockdowns and restrictions the establishment and the media stoked the fires of paranoia.  By themselves they have no power; they need the crazed mob as a weapon to keep the rest of the country afraid and in line. They needed good little Stasi, always watching, always correcting, always screaming at those without masks, attacking those that refused to get vaxxed and mocking those that spoke out about scientific inconsistencies.

 

And, in return, the establishment made the mentally ill feel as if they were normal. For a fleeting moment in time, the most unstable and narcissistic people on the planet were made to feel like THEY were on the right side of history and rationality. It was a parasitic feedback loop that almost destroyed the last vestiges of America.

Tiny Tyrants Begging For Scraps From The Globalist Table

There are generally two kinds of people in the world – Those that want power over others, and those that just want to be left alone. The progressive ideology seems to be a breeding ground for “tiny tyrants”: People who have no individual power, little accomplishment and no influence to speak of, but are still stricken with an obsession to micromanage the world around them. These folks see crisis and government overreach as an opportunity rather than a threat.

 

There are also those people who view their existence as so devoid of interest or excitement that they tend to live vicariously through calamity and conflict. They saw the covid outbreak and the lockdowns as a moment that gave their lives “meaning.” Yes, it’s sad and pathetic, but this is how many people out there cope with obscurity and lack of merit.

 

These opportunists didn’t want the pandemic to end. They wanted it to go on forever, because if it did they could feed off the establishment power shift. They could gather scraps from the globalist table, and like carrion, feast on the corpse of our Republic. The motive? Selfish vanity, that is all.

 

All of this could very well happen again. The big tyrants and tiny tyrants are still out there, waiting for the next crisis; the next panic event to take the public off their guard. Another viral event is unlikely, but they do seem anxious to use climate change, war and economic turmoil as the next great “reset” button. In the end, there will have to be a dramatic shift in how the liberty minded interact with the authoritarian left. It is clear that we cannot share the same country, or the same civilization. Our values are fundamentally at odds. It’s only a matter of time before a single spark ignites a firestorm.

*  *  *

If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch.  Learn more about it HERE.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Never Forget: A Retrospective On The Media Lies Surrounding COVID

by Tyler Durden, 14May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/never-forget-retrospective-media-lies-surrounding-covid

Lest we get too comfortable once again and forget that only a couple years ago the western world was on the verge of perpetual medical tyranny, it is important to look back at the massive media disinformation campaign concerning the effectiveness (or lack of effectiveness) of the pandemic mandates and the mRNA vaccines.  Only two years ago, the public was bombarded by possibly the most aggressive global propaganda attack in modern history.  And, this campaign was a conjoined effort between national governments, global institutions and corporations.

 

Keep in mind, all the hysteria was generated over a virus with a median official Infection Fatality Rate of only 0.23%.  That’s right, all the fear mongering featured in the video below was in reaction to a “pandemic” that 99.8% of the population would easily survive, and this death rate was known only months after the spread started.  Also keep in mind that essentially every single claim made by the media concerning covid featured below ended up being false.  In many cases, the media knew that scientific evidence ran contrary to their narrative, but they promoted that narrative anyway.

Enjoy this flashback of corporate media covid fear mongering, and never forget…

Tom Elliott-tweet-12May2023-Covid Retrospective Series, Vol. 1 Media: The Unvaccinated Are Scum

Tom Elliott-tweet-12May2023-Covid Retrospective Series, Vol. 1 Media: The Unvaccinated Are Scum

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

NEVER FORGET: You Should Never “Trust The Science”

This Pro-Mask “Study” Is Why You Should Never “Trust The Science”

by Tyler Durden, 01August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/medical/pro-mask-study-why-you-should-never-trust-science

 

Authored by Kit Knightly via Off-Guardian.org,

Last week it was reported that the Australian state of Victoria may be considering “permanent” facemask mandates to achieve “zero-Covid”.

 

Now, we don’t need to get into the personal liberty implications of such a law, or  the near-infinite supply of evidence that masks don’t work to prevent the transmission of respiratory disease.

They don’t work, they never worked. Mandating them was a political move designed to make the fake Covid “pandemic” appear real, and their continued use is a symptom of brainwashing or a by-product of chronic virtue signaling.

The mask debate, such as it was, is over.

 

No, the only aspect of this development worth talking about is the “evidence” used to support the position – and trust me, the quotes are entirely justified.

The “study” which claims to demonstrate the benefits of permanent masking was published in the Medical Journal of Australia last week and titled “Consistent mask use and SARS‐CoV‐2 epidemiology: a simulation modelling study”.

 

“Simulation modelling study” is very much the key phrase there. For those who don’t know,  “simulation modelling studies” involve feeding data into a computer programme, then asking it to form conclusions.

 

Clearly, they are only as reliable and useful as the data you use. In fact, you can very easily make them produce any result you want by feeding in  the “right” (bad) data.

 

In this particular modelling study they started out by telling the computer that cloth masks reduce transmission by 53% and respirators reduced it by 80%:

Odds ratios for the relative risk of infection for people exposed to an infected person (wearing a mask v not wearing a mask) were set at 0.47 for cloth and surgical masks and 0.20 for respirators

Essentially, they told their computer that masks prevent disease…and then said “ok, computer, since you now know masks prevent disease  – what would happen if everybody wore them all the time?”

The computer then told them – obviously  – that nobody would get sick.

Because they made it logically impossible for it to say anything else.

But there’s a bit more to it.

The next layer of interest is where they got their input data from.

After all there have been dozens of studies done on masks over the years, 98% of which say masks don’t work.

So, did our guys they choose a peer-reviewed real-time control trial relying on lab-tested double-blind results?

Perhaps one of the dozen or so such trials listed in our 40 facts article?

Did they maybe average the results of multiple studies?

No, they used a phone survey.

One phone survey.

This phone survey, published last year and conducted in late 2021.

 

In this *ahem* “scientific study”, they had people randomly call up those who had recently been tested for “Covid”, ask them “did you wear a mask?” and then published the conclusion – “masks reduce transmission by 53%” – as if they meant something.

Interestingly, if you scroll down to the “affiliations” section you can see that one of the authors is a Pfizer grant recipient.

Rather more troublingly – and for some reason not mentioned as a conflict of interest – is that the whole study was produced by the California Board of Public Health.

California had already had a mask mandate in place for almost a year before this “study” was even started.

 

What we have here is not “science” it’s a computer model based on the results of a subjective phone survey conducted by a government agency with a vested interest.

What we have here is not “science” it’s a computer model based on the results of a subjective phone survey conducted by a government agency with a vested interest. It is entirely meaningless, and yet is published in journals and cited by “experts”, perhaps even used as the basis of introducing new laws.

 

This is how “The ScienceTM” works. And, although Covid has maybe opened many people’s eyes to this issue, it is far from unique to “Covid”. You are just as likely to find this kind of “research” published on any topic – especially those that serve a political purpose – and have been for years if not decades.

 

Stanford Professor of evidence-based medicine,  John Ioannidis wrote a paper called “Why Most Published Research Findings Are False”, and that was back in 2005.

 

This has nothing to do with the “pandemic”, and everything to do with the difference between science and “The Science”. So let’s examine that distinction.

 

“Science” is an approach to the world. A rational method for gathering information, testing new ideas and forming evidence-based conclusions.

“The Science” is a self-sustaining industry of academics who need jobs and owe favours.

“The Science” is a self-sustaining industry of academics who need jobs and owe favours.

An ongoing quid pro quo relationship between the researchers – who want honors and knighthoods and tenure and book deals and research grants and to be the popular talking head explaining complex ideas to the multitudes on television – and the corporationsgovernments and “charitable foundations” who have all of those things in their gift.

 

This system doesn’t produce research intended to be read, it creates headlines for celebrities to tweet, links for “journalists” to embed, sources for other researchers to cite.

 

An illusion of solid substantiation that comes apart the moment you actually read the words, examine the methodology or analyse the data.

 

Self-reporting surveys, manipulated data, “modelling studies” that spit-out pre-ordained results. Affiliated-authors paid by the state or corporate interests to provide “evidence” that supports highly profitable or politically convenient assumptions.

 

This mask study is the perfect example of that.

Interlacing layers of nothing designed to create the impression of something.

That’s why they want you to trust it, rather than read it.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

NEVER FORGET: Democrats wanted the unvaccinated fired from their jobs, thrown in prison for rejecting covid jabs

17May2023 by:  https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-05-17-democrats-wanted-unvaccinated-fired-prison-never-forget.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

Democrats wanted the unvaccinated fired from their jobs, thrown in prison for rejecting covid jabs

Democrats wanted the unvaccinated fired from their jobs, thrown in prison for rejecting covid jabs

(Natural News) The era of the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) is finally over, except for a few deranged diehards who are still choosing to wear a mask while driving alone or walking solitary through the local park. What is not over, though, are the repercussions that the covid tyrants inflicted upon society, which need to be remembered, and more importantly dealt with, through the criminal justice system.

 

Just because the Biden regime and other globalist power structures have suddenly decided that the covid “emergency” has ended – which is convenient since the whole thing fell apart before they could salvage the narrative – does not mean that these criminals get to walk away scot-free.

 

Untold millions of lives were destroyed because of this ritualistic psy-op, which included the experimental mass-drugging of the global population with a deadly chemical concoction known as covid “vaccines.” There was, in fact, a time when the perpetrators were calling for those who rejected this drugging to be jailed, or even killed, for resisting the effort to “save lives.”

 

Remember in early 2022 when a Rasmussen poll found that a majority of Democrats thought the unvaccinated should be locked up at home and fined until they agreed to get jabbed? Most Democrats also wanted the unvaccinated to be imprisoned, if necessary, to force their compliance.

 

One in three Democrats also said at the time that they believe unvaccinated parents should have their children forcibly removed from their homes by the government, while others promoted the idea of throwing vaccine resisters into government-run quarantine camps, also known as concentration camps.

 

(Related: Don’t forget that the Biden regime also intentionally disrupted the supply chains in an effort to punish unvaccinated Americans for their non-compliance with its demands.)

Remember when The View hosts called unvaccinated Americans “scum?”

Sadly, about one in four Republicans also told Rasmussen that unvaccinated Americans should be fined, locked up at home, or sent to a concentration camp until they agreed to obey, which makes many of them criminals just like the Democrats.

 

The idea of health freedom and medical choice is apparently lost on a sizeable portion of the population, which somehow still believes that government “authorities” have the rightful power to rule over their “subjects” like tyrants. The United States Constitution permits no such thing, and it is time We the People remind the others of this whenever we get the chance.

 

As another reminder of what the left, which apparently includes some Republicans, thought about the unvaccinated, check out the clip below from The View, in which the unvaccinated are referred to as “scum:”

The below mashup of clips shows many other leftists referring to the unvaccinated in much the same way:

Tom Elliott-tweet-12May2023-Covid Retrospective Series, Vol. 1 Media: The Unvaccinated Are Scum

Tom Elliott-tweet-12May2023-Covid Retrospective Series, Vol. 1 Media: The Unvaccinated Are Scum

 

It should also be noted that Rochelle Walensky, head of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) throughout the covid scamdemic saga, is an anti-science loon who claims that natural immunity does not exist, among other bizarre claims:

Chief Nerd-tweet-12May2023-Dr Marty Makary Roasts CDC Dir Rochelle Walensky

Chief Nerd-tweet-12May2023-Dr Marty Makary Roasts CDC Dir Rochelle Walensky

 

In response to Walensky’s false claims about natural immunity, one commenter had this to say, which sums it up nicely:

 

“‘Science’ is man-made. ‘Natural immunity’ is God-made. I choose God.”

 

The latest news about what comes next for the covid criminals who committed flagrant acts of medical violence while unleashing medical fascism on the world under the guise of promoting “public health” can be found at Plague.info.

 

Sources for this article include:

CitizenFreePress.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Agendas Run Rampant Over Science In The Biden Administration

by Tyler Durden, 29June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/agendas-run-rampant-over-science-biden-administration<

Authored by Michael Chamberlain via RealClear Wire,

“Disinformation and misinformation is the bona fide enemy of public health,” Dr. Anthony Fauci stated in a recent interview. But he also said, “We should embrace differences in opinion.”  

 

What if misinformation is coming from the public health officials themselves? And lately, government has not seemed to embrace differences in opinion, preferring instead to smother contrary opinions. The resulting erosion of trust in the officials in charge – less than half of Americans trust the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on COVID – could be more damaging than any “misinformation” found on social media.

 

Far too often in recent years, when science gets in the way of the government’s agenda, science is disregarded, ignored, or undermined. The CDC, Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and National Institutes of Health (NIH) have appeared to make policy decisions and public representations inconsistent with science — including their own science.

 

Science is undermined when scientists and the institutions that apply science do not follow the findings of unbiased studies. And science is undermined when those institutions do not make a good faith effort to collect data and let the data dictate a conclusion. When “science” gets tunnel vision for a result, it ceases to be science. 

 

The Biden administration came into office promising to restore science as the driver of policy. Led by the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP), the administration adopted strict scientific integrity standards at federal agencies. So far, though, the results don’t comport with the rhetoric.

 

After documenting a number of alleged violations of these standards, Protect the Public’s Trust (PPT) filed a scientific integrity complaint with OSTP. The complaint was based on our tracking of numerous instances of the government either ignoring scientific findings, manipulating data, or misrepresenting data to make the science conform to policy objectives.

 

Each example is eye-opening. In one case, the CDC claimed that vaccinations offer higher protection from Covid-19 than a previous infection. This talking point, however, was based on data cherry-picked from a single state within a fifty-state study. So, the CDC’s talking points were possibly taken from an outlier, not the entire dataset. Worse, the cited study did not even make a comparison between those with immunity solely from vaccination and those with immunity from prior infection, as the CDC’s public statements claimed. Yet high-ranking officials at the CDC and other components of the Department of Health and Human Services touted these misrepresentations unequivocally.

 

It’s not just misrepresentations to the public. Actual policy decisions undermined science. In August 2022, the CDC endorsed COVID-19 vaccinations for children aged six months to four years, saying that a “lower risk of symptomatic Covid-19 was observed with vaccination compared to placebo.” But it also noted that severe adverse events were “more common in vaccine recipients.” To make matters worse, the claim that vaccinated children were at lower risk of showing symptoms was based upon bad science. “You can inject [children] with it or squirt it in their face, and you’ll get the same benefit,” one high-level CDC official declared. So, the CDC made this recommendation without proof of its efficacy, while acknowledging that the children were at heightened risk of severe adverse events.

 

The prioritization of policy agendas over science is not isolated to the pandemic. Protect the Public’s Trust’s research indicates that the FDA appears to have breached its obligation to uphold scientific integrity in its decision-making about vaping. We believe that the FDA knowingly disseminated scientifically unfounded statements about vaping products that were contrary to the FDA’s own research. Also ignoring its own research, and without proper scientific justification, the FDA overruled its own scientists’ recommendations to authorize menthol vapes.

 

The Biden administration often decries “misinformation” about anything contradicting its own narratives, but it appears to be one of the worst purveyors of misinformation. Citizens can’t trust a government that misrepresents the results of studies, or prevents the collection of, or even intentionally hides, data. The American public should expect that its science-based institutions and most prominent spokesmen follow the science and use the scientific method in reaching policy decisions. Unless these institutions and their leadership change course, public trust will continue to plummet.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

STUDY: Short-term face mask use causes carbon dioxide poisoning – cognitive impairment, testicular damage, stillbirth and impaired memory

28April2023 by:
https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-04-28-short-term-mask-use-causes-carbon-dioxide-poisoning.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

Covid-19 Facemask child

Covid-19 Facemask child

 

(Natural News) Studies continue to show that face masks provided no protection against covid-19. Now, a new peer-reviewed study out of Germany finds that short-term face mask use causes carbon dioxide poisoning, leading to testicular dysfunction in young men, increased risk of stillbirth for pregnant women, cognitive decline in children, as well as impaired memory, anxiety, and other serious health problems. Masks force a person to inhale unsafe levels of CO2, synthetic microfibers, carcinogenic compounds, volatile organic compounds, and microorganisms that have adapted to the moist environment inside the mask. The researchers warn that face masks suffocate people in their own exhaled waste, increasing CO2 levels in their blood while driving up blood pressure and inflammatory markers.

 

The study, Possible toxicity of chronic carbon dioxide exposure associated with face mask use, particularly in pregnant women, children, and adolescents was published in the peer reviewed journal, Helion.

Face masks spike CO2 blood levels, destroying childhood brain development, depleting men’s sperm

Fresh air typically contains just .04% CO2. When a person puts on a mask, they are exposed to low level carbon dioxide poisoning in the range of 1.4–3.2%. In the study, CO2 concentrations as low as .3% were associated with significant brain damage, impaired memory, and increased anxiety in children. The study found that just five minutes of mask wearing can expose an individual to dangerous CO2 levels – laying the groundwork for serious health issues and developmental disorders in children.

 

In one study, 0.3% CO2 exposure on adolescent brain neurons “can cause destruction in the gyrus dentatus and the prefrontal cortex with decreased IGF-1 levels resulting in less activity, increased anxiety and impaired learning and memory.”

 

The concentration of CO2 in the blood has an important influence on intra- and extracellular pH. When CO2 passes quickly through the cell membranes, it goes on to form carbonic acid with H2O, causing the release of H + ions, leading to acidosis and the die-off of neurons.

 

When male mice are exposed to 2.5% CO2 for four hours, their testicular cells and sperm are destroyed. For humans, this exposure is equal to .5% CO2 — a common exposure during mask mandates. In the study, four hours of low-level CO2 exposure causes spermatid and Sertoli cells in testes to self-destruct, causing streaking & vacuolization of the tubular components and consequentially no maturation of the spermatids.

CO2 poisoning of pregnant women causes birth defects, higher risk of stillbirth

Carbon dioxide exposure can cause oxidative stress and the formation of lipid hydroperoxides that cause DNA fragmentation and subsequent mitochondrial damage and cell death. Pregnant rats exposed to 3% CO2 were more likely to suffer stillbirths and have offspring with birth defects. This is equal to 0.8 percent CO2 exposure for humans – a common exposure for pregnant women who worked under mask mandates.

 

Before widespread mask use, the stillbirth rate in humans was 7 per 1000 births. During the masking pandemonium, stillbirths increased to 21 per 1,000 births. A prominent UK hospital reported a fourfold increase in stillbirths during the covid-19 scandal, and carbon dioxide poisoning was a major contributing factor. The damage was also observed in Australia, where people were forced to wear masks for years. These increase in stillbirths was not observed in Sweden, where there were no mask mandates.

 

“Circumstantial evidence exists that popular mask use may be related to current observations of a significant rise of 28 percent to 33 percent in stillbirths worldwide,” the German researchers concluded.

 

Forceful and coercive face mask policies continue to violate the sovereign rights and health of the individual, weakening their immune system and setting up their oxygen-deprived cells for oxidative damage, inflammation, and severe disease. Pregnant women and their fetuses were directly harmed by policies of forced CO2 poisoning. Forced masking of children caused negative psychological effects and additional physiological damage to their brains, their immune system, and their development.

Sources include:

BMCPublicHealth.BioMedCentral.com

Cell.com [PDF]

ScienceDirect.com

TandFOnline.com

Rep.Bioscientifica.com

Summit.news

MedRXIV.org

ACPJournals.org

NaturalNews.com

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Infectious Disease Experts Advise Health Care Facilities to Drop Universal Mask Policies

Doctors discuss the downside of continued masking, including the impact on the quality of care

FEATURED Health News
David Charbonneau May 3 2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/infectious-disease-experts-advise-health-care-workers-drop-universal-mask-policies_5227291.html

 

In another sign of changing attitudes to pandemic policy, infectious disease specialists writing in the Annals of Internal Medicine this month argued against the continuation of universal masking policies for doctors, nurses, and other health care workers.

 

In the article, the eight authors, who are infectious disease specialists associated with Harvard and Washington University medical schools among others, offer a timeline of the evolving responses to the pandemic. The timeline leaves out the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) initially confusing advice on masking but acknowledges that factors like the development of immunity, the evolution of the virus, and development of pharmaceutical “countermeasures” have fundamentally reshaped the landscape of the pandemic.

© 2023 American College of Physicians. Used with Permission. Erica S. Shenoy, Hilary M. Babcock, Karen B. Brust, et al. Universal Masking in Health Care Settings: A Pandemic Strategy Whose Time Has Come and Gone, For Now. Ann Intern Med. [Epub 18 April 2023]

© 2023 American College of Physicians. Used with Permission. Erica S. Shenoy, Hilary M. Babcock, Karen B. Brust, et al. Universal Masking in Health Care Settings: A Pandemic Strategy Whose Time Has Come and Gone, For Now. Ann Intern Med. [Epub 18 April 2023]

“The burden of SARS-CoV-2 has been mitigated over time,” the authors state, “through access to testing, substantial population-level immunity providing durable protection against severe disease, a series of less virulent variants, and widespread availability of medical countermeasures, which in combination have resulted in decreasing infection mortality rates.”

 

They conclude that “SARS-CoV-2 has transitioned to a more stable phase, during which the choice and intensity of mitigation efforts must be commensurate with the risk and align with management strategies” for other endemic, transmissible diseases.

 

“Recognizing these changes,” the authors state, “many pandemic interventions have been deimplemented,” but, “Masking requirements and other restrictions remain notable exceptions.”

 

Some in the medical field, such as Dr. Kalu Ibukunoluwa and co-authors writing in the journal Infection Control and Hospital Epidemiology in January, argue for making universal masking requirements in health care settings permanent, stating that such “universal source control masking … should become the ‘new normal’ for all healthcare institutions.”

 

However, Dr. Erica Shenoy, an infectious diseases physician at Massachusetts General Hospital, lead author of the study and her co-authors disagree.

 

While acknowledging that masking may “marginally reduce the risk of transmission” between health care workers and patients (and vice versa), the authors argue that this potential benefit is outweighed by the barriers to communication masking brings to interactions with patients.

 

According to the specialists, “masking impedes communication, a barrier that is distributed unequally across patient populations,” such as those for whom English is not their first language as well as those who are hard of hearing due to age or other causes.

 

“The increase in listening effort required when masks are used in clinical encounters is associated with increased cognitive load for patients and clinicians,” the authors contend, citing several studies to support their argument. “Masks obscure facial expression; contribute to feelings of isolation; and negatively impact human connection, trust, and perception of empathy.”

 

The authors go on to question other pandemic-era strategies, including asymptomatic testing and resource-intensive contact tracing, “which similarly have experienced a shift in their risk-benefit balance over the course of the pandemic.”

 

A controversial meta-analysis from the highly regarded research institution, The Cochrane Library, published in March found “no clear difference” between masked and unmasked health care workers in preventing transmission of the flu, nor any clear difference in results using N95 masks versus other masks.

 

According to Sherri Tenpenny, an osteopathic medical doctor who founded the Tenpenny Integrative Medical Center in Ohio, “Masks didn’t protect people from getting sick during the pandemic and they certainly should not be used now. More than 150 comparative studies and articles have been published that show mask ineffectiveness and document how masks harm the health of persons who wear them.”

 

She went on to tell The Epoch Times in an email that “masking policies for everyone, including health care professionals, should be eliminated because they are not an ‘effective infection prevention strategy.’”

 

“They don’t prevent infection or transmission,” she said. “They are a belief system, and beliefs are difficult to change. If a person chooses to wear a mask for ‘political correctness’ or as a sign of  ‘social signaling,’ it is even more difficult for them to stop. They will cling to the lie that masks are of value, even when they are shown a mountain of evidence to the contrary.”

 

The CDC continues to cite mask wearing along with other measures such as social distancing and school closures as contributing to the dramatic drop in influenza rates during the pandemic.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

DIRTY SHOTS: Researchers raise concerns about high levels of bacterial DNA found in mRNA COVID vaccines

09May2023 by:
https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-05-09-researchers-concerned-bacterial-dna-mrna-covid-vaccines.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

Coronavirus or sars-cov-2 virus cell with messenger RNA or mRNA and syringe on blue background 3D rendering illustration with copy space. Vaccination or vaccine, immunity, pandemic, science, medicine, medical technology concept.

Coronavirus or sars-cov-2 virus cell with messenger RNA or mRNA and syringe on blue background 3D rendering illustration with copy space. Vaccination or vaccine, immunity, pandemic, science, medicine, medical technology concept.

(Natural News) Researchers have raised concerns about the “alarmingly high” concentrations of bacterial DNA in the mRNA Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines from Pfizer and Moderna.

 

Dr. Kevin McKernan, a leading expert in sequencing methods for DNA and RNA, first shined a light on this issue. Canadian physician and medical researcher Dr. Mark Trozzi expounded on McKernan’s findings in an interview with the New American.

 

He told the magazine’s senior editor Veronika Kyrylenko that any traces of bacterial plasmids, including that from the Escherichia coli bacteria, should have been filtered out in the final batches of mRNA COVID-19 vaccines. However, Trozzi pointed out that this filtration wasn’t done.

 

He emphasized that the contamination risks integrating bacterial plasmid DNA into E. coli bacteria entering the intestinal microbiome. This could result in ongoing spike protein production, triggering autoimmune reactions in the vaccinated and raising concerns about the potential shedding of the spike protein when breathing.

 

The highly persistent bacterial plasmids may explain why vaccinated individuals produce the spike protein for prolonged periods. The spike protein has been demonstrated to be a potent toxin associated with various conditions, including chronic inflammation, autoimmune-like responses and blood clotting. Additionally, the integration of bacterial DNA with human chromosomes can alter genetic information and potentially lead to malignant diseases.

 

“We’re at the crime scene and there’s hope for accountability,” Trozzi told Kyrylenko during his interview.

 

Spike protein reprograms immune system in a strange way

The SARS-CoV-2 spike protein – particularly the one in Pfizer’s BNT162b2 vaccine – reprograms adaptive and innate immune responses as it penetrates the blood-brain barrier and cell nucleus, according to the Daily Expose. The spike protein even affects DNA replication, added the outlet.

 

“The worst part of this is that COVID-19 infection usually goes away in a week,” the Expose wrote. “But spike production in [the vaccinated] continues for 60 days, exposing [them] to much more spike protein damage.”

 

Moreover, new evidence suggests that the immune system response of vaccinated individuals may not be as broad and effective as previously thought.

 

Surveillance data from the U.K. Health Security Agency indicates that individuals vaccinated and subsequently infected with COVID-19 have lower levels of N antibodies produced against the virus’s nucleocapsid protein. This lack of N antibodies may leave vaccinated individuals vulnerable to any mutations of the COVID-19 virus that occur in the future.

 

In contrast, unvaccinated individuals contracting COVID-19 and recovering from it can produce both S and N antibodies, which may provide better immunity to mutations.

 

America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS) issued two warnings about the COVID-19 shot.

 

“First, these vaccines’ mis-train the immune system to recognize only a small part of the virus [the spike protein]. Variants that differ, even slightly, in this protein can escape the narrow spectrum of antibodies created by the vaccines,” AFLDS noted. “Second, the vaccines create ‘vaccine addicts,’ meaning persons become dependent upon regular booster shots because they have been ‘vaccinated’ only against a tiny portion of a mutating virus.”

 

Visit BadMedicine.news for more stories about the “dirty” COVID-19 vaccines.

Watch the Health Ranger Mike Adams and Dr. Peter McCullough explain how the COVID-19 mRNA vaccine bioweapons turn the body into a walking spike protein factory.

The #Mrna ‘Vaccine’ Is A Bioweapon! It Literally Turns Your Body Into A Spike Protein Production Factory.The Spike Protein Is A Neurotoxin.It Binds To Ace2 Receptors, Crosses The Bbb Critical Thin

This video is from the Perfect Society channel on Brighteon.com.

More related stories:

New study: mRNA COVID-19 vaccines can cause brain diseases.

Large Nordic study finds that mRNA covid “vaccines” increase risk of myocarditis.

Dr. Sherri Tenpenny: mRNA COVID vaccines increase hospitalization and death rates – Brighteon.TV.

Study finds 29% of teenagers develop heart problems following second dose of Pfizer’s mRNA COVID-19 vaccine.

Cancer “hijacks” your cells and turns your body against itself, just like mRNA Covid-19 vaccines.

Sources include: 

TheNewAmerican.com

Expose-News.com

Brighteon.com

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

People are losing their teeth and dentists say the cause could be covid “vaccines”

26April2023 by:
https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-04-26-people-losing-teeth-dentists-say-covid-vaccines.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) Ever since Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccines” were unleashed through Operation Warp Speed, there has been a sharp uptick in the number of patients suffering from mysterious and severe symptoms associated with their teeth and bones.

 

Dr. Amy Hartsfield, an Alabama-based orofacial pain and dental sleep medicine specialist, says she has seen a massive increase in patients as of late who say their otherwise healthy teeth and jaw bones are hurting and even deteriorating for no apparent reason.

 

“I’ve seen patients with no previous history of health issues [who] have perfectly healthy teeth and now have pain syndromes associated with these healthy teeth,” Hartsfield told the independent media.

 

Many of Hartsfield’s patients are suffering with head and facial neurovascular and myofascial pain that includes headaches, toothaches unrelated to the actual tooth or teeth, osteonecrosis of the jaw, sleeping problems, tinnitus, and oral and facial autoimmune conditions. Such conditions are linked to the propensity of Fauci Flu shots to cause “micro” blood clots throughout the body, Hartsfield explained.

(Related: Covid vaccines are also linked to baldness.)

Covid jabs are causing a lot of destruction to people’s bodies, eventually leading to early death

One such person who started suffering severe bone loss after getting injected with Moderna’s mRNA injection is 79-year-old Cheryl Alverson, who had to have all of her lower teeth extracted due to a massive recurring infection caused by extensive, post-injection bone loss.

 

Alverson went to see Hartsfield, who ordered multiple blood tests, including several specifically associated with blood clotting. They showed that Alverson’s body had become overloaded with microclots from the shots.

 

Hartsfield discovered that these microclots directly interfere with bone healing following extractions, not to mention the fact that they typically only occur in patients who are taking osteoporosis medication or who underwent radiation therapy, neither of which applied in Alverson’s case.

 

The only thing Alverson did prior to developing these symptoms was take the Moderna mRNA series of injections for covid, as well as a follow-up booster shot. And almost immediately afterwards, her bone and teeth problems began.

 

Dr. Doug Denson, another Alabama-based oral surgeon, says he is seeing much the same thing with his patients, many of whom he is now referring to Hartsfield for treatment. Denson says he is not 100 percent sure covid jabs are the cause behind his patients’ troubles, though there does seem to be a connection.

 

“In my opinion, correlation does not always equal causation … again, there have been some odd symptoms since the pandemic started,” he said. “It’s just impossible to tell the exact mechanism or cause.”

 

Hartsfield has had to start screening her patients for their vaccine status due to the onslaught of new patients she is seeing who are suffering from teeth and bone problems post-injection.

 

“I have to screen these people to see if they’ve been vaccinated, when and how many times, and then I see if I can treat them,” she said, adding that most practitioners do not screen for covid shots.

 

“When you ask the whole population to have a mandatory vaccine that has more side effects than any other vaccines in history showing in the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System from Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data, you will definitely see injuries.”

 

In the comments, someone emphasized the fact that so-called SARS-CoV-2 has still never been isolated or proven to exist. The disease is the “vaccine,” this person argued, adding that lockdowns, mask mandates, job losses, and social isolation only made matters worse.

 

“Another monumental scam, from the fake PCR test to wearing disgusting face diapers that lower your oxygen uptake and increase carbon dioxide inhalation from your own breath, which increases bacteria growth in the mouth.”

Covid jabs are a death sentence. To learn more, visit ChemicalViolence.com.

Sources for this article include:

Infowars.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP

Biden Administration Announces End to Federal COVID Vaccine Mandates

Remember the COVID-19 Lie “Flattening the curve”

Flattening the curve was a public health strategy to slow down the spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. The curve being flattened is the epidemic curve, a visual representation of the number of infected people needing health care over time

Flattening the curve was a public health strategy to slow down the spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. The curve being flattened is the epidemic curve, a visual representation of the number of infected people needing health care over time

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flattening_the_curve

zerohedge-com-logo

15 Days Finally Ends After 1,141 Days

by Tyler Durden, 04May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/15-days-finally-ends-after-1141-days

Via The Brownstone Institute,

On Monday, the White House announced its Covid-19 vaccine requirements for federal employees, federal contractors, and international air travelers will expire on May 11, coinciding with the end of the Covid public health emergency. The 15 Days to Flatten the Curve that began on March 16, 2020, stretched to 1,141 days. 

 

Nautical sundial compass with a zodiac sign celestial globe

Nautical sundial compass with a zodiac sign celestial globe

In some ways, the repeal is a victory against the irrational tyranny behind the vaccine mandates that have been part of the entire lockdown paradigm. Americans no longer have to choose between taking an experimental, ineffective medical product and keeping their job. We no longer have to endure the irrationality of enforcing vaccine mandates for air travelers but not for illegal immigrants at our southern border. We no longer have to listen to the tyrannical paternalism behind forcing people to receive a shot that they don’t want while insisting that it is saving their lives.

 

At the same time, however, it is far from a victory; we have returned to what should be the normal state, and we already witnessed the suffering that the mandates incurred. Millions of people were forced to choose between the truth of their convictions and earning a living. Others lost years of visiting loved ones in foreign countries. The people who implemented this Hell remain in power, and they appear unremorseful.

The Biden Administration did not admit error in its policies; instead, it took great pride in its two years of forced jabs.

“Our COVID-19 vaccine requirements bolstered vaccination across the nation, and our broader vaccination campaign has saved millions of lives,” the White House boasted.

“While vaccination remains one of the most important tools in advancing the health and safety of employees and promoting the efficiency of workplaces, we are now in a different phase of our response when these measures are no longer necessary.”

There is no solid evidence for any of those claims. And substantial policy questions remain. Since March 2020, Covid served as the basis for political initiatives far beyond the realm of public health. It was used as the justification for eviction moratoriums, travel restrictions, domestic-capacity restrictions, closures, mask mandates, and student debt relief. Considering the future requires an understanding of the Biden White House’s mandate regime.

The History of the Mandates

Beginning in July 2021, President Biden issued a series of Covid vaccine mandates.

In September 2021, he announced, “Next, I will sign an executive order that will now require all executive branch federal employees to be vaccinated — all. And I’ve signed another executive order that will require federal contractors to do the same. If you want to work with the federal government and do business with us, get vaccinated.” He then announced that the Department of Labor would require all employers with 100 or more workers to get vaccinated.

 

“We’ve been patient, but our patience is wearing thin,” he scolded unvaccinated Americans. “Your refusal has cost all of us.” 

 

The following month, Biden banned international air travelers from entering the United States without proof of receiving the Covid shots. Visitors remained able to enter the country testing positive for the virus so long as they had agreed to the President’s mandatory injection program.

 

But President Biden’s disappointment in his citizens did not convince the American public of the righteousness of his crusade. In the ensuing months, the shots’ lack of efficacy became readily apparent, and Americans were reluctant to get their “boosters.”

 

Biden did not relent, however. He publicly scolded Green Bay Packers quarterback Aaron Rodgers for not getting the shots and insisted that there was a “pandemic of the unvaccinated” going into 2022.

 

In August 2022, the White House faced backlash when tennis superstar Novak Djokovic was unable to participate in the U.S. Open because of the ban on unvaccinated international air travelers. The strict enforcement did not apply to illegal immigrants crossing the southern border. A reporter asked the White House to explain this enforcement discrepancy later that month.

 

“How come migrants are allowed to come into this country unvaccinated but world-class tennis players are not?” asked Fox’s Peter Doocy.

 

White House Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre struggled to articulate an explanation.

“So as far — you know, just to — just since you asked about me — about him — you asked me about him. So, visa records are confidential under U.S. law. Therefore, the U.S. government cannot discuss the details of individual visa cases. Due to privacy reasons, the U.S. government also does not comment on medical information of individual travelers,” she stammered as she avoided the question.

 

She then told Doocy that the issue comparison between illegals crossing the border and international air travelers was unfounded because “they’re two different things.”

 

Djokovic reentered headlines in March 2023 when he was unable to participate in a Florida tournament because of the ongoing travel ban. Florida Governor Ron DeSantis called on Biden to lift the restriction. When asked about the ban stemming from the President’s ban, Ms. Jean-Pierre deflected blame to the CDC, telling the press, “They’re the ones who deal with that. [The ban’s] still in place, and we expect everyone to abide by our country’s rule, whether as a participant or a spectator.”

 

Djokovic was unable to play in the tournament, but momentum against the Biden regime’s edicts gained steam. Later that month, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld an injunction blocking President Biden’s mandate for federal employees to receive the Covid jabs.

 

In April, President Biden signed a law that ended the Covid national emergency in a bill introduced by Rep. Paul Gosar. The bill passed the House in a 229-197 vote and the Senate in a 68-23 vote. 

 What happens now

A number of other pandemic-era policies will also end on May 11, including Title 42, which allows Border Patrol to immediately send illegal immigrants at the southern border back to Mexico. Texas Governor Greg Abbott expects up to 13,000 illegal immigrants to cross the US-Mexico border every day after the expiration.

 

This may exacerbate the ongoing crisis at the border. In the last 10 days alone, over 73,000 migrants have crossed the southern border as Title 42 comes closer to expiration. Border Patrol announced that in that time it stopped 19 sex offenders, six gang members, and a convicted murderer from entering the United States. Additionally, Border Patrol seized 19 pounds of heroin, 54 pounds of fentanyl, 1,052 pounds of meth, 676 pounds of cocaine, and 823 pounds of marijuana.

 

There are more issues at stake than immigration. The Supreme Court is considering whether the White House’s order to cancel student debt was constitutional. The Biden White House has defended its actions by claiming that the Heroes Act of 2003 allows the US Education Secretary to change federal student loan programs during national emergencies such as the Covid pandemic. Going forward, the White House will have to adopt new rationales for future executive actions related to student debt.

 

On the legal front, employment law firm Jackson Lewis reports that there are over 2,000 existing challenges to Covid 19 vaccine mandates in the courts right now, and over 35 percent involve public employers. Challenges to the federal mandates may now be moot, meaning courts will dismiss the cases because the mandates are no longer in effect. Plaintiffs will be able to return to work without adhering to the White House’s vaccine requirements, but there will also be no accountability for those in charge.

 

These days and for many months and years following, all the people involved in the pandemic response – not only government officials but media mouthpieces and Big Tech accomplices – will be rewriting history and hoping that everyone will forget the real history.

 

They are trying to avoid accountability and save whatever vestiges of despotism that they can, while hoping to institutionalize the powers that made all of this possible.

They cannot be allowed to win this struggle for essential rights, liberties, and truth. 

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

“Like A Bomb Went Off”: Pfizer Plant In North Carolina Destroyed By Tornado

by Tyler Durden, 20July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/bomb-went-pfizer-plant-north-carolina-destroyed-tornado

 

Dramatic footage posted on Twitter shows the aftermath of a tornado that ripped through a massive Pfizer pharmaceutical plant in North Carolina on Wednesday, scattering “50,000 pallets of medicine” across the property.

 

Pfizer told local media outlet ABC 11 that a twister damaged its Rocky Mount manufacturing space that sits on 250 acres in Eastern North Carolina.

“We are assessing the situation to determine the impact on production.

“Our thoughts are with our colleagues, our patients, and the community as we rebuild from this weather incident,” the company said.

 

According to the company’s website, the Rocky Mount plant is “one of the largest sterile injectable facilities in the world.” Here’s a list of medical devices produced at the plant:

At this facility, a wide range of products are produced, including anesthesia, analgesia, therapeutics, anti-infectives and neuromuscular blockers. These products are available in small volume presentations, such as ampules, vials and syringes, and large volume presentations, such as IV bags and semi-rigid bottles.

One Pfizer employee told ABC 11 that the twister wreaked havoc on the facility for 60 to 90 seconds. He said the tornado sounded “like a bomb went off.”

Footage of the damaged plant was posted on Twitter.

 

Wall Street Silver-tweet-19July2023-Pfizer building destroyed by a tornado in North Carolina

Wall Street Silver-tweet-19July2023-Pfizer building destroyed by a tornado in North Carolina

There’s no word if products related to sterile injectables will be in short supply.

 

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

Comprehensive study: There are ZERO Amish kids suffering from cancer, diabetes or autism – WHY IS THAT?

07July2023 // S.D. Wells https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-07-07-zero-amish-kids-suffering-cancer-diabetes-autism.html

See: Groundbreaking Study Shows Unvaccinated Children Are Healthier Than Vaccinated Children

The current population of Amish folks in America is quickly approaching 400,000, with the largest concentrations of 90,000 in Pennsylvania and 82,000 in Ohio. Amish have settled in as many as 32 US states, and have an average of 7 kids per family, so the population is growing rapidly. In a brand new, comprehensive study (as of June 2023), presented by Steve Kirsch to the Pennsylvania State Senate, it was calculated that for Amish children, who are strictly 100 percent not vaccinated (fully unvaccinated), typical chronic conditions barely exist, if any at all.

 

These chronic conditions, also called preventable diseases and disorders, that nearly many vaccinated children and swaths of Americans suffer from, include auto-immune disease, heart disease, diabetes, asthma, ADHD, arthritis, cancer, and of course… wait for it… autism (think ASD and Asperger’s Syndrome).

 

Expert panelists testified how healthy Amish children are compared to vaccinated American children

Maybe scaring people off vaccines is a good thing, for all those pro-jab-fanatics who think every natural health advocate is a “conspiracy theorist” who spreads disease and disorder by talking about dirty vaccines, vaccine injuries and vaccine-induced deaths. During testimony, expert health advocates shared WHY there’s never been any reports published regarding the health of Amish children in general, saying “After decades of studying the Amish, there’s no report because the report would be devastating to the narrative. It would show that the CDC has been harming the public for decades and saying nothing and burying all the data.”

 

Dr. Peter McCullough, a top cardiologist in America, with mountains of peer-reviewed, published work, testified before the U.S. Senate and before legislatures throughout the U.S., regarding dangers of vaccines, including the COVID-19 gene-mutating jabs. Speaking of the pandemic, the Amish did NOT lock down, they did NOT put on bacteria-breeding masks, and they most certainly did NOT “vaccinate” for the Wuhan Lab Flu. They ignored every single CDC and Fauci-propagandized mandate and protocol, including the deadly clot shots (because they knew better than to get injected with millions of toxic, sticky spike proteins and graphite nanoparticles).

 

Guess what happened? The Amish had a survival rate of COVID 90 times higher than the rest of America. Nobody wants to talk about this, except natural health advocates. If you post anything about it on social media, you immediately get banned, blacklisted and labeled “misinformation” or “disinformation.”

 

Why is it so important to AVOID vaccines like the plague? Just take a look at all the insane ingredients used in vaccines, including preservatives, emulsifiers, adjuvants, genetically modified bacteria, mutated viruses and sterility-causing chemicals. This is all listed right out in the open. No human should ever have any of this injected into their blood and muscle tissue, bypassing the normal defensive shields of the body, including the skin, lungs and digestive tract.

 

These toxic, sometimes lethal ingredients include mercury (high doses in the multi-dose flu jab), human blood (albumin from abortions), deadly pig viruses called circovirus (in Rotateq Rotavirus jabs), eagle blood, dog blood, infected green monkey kidney cells, sucralose, monosodium glutamate (MSG), cow blood, chicken blood, eggs, dairy, antibiotics, peanut oil (yes, residuals remain, hence all the deathly peanut allergies), latex (from the stoppers on the needles and vials that the needles penetrate), aluminum and much more.

 

Bookmark Vaccines.news to your favorite independent websites for updates on experimental gene therapy injections that lead directly to vascular clots, hypertension, myocarditis, pericarditis, heart attacks, strokes and death.

 

Sources for this article include:

 

Pandemic.news

VigilantFox.substack.com

SenatorMastriono.com

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Developed Nations Requiring the Most Infant Vaccines Linked With Higher Childhood Mortality Rates: Study

Megan Redshaw, J.D.
4August 2023  https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/developed-nations-requiring-the-most-infant-vaccines-linked-with-higher-childhood-mortality-rates-study-5439374

See: Groundbreaking Study Shows Unvaccinated Children Are Healthier Than Vaccinated Children

Highly developed nations requiring the most neonatal vaccine doses tend to have the worst mortality rates in children under age 5, according to a peer-reviewed study published July 20 in Cureus.

 

Researchers Neil Miller, director of the Institute of Medical and Scientific Inquiry in New Mexico, and Gary Goldman, who has a doctorate in computer science, performed several analyses based on 2019 and 2021 data to explore potential relationships between the number of early childhood vaccinations required by developed nations and their neonatal, infant, and under age 5 mortality rates.

 

According to global health experts, few measures in public health can compare with the impact of vaccines, which are credited with having reduced disease, disability, and death from a variety of infectious diseases. Yet the study found that developed nations requiring more neonatal vaccinations may have unintended consequences that increase childhood mortality, challenging the idea that more vaccines administered always results in fewer deaths.

 

“Our paper investigated potential associations between the number of early childhood vaccine doses that developed nations require and their early childhood mortality rates,” Mr. Miller told The Epoch Times in an email. “For example, some nations administer hepatitis B and tuberculosis (BCG) vaccines to their infants shortly after birth. We found that nations that require both vaccines had significantly worse infant mortality rates when compared to nations that require neither vaccine.”

 

Miller and Goldman’s research initially began in 2011 when they published a paper using 2009 data showing less favorable infant mortality rates among highly developed nations requiring the most infant vaccinations.

 

The recent study replicated their original study using 2019 and 2021 data from the top 50 nations where childhood vaccine doses range from 12 to 26.  Results showed the infant mortality rate increased by 0.167 deaths per 1,000 live births for each additional vaccine dose added to the vaccination schedule, supporting the earlier study’s findings.

 

Twenty-nine nations in 2009 had better infant mortality rates than the United States, but by 2019, the United States had declined to 44th in infant mortality rankings, and in 2021, ranked 50th—despite requiring the highest number of infant vaccines.

Hepatitis B and Tuberculosis Vaccination May Increase Mortality

In their latest study, Miller and Goldman broadened their research to assess the impact of hepatitis and tuberculosis vaccines on mortality rates of neonatal infants (babies under 28 days old), infants up to age 1, and children under 5. Mortality data and vaccination schedules were compiled from UNICEF, the World Health Organization, the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control, and national governments.

 

Nations were then grouped based on whether they required zero, one, or two vaccine doses given to newborns to determine their statistical significance to mortality rates of the three age groups. The association demonstrated by the analysis showed neonatal vaccines for hepatitis B and tuberculosis may not contribute to an overall reduction in mortality in nations where infants are at low risk of mortality from diseases the vaccines are targeting. In these nations, infants may actually experience greater risks from vaccination.

Reduction in Infant Vaccine Doses Decreased Mortality

Using 2021 data, the researchers found a statistically significant difference of 1.28 deaths per 1000 live births between the mean infant mortality rates among nations that did not vaccinate their neonates at all and those that required two vaccine doses. For each reduction of six vaccine doses administered during infancy, the infant mortality rate improved by approximately one death per 1,000 live births.

 

Additionally, vaccines administered during the first year of life had a greater effect on under age 5 mortality rates compared with vaccines administered in the second through fifth years of life, suggesting younger infants who generally weigh less and receive more vaccines in a shorter period are significantly more likely to experience an adverse reaction resulting in hospitalization or death.

 

“Hepatitis B and tuberculosis vaccines given shortly after birth when the immune system is immature and the neonate has low weight, may increase vulnerability to serious adverse reactions and deaths that ultimately contribute to higher neonatal, infant, and under age five mortality rates,” Mr. Miller told The Epoch Times.

Vaccination Sequence and Combination Can Impact Mortality

In most nations, more than half of infant deaths occur during the neonatal period, with about 75 percent of neonatal deaths occurring during the first week of life when neonatal vaccines are administered, according to Mr. Miller. Deaths that occur during this period have a large impact on neonatal, infant, and under age 5 mortality rates.

 

The study states the U.S. neonatal mortality rate comprises 61 percent of its infant mortality rate and 52 percent of the mortality rate in children under age 5.

 

But Miller said doctors, coroners, and other medical examiners are “compelled to misclassify and conceal vaccine-related fatalities” because alternate cause-of-death classifications associated with infant vaccination do not exist.

 

In addition, vaccines have “non-specific effects” that can increase or decrease mortality from infectious diseases not targeted by the vaccine. “Some deaths associated with neonatal vaccines may be delayed, possibly through some priming mechanism or cumulative toxicity that increases the risk of a severe or fatal reaction to subsequently administered vaccines,” Mr. Miller added.

 

For example, a 2017 study published in EBioMedicine found a twofold increase in all-cause infant mortality after diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis (DTP) and oral polio vaccines were introduced in Guinea-Bissau. Survival rates of infants who received the DTP vaccine without oral polio vaccine compared with non-DTP vaccinated children were worse.

 

The sequence of vaccinations can also affect all-cause mortality, according to a 2018 study published in Vaccine, showing girls who received a pentavalent vaccine (five vaccines in one) after receiving a measles vaccine were five times more likely to die from all causes within six months of follow-up compared to girls who followed the recommended schedule. The authors also stated, “It is assumed that providing missing vaccine doses will always leave the child better off than not providing them. This may be wrong.”

 

According to Mr. Miller and Mr. Goldman, 17 of 18 analyses confirm that giving more vaccine doses results in higher infant and early childhood mortality rates in developed nations. They’re calling for vaccine policymakers to determine the full effect of the current vaccination schedule on deaths from any cause and for safety research into the number of recommended childhood vaccines and how they’re administered to confirm they are positively impacting child survival.

TOP


rivka-levy-com-logo

Time to process the last three years

10July2023  https://rivkalevy.com/time-to-process-the-last-three-years/

I am still taking the rest of this week off.

But, I wanted to just post up this ‘Timeline’ of key events from the Covid 19 plandemic in Israel, that occurred over the last 3-4 years.

Why?

Because none of us has really stopped to process what it is we really went through, what was done to us, what really happened.

And so, there are still a whole bunch of ‘yucky’ feelings hanging out, deep within, that haven’t yet been acknowledged, dealt with – and released.

So, take some time this week to read this, maybe print it out, and just let the ‘feelings’ float up, as they will.

In the process of putting it together, I felt tremendous anger, sadness and also not a little despair.

That wasn’t so fun – but then, I could at least catch hold of all that, and finally ‘let it go’.

That’s the key here.

B’hatzlacha.

====

COVID 19 TIMELINE IN ISRAEL – THE KEY EVENTS

  • February 9, 2020: Rav Berland is arrested in a brutal dawn raid.
  • February 21, 2020: First case of COVID 19 diagnosed in Israel, when a passenger from the Diamond Princess Cruise Ship tests positive in Sheba Medical Center. First 14-day ‘self-isolation quarantine’ (bidud) introduced for any travellers returning from Japan or South Korea.
  • March 2, 2020: ‘COVID’ elections held in Israel. Netanyahu fails to get a mandate to govern, starts pushing a ‘National Unity Government’ with him as PM. Is quoted as saying: “unlike the holocaust, this time – this time, we identified the danger in time,” saying that the National Unity Government headed by him is needed: “like before the Six-Day War,” to “save the country.”
  • March 3, 2020: 12 more people ‘test positive’ for COVID 19. The first school in Israel – 1,150 students plus teachers – are forced to stay home for a two week ‘quarantine’.
  • March 9, 2020: PM Netanyahu announces a mandatory 14-day bidud for anyone entering Israel.
  • March 10, 2020: Israel limits gatherings to 2,000 people.
  • March 11, 2020: Israel limits gatherings to 100 people.
  • March 14, 2020: The Health Ministry announces more restrictions banning gatherings greater than 10 people, closing all schools, day-care facilities, malls, restaurants, hotels, gyms, pools, attractions, zoos, mikvas, hairdressers and wedding halls. Weddings are limited to 10 participants. Only supermarkets, pharmacies, take-out food and, of course ‘government’ is allowed to remain open. Public transportation is severely curtailed. Netanyahu tells Israel’s citizens they need to “adopt a new way of life.”
  • March 15: Justice Minister Amir Ohana freezes all ‘non-urgent’ court activity, resulting in Netanyahu’s corruption trial being postponed.
  • March 17: The Israeli government approves the contact-tracing program, “making Israel the only country in the world to use its internal security agency (Shin Bet) to track citizens’ geolocation.”
  • March 18: Israelis are encouraged to ‘clap for the nurses and doctors’ at 6pm, from their balconies.
  • March 19: Netanyahu declares a National State of Emergency, making COVID 19 restrictions legally enforceable by fining offenders. Israelis go into full lockdown and are banned from leaving their homes unless absolutely necessary. Meanwhile, the contact tracing program is challenged at the Supreme Court by the Association for Civil Rights in Israel , leading to its being suspended on April 26, 2020. Hundreds of protesters gather at the Knesset to demonstrate about government over-reach and dictatorial Covid 19 restrictions. Police make many arrests.
  • March 22: Police violently close down the Carmel Market in Tel Aviv, and the Mahane Yehuda Market in Jerusalem. Panic buying is rife, there are long queues for toilet roll and eggs. Transport Ministry starts spying on citizens’ COVID 19 status via their RavKav.
  • March 25,2020: The government imposes even more restrictions on Israeli citizens, including stopping people from venturing further than 100 m from their homes, limiting the number of people in a car to a maximum of two, and setting up ‘temperature testing’ equipment all over the country. Anyone violating the new restrictions is fined 5,000 shekels.
  • April 1, 2020: The government bans praying with a minyan, all public gatherings, and restricts people to walking outside with a maximum of just one other person from their own household. They also outlaw the public burning of chametz just ahead of Pesach.
  • April 2, 2020: The whole of Bnei Brak is declared a ‘restricted zone’ and the area is closed to incoming and outgoing traffic.
  • April 8, 2020: The government imposes a three-day total lockdown on the whole country to coincide with Pesach, banning family members from spending Seder together. Later, it’s discovered that several prominent politicians, including Netanyahu, Reuben Rivlin and Nir Birkat, still celebrated Seder with their own families, sparking outrage.
  • April 12, 2020: The government tells Israelis they have to cover their mouth and nose whenever they leave home and increases the propaganda around the necessity of ‘social distancing’. They also close the haredi neighborhoods of Jerusalem, prompting concerns that they are using the coronavirus to settle scores with the religious community.
  • May 3, 2020: Schools reopen but only first to third grade, and 11th to 12th grade. Class size is strictly limited, and the schoolchildren are required to wear face masks all day.
  • May 4, 2020: Some restrictions are eased, 100m limit is removed, weddings of up to 50 people are allowed.
  • May 19, 2020: All schools reopen, but with strict ‘social distancing’ rules of 2 m, and requirements that children need to be ‘temperature tested’ each day before they attend school.
  • July 1, 2020: Government re-imposes ‘contact tracing’, orders 30,000 Israelis into bidud (isolation).
  • July 6, 2020: Social distancing restrictions re-imposed. Gathering restricted to 20 people, including on buses, synagogues limited to 19 worshippers.
  • July 24, 2020: ‘Weekend lockdowns’ begin from 5pm Friday to 5am Sunday, beaches and gyms closed.
  • August 31, 2020: Coronavirus cabinet approves the ‘traffic light’ of Prof. Ronni Gamzu – who later successfully closes down that year’s gathering in Uman.
  • September 13, 2020, the government approves a 3-week country-wide lockdown, timed to coincide with the High Holy Days. People are forced to pray either in ‘rotas’ of 10 people at a time inside, or a maximum of 20 people outside.
  • September 26, 2020: Netanyahu announces the closure of Ben Gurion Airport – and all synagogues for the High Holiday prayers. The Lockdown is extended another week to October 19, 2020.
  • Nov 1 – 27, 2020: Restrictions eased.
  • December 20, 2020: Government introduces ‘coronavirus hotels’.
  • December 27, 2020: Third national lockdown imposed, to coincide with Chanuka. Government makes it illegal to visit another person’s home.
  • January 7, 2021: Lockdown restrictions are made even harsher. All schools are closed, all non-essential travel is banned, gatherings limited to just five people. During the third lockdown, many Israeli citizens get the ‘Covid 19 vaccinations’, manufactured by Pfizer.
  • February 7 – March 7, 2021: Restrictions are gradually eased – for vaccinated individuals.
  • February 21, 2021: Israel introduces ‘Green Pass’ apartheid. People without a ‘Green Pass’ are still banned from synagogues, tourist attractions and restaurants, among many other things.
  • April 18, 2021: Israel lifts the requirement to wear facemasks all the time when outside.
  • April 20, 2021: Schools finally re-open in-person, but students (and everyone else…) are still required to wear facemasks inside.
  • June 1, 2021: Green Pass requirements lifted, but PCR tests still required to attend school or travel abroad.
  • June 25, 2021: Masks are re-instated for inside, Green Pass requirements re-instated for any events or weddings over 100 people.
  • July 29, 2021: Third ‘booster’ shot approved, Israel starts vaccinating 12+ year olds.
  • August 8, 2021: More restrictions approved, including showing ‘proof of vaccination’.
  • October 10, 2021: Israel adopts the ‘Green Classroom’ policy, forcing all classmates of a corona-positive student to also get tested. Parents and children routinely spend hours a day queuing for PCR tests.
  • November 10, 2021: Covid vaccinations for children 5-12 are approved in Israel.
  • December 15, 2021: Rav Berland is finally released from prison, albeit under a number of continuing restrictions.
  • January 2, 2022: Israel approves 4th booster. Uptake is very small, with most Israelis becoming increasingly wary about the ‘safety and efficacy’ of the Covid shots.
  • February 7, 2022: Green Pass or ‘negative PCR tests’ are finally dropped in Israel, together with the requirement to wear masks inside.

 

We went into ‘coronavirus prison’ a week after the Rav was arrested, and we finally got out a few weeks after he was released.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Should a Real Expert Debate or Not?

Democratic presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. and Dr. Peter Hotez in file photos. (Lisa Lake/Getty Images for SiriusXM; John Mone/AP Photo)

Democratic presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. and Dr. Peter Hotez in file photos. (Lisa Lake/Getty Images for SiriusXM; John Mone/AP Photo)

By Jeffrey A. Tucker
June 23, 2023 Updated: June 24, 2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/should-a-real-expert-debate-or-not_5352868.html
Emphasis by    https://www.zerohedge.com/political/great-debate-will-not-happen

Commentary

This morning I read the 10th of probably 100s of articles pleading with vaccine cheerleader Professor Peter Hotez not to debate Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. He would never do this because he would be crushed.

He would never do this because he would be crushed.

There really isn’t any doubt about that.

The only question is whether anything would be gained for quality science at all by the outcome. Our side says yes and their side says no.

Our times have taught us this with certainty: the Hotez camp (which includes all the three-letter agencies plus the whole of the pharma industry plus the media) want an information lockdown. They have one message: take your meds. It doesn’t amount to much more than that.

 

RFK Jr., on the other hand, has some serious questions about adverse effects, the combinations of meds we are taking, and the conflicts of interest that are everywhere in this sector. He has spent decades studying and litigating them. He also has grave questions about the relationship between gain-of-function research and the bioweapons industry in the United States and around the world.

 

Hotez says that he would not debate these issues for fear that giving RFK Jr. a platform would elevate his views and grant them the legitimacy that they do not deserve. He says he prefers to write for the journals and engage only with peers.

 

But as Tucker Carlson’s new episode points out, Hotez is not some ivory-tower researcher/doctor. He has spent three years appearing on every mainstream venue that he trusts, which are the same ones that Fauci appeared on. They have created an information bubble for themselves. They want to live in it forever.

 

It’s true that it is not a good tactic for any public figure to engage with people with a fraction of their own reach. Patrick Buchanan once told me that a key rule in these fights is “never shoot down.” That is usually true. You risk amplifying your critics when in fact hardly anyone has heard of them.

 

But at this point, it is very likely the case that RFK Jr. has a larger reach and influence than Hotez. Hotez is already losing and losing badly. He would not be shooting down. One could argue that RFK Jr. indeed has more to lose from a debate than Hotez, so why would he do it? He would do it for one simple reason: he has a passion for facts, truth, and justice.

 

Even more importantly, RFK Jr. has worked hard to become an authentic expert on the topic of pharmaceuticals and the industry backing them.

 

A great feature of becoming a real expert in a field of study is that you can encounter any setting in which the topic is being discussed and engage with calm confidence.

 

Real experts invite more information and challenges, even direct debate, because doing so satisfies that deep curiosity that led them to be experts in the first place.

They welcome it!

A real expert is voracious for engagement with others on the topic.

A real expert wants to test his views against his opponent, just as great athletes and artists welcome performance and competition.

It inspires them to achieve excellence in the field that inspires them the most.

 

I would never claim to be an expert in the interaction of infectious disease and policy but I’ve studied the topic incessantly over the last few years. This week, I’m at Porcfest where the topic has come up constantly and there are a variety of opinions out there. It’s super exciting to hear a number of different perspectives because it gives me a chance to test my own conclusions. I desperately want this because I need to know if my conclusions are correct or can otherwise be improved.

 

At the Brownstone tent, we’ve been running an open mic. Two nights ago, one speaker got up to celebrate his vaccination and personal COVID avoidance strategies. I could feel the room start to get a bit angry so I took the mic and congratulated the man for speaking.

 

Then I started asking him questions. Why did he feel the need to “socially distance” following the taking of the vaccine if he is so sure that it worked? What does it mean to him that the vaccine did work? Is it possible that he kept getting sick with COVID precisely because of the repeated use of the vaccine?

 

The whole time I spoke with calm and sympathy. My interlocutor did the same. Within a few minutes, this nice man admitted that he had no real idea what he was saying and could not make sense of his actions and views. He further said that if he could do it over, he would never have taken a shot because now he worries about what it might have done to him.

 

This was not a debate but rather a discussion. I was genuinely curious about this man’s views and he was interested in mine. I gained some insight and empathy into another’s person’s plight and he into mine. We were better off as a result. This is the best form of “debate:” a mature and calm exchange of contrary views.

 

I’ve become suspicious of people who believe that their best strategy for winning an argument is to interrupt, shout, spit, fling clever rhetoric at ever higher decimal levels, and hurl insults. These people are also good at yelling out technical details in great rapidity so that they cannot be checked in real time. These habits don’t prove that the person is a fraud but they certainly raise suspicions.

 

A person with a real command of facts, theories, and real experience can patiently listen to contrary views and answer them with calm reason. There is no grounds to interrupt. On the contrary, all such a person needs is a bit of quiet and some willingness to listen. That person will win the debate against the most belligerent opponent.

 

There’s something else fascinating about the Hotez refusal. It suggests that he doesn’t really trust the intelligence of the listeners. He figures that people are too stupid to figure out fact from fiction and so therefore the only correct path is to endlessly repeat his exhortations to comply with his latest declarations.

 

In this way, fake experts are often condescending, arrogant, pushy, [NARCISSISTIC] and hortatory. Maybe you have had a boss or a friend like this. You have probably learned to stay away from such people. Indeed, with power, they can become dangerous.

 

In contrast, watch any interview or speech of RFK Jr. He is reasoned, fact-filled, curious, a natural educator, calm, and unfailingly kind to his critics. I saw it the other day when he pointed to a New York Times journalist in the audience. The audience started to boo but he quieted people down and said she is a very nice person with real abilities. This is how he is: he is even kind to those who have smeared him the hardest. He is not infallible and admits it. He wants to improve his understanding. This is the difference between real and fake experts.

 

The best book I’ve seen on the problem of fake expertise is that of Thomas Harrington: “The Treason of the Experts.” Here he discusses a deeper problem that afflicts many people in academia and government. They have been granted credentials. They deploy these credentials—which may or may not signify expertise—as weapons. They dismiss every view but their own.

 

Hotez is hardly alone in this. He is an archetype of an entire army of the credentialled who cheered as masses of people were robbed of their rights and liberties over these three years. Now they are on the hot seat. They cannot stand it. They don’t believe that anyone has the right to judge them. But he cannot stop the trajectory of public opinion, which is turning ferociously against them. They are losing. And they cannot stand it.

 

Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Dr. Peter Hotez’s Funding Linked To Controversial Chinese Military Scientists At Wuhan Lab

by Tyler Durden, 29June2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/dr-peter-hotezs-funding-linked-controversial-chinese-military-scientists-wuhan-lab

Authored by Kanekoa The Great via Kanekoa News (emphasis ours),

Funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s R01AI098775 grant, Dr. Shibo Jiang and Dr. Lanying Du collaborated with scientists from the People’s Liberation Army and the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

Dr. Peter Hotez - Dr. Shibo Jiang - Wuhan Institute of Virology

Dr. Peter Hotez – Dr. Shibo Jiang – Wuhan Institute of Virology

 

In a groundbreaking revelation, it has come to light that Dr. Peter Hotez, an esteemed vaccine researcher, has been entangled in a web of funding, collaboration, and research with Chinese military scientists potentially involved in the development of COVID-19. The intricate tale weaves together key Chinese military virologists and culminates in the smoking gun evidence surrounding COVID-19’s notorious furin cleavage site.

 

At the center of this narrative lies Dr. Hotez, a distinguished professor at Baylor College of Medicine, who secured a substantial research grant (R01AI098775) from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) led by Dr. Anthony Fauci. This grant, amounting to over $1 million per year, supports Dr. Hotez’s project titled “RBD Recombinant Protein-Based SARS Vaccine for Biodefense,” with Dr. Shibo Jiang listed as a Principal Investigator.

 

Dr. Shibo Jiang, a professor at Fudan University, boasts an impressive academic background. After completing his Master’s degree from the People’s Liberation Army’s Guangzhou First Military Medical University (广州第一军医大学) and his Medical Doctor degree from Xi’an Fourth Military Medical University (西安第四军医大学微), he pursued postdoctoral training at Rockefeller University in New York from 1987 to 1990.

Dr. Shibo Jiang, a professor at Fudan University

Dr. Shibo Jiang, a professor at Fudan University

Source: Fudan University

RBD recombinant protein-based SARS vaccine for biodense

RBD recombinant protein-based SARS vaccine for biodense

Source: National Institute of Health

Subsequently, he held various positions at the New York Blood Center’s Lindsley F. Kimball Research Institute until 2010, including Head of the Viral Immunology Laboratory. Since then, he has served as a professor at Fudan University’s Key Laboratory of Medical Molecular Virology in Shanghai, China.

 

During his time in the United States, Dr. Shibo Jiang also acted as a visiting professor at several prestigious People’s Liberation Army (PLA) universities, including the First and Fourth Military Medical University, the Academy of Military Medical Sciences (AMMS), and Southern Medical University (formerly known as the First Military Medical University). Despite his collaboration with the Chinese military, he received research grants totaling over $20 million from NIAID under Dr. Fauci’s leadership between 1997 and 2016.

 

Professor Jiang, a member of China’s renowned Thousand Talents Plan, actively collaborated with PLA scientists on numerous scientific papers supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China, the First Military Medical University, and the AMMS. However, concerns have been raised regarding the nature of these collaborations, as a 2020 FBI report indicates that such talent recruitment plans “usually involve undisclosed and illegal transfers of information, technology, or intellectual property detrimental to U.S. institutions.”

Professor Shibo Jiang obtained his Master’s and Medical Doctor degrees from the People’s Liberation Army's Guangzhou First Military Medical University

Professor Shibo Jiang obtained his Master’s and Medical Doctor degrees from the People’s Liberation Army’s Guangzhou First Military Medical University

Professor Shibo Jiang obtained his Master’s and Medical Doctor degrees from the People’s Liberation Army’s Guangzhou First Military Medical University (广州第一军医大学) and the Xi’an Fourth Military Medical University (西安第四军医大学微).

Together with Dr. Zhou Yusen, a distinguished PLA virologist and fellow AMMS alumnus, Professor Jiang co-invented multiple U.S. patents and published numerous scientific papers on SARS and MERS coronaviruses, often with the support of NIAID funds. Dr. Yusen, the former director of the PLA’s AMMS Laboratory of Pathogen and Biosecurity at the Beijing Institute of Microbiology and Epidemiology, filed the world’s first patent application for a COVID-19 vaccine in China on February 24, 2020, just a month after the country acknowledged human-to-human transmission.

 

KanekoaTheGreat-tweet-27June2023-Why do five publications funded by Dr. Peter Hotez's R01AI098775 grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen as a co-author?

KanekoaTheGreat-tweet-27June2023-Why do five publications funded by Dr. Peter Hotez’s R01AI098775 grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen as a co-author?

This discovery raises suspicions that the Chinese military may have been working on a vaccine even before officially notifying the World Health Organization about the outbreak.

Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer, filed the world’s first patent application for a COVID-19 vaccine in China on February 24, 2020. The patent application listed Dr. Yusen as the lead inventor and was submitted by the PLA’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences.

Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer, filed the world’s first patent application for a COVID-19 vaccine in China on February 24, 2020. The patent application listed Dr. Yusen as the lead inventor and was submitted by the PLA’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences.

 

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences which was taken offline in 2017. Source: PLA’s AMMS via Internet Archive

 

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences-2

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences-2

Source: PLA’s AMMS via Internet Archive

 

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences-3

The archived website of the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences-3

Source: PLA’s AMMS via Internet Archive

 

Interestingly, concerns surrounding the origins of the COVID-19 virus intensify when examining the furin cleavage site. Dr. Richard Ebright, a respected molecular biologist, and laboratory director, highlights the unique nature of the furin cleavage, stating that:

“SARS-CoV-2 is the only member of the SARS-related betacoronavirus group that contains a furin cleavage site. The SARS-CoV-2 furin cleavage site exhibits unusual codon usage, and the SARS-CoV-2 furin cleavage site is located at a position that previously has been used to engineer coronaviruses having enhanced infectivity.”

Further compounding the intrigue, Dr. David Baltimore, a renowned US virologist and co-discoverer of reverse transcriptase, expresses his belief that the furin cleavage indicates a laboratory origin for the virus, stating, “When I first saw the furin cleavage site in the viral sequence, with its arginine codons, I said to my wife it was the smoking gun for the origin of the virus.”

 

With an esteemed career, a Nobel Prize, and extensive scientific expertise, Dr. Baltimore’s observations carry significant weight. Of additional concern is Professor Jiang’s expertise in inserting furin cleavage sites into coronaviruses.

 

inserting furin cleavage sites into coronaviruses

inserting furin cleavage sites into coronaviruses

Phylogenetic tree of coronavirus spike protein sequences. A) Noting genera of coronavirus. B) Subtree of Betacoronavirus, noting subgenera. Sarbecovirus (e.g., SARS-CoV-2 and SARS-CoV), Merbecovirus (e.g., MERS-CoV), Embecovirus (e.g., human coronavirus OC43 and human coronavirus HKU1, both causing common cold), and two small subgenera Hibecovirus and Nobecovirus. Source: Journal of Stem Cell Research

 

The furin cleavage site in SARS-CoV-2

The furin cleavage site in SARS-CoV-2

The furin cleavage site in SARS-CoV-2 in the region of the S1/S2 junction is unique among sarbecoviruses. Source: National Academy of Sciences

 

Moreover, Professor Jiang and Dr. Lanying Du, another prominent Chinese virologist funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s R01AI098775 grant, have collaborated on various scientific papers with the PLA’s AMMS and the Wuhan Institute of Virology. The untimely death of Dr. Yusen, who fell from the roof of the Wuhan Institute of Virology within three months of filing the patent, further fuels suspicions surrounding the origins of COVID-19.

 

Dr. Du, the widow of Dr. Yusen, published at the PLA’s AMMS before migrating to the United States, where she joined Professor Jiang at the New York Blood Center’s Lindsley F. Kimball Research Institute. Remarkably, a U.S. Senate report reveals that the data referenced in Dr. Yusen’s patent could not have been generated as quickly as claimed, suggesting that he and his team may have started developing a COVID vaccine as early as November 2019.

 

Furthermore, at least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer central to the COVID-19 origin controversy at the Wuhan lab, as a co-author. These findings raise concerns about the connections between Dr. Fauci, Dr. Hotez, Dr. Jiang, Dr. Du, Dr. Yusen, and the Chinese military scientists potentially involved in the origin of COVID-19.

 

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez's grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer

Source: Journal of Virology

 

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez's grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-2

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-2

Source: Journal of Virology

 

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez's grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-3

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-3

Source: Journal of Nature Communication

 

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez's grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-4

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-4

Source: Journal of Science China

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez's grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-5

At least five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, a People’s Liberation Army officer-5

Five publications funded by Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez’s R01AI098775 grant list Dr. Zhou Yusen, the People’s Liberation Army officer that filed the world’s first COVID-19 vaccine patent for the Chinese military, as a co-author. Dr. Yusen was reportedly thrown off the roof of the Wuhan lab three months after filing the patent. Source: National Institute of Health

 

Additionally, both Professor Jiang and Dr. Du have published scientific research for the AMMS, which was added to the U.S. government’s Foreign Entity Blacklist in 2021 due to its use of “biotechnology processes to support Chinese military end uses.” Dr. Hotez’s involvement in this complex situation becomes evident when examining his subcontracted funding for these scientists connected to the People’s Liberation Army and the Wuhan Institute of Virology, particularly in the field of artificially inserting furin cleavage sites into coronaviruses.

 

During a February 2021 interview, Dr. Hotez discussed their collaboration, stating, “About ten years ago, we got approached by a group at the New York Blood Center led by Shibo Jiang and Lanying Du that had a pretty good idea for coronavirus vaccines.

 

Before migrating to the U.S. and receiving funding from Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez, Dr. Lanying Du co-published research on SARS-coronaviruses

Before migrating to the U.S. and receiving funding from Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez, Dr. Lanying Du co-published research on SARS-coronaviruses

Before migrating to the U.S. and receiving funding from Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez, Dr. Lanying Du co-published research on SARS-coronaviruses with Dr. Shibo Jiang and Dr. Zhou Yusen for the People’s Liberation Army’s Academy of Military Medical Sciences. Source: Journal of Vaccine

 

Notably, in 2013, Professor Jiang and Dr. Du, along with their Chinese military colleagues, demonstrated the artificial insertion of a furin cleavage site similar to the one found in the COVID-19 virus. This study was funded by the Chinese government and a private Chinese biotech company, while Professor Jiang and Dr. Lanying also received funding from Dr. Fauci and Dr. Hotez.

 

Simultaneous Expression of Displayed and Secreted Antibokies for Antibody Screen

Simultaneous Expression of Displayed and Secreted Antibokies for Antibody Screen

Source: Public Library of Science

A study published by Dr. Shibo Jiang, Dr. Lanying Du, Dr. Shi Zhengli, and Dr. Ralph Baric, an American scientist considered a pioneer in gain-of-function research on coronaviruses, demonstrated the introduction of a human protease cleavage site into the spike protein of coronaviruses, enabling cross-species transmission to humans. Notably, this aligns precisely with the furin cleavage site found in the S1/S2 junction of SARS-CoV-2.

 

Two Mutations Were Critical for Bat-to Human Transmission of Middle East Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus

Two Mutations Were Critical for Bat-to Human Transmission of Middle East Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus

Source: Journal of Virology

 

While Dr. Hotez criticizes congressional hearings on the origins of COVID-19, stating that they are “inviting fringe elements to testify and promote outlandish conspiracy theories,” even warning that investigation will “undermine the fabric of science in America,” it is crucial to examine the mounting connections between Dr. Hotez, Dr. Fauci, Dr. Jiang, Dr. Du, and Dr. Yusen with Chinese military scientists, the Wuhan Institute of Virology, and the suspicious furin cleavage site. This evidence demands a thorough investigation to uncover the truth about the origins of the COVID-19 virus, a truth that holds profound implications for people worldwide.

 

The 8th International Symposium on Emerging Viral Diseases hosted by the Wuhan Institute of Virology

The 8th International Symposium on Emerging Viral Diseases hosted by the Wuhan Institute of Virology

Professor Shibo Jiang with Dr. Zhengli Shi, Dr. Ralph Baric, and Dr. Peter Daszak at the 8th International Symposium on Emerging Viral Diseases hosted by the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV). Source: WIV</em.

 

Lanying Du, Zhou Yusen, Shibo Jiang, Peter Hotez, Anthony Fauci

Lanying Du, Zhou Yusen, Shibo Jiang, Peter Hotez, Anthony Fauci

 

Source: Lawrence Sellin Substack

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

CDC The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention headquarters in Atlanta

CDC Officials Make False Statements About Possible COVID-19 Vaccine Side Effects

By Zachary Stieber April 26, 2023 Updated: April 26, 2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/cdc-officials-make-false-statements-about-possible-covid-19-vaccine-side-effects_5220039.html

Officials with the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) have made multiple false statements this month regarding possible COVID-19 vaccine side effects, continuing a trend of mis- and disinformation from the public health agency.

 

Dr. Tom Shimabukuro, a top CDC official, recently repeated the lie that the agency has never detected a safety signal for ischemic stroke for the old COVID-19 vaccines.

 

“No safety signals were detected for ischemic stroke for primary series or monovalent boosters for Pfizer or Moderna vaccines in U.S. and global monitoring,” Shimabukuro told the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, a CDC advisory panel, on April 19.

 

CDC researchers identified ischemic stroke as a safety signal for the original Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines, according to files obtained by The Epoch Times. More recently obtained documents show that the CDC detected the signal as early as May 6, 2022.

 

The CDC acknowledged in official documents that any adverse events following COVID-19 vaccination that meet certain criteria constitute “a safety signal.”

 

Shimabukuro, who also made the false claim during a meeting in February, hasn’t responded to requests by The Epoch Times for comment.

 

A CDC spokesperson previously doubled down on the claim, saying Shimabukuro was correct.

Ischemic stroke happens when the brain fails to get enough blood, according to the Mayo Clinic. It causes brain cells to die within minutes and often leads to death.

 

Another unnamed CDC official falsely told NBC that the agency hasn’t found data “suggesting a link between COVID-19 vaccines and tinnitus,” or ringing in the ears.

 

The CDC identified tinnitus as a safety signal in its analysis of possible signals in data from the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), according to the files obtained by The Epoch Times.

 

Bert Kelly, a CDC spokesman, told The Epoch Times in an email: “To date, we have no data to support tinnitus and its link to COVID-19 infection or vaccination.”

 

After becoming aware of reports made to the adverse event system of tinnitus after COVID-19 vaccination, the CDC analyzed data from a different surveillance system called the Vaccine Safety Datalink. CDC researchers didn’t identify any “clustering of tinnitus diagnoses” in the datalink system in the 70 days after COVID-19 vaccination, according to Kelly.

 

He didn’t make the data available.

Barbara Loe Fisher, co-founder and president of the National Vaccine Information Center, noted that there have been more than 24,000 reports of tinnitus submitted to VAERS after COVID-19 vaccination.

 

“There is mounting evidence in the medical literature that tinnitus involves inflammation in the brain,” Fisher said, pointing to several studies. “CDC officials should be taking the tinnitus signal seriously and actively pursuing every available avenue of research to find out what is going on rather than doing everything they can to quickly dismiss the reported risk for developing chronic ringing in the ears after COVID shots.”

 

Tinnitus is listed as a potential side effect of Johnson & Johnson’s COVID-19 vaccine, and regulators in some countries list the condition as a potential adverse event following AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine. Moderna and Pfizer haven’t been formally linked with tinnitus, although some research has found a statistically significant increase in tinnitus following COVID-19 vaccination, which researchers said “[suggests] an association between the COVID-19 vaccines” and tinnitus.

 

One sufferer recently told The Epoch Times that she has a dull ringing in her ears that started an hour after receiving a dose of the Pfizer vaccine. Another said she suffered hearing loss after getting a COVID-19 vaccine.

Another Official Gives False Information

The CDC stated that it would analyze VAERS data through a data mining technique called Proportional Reporting Ratio (PRR). The agency later falsely stated that the mining wasn’t in the agency’s purview before changing its tune and saying it had actually started running PRRs in February 2021.

 

Dr. John Su, head of the CDC’s VAERS team, provided the new dates in a statement to The Epoch Times.

Su has since acknowledged that the date was incorrect. The CDC now says it actually didn’t start the PRRs until March 2022 and stopped before the year ended.

 

Newly obtained emails show that Su was told by a colleague that the CDC wasn’t running PRRs between February 2021 and September 2021 but still gave the false information.

 

“We were not running any PRRs during this time,” Paige Marquez, a CDC employee, told Su and others in a June 2, 2022, email.

A month later, Su conveyed the false information to a CDC spokesperson, who relayed it to The Epoch Times.

“We’ve been performing PRRs since [February] 2021 and continue to do [so] to date,” he claimed.

Su didn’t respond to a request by The Epoch Times for comment.

He also gave the false information in August 2022 to a colleague, Jeremy Goodman, before Marquez stepped in, the newly obtained messages show.

“I stand corrected: we did not conduct PRR analysis during the specified period,” Su wrote in one email.

The CDC has stated that none of its workers intentionally gave false information about PRRs.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

Most Infected in COVID Outbreak at CDC Conference Were Vaccinated, Agency Confirms

Zachary Stieber
29May2023 Updated: 29May2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/most-infected-in-covid-outbreak-at-cdc-were-vaccinated-agency-confirms_5297678.html

 

A COVID-19 outbreak unfolded at a conference held by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) despite most attendees being vaccinated.

 

About 1,800 CDC staffers and others gathered in April in a hotel in Atlanta, where the CDC is headquartered, for a conference focused on epidemiological investigations and strategies.

 

On April 27, the last day of the conference, several people notified organizers that they had tested positive for COVID-19. The CDC and the Georgia Department of Public Health worked together to survey attendees to try to figure out how many people had tested positive.

 

“The goals were to learn more about transmission that occurred and add to our understanding as we transition to the next phase of COVID-19 surveillance and response,” the CDC said in a May 26 statement.

 

Approximately 80 percent of attendees filled out the survey. Among those, 181 said they tested positive for COVID-19.

 

Pretty much all respondents—99.4 percent—had received at least one COVID-19 vaccine dose.

 

The number of unvaccinated people who got sick, if any, was not disclosed. Officials also did not break down the vaccinated between those who had received a dose of the updated bivalent vaccines and those who had not. The CDC has not responded to requests for more information.

 

About 360 people did not respond to the survey, so the actual outbreak may have been larger.

 

Dr. Eric Topol, director of the Scripps Research Translational Institute, said on Twitter that the numbers made the conference a “superspreader event.”

 

Dr. Tom Inglesby, director of the Bloomberg School of Public Health’s Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, added that the outbreak shows COVID-19 is “still capable of causing big outbreaks and infecting many.”

 

A Georgia Department of Public Health spokesperson told The Epoch Times in an email that many people who attended the conference were not residents of Georgia, and that many used tests at home.

Bivalent Protection

The CDC said the survey results “underline the importance of vaccination for protecting individuals against severe illness and death related to COVID-19” because none of the people who said they tested positive reported going to a hospital.

 

No clinical trial efficacy data are available for the bivalent shots, even though they were first cleared nine months ago. They provide little protection against infection, according to observational data, though officials maintain they protect against severe illness. That protection is short-lived, according to studies, including non-peer-reviewed CDC publications.

 

The most recent publication, released on May 26, showed poor effectiveness against hospitalization from the Pfizer and Moderna bivalent COVID-19 vaccines, which replaced the old vaccines earlier this year.

 

Among adults without “documented immunocompromising conditions,” the protection was 62 percent between seven and 59 days but went to 47 percent before plunging to just 24 percent after 120 days.

 

Among adults with “documented immunocompromising conditions,” the effectiveness peaked at just 41 percent, hitting 13 percent after 120 days.

 

Researchers did not provide the effectiveness estimates among all adults, or the combined population of those with and without “documented immunocompromising conditions.” They also did not provide the unadjusted vaccine effectiveness (VE) estimates, or estimates before adjusting for certain variables.

 

“Both the crude VE and adjusted VE should be reported so that big discrepancies are evident to the reader and questioned,” David Wiseman, founder and president of Synechion, told The Epoch Times via email.

 

Effective against critical illness—defined as admission to intensive care, or death—peaked at 85 among the people deemed immunocompetent, but plunged to 33 percent after 120 days. Among those described as immunocompromised, the effectiveness was not estimated above 53 percent.

 

Effectiveness was not measured beyond 180 days.

 

Effectiveness for children was not examined as part of the research.

 

CDC researchers looked at data from its VISION Network, a network of hospitals in the United States. Exclusions included people under 50 who received four or more old vaccine boosters.

 

Just 23.5 percent of the immunocompetent and 16.4 percent of the immunocompromised were vaccinated, while the rest had received at least two doses of a COVID-19 vaccine.

 

About 8 percent of American adults are still unvaccinated, according to CDC data, though that percentage may be a big overestimate (pdf).

 

Researchers said the data showed that bivalent doses “helped provide protection against COVID-19-associated hospitalization and critical disease” adding that “waning of protection was evidence in some groups.”

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

BIOWEAPONS FACTORIES: New study finds that the fully vaccinated are shedding mRNA and spike proteins onto the unvaccinated

19January2023 // Ethan Huff //  https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-01-19-fully-vaccinated-shedding-mrna-spike-proteins-unvaccinated.html

Coronavirus or sars-cov-2 virus cell with messenger RNA or mRNA and syringe on blue background 3D rendering illustration with copy space. Vaccination or vaccine, immunity, pandemic, science, medicine, medical technology concept.

Coronavirus or sars-cov-2 virus cell with messenger RNA or mRNA and syringe on blue background 3D rendering illustration with copy space. Vaccination or vaccine, immunity, pandemic, science, medicine, medical technology concept.

It is entirely possible, according to the findings of a recent study, that those who are fully vaccinated for covid shed messenger RNA (mRNA) and spike proteins onto others, including the unvaccinated.

Click to download PDF file Click to Download the Study Current state of knowledge on the excretion of mRNA and spike produced by anti-COVID-19 mRNA vaccines; possibility of contamination of the entourage of those vaccinated by these products

This is the perspective held by Dr. Peter McCullough, an outspoken opponent of covid jabs who cites a paper published by French pharmacologist Dr. Helene Banoun in the medical journal Infectious Diseases Research, as evidence of this.

 

The un-injected can contract covid jab ingredients via bodily fluids such as saliva, sweat, and sexual contact, Dr. Banoun found. Pfizer’s own clinical trials reveal much the same, suggesting that covid jab ingredients can pass “through inhalation or skin contact,” as well as “through semen from a man … and passage through breast milk.”

 

(Related: Check out this episode of the Health Ranger Report on Natural News Radio to learn more about how pine needle tea, suramin, and shikimic acid can help to mitigate any potential damage caused by covid jab shedding.)

 

Covid vaccines are a BIOWEAPON developed more than a decade before Operation Warp Speed

We now know, based on Dr. McCullough’s extensive research into the matter, that the mRNA technology used in the covid injections taken by most of the now-vaccinated population was developed by none other than the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) as far back as 2011 – a decade before the covid scamdemic appeared.

 

Based on this, it would surmise that testing was taking place on these injections long before Donald “father of the vaccine” Trump launched Operation Warp Speed. Trump bragged, as you may recall, about getting his injections which he has repeatedly taken credit for, developed, tested, and thrust onto the market at warp speed.

 

It turns out that covid injections were a long time in the making, rendering Trump’s claims a lie. The shots are a bioweapon that was more than likely intentionally developed in such a way as to spread itself to the unvaccinated via shedding.

 

“Sadly, these careful development steps were skipped from the beginning in our military-style vaccine development program, and now the public is grappling with the issue of nucleic acid and Spike protein shedding as a potential concern among those who have worked so hard to remain healthy and free of COVID-19 vaccination,” Dr. McCullough writes on his blog.

 

“The pivotal questions are: 1) For how long is a recently vaccinated person at risk to shed on to others? 2) Can mRNA be taken up by the recipient and begin to produce Spike protein just like vaccination? 3) Can shed Spike protein cause disease as it does in the vaccinated (e.g., myocarditis, blood clots, etc.)?”

 

Based on all that is now known about these injections, including their bioweapon ingredients, many, including Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wisc.), are calling for their immediate removal from the market. Dr. McCullough also wants them halted immediately for public safety, having spoken at a recent roundtable event hosted by Sen. Johnson.

 

“The pathway to prevent any more harm is that all the vaccines need to be pulled off the market, withdrawn. That needs to happen immediately,” Dr. McCullough is quoted as saying.

 

“All the vaccine mandates should be dropped immediately. We need requests for applications and immediate funding for vaccine injury treatment centers of excellence across the United States. What’s at stake here is death.”

 

You can read through Dr. Banoun’s study for yourself to see what Dr. McCullough, Sen. Johnson, and others are seeing that is prompting them to call for covid vaccination to end immediately.

 

Want to learn more about the dangers and ineffectiveness of covid injections? Be sure to check out VaccineInjuryNews.com.

 

Sources for this article include:

 

TheFlStandard.com

 

Radio.NaturalNews.com

 

TMRJournals.com

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

mRNA COVID-19 Vaccines Should Be Labeled Gene Therapy Products: Peer-Reviewed Paper

Megan Redshaw,   30June2023
https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/new-research-paper-mrna-covid-19-vaccines-are-gene-therapy-products_5360853.html

 

Now that the pandemic has ended, researchers are urging regulatory agencies to consider the safety issues associated with the rapid approval of COVID-19 vaccines—and to correctly classify messenger RNA (mRNA) vaccines as gene therapy products (GTPs) to prevent pharmaceutical companies from bypassing regulatory standards.

Click to download PDF file  Click to Download the Paper mRNA: Vaccine or Gene Therapy? The Safety Regulatory Issues

According to a paper published in the International Journal of Molecular Sciences on June 22, COVID-19 mRNA vaccines, by mode and action, are gene therapy products and should adhere to different regulatory standards. Yet U.S. and European regulatory agencies have not classified COVID-19 mRNA vaccines as gene therapy products, which has allowed them to be regulated as vaccines against infectious diseases instead of being subjected to the more stringent regulation of GTPs.

 

Because current regulatory guidelines either do not apply, do not mention RNA therapeutics, or do not have a widely accepted definition for these products, regulatory agencies adopted a modified and accelerated approval process for COVID-19 vaccines in the form of a “rolling review.”

 

A rolling review is a regulatory tool typically used during a public health emergency to speed up the assessment of data for medicines or vaccines. It allows data to be reviewed as it becomes available—without the complete data package or specific controls.

 

This process led to broad and continuous biodistribution of mRNA COVID-19 vaccines that were not thoroughly studied and yielded tests with noncompliant results regarding purity, quality, and batch homogeneity. Manufacturers are now planning to replace classic vaccines with mRNA vaccines using the same process—starting with influenza vaccines.

 

Vaccines With mRNA Technology Are Gene Therapies

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently defines a “vaccine” as a preparation used to stimulate the body’s immune response against diseases. However, the agency’s definition was changed in 2021 out of concern it didn’t apply to COVID-19 vaccines.

 

A vaccine must contain an antigen to trigger the body’s natural immune response. Pfizer and Moderna’s mRNA vaccines do not contain antigens. The active substance used to elicit an immune response in these vaccines is the mRNA—a form of nucleic acid and the genetic material of the SARS-CoV-2 virus that provides instructions to the body for producing antigens—spike proteins.

 

In other words, the mRNA is not the substance causing active immunization. Instead, the mRNA must be translated into protein by the cells of the person vaccinated, and that person’s immune system must produce its own antigens to trigger an immune response.

 

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) states that gene therapy seeks to “modify or manipulate the expression of a gene or to alter the biological properties of living cells for therapeutic use.” Moderna’s Q2 2020 filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission acknowledged that mRNA is “considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.” In addition, BioNTech founder Ugur Sahin, in a 2014 article stated, “One would expect the classification of an mRNA drug to be a biologic, gene therapy, or somatic cell therapy.”

 

According to the FDA, mRNA vaccines are comparable to the TypeIA of prodrugs—substances that, after administration, are converted in the body into pharmacologically active drugs.

 

This “prodrug property” could suggest that additional controls should be applied in addition to those required for vaccines. However, neither the FDA nor the European Medicines Agency (EMA) have referenced these qualifications for mRNA COVID-19 vaccines.

 

“With a conventional vaccine, you have the antigen, and you inject it into a person, and that is the thing that your immune system looks at and says, ‘ah ha,’ we need to make antibodies, T-cells, and other immune system components to what’s being injected,” said Dr. David Wiseman, a research scientist with a background in pharmacy, pharmacology, and experimental pathology, in an interview with The Epoch Times.

 

“The prime reaction of an mRNA vaccine is that it instructs the body how to make the antigen of interest. So, it’s similar to a prodrug, which is converted inside the body via metabolism and enzymes into the desired drug effect. The substance you’re injecting isn’t doing the final action; it leads to the thing that does the final action. With a prodrug, the molecule you inject does not get changed into the final molecule of the antigen, it simply provides instructions because it’s gene therapy.”

 

Wiseman said the FDA and EMA guidance and regulations that discuss gene therapy all define gene therapies “more or less” the same way. However, a number of years ago, the FDA decided to exclude vaccines for infectious diseases from its various guidance for unknown reasons, including vaccines made from gene therapy technology. Vaccines, in essence, were given their “own set of rules.”

 

However, the FDA can “change or exclude whatever they want from regulatory guidance, but it doesn’t change the biologic definition of the product,” said Wiseman. “Since Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines meet the definition of gene therapy, they should be handled according to gene therapy guidelines.”

 

mRNA COVID-19 Vaccines Bypassed Essential Studies

According to the paper, because mRNA COVID-19 vaccines were not classified as gene therapy, necessary tests required for GTPs were not performed for the following:

  • Genotoxicity.
  • Genome integration.
  • Germ-line transmission.
  • Insertional mutagenesis.
  • Tumorigenicity.
  • Embryo/fetal and perinatal toxicity.
  • Long-term expression.
  • Repeated toxicity.
  • Excretion in the environment, such as shedding through seminal fluid or breast milk.

“The long-term safety monitoring of GTPs is required over several years whereas, for vaccines, it is generally only carried out over a few weeks,” wrote Dr. Helene Banoun with the French Institute of Health and Medical Research in the paper. “This should not be acceptable, given the persistence of the drug product and the expressed protein.”

 

In addition, known results of anti-cancer therapies that use gene therapy technology and mRNA vaccines could lead us to anticipate safety and efficacy problems, she added.

 

In the EU, gene therapy medicinal products are required to undergo “tests or trials to evaluate the risk of genome integration and germ-line transmission, even if this integration is unlikely,” and tests and clinical trials to evaluate the risk of “insertional mutagenesis, tumorigenicity, embryo/fetal and perinatal toxicity, and long-term expression.”

 

EMA requires “extensive studies on both the nucleic acid and the vector particle/delivery system that includes biodistribution, dose study, potential target toxicity, the identification of the target organ to obtain biological activity, toxicity linked to the expression of structurally altered proteins.”

 

It is necessary to insist pharmacokinetic studies be performed to determine how the body interacts with the administered substance during the entire duration of exposure—even though they are generally not required for vaccines unless there’s a new formulation or a vaccine contains novel adjuvants or excipients (inactive substances such as preservatives).

 

For GTPs, shedding studies are also needed to determine excretion and dissemination in the body, and biodistribution studies are needed to assess where injected compounds—such as lipid nanoparticles, the delivery system used to deliver mRNA—travel in the body and which tissues or organs they accumulate in.

 

After assessing Pfizer and Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine documents obtained by attorney Aaron Siri through the Freedom of Information Act, Wiseman noted many studies listed in nonclinical summaries that should have been performed but were not.

 

“Several studies should have been done but weren’t done because they fell under the auspices of vaccines. But if you read the guidelines, it doesn’t say these studies are unnecessary, just that circumstances may deem them unnecessary,” Wiseman said. “We need laws for products that say you can’t just exclude them from regulations because you feel like it—because they are still gene therapies,” he said.”We are hijacking the machines of our bodies to produce spike proteins in an uncontrolled, undefined way—there are too many things we don’t know about.”

 

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

FDA Approved 65 Percent of New Drugs in 2022 Based on a Single Study

FEATURED Research & Discoveries
Megan Redshaw, J.D.
10August2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/fda-approved-65-percent-of-new-drugs-in-2022-based-on-a-single-study-5453802

FDA Drug Approval

FDA Drug Approval

 

The 21st Century Cures Act (Cures Act), signed into law in December 2016, was created to help accelerate medical product development and “bring new innovations and advances” to patients quicker and more efficiently. Yet some researchers suggest the law is being used to bypass the once rigorous and evidenced-based standards for new drug approvals, allowing novel drugs to flood the market without adequate data and public transparency.

 

According to a research letter published on August 8 in the Journal of the American Medical Association Network Open (JAMA), 24 of the 37 drugs approved in 2022 by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) were based on a single study, with only four drugs having more than three studies to support their approval.

 

“I’m not surprised,” David Gortler, a pharmacologist, pharmacist, and FDA reform advocate at the Ethics and Public Policy Center, told The Epoch Times in an email. As a former senior advisor to the FDA commissioner, Mr. Gortler said he saw the agency grant expedited approval to a medication called aducanumab—used to treat Alzheimer’s disease “based on zero positive studies.”

 

“They did the same with other monoclonal antibodies for Alzheimer’s disease,” Mr. Gortler said.

According to the research letter, most of the 413 studies evaluating the 37 drugs approved in 2022 were sponsored by the industry—meaning they were manufactured, funded, and analyzed by the company producing the product, seeking FDA approval, and standing to benefit financially from the drug.

 

Of the studies available for analysis, only 25 percent of study results have been made publicly available, with the results of six percent of those studies published after the FDA had already approved the drug for use.

 

Furthermore, researchers found that only 55 percent of studies evaluating drugs in 2022 consisted of randomized clinical trials—the “gold standard” of evidence-based medicine—despite the FDA justifying most approvals based on randomized clinical trial data.

 

For comparison, only 20 percent of medical products in 2016 were approved based on a single study, and 55 percent were approved based on three or more studies, whereas 65 percent of drugs in 2022 were approved based on a single study, with only 11 percent having three or more studies.

 

“We believe consumers deserve access to the full range of evidence for the drugs they are considering, not just from the selected studies released to the public,” the authors wrote.

 

The researchers say their results “highlight a trend toward less rigorous standards for novel drug approvals that has evolved over the past few decades” and are consistent with other reports showing a widespread decrease in the number of trials used for drug approvals.

 

“The authors point to the deterioration of the quality and rigor of the regulatory review and approval of new drugs over time,” Sasha Latypova told The Epoch Times in an email. Ms. Latypova is a retired pharmaceutical industry executive with 25 years of experience in pharmaceutical research and development and co-founder of several organizations that work with pharmaceutical companies to design, execute, collect data, and submit clinical trial data to the FDA.

 

Ms. Latypova says this trend began with a “fast track” designation implemented in 1988 that increased the number of special regulatory programs available by the FDA and decreased the evidentiary requirements for approval. In the 2000s, Ms. Latypova said many blockbuster drugs became generic medicines, which started a “patent cliff” where industry investments began to focus on narrower niches in an effort to get patent exclusivity—which is more profitable for a pharmaceutical company.

 

“For example, approvals receiving an ‘orphan’ designation or what is considered rare disease increased to over 50% percent,” Ms. Latypova said. “These products are sometimes approved on as little as a single observational study with fewer than 20 subjects, however, once approved, the drug’s price increased one million to three million dollars per treatment and was fully covered by the taxpayer and private insurance—driving the costs of premiums.”

 

Thus, the “regulatory requirements are minimal, but the profits are outsized,” she added.

 

FDA Cures Act Made It Easier for Pharma and Regulatory Agencies to Cut Corners

The FDA, on its website, states the intent of the Cures Act (pdf) passed by Congress in December 2016  was to “incorporate the perspectives of patients into the development of drugs, biological products, and devices in FDA’s decision-making process” and enhance its ability to “modernize clinical trial designs,” including the use of “real world evidence” to speed up the development and review of novel medical products, including emergency and preparedness response countermeasures used to justify rapid authorization of COVID-19 vaccines.

 

Allowing the FDA to consider real-world evidence instead of randomized trials previously required under its strict methodological standards used to evaluate the safety and efficacy of a drug relaxed requirements for pharmaceutical companies and opened the door for bias.

 

The Cures Act gave new authority to the FDA to “recruit and retain scientific, technical, and professional experts and it establishes new expedited product development programs” and directed the agency to create one or more intercenter institutes to assist with coordination of activities between the drug, biologics, and device centers to improve the regulation of combination products.

 

The 312-page Act provided $500 million U.S. tax dollars to help the FDA implement the law over nine years and provided $6.3 billion in funding, mainly to the National Institutes of Health (NIH), a major funder of American universities and research institutions.

 

According to the National Center for Health Research (NCHR), the Cures Act dramatically benefits pharmaceutical and medical device companies, lowers the standards for drugs and devices, and makes it difficult for patients and physicians to decide whether to try a new treatment without knowing if it is safe or effective. This may explain why the Act was originated and promoted by major pharmaceutical companies, universities, and other organizations that hired more than 1,455 lobbyists to advance the bill.

 

The NCHR says the bill has had the following effects:

  • Allowed anecdotal, unreliable, and easily manipulated health data to be used to approve new drugs.
  • Allowed pharmaceutical and device companies to bypass public reporting requirements related to funding and gifts provided to physicians.
  • Weakened patient safety by lowering the evidentiary standards required to prove a new drug or medical device is safe and effective.
  • Allowed companies to disseminate potentially inaccurate scientific information not evaluated as part of the FDA approval process, opening the door for widespread use of drugs and treatments not FDA-approved.
  • Reduced the FDA’s authority to regulate electronic health records systems and other medical software, which, if defective, can lead to deaths and permanent harm.
  • Encourages smaller and shorter-term studies that are less likely to measure product safety and effectiveness for excluded parts of the population who may rely on them.

FDA Is Not Enforcing Reporting Requirements for Clinical Trials

Problems with clinical trial reporting go back to a law passed in 2007 requiring companies, universities, and other institutions to publish most clinical trial data in a federal database so that doctors and patients can determine whether a new product is safe or effective, according to a Science analysis. After trial sponsors failed to follow the law, the NIH and FDA attempted in 2017 to enact a final rule explaining the requirements and penalties for failing to disclose clinical trial results. Yet many sponsors ignored the requirements, and federal officials have done “little or nothing” to enforce the law.

 

The analysis of more than 4,700 clinical trials that should have been published on the NIH database ClinicalTrials.gov under the 2017 rule showed improved compliance rates of most large pharmaceutical companies and some universities. Yet the performance of many other sponsors, including the NIH, was “lackluster.”

 

ClinicalTrials.gov is an online registry of clinical trials run by the National Library of Medicine at NIH, where researchers, doctors, and patients are supposed to be able to see data on trial outcomes from peer-reviewed publications and can compare results across trials. Yet according to the analysis, thousands of trials are never published, especially when treatments are shown to be ineffective.

 

The Science analysis showed roughly 67 percent of studies from 30 of the 184 sponsor organizations with at least five trials failed to report any results on ClinicalTrials.gov, reinforcing the 2022 data published in the JAMA research letter.

 

Perhaps even more concerning is that these organizations consisting of pharmaceutical companies, universities, and medical centers failed to meet a single deadline. Those considered “habitual violators” didn’t report results in 67 percent of their trials and were an average of 268 days late disclosing data past their original deadlines.

 

These institutions included Harvard University, the University of Minnesota, and Baylor College of Medicine—leading recipients of NIH grants in 2019. Researchers found that The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center and Mayo Clinic both failed to report results on time, or at all, in nearly two-thirds of their clinical trials. Yale University did not report results in 84 percent of its trials.

 

The NIH is tasked with reporting results when they sponsor studies done by agency staff or certain grantees, and the top four NIH institute sponsors reported results late or not at all in more than six of every ten trials assessed by Science. In addition, the Science analysis found the sponsors violated the reporting law more than 55 percent of the time and identified hundreds of cases where sponsors were credited for reporting results where the results themselves were not publically posted.

 

Despite the 2017 rule promising “aggressive enforcement and stiff penalties,” the NIH and FDA have not penalized sponsors who have not followed the requirements. The FDA in 2019 said it would not enforce penalties of up to $12,103 a day for failing to report a trial’s results until the agency issues further guidance on how it will exercise its power.

The FDA and NIH did not respond to requests for comment at the time of press.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

The government’s sprawling effort to censor (true) information during the pandemic

27April2023 by: https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-04-27-governments-effort-to-censor-information-during-pandemic.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

(Natural News) The Twitter Files exposed a lot of malfeasance, but one effort spearheaded by Stanford University and federal agencies was particularly Orwellian in both concept and practice.

(Article by Jon Miltimore republished from Fee.org)

In July 2022, Twitter permanently suspended Rhode Island physician Andrew Bostom after awarding the epidemiologist and longtime researcher at Brown University a fifth strike for spreading “misinformation.”

 

A July 26 tweet alleging that there was no solid evidence Covid-19 vaccines had prevented any children from being hospitalized—”only RCT data we have from children reveals ZERO hospitalizations prevented by vaccination vs. placebo”—was apparently the final straw.

 

The funny thing was, it appeared Bostom’s tweet was true.

Dr. Anish Koka, a cardiologist and writer, said he was initially skeptical of Bostom’s claim. But after speaking with him for more than an hour, he realized Bostom was citing the government’s own data, a Food and Drug Administration (FDA) briefing document that included randomized controlled trial (RCT) data on children.

 

“…Dr. Bostom’s tweet appears quite correct as per the FDA documents,” Koka wrote on Substack. “In the RCTs available, there does not appear to be evidence that the vaccine prevented hospitalizations.”

‘They Veered From CDC Guidance’

Bostom’s permanent suspension was one of many anecdotes shared by journalist David Zweig in a December Twitter Files thread viewed by more than 64 million people, which exposed how the government worked with Twitter to try to “rig the Covid debate.”

 

It turns out this was not the only one of Bostom’s tweets that was true but was nevertheless flagged for “misinformation.”

“A review of Twitter log files revealed that an internal audit, conducted after Bostom’s attorney contacted Twitter, found that only 1 of Bostom’s 5 violations were valid,” Zweig notes. “The one Bostom tweet found to still be in violation cited data that was legitimate but inconvenient to the public health establishment’s narrative about the risks of flu versus Covid in children.”

 

In other words, all five of Bostom’s tweets that had been flagged as “misinformation” were legitimate. At the very least, four-out-of-five were, and that’s according to Twitter’s own internal audit.

 

How this happened was partially explored by Zweig, who explained Twitter’s convoluted censorship process, which relied heavily on bots, contractors in foreign countries who lacked the expertise to make informed decisions, and Twitter brass who carried their own biases and incentives. This structure led to a predictable result.

 

“In my review of internal files,” writes Zweig, “I found countless instances of tweets labeled as ‘misleading’ or taken down entirely, sometimes triggering account suspensions, simply because they veered from CDC guidance or differed from establishment views.”

The CDC had effectively become the arbiter of truth.

This is alarming for at least two reasons. First, for anyone familiar with the government’s track record on truth, there’s reason to be skeptical of putting any government agency in charge of deciding what is true and false. Second, the CDC has been, to put it kindly, fallible throughout the pandemic. Indeed, the agency has been plagued with so much dysfunction and made so many crucial mistakes that its own director announced less than a year ago the organization needed an overhaul.

 

So there’s some reason to believe that Bostom and people like him—including epidemiologists like Dr. Martin Kuldorff (formerly of Harvard) and mRNA vaccine creator Dr. Robert Malone—were being suspended, banned, and de-amplified simply because Twitter was poorly situated to determine what was true and what was false.

There’s reason to doubt this claim, however.

 

David Zweig-tweet-26December2022-THE TWITTER FILES: HOW TWITTER RIGGED THE COVID DEBATE– By censoring info that was true but inconvenient to U.S. govt. policy– By discrediting doctors and other experts who disagreed– By suppressing ordinary users, including some sharing the CDC’s *own data*

David Zweig-tweet-26December2022-THE TWITTER FILES: HOW TWITTER RIGGED THE COVID DEBATE
– By censoring info that was true but inconvenient to U.S. govt. policy
– By discrediting doctors and other experts who disagreed
– By suppressing ordinary users, including some sharing the CDC’s *own data*

‘Worrisome Jokes,’ ‘Natural Immunity,’ and Other ‘Potential Violations’

Months after Zweig published his report on the Twitter Files, journalist Matt Taibbi published a separate deep dive exploring the Virality Project, an initiative launched by Stanford University’s Cyber Policy Center.

 

The project, which Taibbi described as “a sweeping, cross-platform effort to monitor billions of social media posts by Stanford University, federal agencies, and a slew of (often state-funded) NGOs,” is noteworthy because officials made it clear that a goal was not just to flag false information, but information that was true but inconvenient to the government’s goals. Reports of “vaccinated individuals contracting Covid-19 anyway,” “worrisome jokes,” and “natural immunity” were all characterized as “potential violations,” as were conversations “interpreted to suggest that coronavirus might have leaked from a lab.”

 

In what Taibbi describes as “a pan-industry monitoring plan for Covid-related content,” the Virality Project began analyzing millions of posts each day from platforms such as Twitter, YouTube, Facebook, Medium, TikTok, and other social media sites, which were submitted through the JIRA ticketing system. On February 22, 2021, in a video no longer public, Stanford welcomed social media leaders to the group and offered instruction on how to join the JIRA system.

 

In contrast to Twitter’s previous internal guidance, which required narratives on Covid-19 to be “demonstrably false” before any censorship actions were taken, the Virality Project made it clear that information that was true was also fair game if it undermined the larger aims of the government and the Virality Project.

 

Specifically noted were “true stories that could fuel [vaccine] hesitancy,” personal testimonials about adverse side effects of vaccination, concerns over vaccine passports, and actual deaths of people following vaccination, such as Drene Keyes.

 

As NBC noted in 2021, Keyes, a 58-year-old black woman, died after receiving the Pfizer vaccine in February 2021. Described as an “elderly Black woman” by the Virality Project, Keyes’s death became a “disinformation” event after it garnered attention from “anti vax groups”—even though no one denied that she died within hours of taking the vaccine.

 

No autopsy was conducted on Keyes and there’s no way of knowing if the vaccine caused her death. But merely raising the possibility could have resulted in a ban. Officials at the Virality Project warned platforms that “just asking questions”—at least the wrong questions—was a tactic “commonly used by spreaders of misinformation.”

 

Ironically, Taibbi notes, the Virality Project itself was often “extravagantly wrong” about Covid science, describing breakthrough events as “extremely rare events” (a fact it later conceded was wrong) and implying that natural immunity did not offer protection from Covid.

 

“Even in its final report, [the Virality Project] claimed it was misinformation to suggest the vaccine does not prevent transmission, or that governments are planning to introduce vaccine passports,” Taibbi writes. “Both things turned out to be true.”

 

Matt Taibbi-tweet-17March2023-TWITTER FILES #19-The Great Covid-19 Lie Machine

Matt Taibbi-tweet-17March2023-TWITTER FILES #19-The Great Covid-19 Lie Machine

 

‘You Can’t Handle the Truth’

It’s clear that the Virality Project’s primary purpose was not to protect Americans from misinformation. Its goal, as Taibbi notes, was to get the public to submit to authority and accept the state’s Covid narrative, particularly the pronouncements of public figures such as Drs. Anthony Fauci and Rochelle Walensky.

 

The official policy can be summed up in the immortal words of Colonel Nathan Jessup, the villain portrayed by Jack Nicholson in Aaron Sorkin’s popular 1992 film A Few Good Men: “You can’t handle the truth.”

 

It’s important to understand that public officials, just like Col. Jessup, genuinely believe this. Jessup utters these words in anger in a wonderful monologue, after he is baited by Lt. Daniel Kaffee (Tom Cruise) into telling the court how he really feels. Similarly, the Twitter Files reveal a program designed to control information—even true information—because it serves the state’s plan.

 

The last word—plan—is important, because it calls to mind Ludwig von Mises’s warning about those seeking to plan society.

“The planner is a potential dictator who wants to deprive all other people of the power to plan and act according to their own plans,” Mises wrote. “He aims at one thing only: the exclusive absolute preeminence of his own plan.”

Mises’ words apply perfectly to the Virality Project, a program designed specifically to get people to submit to the government’s narrative and objectives, not their own. The preeminence of the plan is so important that it requires censoring information and targeting individuals—as the Virality Project did—even if it’s true.

 

It’s difficult to overstate how Orwellian this is.

In Orwell’s classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, Winston Smith, the protagonist of the story, says, “Freedom is the freedom to say that two plus two makes four.”

 

Absent any context, the quote doesn’t make much sense. But it’s important to understand that Orwell saw statism and politics as forces destructive to the truth. His own brushes with state propaganda during the Spanish Civil War left him terrified that objective truth was “fading out of the world,” and he saw the state as inherently prone to obfuscation and euphemism (regardless of party).

 

“Political language,” he wrote, “is designed to make lies sound truthful and murder respectable, and to give an appearance of solidity to pure wind.”

 

Within the context of Nineteen Eighty-Four, the meaning of Winston Smith’s words becomes crystal clear. Saying “two plus two makes four” might be an objective truth, but sometimes objective truth runs counter to Big Brother’s plan. Winston Smith is a slow learner, state agents tell him, because he can’t seem to grasp this simple reality.

“How can I help it? How can I help but see what is in front of my eyes? Two and two are four.”

“Sometimes, Winston. Sometimes they are five. Sometimes they are three. Sometimes they are all of them at once. You must try harder.”

Many people who lived through the Covid-19 pandemic likely can identify with the terror of Nineteen Eighty-Four and Orwell’s fear that objective truth is “fading out of the world.” We witnessed public officials say things that were demonstrably false and face no consequences, while Andrew Bostom and countless others were exiled from public discourse because they said things that were true, but ran counter to the state’s narrative.

 

Fortunately, in large part because of Elon Musk’s purchase of Twitter, we now know how this happened.

“Government, academia, and an oligopoly of would-be corporate competitors organized quickly behind a secret, unified effort to control political messaging,” Taibbi writes.

 

All of it was designed to control information. And in doing so, the state—which actually attempted to create a “Disinformation Governance Board,” which critics promptly dubbed a Ministry of Truth—created an environment hostile to free speech and truth.

 

Ironically, despite the egregious abuse delivered upon the truth over the last three years in the name of fighting “misinformation,” polls show roughly half of Americans believe social media companies should be censoring such material from their sites. Few seem to realize this will almost certainly involve those with influence and power—especially the government—deciding who and what are censored.

 

This is a recipe for disaster. History shows there’s no greater purveyor of falsehood and propaganda than the government itself. The Twitter Files are a reminder of that.

Read more at: Fee.org

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

‘Not-So Veiled Threats’: Judge Compares Biden Regime To Mafia For ‘Strong-Arming’ Social Media Companies

by Tyler Durden, 12August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/not-so-veiled-threats-compares-biden-regime-mafia-strong-arming-social-media-companies

“This notion that COVID censorship is over is completely unsupportable,” said Sauer.

A three-judge panel excoriated the ‘mob-like’ Biden administration over its ‘strong-arm’ tactics to bully social media companies into complying with censorship requests, which “time and time again” prove to be true.

Biden administration-The Godfather Mafia

Biden administration-The Godfather Mafia

 

The judicial smackdown took place during a Thursday hearing in front of the Fifth Circuit Federal Court of Appeals, which heard oral arguments over the administration’s appeal of an injunction barring the US government from communication with social media giants in order to censor protected speech.

 

Representing the government was attorney Daniel Tenny – who had quite the trio of pissed off judges on his hands. At one point, Judge Jennifer Walker Elrod compared the Biden administration to the mafia before walking it back.

 

In these movies that we see with the mobthey don’t say and spell out things, but they have these ongoing relationships,” she said, adding “They never actually say ‘go do this or else you’re going to have this consequence.’ But everybody just knows.

 

“I’m certainly not equating the federal government with anybody in illegal organized crime but there are certain relationships that people know things without always saying the ‘or else,'” Elrod continued.

 

She had earlier noted that the Biden administration had a “very close working relationship” with social media giants, and browbeated them like “a supervisor complaining about a worker” until they got their way.

 

“What appears to be in the record are these irate messages from time to time from high ranking government officials that say, ‘You didn’t do this yet!’ — and that’s my toning down the language— ‘Why haven’t you done this yet?’” she said. “It’s like ‘jump’ and ‘how high?'” said Elrod.

 

Judges Edith Brown Clement and Don R. Willett were also obviously perturbed by the government’s behavior – with Willett noting that the government operated “out of the public eye” via “unsubtle strong-arming and veiled or not-so-veiled threats.”

 

“That’s a really nice social media platform you’ve got there, it would be a shame if something happened to it,” he summarized, according to the Daily Caller.

Tenney goes on defense

Clearly sensing the judges’ hostility, Daniel Tenny attempted to tap-dance his way out of claims of government overreach – saying: “The government is generically going to be angry” when companies refuse to take action, but that the communications show federal officials and social media giants alternating between “friendly” and “testy,” as opposed to giving specific orders to comply “or else.”

 

Judge Elrod wasn’t buying it, calling the government’s messages “irate” at times, and saying that they actually show high-ranking officials badgering counterparts about why they hadn’t censored the material they wanted censored.

 

Elrod asked Tenney if high-level government officials had asked companies “in a coercive manner to propagate certain things that the government knew were untrue, and to deamplify certain things that it knew were true … but didn’t fit its message, would that be able to be enjoined?”

 

To which Tenney said the question presumes that the government acted coercively – for which he says they had no factual evidence, and claimed that the Biden administration knows it can’t unilaterally sidestep legal liability protections under Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act.

 

Elrod fired back, saying “Time and time again,” what the government considers mis-, dis- and malinformation, “always with great fervor,” turn out to be true. For example, the government’s attempts by National Institutes of Health Director Francis Collins’ attempts to issue a published takedown of the Great Barrington Declaration – an open letter by Sunetra Gupta of Oxford University, Jay Bhattacharya of Stanford, and Martin Kulldorff of Harvard – which challenged government lockdowns during the pandemic.

 

Tenney argued that the judges also couldn’t consider a ‘friend of the court‘ briefing by leading House Republicans – which includes members of the Judiciary and Weaponization of the Federal Government committees – which lays out how much of the “[v]ery recent evidence’ their committees had obtained ‘further corroborates’ the basis for the injunction.

 

Tenney also argued that the plaintiffs don’t have legal standing to bring the case, because conservative officials who claim that their own posts were censored didn’t argue that they plan to make similar posts in the future – which would create “ongoing injury” from the censorship.

 

When asked by Judge Edith Brown Clement if the Biden administration is still communicating with social media giants, he admitted that they hadn’t “entirely stopped,” but dodged a question over whether they maintained “day-to-day involvement,” according to Just the News.

Attorney John Sauer, representing the State of Louisiana, asked the judges what they would think of a senior White House staffer contacting Amazon, Barnes & Noble and other booksellers to participate in a “book-burning program” focused on authors who criticize the administration, with the companies only giving in after months of escalating White House rhetoric. 

 

That’s exactly what the White House did to compel platforms to remove and throttle the “most persuasive speakers” critical of its policies, such as former New York Times drug industry reporter Alex Berenson and former Fox News host Tucker Carlson, Sauer said.

 

Sauer added that the appellate court should indeed take “judicial notice” of the congressional amicus brief because there’s no dispute on the authenticity of the newly identified communications and it “powerfully reinforces” the alleged coercion, such as a Facebook official suggesting the company back down because of “bigger fish we have to fry” with the administration. -JTN

According to Sauer, one of the individual plaintiffs, Health Freedom Louisiana co-director Jill Hines, claimed as recently as May that Facebook continues to remove groups she’s created to protest COVID policies.

“This notion that COVID censorship is over is completely unsupportable,” said Sauer.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Oracle Drops UK-Based Disinfo Nannies After Conservative Blacklisting Cited In Lawsuit

by Tyler Durden, 22April2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/political/oracle-drops-uk-based-disinfo-nannies-after-conservative-blacklisting-cited-lawsuit

Gabe Kaminsky of the Washington Examiner is out with another report on the Global Disinformation Index (GDI), a UK-based group which targets and blacklists conservative websites in order to drain them of revenue and support by working with “advertisers and the ad tech industry in assessing the reputational and brand risk when advertising with online media outlets and to help them avoid financially supporting disinformation online.”

Big Brother - Apple 1984 commercial

Big Brother – Apple 1984 commercial

 

As Kaminsky reports, software giant Oracle announced on Wednesday that it will no longer collaborate with GDI, which has received just under $666,000 from the US State Department between 2020 and 2021. The news comes one day after GDI was cited in a lawsuit against the Biden administration which claims the government has colluded with big tech to censor free speech.

This same British entity, which has two affiliated United States nonprofit groups that have come under fire for shielding information from their 2021 tax forms, was cited in a Tuesday friend-of-the-court brief filed by Alliance Defending Freedom in State of Louisiana v. Biden — a lawsuit filed in May 2022 that claims the government has colluded with Big Tech to stifle discourse online. -Washington Examiner

“All signs point to a growing government influence over social media,” reads the brief. “The Biden Administration admitted as early as 2021 that it was flagging and reporting posts on Facebook, YouTube, and other platforms as COVID-19-related ‘misinformation.’ A recent report found that the U.S. State Department sent $330 million [sic] to The Global Disinformation Index, a British organization that is attempting to discredit and blacklist many conservative news outlets for peddling ‘disinformation.'”

 

Kaminsky notes that the brief mistakenly attributes $330 million sent to the National Endowment for Democracy to the GDI, when in reality the NED has granted money to GDI out of the $330 million. Following the Examiner‘s reporting on the grants, the NED announced in late February that they were cutting off funding to GDI.

Louisiana v. Biden was brought forth by Republican attorneys general Jeff Landry of Louisiana and then-Missouri’s Eric Schmitt, now a senator for The Show-Me State. The lawsuit alleges that the Biden administration infringed on the public’s First Amendment Rights through its efforts working with Big Tech employees to engage in content moderation related to election integrity, COVID-19, Hunter Biden’s infamous abandoned laptop, and more.

 

For instance, Landry released a document in January showing that the White House urged a Facebook employee in April 2021 to restrict posts about Fox News host Tucker Carlson claiming that there have been efficacy issues with “vaccines.” The White House also told Facebook in May 2021 that “slowing down” posts appearing to be “anti-vax” would be “reasonable,” and also urged Twitter to remove a post by anti-vaccine critic Robert Kennedy, Jr., who recently announced his Democratic bid for White House in 2024, documents show. -Washington Examiner

“Government should be freedom’s strongest defender, not its greatest threat,” said senior counsel for Alliance Defending Freedom, Travis Barham, in a Wednesday statement. “Americans don’t look to the White House or Silicon Valley to discover and express the truth. That’s not the role of government, and it certainly isn’t the role of Big Tech.”

 

Oracle, meanwhile, told the Examiner that it would no longer maintain a relationship with GDI, which they had previously announced a 2021 collaboration with in order to engage in “brand safety.”

 

“After conducting a review, we agree with others in the advertising industry that the services we provide marketers must be in full support of free speech, which is why we are ending our relationship with GDI,” said Michael Egbert, vice president for corporate communications at Oracle.

 

Microsoft has similarly launched an internal investigation into its partnership with GDI after ad industry whistleblowers revealed how conservative sites were being blacklisted by the Microsoft-owned Xandr as “false/misleading” , “reprehensible/offensive” , or “hate speech.”

Meanwhile, GDI’s co-founder and CEO Clare Melford was sent a letter on Tuesday by Rep. Ken Buck (R-CO), who demanded its two affiliated nonprofit groups in the U.S. release a “complete and unredacted list of donors.The letter came days after a Washington Examiner investigation revealed that the private AN Foundation, also known as the Disinformation Index Foundation, and its affiliated public charity, Disinformation Index Inc., are shielding items like board members, officers, and donors from tax forms, while claiming to be “harassed” under a little-known federal exemption law. -Washington Examiner

“This is outrageous,” said Paul Kamenar, counsel to the National Legal and Policy Center, a conservative watchdog that plans to file an IRS complaint against both GDI groups, in a statement last week.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Farewell Questions For Rochelle Walensky

by Tyler Durden, 15May2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/farewell-questions-rochelle-walensky

Authored by El Gato Malo via The Brownstone Institute,

Given what we now know about the complete failure of covid vaccines to provide sterilizing immunity, stop infection, or stop spread as well as the fact that such issues were not even tested for in the drug trials that approved them, certain questions would seem to demand asking:

Just what was this “Data from the CDC today” that suggested that “Vaccinated people do not carry the virus?”

The Recount-tweet-30March2021-CDC Director Dr. Rochelle Walensk

The Recount-tweet-30March2021-CDC Director Dr. Rochelle Walensk

Was there, in fact, any data at all?

Or was this a completely fabricated claim used to underpin the mass rollout of a product that failed so spectacularly right out of the gates and:

There seem to be an awfully large body of claims made by CDC that appear to have lacked foundation in fact or data. Both Dr Walensky and her predecessor Robert Redfield would seem to have a great deal to answer for here.

“The covid vaccine will make the vaccinated a dead end for the virus.

This talking point was simply everywhere all at once.

 

Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla certainly pushed this narrative.  Presumably, the fact that he was allowed to do so (itself quite an exceptional situation) implies the acquiescence of FDA, CDC, and other regulators.

 

Upon what was this seemingly widespread consensus based?

 

The matter appears to have never even been studied at the time the claims were made.

 

Why were the usually strict and fastidious US regulators so sanguine about such unusually aggressive and certain statements?

 

This is a most unusual situation and such an extraordinary outcome would seem to demand an extraordinary explanation.

 

Yet none seems forthcoming.

 

“The mRNA and the spike protein do not last long in the body” constitutes another key early safety claim similarly rooted in opaque or absent evidence or perhaps simply assumed or invented. (before being quietly retracted later).

 

“Protein do not last long in the body” was a key early safety claim similarly rooted in opaque or absent evidence or perhaps simply assumed or invented. (before being quietly retracted later).

CDC - Facts about mRNA Covid Vaccines

CDC – Facts about mRNA Covid Vaccines

 

This claim also proved extravagantly incorrect.

Wherever one looks, it seems one finds that these grand claims of safety and efficacy were underpinned by a paucity or utter absence of supporting evidence.

 

Even the definitions themselves such as “Any positive for trace covid from a PCR test at a 40 Cycle Threshold is covid” or “No disease outcomes from vaccines are to be counted until 2 weeks after the second (or third) dose” which left a large window (4-6 weeks) during a period of known immune suppression from the jabs uncounted or even, in many cases, attributed to the unvaccinated in a manner that can make placebo look like high efficacy preventative are so unusual and inconsistent with past practice or sound science as to demand the most pointed of questions as to how such practices came to be and who the decision makers who put them in place were.

 

This series of unfounded claims and distortionary definitions seems both a poor and a deeply dangerous practice for Public Health.

 

If we are to have any hope of restoring faith in this field, we must ask and answer the pointed questions of “How did this happen?” and “At whose behest?”

 

Someone made these choices for some reason. Who and why would seem to be the bare minimum of post mortem here.

 

It is oft opined that a bad map is worse than no map at all and in this, I must wholeheartedly agree. The public health agencies in America have become the most calamitous of cartographers.

 

If we would seek to have the agents of public health act as something other than a marketing arm and apologist for the revolving door of Pharma with whom they seem to so regularly swap staff and sinecure then it must once more be turned to serve the public. It may do so only if it regains the public trust and such trust, once lost, may only be restored by asking the hard questions and diligently following the answers wherever so they may lead until we may understand what went wrong, hold the malefactors to account, and effect the means to prevent this from happening again.

 

Please make no mistake, if nothing is done and this is swept beneath some august Congressional rug or societal memory hole, it will happen again. And soon. This is not a choice I would have for America and one I do not believe you should countenance.

Public health runs on public trust. 

I ask you to restore it.

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

FDA “turned a blind eye” to “submission of fraudulent data” on covid injections, investigator reveals

15December2022 by: https://www.naturalnews.com/2022-12-15-fda-blind-eye-fraudulent-data-covid-vaccines.html

This article may contain statements that reflect the opinion of the author

U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

(Natural News) Documents released as part of a whistleblower complaint against Pfizer reveal that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) “turned a blind eye” to the “fraudulent data” that Pfizer submitted alongside its messenger RNA (mRNA) Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccine.”

 

An agent within the FDA’s Office of Criminal Investigation (OCI) admitted in an email that the agency knew Pfizer’s data was fraudulent but accepted it anyway, using it to emergency authorize (EUA), then approve, Pfizer’s covid injection products.

 

The OCI operates much like a police force, conducting criminal investigations into illegal activities involving FDA-approved products. It then presents cases before the Department of Justice (DoJ) for prosecution.

 

Roughly 200 federal agents hired from the Secret Service, the FBI, and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) criminal investigations unit work at the OCI, which has agents stationed all across the country, as well as at some overseas posts.

 

The OCI, which has the same arresting authority as other federal law enforcement agents, was established by former FDA Commissioner David Kessler following the generic drug scandal of the late 1980s. Kessler wanted to crack down on FDA employees for accepting bribes in exchange for drug approvals.

 

“What I care about most is restoring the credibility and the integrity of the Food and Drug Administration,” Kessler stated at the time. “And the only way to do that is to focus on strong enforcement. We are going to enforce the law.” (Related: Back in May, the FDA finally admitted that covid jabs cause clots.)

 

FDA knew about fraudulent data from AstraZeneca, too

The email in question from the OCI agent, dated March 26, 2021, was leaked as part of whistleblower Brook Jackson’s complaint against Pfizer. Jackson, as you may recall, blew the lid on Pfizer’s fraudulent clinical trials and “falsified data.”

 

“Having worked at FDA, I see it as surprising, for many reasons, that the agency turned a blind eye to a company’s knowing submission of fraudulent data,” is what the OCI officer wrote in the discourse.

 

The FDA, he added, “likely feared the criticism they undoubtedly would have received for holding up a vaccine (which they knew they would eventually approve anyway) at the expense of untold lives lost,” noting that the agency was also “weighing the risk / benefit ratio.”

 

It was a decision between telling the truth or telling a lie, though the OCI officer presented it in somewhat more anomalous, politically charged terms. The answer is the simple one: tell the truth – but we know the FDA is reluctant to ever choose that option.

 

There was also mention of AstraZeneca’s failed covid injection, and the fraudulent clinical trial data that was used to push that one as well. The company trial’s own Data and Safety Monitoring Board drew attention to the “outdated and potentially misleading data” submitted to the FDA, and the OCI officer addressed this matter, too.

 

“The general public must be able to trust that the clinical results are valid to sell, approve or take medication,” he wrote, adding the politically correct caveat that the jab is probably “still extremely likely to be safe and effective.”

 

“My point here is that instead of the regulators protecting the public, in our case, they were complicit in a fraud,” he further suggested in a later statement about the matter.

 

“At the time, they may have been doing what they believed to be the right thing under extraordinary circumstances. But now they may soon have some explaining to do.”

 

More of the latest news coverage about covid injections and the fraudulent data the FDA used to emergency authorize and approve them can be found at ChemicalViolence.com.

 

Sources for this article include:

TheEpochTimes.com

NaturalNews.com

NaturalNews.com

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Faulty COVID Study Claims Republicans Had 43% Higher Death Rate Due To “Vaccine Hesitancy”

by Tyler Durden, 03August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/faulty-covid-study-claims-republicans-had-43-higher-death-rate-due-vaccine-hesitancy

We have seen numerous false conclusions made by covid studies over the course of the past few years, with the majority of them relying on assumptions rather than scientific data.  In the majority of cases, these studies attempt to paint conservatives and unvaccinated individuals as a danger to others or a danger to themselves, with a clear political bias in favor of Democrats and pro-vaccine advocates.  In other words, the studies fit the data to support their preconceived notions – The exact opposite of science.

 

Leftists are abuzz this week on social media in light of a newly published study funded by Yale University suggesting that Republicans in Florida and Ohio died at a rate 43% higher than Democrats.  This is proof, they claim, that Republicans were wrong about covid mandates and vaccinations and they are paying for it with their lives.  Except, this is not reality.

Lying Medical Professionals Covid-19

Lying Medical Professionals Covid-19

First, to be clear, every major study on covid deaths puts the median Infection Fatality Rate at 0.23%.  Meaning, on average 99.8% of people are under no serious threat from the virus.  This vital stat is never mention in the Yale study (or in the media, for that matter).

 

Yale uses excess mortality data at the county level, coupled with voter registration records to form conclusions on covid death rates in correlation with party affiliation.  Published at JAMA Network under the title ‘Excess Death Rates for Republican and Democratic Registered Voters in Florida and Ohio During the COVID-19 Pandemic’, it relies on a data drought rather than a complete set of statistics to form its conclusions.  Let’s go through the failings of the study one by one….

1)  For example, the study admits that it did not have access to the cause of death for the individuals involved.  They simply assume that excess deaths were in fact covid related deaths.

2)  The study does not include data on vaccination status at the individual level.  Meaning, they had no proof that excess deaths in Republican counties were unvaccinated people.  Again, they merely assume that this is the case.   

3)  The study also admits that research before the COVID-19 pandemic has found evidence of higher death rates in Republican-leaning counties than Democratic-leaning counties.  Meaning, death rates are supposedly higher within Republican counties regardless of covid.

4)  The study did not find a significant difference in death rates between Republican and Democrat counties in Florida.  It only found such differences in counties in Ohio.  Already, this suggests a failed premise given it was only applicable in one state.  

5)  The study excluded voters registered as independent and third party (Why?).  Around 41% of American voters identify as politically independent according to Gallup polls.  Would their inclusion in the study dilute the results contrary to the study’s obvious political bias?

6) The study gathered excess death data from May 2021, around the time they argue most US adults would have access to the covid vaccines. This is a narrow snapshot in time rather than a comprehensive look at Republican and Democrat deaths over the full length of the pandemic and vaccinations.  It should be noted that infections and fatality rates started plunging months before the vaccines were introduced widely to the public.  This is not a factor the study takes into consideration.  

Daily Covid-19 cases reported in the US

Daily Covid-19 cases reported in the US

7)  Out of the four age groups included in the study, Republicans only had higher excess deaths in two of them (and only in Ohio).  The study briefly glosses over the fact that Democratic voters had significantly higher excess death rates compared with Republican voters for the age group 65 to 74 years.  That is to say, the baseline theory that Republicans have more covid deaths is debunked by the study’s own data.  

Where does this leave us?  To summarize, the Yale study is incomplete and in some ways self contradicting.  In some age groups, Democrats had more excess deaths than Republicans.  In Florida, there was no significant difference in deaths between Republicans and Democrats.  Yet, Yale jumps to a politically charged conclusion in favor of Democrats anyway.  Why?

 

A cursory glance at Yale University’s medical departments and their relationship to Pfizer should give people pause before accepting this study at face value.  Pfizer has donated tens of millions of dollars over the past two decades to Yale, including the building of a $35 million medical research center and millions in covid research related grants in the past few years.

 

The Bill and Melinda Gates foundation has also given millions to Yale specifically for covid research.  Both Gates and Pfizer have a vested monetary and political interest in pushing a pro-vaccine message.  Beyond that, the vast majority of Yale faculty political donations go to Democrat candidates.  Yale is a Democrat run university, so it’s not surprising that they would fund an incomplete study that favors Democrat narratives.

 

The lesson here?  Science is being politically weaponized, and every single new claim from such institutions needs to be thoroughly examined rather than taken at face value.

TOP

TOP
theepochtimes-com-logo

Repeated COVID-19 Vaccination Weakens Immune System: Study

Zachary Stieber, Reporter
1June2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/repeated-covid-19-vaccination-weakens-immune-system-study_5305770.htm

 

Repeated COVID-19 vaccination weakens the immune system, potentially making people susceptible to life-threatening conditions such as cancer, according to a new study.

 

Multiple doses of the Pfizer or Moderna COVID-19 vaccines lead to higher levels of antibodies called IgG4, which can provide a protective effect. But a growing body of evidence indicates that the “abnormally high levels” of the immunoglobulin subclass actually make the immune system more susceptible to the COVID-19 spike protein in the vaccines, researchers said in the paper.

 

They pointed to experiments performed on mice that found multiple boosters on top of the initial COVID-19 vaccination “significantly decreased” protection against both the Delta and Omicron virus variants and testing that found a spike in IgG4 levels after repeat Pfizer vaccination, suggesting immune exhaustion.

 

Studies have detected higher levels of IgG4 in people who died with COVID-19 when compared to those who recovered and linked the levels with another known determinant of COVID-19-related mortality, the researchers also noted.

 

A review of the literature also showed that vaccines against HIV, malaria, and pertussis also induce the production of IgG4.

 

“In sum, COVID-19 epidemiological studies cited in our work plus the failure of HIV, Malaria, and Pertussis vaccines constitute irrefutable evidence demonstrating that an increase in IgG4 levels impairs immune responses,” Alberto Rubio Casillas, a researcher with the biology laboratory at the University of Guadalajara in Mexico and one of the authors of the new paper, told The Epoch Times via email.

 

The paper was published by the journal Vaccines in May.

 

Pfizer and Moderna officials didn’t respond to requests for comment.

 

Both companies utilize messenger RNA (mRNA) technology in their vaccines.

 

Dr. Robert Malone, who helped invent the technology, said the paper illustrates why he’s been warning about the negative effects of repeated vaccination.

 

“I warned that more jabs can result in what’s called high zone tolerance, of which the switch to IgG4 is one of the mechanisms. And now we have data that clearly demonstrate that’s occurring in the case of this as well as some other vaccines,” Malone, who wasn’t involved with the study, told The Epoch Times.

 

“So it’s basically validating that this rush to administer and re-administer without having solid data to back those decisions was highly counterproductive and appears to have resulted in a cohort of people that are actually more susceptible to the disease.”

Possible Problems

The weakened immune systems brought about by repeated vaccination could lead to serious problems, including cancer, the researchers said.

 

“Increased IgG4 synthesis due to repeated mRNA vaccination with high antigen concentrations may also cause autoimmune diseases, and promote cancer growth and autoimmune myocarditis in susceptible individuals,” they wrote in the paper.

 

Myocarditis is a form of heart inflammation that is caused by COVID-19 vaccination, with young males facing the highest risk.

 

Potential longer-term consequences of repeated vaccination include vaccinated people who get infected suffering from more severe cases of COVID-19, according to the researchers.

 

“Without an adequate protection level, even the new Omicron sub-variants (considered as mild) could cause severe multi-organ damage and death in immuno-compromised individuals and those with comorbidities,” they said.

 

Some studies have pegged the vaccinated as having a higher risk of infection when compared to people who enjoy natural immunity, or post-recovery protection. One recent study, published in April by Open Forum Infectious Diseases, found that each additional dose raised the risk of infection.

 

The tolerance stemming from heightened levels of IgG4 means the immune system lacks the ability to respond to antigens, or foreign substances, Malone said.

 

Further experiments could include following vaccinated patients over time and comparing their antibody profile to a group of naturally immune people, Malone said. Other testing could include in vitro studies or animal experiments, Casillas said.

Cautious Approach Warranted

The new paper shows that repeated vaccination “should be approached with caution,” the researchers said.

 

Some countries have recently halted or slowed down recommendations for COVID-19 vaccination after years of promoting repeated shots as data show the vaccines provide substandard protection against infection and short-lived protection against severe illness. The United States, for instance, stopped recommending boosters for all and changed the primary vaccination of the Moderna and Pfizer vaccines from two doses to one.

 

Still, some health agencies are moving toward a model based on the approach to influenza vaccination. That would involve selecting updated vaccine compositions each year aimed at targeting the circulating COVID-19 strains, and recommending certain groups, or virtually everybody, get an annual shot.

 

The World Health Organization said in May that the composition should be updated to focus on the XBB.1 Omicron subvariant “in order to improve protection.” Advisers to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration are set to convene in June to consider whether the vaccines should be updated for the 2023–2024 “vaccination campaign.” Officials in many countries have already discontinued the old Moderna and Pfizer vaccines and cleared shots that target the BA.1 or BA.4/BA.5 Omicron subvariants.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Techno-Hell: Pfizer mRNA Flu Shots Soon to Hit Pharmacies Worldwide

by TDB, 27July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2023-07-27/techno-hell-pfizer-mrna-shots-soon-hit-pharmacies-worldwide

Originally published via Armageddon Prose:

The benevolent multinational technocratic overlords at Pfizer, assisted of course by the magnanimous Public Health™ authorities in the United States and throughout the West, are excited to introduce mRNA flu shots, seeing as how the mRNA COVID-19 injections have performed so admirably over the past two and a half years.

 

Via Pfizer:

“In September 2022, Pfizer began recruiting volunteers to participate in its Phase 3 clinical trial for that mRNA flu vaccine candidate. The hope, says McLaughlin, is that scientists can develop a flu vaccine faster, and with more accurate strain matching with in-season circulating strains than those currently available. One that may also spark a more robust immune response.   

 

“As these viruses continue to adapt, what really matters is how well your vaccine matches what strains are currently circulating,” says McLaughlin. “And the speed with which you can keep up with that determines the success of a vaccination program.””

Eerily reminiscent of “Operation Warp Speed,” no?

 

The National Institutes of Health bureaucrats are also eager beavers to get their biotech into the arms of every American man, woman, child, and baby. Because they care.

Via NIH:

“A clinical trial of an experimental universal influenza vaccine developed by researchers at the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases’ (NIAID) Vaccine Research Center (VRC), part of the National Institutes of Health, has begun enrolling volunteers at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina. This Phase 1 trial will test the experimental vaccine, known as H1ssF-3928 mRNA-LNP, for safety and its ability to induce an immune response.”

Here is unindicted war criminal and Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla predicting this new technology will be available for deployment by flu season 2023.

Pfizer CEO on Vaccine Developments

To the non-immunocompromised, of course — an inconvenient truth, so to speak, for all of the biomedical profiteers — the flu presents no real risk. A strong immune system, as conferred by proper eating habits, exercising, and vitamin D exposure, is well enough to combat the flu.

 

But, then again, non-patentable vitamin D from the sun is not going to generate executive bonuses or hearty kickbacks to NIH bureaucrats, now is it?

 

Perhaps this is why Bill Gates and Co. want to blot out the sun.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs.

 

Follow his stuff Substack if you are inclined to support independent journalism free of corporate slant. Also, keep tabs via Twitter.

For hip Armageddon Prose t-shirts, hats, etc., peruse the merch store.

Insta-tip jar and Bitcoin public address: bc1qvq4hgnx3eu09e0m2kk5uanxnm8ljfmpefwhawv

My Plan B Blueprint to Become Anti-fragile

The US and US dollar are clearly deteriorating. And there is a lot of danger in having too much exposure to a crumbling empire.

That is why I have a Plan B, which has allowed me to:

  • Cut my tax rate to 4%
  • Use that savings to invest in real assets, precious metals, and crypto
  • Gain a second residency and apply for a second passport
  • Diversify internationally

And much more.

 

A Plan B gives you the tools to respond to whatever the world throws at you from a position of strength.

 

TOP


childrenshealthdefense-org-defender-logo

After Long Silence on ‘Long Vax,’ Science Magazine Links Autoimmune Disorders to COVID Shots

After years of organizing and advocacy by people suffering autoimmune injuries from the COVID-19 vaccine, one of the world’s top scientific journals reports on the existence of “Long Vax.”

By  Brenda Baletti, Ph.D.
06July2023 https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/long-vax-science-magazine-autoimmune-disorders-covid-shots/

Mainstream publications and regulatory agencies have buckled to public pressure to admit the COVID-19 vaccine can cause injuries such as myocarditis and pericarditis — but until recently, they’ve published little or nothing about the substantial number of people suffering from autoimmune disease after vaccination.

 

However, on Tuesday, the journal Science published an article confirming that COVID-19 vaccines are linked to autoimmune disorders, such as small fiber neuropathy and postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS).

 

“We’ve been screaming from the top of our lungs about these things happening,” Agnieszka Wilson, founder of #CanWeTalkAboutIt told The Defender. “And finally, slowly, it’s being acknowledged.”

The #CanWeTalkAboutIt campaign is a global effort to break the silence around injuries from the COVID-19 vaccine.

Suzanna Newell, former board member of the vaccine-injured patient advocacy group React19, told The Defender:

 

“I am extremely grateful that doctors and medical institutions are now willing to talk about adverse reactions. [They] should have been listening to the injured. We even have many injured medical professionals among the injured who have had trouble being heard.”

 

Science reported that in addition to abnormal blood clotting and heart inflammation, the COVID-19 mRNA vaccines give rise to “another apparent complication”:

 

“[This] debilitating suite of symptoms that resembles Long Covid, has been more elusive, its link to vaccination unclear and its diagnostic features ill-defined.

 

“But in recent months, what some call Long Vax has gained wider acceptance among doctors and scientists, and some are now working to better understand and treat its symptoms.”

 

According to Science, Long Vax cases “seem very rare.” They include a wide range of symptoms such as persistent headaches, severe fatigue and abnormal heart rate and blood pressure.

 

The symptoms can begin to appear within hours or weeks after vaccination and are difficult to study, the authors of the article said.

 

Science reported that increasing numbers of researchers are making diagnoses that include small fiber sensory neuropathy, which causes tingling or electric shock-like sensations, burning pain and blood circulation problems, and POTS — a condition that affects blood flow and can result in symptoms such as lightheadedness, fainting and increased heartbeat — that appear when standing up from a reclined position.

 

Post-vaccination symptoms could have features of one or both conditions. People with long COVID can suffer similar symptoms, according to the article.

 

Small sensory fiber neuropathy and POTS also are associated with other vaccines such as Gardasil, Merck’s human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine.

 

Commenting on the article, Substacker Igor Chudov wrote that the authors acknowledge the suffering, but also minimize it, falsely asserting that it is rare. “It goes on and on about how ‘rare’ vaccine injuries are.”

 

Brianne Dressen, founder of React19, said that despite the fact the article qualifies some of its key claims, she sees it as an important step toward getting these conditions more widely recognized.

 

Dressen told The Defender:

“Science Magazine is speaking to an audience that the rest of us who have been pigeonholed into this corner can’t speak to because they don’t even know we exist. We’ve all been censored to no end. So how are we going to reach those people?

 

“They’ve been hammered over and over again in outlets like Science Magazine — which is kind of ironic — with the idea that the vaccines are wonderful and there’s no possible way that anything bad can happen …

 

“So if we ever get an opportunity to put a little bit of content out there in their lane for them to question even just a little bit what’s going on around them, then we’ll be able to pull them back over to, you know, to the truth.”

Vaccine-related autoimmune disorders are underreported

Scientists at the National Institutes of Health (NIH) were attempting to study and treat patients with Long Vax symptoms in 2021. They published a preprint report on their work, but the study was abruptly halted without explanation and the NIH has stonewalled attempts to discover details about what the agency knew early on.

 

Science also cited previous and forthcoming research by Sujana Reddy identifying post-vaccine POTS, and a study published in Nature Cardiovascular Research by researchers from Cedars Sinai Medical Center last year that linked COVID-19 and the vaccine to POTS.

 

Other peer-reviewed research reported similar links and has revealed a wide range of immune system and neurological effects from the COVID-19 vaccine.

 

Numerous people with autoimmune disorders from the COVID-19 vaccine have also shared their stories with The Defender. Some reported difficulties in submitting their health information to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS).

 

A total of 1,569,668 reports of adverse events following COVID-19 vaccines were submitted between Dec. 14, 2020, and June 23, 2023, to VAERS.

 

The latest available data from VAERS show 770 reports of POTS with 578 cases attributed to Pfizer’s vaccine, 160 reports attributed to Moderna’s and 31 reports to Johnson & Johnson’s.

 

Under-reporting is a known and serious disadvantage of the VAERS system,” according to VAERs expert Jessica Rose, Ph.D.

Rose wrote, “Unfortunately, we can never really know how many people are suffering from adverse events. Reports can go missing, reports can remain in temporary VAERS ID limbo or never get filed in the first place.”

Scientists hesitantly speak out

“You see one or two patients and you wonder if it’s a coincidence,” Anne Louise Oaklander, M.D. Ph.D., a neurologist and researcher at Harvard Medical School, told Science. “But by the time you’ve seen 10, 20,” she continued, “where there’s smoke, there’s fire.”

 

In addition to Oaklander, a top researcher on small fiber neuropathy, Harlan Krumholz, M.D., a Yale cardiologist, Sujana Reddy, D.O., an internal medicine resident physician at East Alabama Health, Tae Chung, M.D., a neuromuscular physiatrist who runs a POTS clinic at Johns Hopkins, Matthew Schelke, M.D., a neurologist at Columbia University and Lawrence Purpura, M.D., MPH, an infectious disease specialist at Columbia University, and William Murphy, Ph.D., an immunologist at the University of California, Davis all commented on their ongoing research on autoimmune illness associated with COVID-19 vaccination.

 

The article also reports that “regulators in the US and Europe say they have not found a connection between COVID-19 vaccines and small fiber neuropathy or POTS.”

 

But even Peter Marks, M.D., Ph.D., director of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, which has denied and downplayed the existence of vaccine autoimmune side effects, conceded to Science, “If a provider has somebody in front of them, they may want to take seriously the concept [of] a vaccine side effect.”

 

German Minister of Health Karl Lauterbach has “acknowledged that Long Covid-like symptoms after vaccination are a real phenomenon,” Science also reported.

 

Marks told Science he worried “the sensational headline” about vaccine side effects could “mislead” the public. And several other researchers quoted in the article also expressed concern that their research could “undermine trust in COVID-19 vaccines.”

 

Dressen said researchers are hesitant to speak out because it carries great risk.

“There is not a single person, whether they are new to the game or whether they’ve been in this for decades, there’s not a single person that when they do step across that line and they do speak out, that they don’t get punished,” Dressen said.

 

She added, “There’s not a single person that gets hailed a hero and money flows and their research happens. There’s always repercussions. And these researchers knew that, right? Which is why they came out together and they came out in force.”

The power of patient advocacy

Dressen also told The Defender that doctors and researchers are finally speaking out because of the work being done by vaccine-injured patients.

 

“The interesting thing about these researchers though,” she said, “is that they too had to be deprogrammed. And that happened because of … the patients [who] ended up in their offices,” she said.

 

“The majority of the advocacy that happened to get these researchers to where they were willing to speak out, it happened on the ground floor with their own patients. So, you know, that’s the power that the patients have.”

 

Newall, who suffers from COVID-19 vaccine-related autoimmune disease, said:

“The best advice and support I have had about my reactions have come directly from other injured. They have been a lifeline for me. I knew to ask for a skin punch biopsy only because other injured people had told me to based on my symptoms.

 

“Even knowing what to ask for, the first neurologist wanted to wait and run other tests because he said small fiber neuropathy doesn’t normally present the way I was presenting. I told him we are in unchartered [sic] waters learning as we go, so please run the test.

“Finally after months of waiting, he tested me and I was positive for small fiber polyneuropathy.”

Immune overreaction to spike protein

The article hypothesizes that the Long Vax symptoms might be caused by an immune overreaction to the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein. Science wrote:

 

“One theory is that after vaccination some people generate another round of antibodies targeting the first. Those antibodies could function somewhat like spike itself: Spike targets a cell surface protein called the angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) receptor, enabling the virus to enter cells.”

 

Bernhard Schieffer, M.D, Ph.D., a cardiologist at the University of Marburg, is also quoted:

“The rogue antibodies might also bind to ACE2, which helps regulate blood pressure and heart rate. … If those antibodies disrupt ACE2 signaling, that could cause the racing heart rates and blood pressure swings seen in POTS.

 

“Small fiber neurons also have the ACE2 receptor on their surface, so in theory rogue antibodies could contribute to neuropathy.”

 

Rose told The Defender that “molecular mimicry” is a possible action for spike-induced autoimmunity. Molecular mimicry refers to a significant similarity between pathogenic elements contained in a vaccine and some human proteins.

 

According to Nature, this similarity may lead to immune cross reactivity, where the reaction of the immune system toward the pathogenic antigens may harm the similar human proteins, essentially causing autoimmune disease.

‘Needless gaslighting’ has to end

Vaccine-injured advocates say that much more research into these types of adverse events is imperative.

“This is just one of the many injuries and many side effects that they write about in this article. There’s so much more work to be done in the area, so much more attention to be given to a lot of people who are suffering today,” Wilson said.

 

Newell said that when vaccine-injured can get access to early treatments, they are more likely to recover.

“But, that requires acknowledgment,” she said, adding, “Just like Guillain-Barré [syndrome] is recognized as a vaccine reaction, we need small fiber neuropathy and POTS to be recognized as well.”

She added:

“Had there been a medical and financial safety net along with processes to accurately research the injured and adequately support us, we would be much farther along than we are and so many wouldn’t have had to needlessly be gaslit at the doctor’s office with all of these new symptoms.

 

“I wish those of us who were not using the medical system prior to our Covid vaccines and were now suddenly showing up with debilitating and scary symptoms would have been at the very least researched.

 

“We needed acknowledgment even though our truths are uncomfortable. It has been a painful and lonely ride that I would not wish on anyone. We need to be able to talk openly about reactions because what doesn’t get talked about leads to shame and isolation. Isolation can lead to suicide. We have seen far too many injured take their lives.

 

“We have waited years because our reactions might cause vaccine hesitancy. That has delayed progress. We are part of the science. The medical world needs to study our reactions to make this brand-new vaccine safer for all people.”

 

Science reported that a few university-sponsored research projects are moving forward. Yale’s LISTEN study will examine both long COVID and Long Vax cases.

 

React19 also plans to distribute small grants for studying immunology, biomarkers, and other features of post-vaccine illness. “Even modest support matters,” Krumholz told Science, because “it’s incumbent on us to produce preliminary data” to win over funders with deep pockets.

 

“The deep-pocketed funders of Covid vaccines had no problem pouring billions into them without any preliminary data — but helping their victims is not one of their financial priorities,” Chudov commented.

 

He added, “Thus, the researchers helping the vaccine-injured operate with tens of thousands of dollars, while Pfizer shareholders enjoy their multi-billion windfall.”

 

Wilson, who is also a journalist who interviews doctors and scientists on her program, the “Aga Wilson Show,” added, “This is not a fight between the anti and the pro-vax. it’s a fight for people’s health.”

 

She said public health agencies should be responsible for creating better systems to track injuries and should be funding research to understand and treat them and stop them from happening again.

 

“We are in a very bad situation because the governments are not taking responsibility for this. This research needs to be funded,” she said.

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

A Colossal Failure Around the World

The safety data are nothing less than horrifying

Health Viewpoints
Colleen Huber

12May2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/health/a-colossal-failure-around-the-world_5260961.html

 

Let’s summarize what we now know of the negative efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccines, and why vaccinated people—not the unvaxxed—suffer frequent bouts of COVID-19.

 

The COVID-19 vaccines—and the new bivalents, of which they are a part—are alarmingly and irredeemably unsafe, as well as ineffective for the advertised purposes. It is increasingly recognized by laypeople, physicians, and scientists throughout the world that the COVID-19 vaccines are neither safe, nor effective, nor reversible.

 

In this article, I show irrefutable proof that the COVID-19 vaccines are irredeemably ineffective. (See many dozens of my other Substack articles, and my book, “Neither Safe Nor Effective,” on how dangerous these vaccines are.)

Background

U.S. mortality data at the end of 2020 did not support the allegation of a pandemic, because there was no more of an outlying peak in excess deaths in 2020 than other peaks throughout the past two decades, as reported at that time. A series of CDC [Centers for Disease Control and Prevention] revisions have continually increased the number claimed dead in 2020. Even now, as of April 24, the CDC shows that 3,383,729 people died from all causes in the United States in 2020 on one page written in December 2021, [1]

NCHS Data Brief-No 427 December2021

NCHS Data Brief-No 427 December2021

https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/db427.pdf

and also claims that 3,390,079 people died from all causes in the United States in 2020 on a different page.

NCHS Table 1 Deaths involving Covid-19 pneumonia flu

NCHS Table 1 Deaths involving Covid-19 pneumonia flu

https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/covid19/index.htm

If even two years after the end of 2020, allegations of the number of those dead in 2020 continue to increase, at what point will that number be settled? How is it that by December 2021 an accurate number of deaths in 2020 was not available to the CDC?

 

In either case, mortality for 2020 (the year of COVID-19 virulence) was less than for 2021 (the year of the COVID-19 vaccine), which was 3,464,000. [2] The 2020 mortality number remained at about one percent of the total U.S. population, as in each of the previous three years, in which there was no pandemic.

 

Notably, December 2020 had by far the highest deaths of any month in 2020 in the United States, 32 percent higher than the average of the previous 11 months of what had been advertised to be the worst pandemic in a century, but in fact had no more than typical numbers of deaths in the U.S. during that alleged pandemic.

 

Data released by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development show that each of those last three weeks in December 2020, excess deaths (number of deaths over those expected) had higher excess deaths than any of the previous weeks of the alleged pandemic. [3]  Each of those last three weeks of December 2020 exceeded 25,000 excess deaths per week, whereas even the worst COVID-19 hospitalization weeks, the first two weeks of April 2020, did not exceed 25,000 excess deaths per week.

 

The Pfizer vaccines were released to the American public on Dec. 14, 2020. [4]

2020 US Excess Mortality by Week

2020 US Excess Mortality by Week

As of this time, no children are known to have died in the United States with a COVID-19 diagnosis except for those having terminal leukemia and other advanced cancers and grave terminal illnesses and other non-COVID-19 life-threatening circumstances.  It has been calculated that seasonal flu, lightning, and being a passenger in a motor vehicle are all more life-threatening to children and adolescents than any of the COVID-19 variants.

 

It may be no coincidence that December 2020 was the month that the vaccines became available to the public. Early 2021 showed striking excess deaths, and the COVID-19 vaccine was the new factor. Furthermore, January to November 2020 show an average of 274,000 deaths in the United States per month, but since December 2020, according to the same CDC tables of data, the average deaths per month jumped to 288,250.

 

The Pfizer COVID-19 vaccines first became available for mass vaccination in the United States on Dec. 14, 2020, followed by the Moderna vaccine a few days later. The Johnson & Johnson vaccine would not become available till Feb. 27, 2021. As soon as the earlier vaccines became distributed en masse, the total number of deaths per week for the rest of 2020 from all causes in the United States jumped from 63,000 to 84,000, which is a 32 percent increase, unlikely to be attributable to any other cause but the vaccines. Before the officially reported numbers change yet again, let’s take a screenshot from the CDC.

Monthly and 12 month-ending number of live births, deaths and infant deaths United States

Monthly and 12 month-ending number of live births, deaths and infant deaths United States

CDC National Center for Health Statistics. National Vital Statistics System. Monthly and 12 month-ending number of live births, deaths, and infant deaths: United States. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/provisional-tables.htm

 

Notice how much higher January 2021 deaths are than for each of the next five months.  Although January is typically the month with highest deaths in most years, January’s death rate was 32 percent higher than February’s.

 

It can be seen from the CDC data, that the deaths per week in the United States in each of the first seven weeks following the Pfizer and Moderna rollout all exceeded even the deadliest weeks of 2020 (the two weeks ending April 11 and April 18 of 2020). [5]  This should be enough to make anyone hesitant about the vaccines, and logically, more fearful of the vaccines than of COVID-19.

Public Health ‘Experts’ Have Not Been Straightforward With the Data

A confounding factor for assessing safety or efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccines has been a deceptive use of the word “unvaccinated” by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to not only include those who were never COVID-19-vaccinated but also those who have received a dose of a COVID-19 vaccine less than seven or 14 days ago.  This “case-counting window bias” allows infections, injuries, and deaths immediately following vaccination to be assigned to, and sometimes even attributed to, the “unvaccinated” category, by deceptive sleight of hand.

 

Fung, Jones, et al. write of such deception: “This asymmetry, in which the case-counting window nullifies cases in the vaccinated group but not in the unvaccinated group, biases estimates.” [6]  A problem with this miscategorization is that injuries and deaths have all peaked closely following COVID-19 vaccination—mostly on the first day—as in the graph below. Yet those individuals, for being so recently vaccinated, are falsely assigned the label “unvaccinated,” confounding much of the reported data.

VAERS COVID-FLU Vaccine Reported Deaths by Days to Onset All Ages

VAERS COVID-FLU Vaccine Reported Deaths by Days to Onset All Ages

https://openvaers.com/covid-data/mortalityThe only good about this mis-categorization problem is that it is no longer such an issue now in 2023 and going forward. This deception really confounded much data in 2021, the year of peak COVID-19 vaccine uptake, and to a much lesser extent in 2022.

 

Now in 2023, very few individuals are still being COVID-19-vaccinated, so nearly everyone has made their decision to be vaccinated or not, more than 14 days ago, and are therefore now in widely agreed upon and accurate categories at this late time. But there is little likelihood at this point of eventual correction of previous miscategorization—and therefore corruption—of this essential public health data, 2020 through 2022.

COVID-19 Vaccines Have Negative Efficacy, and What That Means

The COVID-19 vaccines are so ineffective against COVID-19 that they have negative efficacy. This means that you have a greater likelihood of infection and/or hospitalization from COVID-19 after having received the vaccine than not receiving it.  The COVID-19 vaccines have not only failed to reduce cases and hospitalizations from Omicron and COVID-19 generally, but they have actually increased the incidence of both. Results of negative efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccines are seen all over the world.

 

Neither the Pfizer nor Moderna clinical trials addressed preventing transmission.

Tal Zaks is the chief medical officer at Moderna.  He told the British Medical Journal, “Our trial will not demonstrate prevention of transmission, because in order to do that you have to swab people twice a week for very long periods, and that becomes operationally untenable.” [7]

 

Dr. Larry Corey oversaw the National Institutes of Health COVID-19 vaccine clinical trials. He said on Nov. 20, 2020: “The studies aren’t designed to assess transmission.  They don’t ask that question, and there’s really no information on this at this point in time.” (The article where he was quoted as saying this had not been, but is now, behind a paywall.) [8]

Negative Efficacy Shown by the Most Prestigious Medical Journals

The New England Journal of Medicine shows that those who are fully vaccinated and boosted against COVID-19 recover significantly more slowly from the illness and remain contagious for longer periods of time after SARS-CoV-2 infection. [9]

Fully vaccinated and boosted against COVID-19 recover more slowly from the illness remain contagious

Fully vaccinated and boosted against COVID-19 recover more slowly from the illness remain contagious

From Figure 1, J Boucau and C Marino, Duration of shedding of culturable virus in SARS-CoV-2 Omicron (BA.1) infection. Jun 29, 2022. N Eng J Med. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9258747/

 

The Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) published data showing that persons receiving two or more doses of COVID-19 vaccines experienced more re-infections with COVID-19 than people receiving 0 to 1 dose and that the probability of reinfection increased with time.  “Surprisingly, 2 or more doses of vaccine were associated with a slightly higher probability of reinfection compared with 1 dose or less.” [10]

An analysis in the British Medical Journal found a “net expected individual harm” from the COVID-19 vaccines in the context of college mandates, and calculated that “boosting young adults with BNT 162b2 [BNT162b2 is a lipid nanoparticle–formulated, nucleoside-modified RNA vaccine that encodes a prefusion stabilized, membrane-anchored SARS-CoV-2 full-length spike protein] could cause 18.5 times more SAEs [significant adverse events] per million (593.5) than COVID-19 hospitalizations averted (32.0).”  And “for each hospitalization averted we estimate approximately 18.5 SAEs and 1430-4626 disruptions of daily activities—that is not outweighed by a proportionate public health benefit.” [11]

Negative Efficacy of the COVID Vaccines Is Seen Throughout the World

Subramanian and Kumar examined COVID vaccination across 68 countries and found “… the trend line suggests a marginally positive association such that countries with higher percentage of population fully vaccinated have higher COVID-19 cases per 1 million people.” [12]

 

Switkay showed that Subramanian and Kumar’s trend line regarding relation between new COVID-19 cases and vaccination is not only positive but “… indeed, there is a very strong positive association.” [13]

Relation between new COVID-19 cases and vaccination is positive

Relation between new COVID-19 cases and vaccination is positive

H Switkay. Comment on Subramanian and Kumar… Mar 13, 2022. PDMJ. https://pdmj.org/papers/Comment_on_Subramanian_and_Kumar

A Bayesian analysis of data from 145 countries shows that the COVID-19 vaccines cause more COVID-19 cases per million and more COVID-19-associated deaths per million over the vast international scope of this study. [14]  The study found “a marked increase in both COVID-19 related cases and death due directly to a vaccine deployment …” The results in the United States were 38 percent more cases per million [15] and 31 percent more deaths per million [16] caused by the COVID-19 vaccines.

 

Other studies found no difference in viral loads or rates of infection between vaccinated and unvaccinated. [17] [18] [19]

In order to further comprehend this vast worldwide lack of efficacy of the COVID-19 vaccines, let’s now look at analyses of the phenomenon of negative efficacy of the vaccines in specific countries.

 

A study of 51,011 employees of the Cleveland Clinic in the United States was done.  It found the “Risk of COVID-19 increased with time since the most recent prior COVID-19 episode and with the number of vaccine doses previously received.” [20]

 

The following graph shows increasing cumulative incidence of COVID-19 disease starting after the first day of the Cleveland Clinic study. We can see a clear dose-dependent increase in infections made worse by each successive dose of the COVID-19 vaccines, with the unvaccinated having far less COVID-19 disease than their vaccinated co-workers.

 

The small print at the right says, going down from the top [in yellow] more than 3 doses.  [in blue] 3 doses, [in green] 2 doses, [in red] one dose, [in black] 0 doses.

Risk of COVID-dose-dependent increase in infections

Risk of COVID-dose-dependent increase in infections

N Shrestha, P Burke, et al. Effectiveness of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) bivalent vaccine. Dec 19, 2022. “Cumulative incidence of COVID-19 [infections] for subjects stratified by the number of COVID-19 vaccine doses previously received. Day zero was 12 September 2022, the day the bivalent vaccine began to be offered to employees. Point estimates and 95% confidence intervals are jittered along the x-axis to improve visibility.” https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.12.17.22283625v1.full.pdf

An Oxford University study of 900 hospital staff members in Vietnam showed that peak viral loads among the infected vaccinated (“breakthrough” infected) staff were 251 times higher than those of unvaccinated personnel. [21]This Danish study [22] showed that both Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 vaccines showed negative efficacy against the Omicron variant within only 90 days of administration and that that decline in efficacy was even faster for Omicron than for the earlier Delta variant. This sharp decline is illustrated in the following graph.

mRNA COVID-19 vaccines predispose toward increased risk for Omicron infection

mRNA COVID-19 vaccines predispose toward increased risk for Omicron infection

C Hansen, A Schelde, et al. Vaccine effectiveness against SARS-CoV-2 infection with the Omicron or Delta variants following a two-dose or booster BNT162b2 or mRNA-1273 vaccination series: A Danish cohort study. https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.12.20.21267966v3.full.pdf

 

The above graph shows that both of the mRNA COVID-19 vaccines predispose toward increased risk for Omicron infection, as the timeline passes the 90-day point, due to negative efficacy.

 

89.7 percent of people infected with Omicron in Denmark were either “fully vaccinated” or had their first booster. 77.9 percent of the Danish population was fully vaccinated as of the time of the study. [23] Therefore, the vaccinated have been more predisposed to Omicron infection than the unvaccinated in Denmark.

 

Data from the UK government, Office for National Statistics, shows that each successive vaccine dose has increased the likelihood of testing positive for the Omicron variant, in a stunning display of negative vaccine efficacy. [24]

 

Worse yet, risk of death from COVID-19 is shown to increase with each successive dose of vaccine for most age groups, as in the following table published by the UK government’s Health Security Agency.  [25]

UK Health Security Agency COVID-19 vaccine surveillance report Week 9 March 3 2022

UK Health Security Agency COVID-19 vaccine surveillance report Week 9 March 3 2022

UK Health Security Agency. COVID-19 vaccine surveillance report. Week 9. Mar 3, 2022. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1058464/Vaccine-surveillance-report-week-9.pdf

 

On a population-wide level in Ireland, mass vaccination is correlated in timing with dramatically rising COVID-19 cases. The Irish population has had among the highest rates of vaccine penetration in its adult population, 94.8 percent fully vaccinated as of Jan. 22, 2022, yet COVID-19 cases rose 317 percent over the previous January before the vaccines were in use. [26]

In Scotland also, among those who had received one, two, or three vaccines, or none at all, the unvaccinated had the lowest case rates in January 2022 of all four groups, as seen in this table [27] and graph. [28]

Public Health Scotland COVID-19 & Winter Statistical Report Jan 17 2022 p38

Public Health Scotland COVID-19 & Winter Statistical Report Jan 17 2022 p38

Public Health Scotland. Public Health Scotland COVID-19 & Winter Statistical Report. Jan 17, 2022. p. 38. https://publichealthscotland.scot/media/11802/22-01-19-covid19-winter_publication_report_revised.pdf

Covid-19 age-standardised case rate per 100000 individuals by vaccine status

Covid-19 age-standardised case rate per 100000 individuals by vaccine status

Public Health Scotland. Public Health Scotland COVID-19 & Winter Statistical Report. Jan 17, 2022. p. 40. https://publichealthscotland.scot/media/11802/22-01-19-covid19-winter_publication_report_revised.pdf

 

Two other very heavily vaccinated countries saw their case rates skyrocket following mass vaccination. Here are South Korea and Germany: [29]

South Korea saw their case rates skyrocket following mass vaccination

South Korea saw their case rates skyrocket following mass vaccination

Johns Hopkins University. Our World in Data. https://ourworldindata.org/coronavirus#explore-the-global-situation

Germany saw their case rates skyrocket following mass vaccination

Germany saw their case rates skyrocket following mass vaccination

Johns Hopkins University. Our World in Data. https://ourworldindata.org/coronavirus#explore-the-global-situation

 

A study of 4,020 cases of Omicron in Germany on Dec. 31, 2021, showed that of those, 1,137 were boosted. There were only 1097 unvaccinated Omicron cases. [30] [31]

 

However, there are similar numbers of people in the three categories of “boosted,” fully vaccinated” and “unvaccinated” in Germany as of Dec. 31, 2021. German scientists studying the German government’s excess mortality data observed that the higher the vaccination rate, the higher the excess mortality. [32]

 

As we can see, the unvaccinated have had a strong advantage against Omicron, which was the prevalent COVID-19 strain throughout the world at that time. The COVID-19 vaccines do not work against the Delta strain either. In July 2021, in the United States, in Massachusetts, at a time and place that Delta was predominant, of a total of 469 new COVID-19 cases, 346 of those (74 percent) were in people who were partially or fully vaccinated, and 274 of the vaccinated were symptomatic. [33]

 

In Delhi, India, of 34 Omicron cases at a hospital, 33 were fully vaccinated (97 percent). However, India’s COVID-19 vaccination rate was only 40 percent at that time. [34]

 

Both Pfizer and Moderna vaccines were found to plunge to negative efficacy within months. [35] [36] [37]

The Implications of Negative Efficacy in a Heavily Jabbed World

A study by Chemaitelly et al. in Qatar of over 2,000,000 people, for whom vaccination status and COVID-19 disease incidence data were available, showed, just as the preceding studies, that zero to negative efficacy was apparent within months after injection. Authors attributed that decline to “immune imprinting compromising protection in people who had the booster vaccination against the newer omicron sublineages.” The authors explain the mechanism further as [the booster] “could have trained the immune response to expect a specific narrow pre-omicron challenge; thus the response was suboptimal when the actual challenge was an immune-evasive omicron subvariant.” [38]

Original Antigenic Sin

OAS is likely exacerbated by the mistaken approach of vaccinologists, tampering with the blood, whereas the body is well-prepared to confront new microbes by way of the respiratory tract, not by way of first introduction through the blood.

 

If the COVID-19 vaccines merely predisposed one to higher risk of the common cold now known as the Delta and Omicron and subsequent variants, then we might simply laugh off these vaccines as a frivolous and superstitious activity. However, the safety data are nothing less than horrifying.

Reposted from Colleen Huber’s Substack.

◇ References:
[1] U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
NCHS Data Brief  No 427.  Mortality in the United States, 2020. December 2021.
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/db427.pdf
[2] U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Vital Statistics System.
State and national provisional counts.
Monthly and 12-month ending number of live births, deaths, and infant deaths: United States.
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/provisional-tables.htm
[3] Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development.
OECD Stat. Health, COVID-19 health indicators, Excess deaths per week, 2020-2023.
https://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx
[4] BBC. COVID-19: First vaccine given in U.S. as rollout begins. Dec. 14, 2020.
https://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-55305720
[5] U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Vital Statistics System.
State and national provisional counts.
Monthly and 12-month ending number of live births, deaths, and infant deaths: United States.
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/provisional-tables.htm
[6] K Fung, M Jones, et al.
Sources of bias in observational studies of COVID-19 vaccine effectiveness. Mar 26, 2023. J Eval in Clin Practice.
https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jep.13839
[7] P Doshi.
Will COVID-19 vaccines save lives?
Current trials aren’t designed to tell us. Oct. 21, 2020. British Medical Journal.  371.
https://www.bmj.com/content/371/bmj.m4037
[8] A Ault.
Can a COVID-19 vaccine stop the spread?
Good question. Nov. 20, 2020.  Medscape.
https://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/941388
[9] J Boucau, C Marino.
Duration of shedding of culturable virus in SARS-CoV-2 Omicron (BA.1)
infection. Jun 29, 2022. N Eng J Med.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9258747/
[10] E Eythorsson, H Runolfsdottir, et al.
Rate of SARS-CoV-2 reinfection during an omicron wave in Iceland.
Aug. 2022.
JAMA Netw Open. 5 (8).
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9350711/
[11] K Bardosh, A Krug, et al.
COVID-19 vaccine boosters for young adults:
a risk benefit assessment and ethical analysis of mandate policies at universities.
Dec. 5, 2022.
BMJ J Med Ethics.
https://jme.bmj.com/content/early/2022/12/05/jme-2022-108449
[12] S Subraminian, A Kumar.
Increases in COVID-19 are unrelated to levels of vaccination across 68 countries and 2947 counties in the United States.
Sept. 30, 2021.  Eur J Epidemio. 36(12)  1237-1240.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8481107/
[13] H Switkay.
Comment on Subramanian and Kumar,
“Increases in COVID-19 are unrelated to levels of vaccination.”  Mar 13, 2022.  PDMJ.
https://pdmj.org/papers/Comment_on_Subramanian_and_Kumar
[14] K Beattie.
Worldwide Bayesian causal impact analysis of vaccine administration on deaths and cases associated with COVID-19:
A big data analysis of 145 countries.  Preprint. Nov. 15, 2021.
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1DLlRa9rUqvW9pG1vNEsWMEydWwsmSMbe/view
[15] Ibid Beattie. p 41.
[16] Ibid Beattie. p 39.
[17] K Riemersma, B Grogan, et al.
Vaccinated and unvaccinated individuals have similar viral loads in communities with a high prevalence of the SARS-CoV-2 variant.
July 31, 2021.
https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.07.31.21261387v1.full.pdf
[18] C Brown, J Vostok, et al.
Outbreak of SARS-CoV-2 infections, including COVID-19 vaccine breakthrough infections, associated with large public gatherings,
Barnstable County, Massachusetts, July 2021. Aug 6, 2021.
MMWR Morb Moral Wkly Rep.
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8367314/
[19] C Acharya, J Schrom, et al.
No significant difference in viral load between vaccinated and unvaccinated,asymptomatic, and symptomatic groups when infected with SARS-CoV-2 Delta variant.
Oct 5, 2021. https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.09.28.21264262v2.full.pdf
[20] N Shrestha, P Burke, et al. Effectiveness of the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) bivalent vaccine.
Dec. 19, 2022. https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.12.17.22283625v1.full.pdf
[21] N Chau, N Ngoc.
Transmission of SARS-CoV-2 Delta variant among vaccinated healthcare workers, Vietnam.  Oct 11, 2021.
The Lancet. https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract id=3897733
[22]  C Hansen, A Schelde, et al.
Vaccine effectiveness against SARS-CoV-2 infectionwith the Omicron or Delta variants
following a two-dose or booster BNT162b2 or mRNA-1273 vaccination series: A Danish cohort study.
https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.12.20.21267966v3.full.pdf
[23] Status of the SARS-CoV-2 variant Omicron in Denmark.
COVID-19 Omicron variant report.  Dec 31, 2021. Statens Serum Institut.
https://files.ssi.dk/covid19/omikron/statusrapport/rapport-omikronvarianten-31122021-ct18
[24] Office for National Statistics.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) infection survey, UK:Characteristics related to having an Omicron compatible result in those who test positive for COVID-19. Dec. 21, 2021.
https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/healthandsocialcare/conditionsanddiseases/adhocs/14107coronaviruscovid19infectionsurveyukcharacteristicsrelatedtohavinganomicroncompatibleresultinthosewhotestpositiveforcovid19
[25] UK Health Security Agency. COVID-19 vaccine surveillance report. Week 9. Mar 3, 2022.
https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/1058464/Vaccine-surveillance-report-week-9.pdf
[26] J Horgan-Jones.
The Irish Times. Jan. 22, 2022.
Total of 100,000 Covid vaccines expire amid slowing demand, Ministers told.
https://www.irishtimes.com/news/ireland/irish-news/total-of-100-000-covid-vaccines-expire-amid-slowing-demand-ministers-told-1.4782708
[27] Public Health Scotland.
Public Health Scotland COVID-19 & Winter Statistical Report. Jan. 17, 2022. p. 38.
https://publichealthscotland.scot/media/11802/22-01-19-covid19-winter_publication_report_revised.pdf
[28] Ibid, Public Health Scotland. p. 40.
[29] Johns Hopkins University.
Our World in Data. https://ourworldindata.org/coronavirus#explore-the-global-situation
[30]
Robert Koch Institut.
COVID-19 in Germany.
https://www.rki.de/EN/Home/homepage_node.html
[31] Wochentlicher Lagebericht des RKI zur Coronavirus-Krankheit-2019 (COVID-19)
[article in German] Dec 30 2021.
Robert Koch Institut.
https://www.rki.de/DE/Content/InfAZ/N/Neuartiges_Coronavirus/Situationsberichte/Wochenbericht/Wochenbericht_2021-12-30.pdf?__blob=publicationFile
[32] R Steyer, G Kappler.
The higher the vaccination rate, the higher the excess mortality.
Nov. 16, 2021.
https://www.skirsch.com/covid/GermanAnalysis.pdf
https://www.utebergner.de/cms/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/%C3%9Cbersterblichkeit-KW-36-bis-40-in-2021-003.docx
[33] G Kampf.
COVID-19 stigmatizing the unvaccinated is not justified.
Nov. 20, 2021.  The Lancet. 398: 10314. P 1871.
https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(21)02243-1/fulltext
[34]  A Dutt.
Out of 34 Omicron cases at Delhi hospital, 33 are fully vaccinated.
The Indian Express. Dec. 23, 2021.
https://indianexpress.com/article/cities/delhi/out-of-34-omicron-cases-at-delhi-hospital-33-are-fully-vaccinated-7686188/
[35] C Hansen, A Schelde, et al.
Vaccine effectiveness against SARS-CoV-2 infection with the Omicron or Delta variants following a two-dose or booster BNT162b2 or mRNA-1273 vaccination series: A Danish cohort study.
https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2021.12.20.21267966v3.full.pdf
[36] H Tseng, B Ackerson, et al.
Effectiveness of mRNA-1273 against infection and COVID-19 hospitalization with SARS-CoV-2 omicron subvariants: BA.1, BA.2, BA.2.12.1, BA.4 and BA.5.
Oct. 1, 2022.
https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.09.30.22280573v1.full.pdf
[37] H Tseng, B Ackerson, et al.
Effectiveness of mRNA-1273 against SARS-CoV-2 omicron and delta variants.  Jan 8, 2022.
medRxiv.  https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2022.01.07.22268919v1.full.pdf
[38] H Chemaitelly, H Ayoub, et al.
Long-term COVID-19 booster effectiveness by infection history and clinical vulnerability and immune imprinting: a retrospective population-based cohort study.
Mar 10, 2023.
Lancet Infect Dis. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC10079373/
[39]
A Vatti, D Monsalve, et al.
Original antigenic sin: A comprehensive review. September 2017.
J Autoimmun.  83. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0896841117302226?via%3Dihub
[40]
A Schiepers, M van’t Wout, et al.
Molecular fate-mapping of serum antibody responses to repeat immunization. Jan. 16, 2023.
Nature. 615. 482-489. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-023-05715-3
[41]
D Burnett, R Bull.
Total recall? Understanding the effect of antigenic distance on original antigenic sin. March 7, 2023.
Immunol and Cell Biol. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/imcb.12638
Views expressed in this article are the opinions of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of The Epoch Times.

TOP


mishtalk-logo

Beware the Huge Negative Lag Impact of Three Rounds of Covid Stimulus

Mike Shedlock 25July2023  https://mishtalk.com/economics/beware-the-huge-negative-lag-impact-of-three-rounds-of-covid-stimulus/

Estimates from econometric studies indicate that the government expenditure multiplier is positive for the first four to six quarters after the initial deficit financing, then turns negative after three years. The lag now begins to bite.

Real Per Capital Average of GDP and GDI courtesy of Lacy Hunt at Hoisington Management

Real Per Capital Average of GDP and GDI courtesy of Lacy Hunt at Hoisington Management

The Hoisington Management 2023 Q2 Review by Lacy Hunt is another gem. His focus this quarter is on government debt, negative multipliers, and lag times.

2023 Q2 Key Ideas

Rising Budget Deficits

The U.S. Government budget deficit has taken a serious turn for the worse this year. The Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) and CHIPS and Science Act of 2022, as enacted, add over $1 trillion to the deficit over the next several years. The Penn Wharton Budget Model, however, indicates that due to the way instructions were written, the cost of the IRA is running three times greater than the amount appropriated by Congress. Current year federal tax revenues have also fallen considerably below a year ago. This is consistent with real gross domestic income (GDI) which fell in three of the last four quarters.

 

Increased interest payments and a short fall in tax revenues both add to the deficit, but they do not boost economic activity. Neither produce a new job, a new road, or a new dollar of research and development. More importantly, the lagged effects of the huge budget deficits of FY 2020-21 are likely to be negative due to the government expenditure multiplier.

 

Estimates from econometric studies of highly indebted industrialized economies indicate that the government expenditure multiplier is positive for the first four to six quarters after the initial deficit financing, then turns negative after three years. This implies that a dollar of debt financed federal expenditures will, ‘at the end of the day,’ reduce private GDP.

Successfully Time Tested

Two different rigorous studies, one completed in 2011 and the other in 2012, each using different methodologies, both concluded government fiscal policy actions that either increase the size of government relative to GDP or increase the government debt relative to GDP significantly weaken the trend rate of economic growth. The evidence, from more than a decade since this research was published, confirms those findings and indicates that the government multiplier is becoming increasingly negative.

 

Andreas Bergh and Magnus Henrekson (BH), writing in the peer-reviewed Journal of Economic Surveys in 2011, determined that a one percentage point increase in government size reduces the annual growth rate in real per capita GDP by 0.05% to 0.1% per year. Increases in government size means that more of the economy is being shifted away from the high positive multiplier private sector into the negative multiplier government sector.

 

When President Nixon closed the Gold Window, the 20-year moving average of the ratio of government size relative to GDP was 25.2% while the real per capita GDP/GDI average growth rate was 2.2%, which coincided with the average real per capita GDP growth rate since 1870. Based on the comparable numbers in early 2023, government size was a considerably higher 34.3%, and the growth in the real per capita GDP/GDI average was a much slower 1.3%. Thus, government size increased 9.1 percentage points and the real per capita GDP/GDI average growth lost 0.9% per year [Lead Chart]. Thus, the actual results, twelve years of which were beyond BH’s publication date, means the negative impact on economic performance was within 0.1% of BH’s top of the range.

Reinhardt, Reinhardt and Rogoff (RRR)

The Reinhardts (Carmen and Vincent) and Kenneth Rogoff, published in the Journal of Economic Perspectives in 2012, found that when gross government debt exceeds 90% of GDP for more than five years, then economies lose 1/3 of the trend rate of growth. Gross U.S. government debt moved decisively above this 90% threshold ten years ago. As previously stated, the trend rate of growth of real per capita GDP since 1870 is 2.2%. Over the last twenty years the average growth rate has fallen to 1.3%, a loss of slightly more than 1/3 of the yearly growth rate even though the last twenty years included some years in which the debt ratio was not above 90%. If the U.S. economy were on trend, real per capita GDP would be approximately $73,000, almost $13,000 higher than the actual level. RRR also argued that the deleterious effects of high debt levels would build even before reaching the 90% threshold, and indeed they did. This finding leads to the causal explanation that the overuse of debt reflects the law of diminishing returns.

Productivity

Productivity, or output per hour in the nonfarm sector, declined by a record pace over the past ten quarters. Neither a rising standard of living nor increasing corporate profitability are achievable over time without higher productivity. Since January, non-farm payrolls have increased by 1.2 million, but the average workweek has dropped from 34.6 hours to 34.4 hours, leaving aggregate hours worked virtually unchanged. To restore productivity, firms will need to rationalize their workforce, which will simultaneously reduce labor costs, inflation and household purchasing power.

The above paragraphs from Lacy Hunt highlight some of my recent articles on the ridiculously named Inflation Reduction Act, Industrial Production, and declining productivity.

Labor Productivity vs Costs

Labor productivity, costs, and hourly earnings data from BLS, chart by Mish.

Labor productivity, costs, and hourly earnings data from BLS, chart by Mish.

Labor Productivity vs Costs Long Term

Labor Productivity vs Costs Long Term 2023 Q1

Labor Productivity vs Costs Long Term 2023 Q1

Productivity Dead Zone

A huge wave of boomers retirements is in progress. Skilled boomers are now replaced with unskilled Zoomers (generation Z), who do not seem to have the same work ethic.

 

So, it’s no wonder productivity is in the gutter.

For discussion, please see Four to Six PM and Friday Afternoons Are a Productivity Dead Zone

The Fed Reports Abysmal Industrial Production Numbers and Negative Revisions Too

Industrial production data from the Fed, chart by Mish

Industrial production data from the Fed, chart by Mish

 

Recession Lead Times From IP Peaks

Recession Lead Time After Industrial Production Peak 2023-06

Recession Lead Time After Industrial Production Peak 2023-06

In yet another sign of a weakening economy, the latest industrial production report was an outright disaster.

 

The Bloomberg Econoday consensus estimate was unchanged in May from June. Instead, Industrial production fell 0.5 percent and the Fed revised May from -0.2 percent to -0.5 percent.

 

For discussion, please see The Fed Reports Abysmal Industrial Production Numbers and Negative Revisions Too

EVs

Also note that Despite Huge Incentives, Supply of EVs on Dealer Lots Soars to 92 Days

Why build cars that nobody seems to want?

 

President Biden can mandate ridiculous rules, but he cannot force people to buy EVs.

Largest Discrepancy Between GDP and GDI in 20 Years

Real GDP, Real Final Sales, and Real GDI data from BEA, chart by Mish

Real GDP, Real Final Sales, and Real GDI data from BEA, chart by Mish

Economists have given up on the idea of a strong recession, if indeed any at all. That’s despite the fact that GDI suggests a recession may have already started.

 

Note that we have the Largest Discrepancy Between GDP and GDI in 20 Years

It would be a hoot if recession started just as economists finally gave up on the idea of one happening.

This post originated on MishTalk.Com

Thanks for Tuning In!

Mish

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

“Combustible Mixture Of Ignorance & Power” – Carl Sagan Warned ‘Authoritarian Science’ Would “Blow Up In Our Faces”

by Tyler Durden, 25July2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/watch-carl-sagan-issues-prescient-warning-authoritarian-science-grave

Authored by Ben Bartree via PJ Media,

The late astronomer Carl Sagan, who perhaps understood the unique threat of technocracy as well as anyone ever has, has emerged from the grave with a prescient warning on the dangers we are wading into unchecked.

 

Old Soldier-tweet-17July2023-Essential viewing

Old Soldier-tweet-17July2023-Essential viewing

“We’ve arranged a society based on science and technology in which nobody understands anything about science and technology,” Sagan says. “And this combustible mixture of ignorance and power, sooner or later, is going to blow up in our faces.”

“I mean, who is running the science and technology in a democracy if the people don’t know anything about it?” he asks rhetorically.

“Science is more than a body of knowledge. It’s a way of thinking, a way of skeptically interrogating the universe with a fine understanding of human fallibility,” he adds.

Amen.

 

Carl Sagan with two CDC employees

Carl Sagan with two CDC employees

I have previously written about the uniquely 21st-century phenomenon of turning scientists into a new kind of priest class in possession of knowledge forbidden or unattainable to the population at large.

In this way, normal, mortal humans with questionable ethics (to put it charitably) are magically transformed into unquestionable demigods who cannot be criticized by mere mortals.

To hear it straight from the horse’s mouth, the expert class is The Science™. The man is inseparable from the discipline.

Fauci I Am The Science / Senate Meme

Via Forbes (emphasis added):

“Research both sides and make up your own mind.” It’s simple, straightforward, common sense advice. And when it comes to issues like vaccinations, climate change, and the novel coronavirus SARS-CoV-2, [doing your own research] can be dangerous, destructive, and even deadly. The techniques that most of us use to navigate most of our decisions in life — gathering information, evaluating it based on what we know, and choosing a course of action — can lead to spectacular failures when it comes to a scientific matter.

The reason is simple: most of us, even those of us who are scientists ourselves, lack the relevant scientific expertise needed to adequately evaluate that research on our own. In our own fields, we are aware of the full suite of data, of how those puzzle pieces fit together, and what the frontiers of our knowledge is. When laypersons espouse opinions on those matters, it’s immediately clear to us where the gaps in their understanding are and where they’ve misled themselves in their reasoning. When they take up the arguments of a contrarian scientist, we recognize what they’re overlooking, misinterpreting, or omitting. Unless we start valuing the actual expertise that legitimate experts have spent lifetimes developing, “doing our own research” could lead to immeasurable, unnecessary suffering.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. Follow his stuff via Substack, Locals, Gab, and Twitter.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

“Significantly Worse Outcomes” – Scottish COVID Inquiry Savages Lockdowns And Vaccines

by Tyler Durden, 10August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/significantly-worse-outcomes-scottish-covid-inquiry-savages-lockdowns-and-vaccines

 

Authored by Will Jones via DailySceptic.org,

Throughout the Covid pandemic, the Scottish Government made a show of imposing stricter and longer restrictions than Boris Johnson’s ‘reckless’ Tory Government south of the border. Yet despite these additional measures, in the two years from the start of the pandemic to spring 2022, Scotland averaged 23.9 excess deaths per million weekly, writes Dr. David Livermore in Spiked. “That was by far the highest in the U.K., with Wales suffering 22.9 excess deaths per million, Northern Ireland 18.8 and England 18.6.”

 

This obvious failure of Scotland’s response was, remarkably, summarised in an opening report commissioned by Scotland’s official Covid inquiry and written by Dr. Ashley Croft, a public health infection epidemiologist who spent most of his career working for the military and now practises from Harley Street as a medico-legal expert witness.

He told the inquiry that:

In 2020, there was scientific evidence to support the use of some of the physical measures (e.g., frequent handwashing, the use of PPE in hospital settings) adopted against COVID-19. For other measures (e.g., face-mask mandates outside of healthcare settings, lockdowns, social distancing, test, trace and isolate measures), there was either insufficient evidence in 2020 to support their use – or alternatively, no evidence; the evidence base has not changed materially in the intervening three years. It has been argued that the restrictive measures introduced during the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in individual, societal and economic harm that was avoidable and that should not have occurred.

Dr. Livermore says he agrees entirely.

As Sweden’s already-concluded Covid inquiry found, “Several countries which did impose lockdowns… had ‘significantly worse outcomes’ than Sweden”.

 

It also found that the restriction of individual freedom was “hardly defensible other than in the face of very extreme threats”.

Dr. Croft is similarly downbeat about the vaccines, saying “it remains unclear as to whether or not COVID-19 vaccination has resulted in fewer deaths from COVID-19”. Dr. Livermore disputes this conclusion, saying “it seems fairly clear that vaccines did break the link between cases and deaths in the spring and summer of 2021”. However, recent analysis by experts like Dr. Eyal Shahar suggests that much of the apparent effectiveness of the vaccines may be an illusion created by the healthy vaccinee effect, whereby those who took the vaccines tend, other things being equal, to have fewer underlying risk factors.

 

In any case, Dr. Livermore agrees with Dr. Croft that “the protection they offered was brief and incomplete”.

Long before vaccine passports were imposed on Scots in autumn 2021, there was abundant evidence that vaccines did not stop infection and transmission. This should have blown the bottom out of the case for vaccine passports. That it failed to stop them is a disgrace.

Dr. Croft adds that the “2,362 spontaneous [Yellow Card] reports suggesting a fatal outcome following COVID-19 vaccination” are “of concern”, noting such events are likely under-reported.

But the most important point about Dr. Croft’s report, says Dr. Livermore, is that it so flagrantly defies the Official Narrative of harsh but necessary lockdowns saving the population from the ravages of a deadly plague.

Irrespective of whether one agrees with his conclusions or not, Croft is to be congratulated for addressing the core question: did the Government’s restrictions, deployed at great cost and societal disruption, work?

 

The fact that he has even asked this question stands in contrast to the groupthink on display at the U.K. inquiry, presided over by Lady Hallett. Its first theme, examining ‘Preparedness and Resilience’, concluded last month. During the hearings, witnesses were indulged in long meanders through Brexit and Tory/Lib Dem austerity. This was despite the obvious fact that adjacent EU countries not previously governed by David Cameron and Nick Clegg experienced similar travails with the virus.

 

Witnesses also said that Britain had prepared for the wrong type of pandemic, with all of our plans anticipating an influenza pandemic rather than a coronavirus pandemic. But if coronavirus and influenza pandemics were so obviously different, scientists wouldn’t still be arguing about whether the 1889-94 ‘Russian Flu’ – which was comparable to Covid in terms of mortality – was a form of influenza or a coronavirus.

 

Unsurprisingly, Croft’s report hasn’t gone down well with the lockdown-supporting press in Scotland. He has been attacked as being ‘not an expert’ in viral pandemics. I don’t know Croft and hold no personal brief for him, but his CV indicates a much longer experience of microbiology-related public health than, say, public-health academic Devi Sridhar, who exerted much influence on Scotland’s Covid response. Military medicine – where he spent his career – takes a great interest in epidemics. They have stopped many armies, from Charles VIII at Naples (syphilis) to Admiral Vernon at Cartagena (yellow fever).

Dr. Livermore concludes that “it is telling that Scottish commentators no longer even try to say that Scotland’s lockdowns were a success… there is too much evidence to the contrary”.

 

“I sincerely hope that Scotland’s inquiry reflects upon this. And that Lady Hallett reads Croft’s report. It might just refocus the U.K. inquiry on the questions that really matter.”

TOP

Good Little Sheep Wear Their Mask The same people who bought into mandates over a 99% survival rate will do it for the next one, and the next one after that.....as it turns out, cowards will always act cowardly. Adjust your social circles accordingly

Good Little Sheep Wear Their Mask
The same people who bought into mandates over a 99% survival rate will do it for the next one, and the next one after that…..as it turns out, cowards will always act cowardly. Adjust your social circles accordingly

source: Grunt Proof https://www.youtube.com/post/UgkxTMieNG4waM6aq7mlBCAplwDRYhYmny0Dsummit-news-logo

It’s Really Happening: Mask Mandates, Contact Tracing RE-IMPLEMENTED At Colleges, Offices

Alex Jones was right

Steve Watson Published 22August2023 https://summit.news/2023/08/22/its-really-happening-mask-mandates-contact-tracing-re-implemented-at-colleges-offices/

 

There are reports circulating that colleges and offices are beginning to reinstate COVID mask mandates and contact tracing despite no new cases of the virus being reported.

 

See Below: These Hospitals Across the US Are Bringing Back Mask Mandates

 

The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reported Monday that Morris Brown College, a black private liberal arts college has reinstated the measures as part of a “precautionary step.”

 

The report notes that students and staff will all be asked to mask up while on campus, only one week after classes began.

A communication issued by the college claims there have been “reports of positive cases among students in the Atlanta University Center,” a consortium of black colleges and universities located on the western side of Atlanta.

 

Covid Report-tweet-21August2023-Morris Brown College bringing back a mask mandate

Covid Report-tweet-21August2023-Morris Brown College bringing back a mask mandate

 

The measures, which include social distancing, temperature checks and no large gatherings are to be in place for two weeks, it is claimed.

 

Cernovich-tweet-22August2023-Alex Jones had the scoop of a lifetime that this was coming back

Cernovich-tweet-22August2023-Alex Jones had the scoop of a lifetime that this was coming back

 

Infowars’ Alex Jones reported last week that restrictions were on their way back:

 

Melissa Tate-tweet-19August2023-Alex Jones says TSA employees were instructed on Tue that masks are coming back

Melissa Tate-tweet-19August2023-Alex Jones says TSA employees were instructed on Tue that masks are coming back

 

Cernovich-tweet-21August2023-Alex Jones was right

Cernovich-tweet-21August2023-Alex Jones was right

 

In addition, it has been reported that California-based film studio Lionsgate has reimplemented a mask mandate at its Santa Monica office.

 

laurie allee-tweet-21August2023-Lionsgate has brought back the mask mandate

laurie allee-tweet-21August2023-Lionsgate has brought back the mask mandate

 

An internal memo states that “Employees must wear a medical grade face covering (surgical mask, KN95 or N95) when indoors except when alone in an office with the door closed, actively eating, actively drinking at their desk or workstation, or if they are the only individual present in a large open workspace.”

 

Anthony LaMesa-tweet-21August2023-Lionsgates Santa Monica headquarters Medical mask mandate

Anthony LaMesa-tweet-21August2023-Lionsgates Santa Monica headquarters Medical mask mandate

Los Angeles County Public Health has recommended that higher-risk residents need to wear masks, claiming that COVID cases are increasing, while admitting that hospitalizations remain low.

 

LA Public Health-tweet-18August2023-Who can reply-People LA Public Health mentioned can reply

LA Public Health-tweet-18August2023-Who can reply-People LA Public Health mentioned can reply

================

JerusalemCats Comments

Translation; Shut up Sheep! Be a Good Sheep and wait to be CULLED.

Definition  culled of a population: reduced in size by removal (as by hunting or slaughter) of especially weak or sick individuals.

sheep-Sheeple

sheep-Sheeple

Butcher's shop in Bath, Somerset. (© Ad Meskens / Wikimedia Commons)

Butcher’s shop in Bath, Somerset. (© Ad Meskens / Wikimedia Commons)

================

The mainstream media is on board with this imaginary “COVID resurgence”:

 

The Post Millennial-tweet-18August2023-They’re trying to do the Covid thing again

The Post Millennial-tweet-18August2023-They’re trying to do the Covid thing again

 

TOP


theepochtimes-com-logo

These Hospitals Across the US Are Bringing Back Mask Mandates

By Jack Phillips
28august2023 Updated: 28August2023 https://www.theepochtimes.com/article/these-hospitals-across-the-us-are-bringing-back-mask-mandates-5481823

 

Several hospital systems have reinstated mask mandates, citing an increase in COVID-19 cases, and some prominent conservatives have sounded the alarm in recent days.

 

However, unlike previous iterations, it appears that some of the mask mandates apply only to staff and physicians, not to patients or visitors.

UMass Memorial

In Massachusetts, UMass Memorial Hospital confirmed in a statement last week that it would reimpose masking for staff. Patients and visitors are exempt from the mandate, it stated.

 

“We have continued to see a dramatic increase in the number of COVID-19 positive employees over the past two weeks, which has led to exposures of both fellow caregivers and patients,” the statement read. “In response to this, as a protective measure for our staff and patients, effective immediately we are requiring mandatory caregiver masking for all patient encounters in all licensed clinical areas.”

 

The hospital, which is based in Worcester, stated that if the trend keeps up, it might force masks on anyone who comes inside the hospital, including patients and visitors. In four weeks, officials will reevaluate the COVID-19 situation before making a decision, according to the statement.

 

“Please know that these changes are not made lightly and we know … that a return to masking may be upsetting for some of our caregivers,” UMass Memorial said, local media reported.

United Health Services in New York

Earlier this month, United Health Services in Binghamton, New York, confirmed that it would also again require masks for patients, visitors, staff, and doctors.

 

“Because of an uptick in COVID-19 cases, masks are once again required in all clinical areas at UHS Wilson Medical Center, UHS Binghamton General Hospital, UHS Chenango Memorial Hospital and UHS Delaware Valley Hospital, as well as primary and specialty care sites,” United Health Services stated on its website.

 

The policy, imposed last week, is “in effect immediately for all patients, visitors, employees, medical staff, volunteers, students and vendors.”

 

“Masks are required at nurses’ stations and in conference rooms within clinical departments, including areas where patients register, wait, transport through, or receive testing and care,” it stated.

 

Masks will also be mandated in “common spaces,” the announcement added. That includes hospital lobbies, hallways, stairwells, cafeterias, and patient care units.

Auburn Community Hospital in New York

Elsewhere in the state, Auburn Community Hospital in upstate New York stated on Aug. 19, about a month after its previous mask mandate ended, that it would again be requiring masks on-site.

 

The mandate applies to patients, staff, and visitors, according to the hospital in a statement posted to its website.

“Face coverings are mandatory inside our facilities, regardless of your immunization status,” the statement reads. “If you do not arrive with one or yours is deemed inappropriate, a mask will be provided to you. It must be worn at all times and must cover your nose and mouth.”

 

Other than masking, the hospital stated that hospitalized COVID-19 patients can only see one visitor at a time and have to wear full personal protective equipment.

Kaiser Permanente in Northern California

A Kaiser Permanente location in Santa Rosa, California, stated that it will again require masks because of what it said was a rise in COVID-19 tests as of Aug. 22. However, days later, the hospital clarified that the mandate applies only to staff and physicians, not visitors and patients.

 

Kaiser told a local newspaper in Santa Rosa that it’s still “strongly encouraging masks for patients, members, and visitors in the hospital and medical offices in the Santa Rosa Service Area in response to this latest increase in COVID-19 cases.” But face coverings aren’t required for those people, it stated.

 

“Our intent was to communicate that as of Tuesday, we have expanded the masking requirement for our employees and physicians to medical offices and clinic settings; we apologize for any confusion among Press Democrat readers,” the hospital’s updated statement reads.

 

“Visitors, patients, and members are strongly encouraged to also wear masks in these settings,” it continued. “We have not changed our masking requirements in the hospital, which have been in effect since April: employees and physicians are required to wear masks and we ask visitors to wear masks when in the hospital.”

University Hospital in Syracuse

As of mid-August, University Hospital in Syracuse, New York, reimposed masking for everyone entering the building. The hospital’s mandate was lifted in late April.

 

“Effective immediately, mandatory masking is required by all staff, visitors and patients in clinical areas of Upstate University Hospital, Upstate Community Hospital and ambulatory clinical spaces,” the hospital stated, according to Syracuse.com. “Clinical areas are defined as any location patients gather, wait, transport thorough or receive care.”

 

The hospital stated that there has been an increase in staff who are sick with COVID-19 and an increase in hospitalized patients.

 

Over the past three years, there have been a large number of studies from around the world that suggested masks don’t prevent the transmission of COVID-19, and others have suggested that many people wear masks incorrectly.

 

However, some public health officials have said that masks should be recommended or required in hospitals or health care facilities where there are large numbers of people who are vulnerable to developing severe COVID-19, including people with weak immune systems and the elderly.

TOP

Why do People Listen to these FOOLISH EXPERTS?

rivka-levy-com-logo

The test of Korach

Hole in the Wall (Photo by <a href="https://unsplash.com/@misu_ntz_01?utm_source=unsplash&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_content=creditCopyText">Mihai Nițu</a> on <a href="https://unsplash.com/photos/CPCYoH4Lzt4?utm_source=unsplash&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_content=creditCopyText">Unsplash</a>)

Hole in the Wall (Photo by Mihai Nițu on Unsplash)

25August2023  https://rivkalevy.com/the-test-of-korach/

 

In every generation, there are 36 (and some say 72….) hidden tzaddikim.

These are known as the ‘lamed vav’ tzaddikim, and Hashem created the whole world, and continues to sustain it, in the merit of these holy tzaddikim.

And they exist in every generation.

Even ours.

====

Just what’s the problem?

The problem is that for the last 200 years….400 years….1000 years….2000 years…. the Jewish world has been flooded with fakers and impostors, people who want to ‘lead’ because they have massive egos, and they want the money and power that comes along with having a ‘position’.

Rebbe Nachman explains that really, these people are not to blame for their actions on some level, because they are crazy people with a lust for power.

Interestingly, Rabbenu says that the real fault lies with THE PEOPLE WHO FOLLOW these false leaders, and accord them honor and influence etc.

For a very long time, this puzzled me tremendously.

But now, I think I’m perhaps starting to understand it a little.

====

It boils down to this:

We seek out people to follow who actually reflect ourselves, and our own opinions, and our own desires and ‘world-view’.

Angry, judgemental people who have a grudge against others (which is basically just a grudge against Hashem, and how He’s choosing to run the world) – they will gravitate to angry, judgemental ‘leaders’ who turn ‘being angry’ into the biggest mitzvah in the world.

Self-indulgent people, who don’t want to hear about overcoming their own negative desires and lusts will gravitate towards ‘leaders’ who have a heter for everything.

And who minimise working to overcome bad middot, etc, because hey, we’re all just human beings here, bub!

Arrogant people with ‘scientific-atheist’ tendencies will look for ‘leaders’ who reverberate in the same small echo chamber they occupy.

====

And people who don’t want to take responsibility for their own lives, their own decisions, their own relationship with Hashem – they will look for ‘strong leaders’ who dictate and control every aspect of their lives.

And who demand ‘blind obedience’.

And who silence any questions and any challenges…. (often, literally, by using force, blackmail or threats.)

Clearly, these types of ‘leaders’ aren’t nice, good people.

But just as clearly – we actually follow the type of ‘leader’ we want, usually based on considerations that most people aren’t even aware of, because they don’t spend regular time every day trying to ‘dig in’ to their own psyche, to understand their real motivations, fears, expectations and issues.

====

So yes, the world is full of ‘fake leaders’ and ‘false messiahs’ of every stripe.

And the less a person is following ‘truth’ – wherever it leads them – the more they will be subject to thinking that these false leaders are ‘real tzaddikim’.

It’s an ongoing massive test.

And once I realised that really, these people are just seeking out ‘mirrors’ of themselves, I stopped arguing with people over ‘Trump being the good in Edom’, and I stopped (mostly….) arguing with people who are following obvious fakers – because the problem is not the ‘false leader’ they are following.

The problem is them, and the lies they like to keep telling themselves.

====

Here’s what Rebbe Nachman says, (from ‘His Wisdom’ – the English translation of Sichot HaRan, 126):

Regarding the messianic age, it is written:

“And it will be that he who is left in Zion, and he who remains in Jerusalem, ‘holy’ shall be said to him.” (Isaiah 4:3.)

The Talmud teaches that the angels will chant ‘holy, holy, holy’ before the Tzaddikim, just as they do before God. (Bava Batra 75b.)

This means just what it says. 

The Tzaddikim who remain faithful before the coming of the Moshiach will deserve this, and much more – so difficult will it be to remain firm in faith and not be misled by everyone’s mistaken beliefs in the pre-Messianic era.

====

At that time, there will be many fake religious leaders.

A group such as ours [referring Rebbe Nachman’s own talmidim], in which people gather together thirsting for God’s word, certainly will no longer exist.

There will remain some truly religious individuals, but they will be very widely scattered.

The Rebbe than quoted the verse:

“Write this as a record in a book.” (Exodus 17:14).

In days to come, let people know that there was one who predicted this.

They will know and be encouraged in their faith in God and the true tzaddikim.

====

Know: There are still 36 TRUE TZADDIKIM in the world!

(And some say, 72.)

And it’s our job to work on ourselves enough, and to vanquish the lies we tell ourselves enough, to start to be able to figure out who those people might actually be.

====

In ‘Tzaddik’ (the English translation of Chayei Moharan) 605, it says this:

“The Rebbe said:

“Even if you aren’t a good Jew, following a Tzaddik is still very good.

This is what R Shimon [ben Natanel] meant when he said: ‘Don’t be wicked all by yourself.” (Pirkei Avot 2:13)

In other words, even if you are wicked, God forbid, ‘don’t be wicked all by yourself’  – you too should try to get closer to the Tzaddik, so that at least tehre will be some hope for you in the end.”

====

We’re at the stage where more and more of us are realising that ‘fake rabbis’ and false leaders of all stripes are really a thing.

In the Jewish world, in the orthodox reality, that means that for many people, the test is now switching to the ‘test of Korach’ – i.e. the test of continuing to believe in true Tzaddikim, and the test of understanding that God wants us to be close to the true Tzaddikim – at least 36 of them! – that He put into the world to help and guide us.

This is not about ‘blindly’ following some ‘cult leader’, God forbid.

But it is about asking God to show us what is true, and what isn’t – and then trusting Hashem to do that and guide us to the right ideas and the right people.

====

Xtianity (and its many derivatives that popped up in ‘chassidic’ thought) teaches that THE TRUE TZADDIK does all the work for us.

We just go and polish buttons, and we’re ‘saved’ automatically.

This isn’t yiddishkeit.

Anyone who sat ‘polishing buttons’ in Egypt instead of following Moshe Rabbenu out into the wilderness died in the plague of darkness.

====

But here’s the thing:

Anyone who refused to accept that Moshe Rabbenu was THE TRUE TZADDIK, and thought he was just some charismatic cult-leader who wasn’t encouraging people to think for themselves, with all his Torah laws and brand-new regulations – those people also died.

It stands to reason, that people like this also didn’t follow Moshe Rabbenu out into the desert in the first place, because how could you trust anyone who tells you something so obviously irrational?!?!?

I mean, the guy stuttered…. and he was married to the daughter of the biggest idolater in the whole world…. and he ran away from the authorities….

Only a gormless, brainwashed retard would follow someone like that out into the desert.

Right?

====

But that’s not where the test ended.

Even after all the miracles, the manna, the splitting of the sea – people were continually muttering against Moshe Rabbenu, and challenging his leadership.

The classic example was Korach.

Who needs all this TRUE TZADDIK, stuff Moshe?! You are just aggrandising yourself at the expense of everyone else, collecting tithes for your own personal use…

Every Jew is a ‘tzaddik’ – a true tzaddik! So who needs you, and all your rules and diktats, Moshe Rabbenu?!

You are just trying to turn us all into a cult….

====

Korach was very persuasive.

And all of the people he ‘persuaded’ got swallowed alive by the earth and also didn’t make it to the promised land, Eretz Yisrael.

Yeah, sure, they passed ‘Stage 1’ of geula, and they got out of Egypt, and they understood the world is full of ‘false leaders’ and big lies.

But they didn’t pass Stage 2 – the test of Korach, where they still understood there were 36 True Tzaddikim in every generation, and a TRUE TZADDIK hidden away in every generation, who they had to search for and get close to.

As it was then, so it is now.

====

Let’s end with some more Rabbenu.

In Sichos HaRan (translated into English as ‘Rebbe Nachman’s Wisdom’, by the Breslov Research Institute), Rebbe Nachman tells us the following:

“It’s written about the time of Moshiach (Job 38:13): ‘To grasp the ends of the earth and shake the wicked from it’.

However, one who comes close to a true Tzaddik, [he] can grab hold of him, and not be cast off.

When we hold on to the Tzaddik, we can stay firm.”

====

Personally, I am seeing a MASSIVE difference between those people who are really working on their emuna, emunat tzaddikim, and staying close to Rebbe Nachman’s teachings, and sheltering under the Rav’s wing – and everyone else.

People are still going through so many tests and hardships, but there is absolutely no talk of ‘suicide’ or ending it all or anything like that.

Nothing even close to that.

There is still a lot of joy, even amongst the tears, and a lot of hope, even amongst all the worry and fear.

And the source of that is Rabbenu’s teachings, and the Rav’s gentle support via his shiurim and prayers.

====

Rebbe Nachman also teaches this:

In Sefer HaMiddot (Tzaddik, #151),  he writes:

THE COMING OF THE MOSHIACH DEPENDS ON DRAWING CLOSE TO THE TZADDIK.

Next, he explains (Tzaddik #152):

THE PRIMARY FULFILLMENT OF THE SOUL COMES THROUGH DRAWING CLOSE TO THE TZADDIKIM.

====

There are 36 True Tzaddikim (and some say 72…) even in our lowly generation.

And the big test now is to avoid the ‘test of Korach’, swallow our own pride and arrogance – and to go and seek them out.

====

 

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

Florida surgeon general tells Americans to NOT cooperate with mask mandates

29August2023 // Ethan Huff // https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-08-29-florida-surgeon-general-dont-cooperate-mask-mandates.html

 

With all the talk right now about fake president Joe Biden soon ordering Americans to mask back up due to the latest Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) “variant” fears, Florida Surgeon General Joseph Ladapo has an urgent message for America: Do not comply!

On social media, Ladapo blasted the Biden regime for trying to resurrect “pandemic” tyranny just in time for the 2024 presidential election – the very same thing, in fact, that was pulled just before the 2020 presidential election.

 

“What do you call re-imposing mask policies that have been proven ineffective or restarting lockdowns that are known to cause harm?” Ladapo asked. “You don’t call it sanity.”

 

“These terrible policies only work with your cooperation. How about refusing to participate …”

 

These are what you call fighting words from one of the top state doctors against a regime obsessed with medical fascism. We know that masks are about control and suffocation, and that the regime does not have our best interests in mind – and Ladapo seems to understand that.

 

(Related: Last year, Ladapo warned the public that covid injections destroy the hearts of young men.)

 

DeSantis press secretary calls children in N95 masks “gross”

Already, we are hearing about colleges, movie studios, and other components of the establishment bringing back the mask mandates. Fake news giant CNN is also now telling its handful of viewers to slap back on a mask, because “science.”

 

“If you’re at high risk of serious illness or death from Covid-19, it’s time to dust off those N95 masks, according to a growing number of experts,” CNN tweeted.

 

Jeremy Redfern, the press secretary for Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis, responded to the CNN tweet in disgust, particularly because it showed a picture of a young child wearing a mask.

 

“They’re using a picture of a child in an N95,” Redern tweeted. “Gross.”

 

“Luckily, @GovRonDeSantis proposed and signed legislation that banned mask mandates in Florida … We aren’t going to play in the federal government’s biomedical security theater.”

 

That legislation, by the way, was signed into law back in May. It permanently bans all mask mandates in the Sunshine State, including for all government buildings, schools, and medical facilities such as hospitals and doctors’ offices.

 

DeSantis also signed a law against the World Health Organization’s (WHO) so-called “Pandemic Treaty,” as well as banned gain of function research and signed a Protection of Medical Conscience Act.

 

“I want to be a haven for physicians who put the evidence above what some medical society said,” DeSantis said about himself after signing what some say is the strongest medical freedom law in the country.

 

“It is the intent of the Legislature that Floridians be free from mandated facial coverings, mandates of any kind relating to vaccines as provided in this section, and discrimination based on such vaccination status,” the law reads.

 

In his 2023 State of the State address, DeSantis warned that Americans everywhere face a denial of their freedoms “due to a coercive biomedical apparatus.”

 

“These policies,” DeSantis would add, “are grounded more in blind adherence to Faucian declarations than they are in the Constitutional traditions that are the foundation of free nations.”

 

Chris Nelson-tweet-11January2022-Across the nation we see Americans denied freedoms due to a coercive biomedical apparatus

Chris Nelson-tweet-11January2022-Across the nation we see Americans denied freedoms due to a coercive biomedical apparatus

 

Ladapo is thrilled about what DeSantis has done. He is also one of the America’s Frontline Doctors who appeared on the front steps of the Supreme Court back in July 2020 and called for an end to all COVID mandates while promoting the use of hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) for treating the disease.

 

There is never a good reason to get “vaccinated” for COVID. Learn more at ChemicalViolence.com.

 

Sources for this article include:

 

FloridianPress.com

 

NaturalNews.com

TOP


naturalnews-com-logo

IT’S ALL AN IQ TEST: Ten OBVIOUS lessons every intelligent person should have learned from COVID 1.0 (that can save you from what’s coming with COVID 2.0)

29August2023 // Mike Adams //  https://www.naturalnews.com/2023-08-29-ten-obvious-lessons-every-intelligent-person-should-have-learned-from-covid.html

 

Man-Adventure-Jump-Success-Sport-Life-Freedom-Win

Truly, you’d have to be an oblivious idiot at this point to think the government’s COVID orders are intended to benefit the people. You’d also have to be an idiot to think that N95 masks stop COVID transmission, that social distancing works or that COVID vaccines prevent infections and transmission.

 

Yet, astonishingly, these are things that oblivious idiots still believe. These people also tend to believe that Joe Biden is the “most popular president ever,” that Big Pharma is run by angels who seek to help humanity and that mainstream doctors are driven by medical science evidence rather than profit motives.

 

The great IQ test has commenced. COVID 1.0 was the training round, to present lessons in government tyranny and medical science fraud for all to witness. COVID 2.0 is the final exam to see who is stupid enough to still have not learned the lessons from the training round. However, this “final exam” is more like a final solution, and those who fail this round of the global IQ test will find their projected lifespan rapidly shrinking.

 

The ramp-up to COVID 2.0 tyranny is already apparent. Joe Biden just announced $1+ billion in funding for a new vaccine, and he’s publicly stating that all Americans will be urged to get the new jab, even after Biden himself has taken five COVID shots but still managed to get infected twice.

 

The CDC, meanwhile, now admits that all previous COVID shots no longer work against the new “variant” they’ve named BA.2.86, which the CDC says infects those who are fully vaccinated.

 

We have dubbed the new variant BS.24.7 and called it the “Election Variant” because it’s obvious this new round of a virus scare is intended to steal the 2024 election via nationwide mail-in voting, mandated by yet another ginned up “emergency” fabricated by the lawless Democrats.

Biden Virus 2024 - Make America Scared Again

Biden Virus 2024 – Make America Scared Again

 

In fact, as point #1 reveals below, as long as you comply with tyranny, the government will always find new reasons to act like tyrants. That’s why the only way out of this cycle of psyops, plandemics and lockdowns is to stop complying with the insanity. Jolt yourself awake and stop acting like a programmable zombie.

 

Here are ten obvious lessons that any intelligent person should have already learned from COVID 1.0

1) As long as you comply with tyranny, the government will always find new reasons to act like tyrants

 

Keep going along with the tyranny and the corrupt, criminal government will keep invoking a new “crisis” to keep you in line. Climate crisis. COVID crisis. Insurrection crisis. Cyber attack crisis. Russia crisis. Aliens. Bigfoot. Sasquatch… you name it. There’s always another emergency right out the corner, ready to be played across the theater of your mind.

 

Stop falling for the Truman Show. Think for yourself.

 

2) Masks don’t work. Even the CDC openly admits it

 

The CDC has been forced to admit that N95 cloth masks – the type commonly push by the government for COVID “protection” – offer no protection against wildfire smoke particles, which are orders of magnitude larger than coronavirus particles. From their own CDC.gov website, “masks that are used to slow the spread of COVID-19 offer little protection against the harmful air pollutants in wildfire smoke.”

See: CDC-Wildfire Smoke

But coronavirus particles are only about 0.1 micrometers in diameter, while smoke particles are typically in the range of 10 micrometers. That means the CDC, in pushing masks, is somehow arguing that masks which cannot stop 10 micrometer particles can somehow stop 0.1 micrometer particles. The non-logic makes no sense, of course.

 

Del Bigtree-tweet-27August2023-Oops

Del Bigtree-tweet-27August2023-Oops

See: CDC-Wildfire Smoke

On this issue, the CDC is being deliberately dishonest. Across their various pages, they also claim that N95 “respirators” work against COVID and wildfires, while trying to obfuscate the fact that a respirator is not the same thing as a simple cloth mask. A respirator is an air-tight, face-fitting device with no air leaks. N95 cloth masks are not N95 respirators. They do not seal to the face and are therefore useless in stopping both smoke and coronavirus particles.

 

That’s why CDC researchers don’t rely on simple N95 masks when touring level-4 biohazard facilities. If they did, they would likely all die. But they tell you to use N95 masks, even when they would never rely on such things themselves.

 

3) Hospitals were ordered by the federal government to mass murder hundreds of thousands of people… and they gladly complied

 

We now know with certainty that hospitals across the United States were financially incentivized to generate COVID fatalities en masse, receiving as much as $500,000 in incentives per COVID death. Federal incentives quickly transformed hospitals into murder factories where patients who merely showed flu symptoms were falsely diagnosed with COVID, intubated for a ventilator, isolated from their family members, and routinely “homicided” by the hospital which collected a large payout as a result.

 

Here’s my interview with attorney Thomas Renz who represents a health care worker whistleblower who has audio proof that an entire floor of patients in one hospital was ordered to be terminated so that the hospital could collect huge profits:

 

 

Understand that under Biden, US hospitals are now assassins-for-hire, and they get a per-death payout, just like contract killers. Medicine has become murder.

 

4) COVID vaccines don’t prevent infections or transmission

 

It has all been admitted by the CDC and even the corporate media: COVID vaccines don’t prevent infections or transmission. The medical establishment no longer even pretends they do. Instead, they say that receiving COVID vaccines will “reduce the symptoms” of a COVID infection. Occupier-in-chief Joe Biden received five COVID shots and boosters, but we are told he still contracted COVID twice (even after promising America that the vaccine would stop infections).

 

Perhaps this is why multiple Florida counties are now on board with a resolution to outright ban COVID shots. They are biological weapons, after all, which offer no protection against COVID but wildly increase the risk of heart attacks, stroke, neurological problems and death. COVID 2.0 “vaccines” also won’t be legitimate vaccines either. They will be engineered to achieve mass death, infertility and depopulation, as those are the real goals of the entire COVID agenda.

 

Anybody stupid enough to line up and take one of the new COVID shots is only engaging in vaccine-assisted suicide, a kind of euthanasia obedience ritual that often ends in their own death.

 

5) The government will weaponize COVID to rig elections and destroy economies

 

We all know that the “election variant” of COVID is being timed to interfere with the 2024 elections where Democrats don’t stand a chance against Trump in a fair and free competition. That’s why they’re trying to criminalize Trump and his speech, hoping to lock him up and deny him the opportunity to even run against Biden (or whatever mindless puppet the Dems replace him with).

 

Democrats know they will lose all political power if the will of the people is reflected in election outcomes. That’s why they oppose paper ballots and voter ID, of course. Cheating is their only pathway to power, which reflects Democrats’ total lack of ethics, morality and fairness. With few exceptions, Democrats are destructive, dishonest people who are wholly incompatible with free society, as they almost universally support censorship, child mutilations, cheating in elections and criminalizing their political opponents.

Biden Virus 2024 - Make America Scared Again

Biden Virus 2024 – Make America Scared Again

 

6) PCR tests for infection diagnosis are a complete fraud

 

PCR “diagnosis” of COVID has always been a quack science fraud from day one. PCR instruments are incapable of quantitation analysis, which means they can’t determine the viral load in any given sample. Furthermore, PCR instruments can be easily adjusted to increase their replication cycles so that background noise is magnified to the point where a “positive” outcome is achieved for virtually any desired sample.

 

The entire narrative surrounding “swabs” and tests and “surveillance” of COVID using PCR is 100% pure fiction with no basis in science or fact. The entire thing is a deliberate lie, pushed by dishonest authorities and operators who are part of the plandemic scheme that’s designed to murder people, destroy economies, achieve mass obedience and empower governments to act as lawless tyrants.

 

A PCR machine can no more diagnose a viral infection than a magnifying glass can see the future.

 

7) Your doctor was BRIBED to push unsafe, unproven COVID mRNA jabs, and he gladly went along with it

 

If your doctor pressured you to take a COVID jab, he (or she) was financially incentivized to do so. He got paid, in other words, like a pharma whore, to push an experimental injection in gross violation of international war crimes treaties as well as the Hippocratic Oath.

 

It turns out, there’s nothing conventional doctors won’t inject into their patients if they get paid a bonus to do it. Even biological weapons, depopulation jabs and experimental spike protein factories. What’s especially noteworthy is that these doctors, once paid, also manage to lie to themselves by claiming that COVID vaccines were well tested, clinically validated, safe and effective. They can’t cite any real evidence to back up such false claims, but they tell themselves it’s all true so that they can internally justify exterminating patients for profit.

 

Depopulation has never paid as well as it does today, thanks to the government’s anti-human COVID policies and financial incentives. Conventional doctors are more than happy to play their front line role in the mass extermination of human populations as long as they maintain power and profits as a result.

 

8) The WHO is run by globalists with a depopulation agenda

 

One of the key goals of the United Nations, under which the WHO operates, is to eliminate billions of humans beings living on planet Earth today. This genocidal agenda is the foundation upon which the climate change fraud has been built. The entire “climate” narrative is really about ending human activity by ending humans.

 

This effort to depopulate planet Earth takes many forms, but vaccines are one of the most effective forms, since they give mad scientists direct access to the tissues and bloodstream of victims. Those same victims, under the false belief that “vaccines are safe and effective,” don’t even resist being injected with depopulation bioweapons. The primary purpose of the COVID narrative, of course, was to exploit fear to drive people into voluntary death shots… the easiest way for globalists to dispose of billions of people by making sure they don’t fight back.

 

In plandemic 2.0, now being launched, the WHO will order local jurisdictions to round up people and imprison them in concentration camps – dubbed “quarantine camps” – where they will likely be murdered, then counted as “COVID casualties” to further pump up the dead body count.

 

In COVID 2.0, if they come to take you to any sort of camp, they most likely intend to murder you. #DoNotComply (or you die).

 

Recently, WEF advisor Prof. Sarah Harper said the population collapse currently being observed in the UK is “good for the planet.”

 

“In speaking about the precipitous decline in the number of new births across Great Britain these days, Harper pretty much celebrated this as a great thing that will help to stop global warming and climate change,” reports Natural News.

 

We’ve seen many other examples of globalists accidentally letting it slip that they equate global depopulation with planetary benefits.

 

9) Food supply chain disruptions are not a side effect but a FEATURE of government-enforced lockdowns (i.e. they are trying to starve us all)

 

One of the ways the western governments of the world are trying to slaughter their own people is by wrecking the food supply chain.

 

By invoking a fraudulent pandemic emergency, governments can force food production and farming facilities to shut down. Fraudulent PCR swab tests are routinely used across food facilities in order to generate “positive” PCR results that flag an imaginary “COVID case.” This case is then cited by local health authorities to order the shutdown of that facility, causing severe disruption in the food supply chain (leading to food scarcity and food inflation, both deliberately engineered).

 

When food prices are engineered to rise, it causes a huge increase in food scarcity. More people go hungry, and many people become homeless because the necessary increase in food costs impairs their ability to cover rent or mortgage costs.

 

With COVID 2.0, watch for extreme food supply disruptions and scarcity, beyond what most of us saw with the original COVID. This time, the globalists are going all-out to achieve mass extermination. We will soon see masses of starving Americans in the streets of Democrat-run cities, begging for food and being offered free hamburgers if they merely agree to be injected with euthanasia shots (labeled “vaccines”).

 

10) Government believes the people will mindlessly obey almost anything… and they’re half right

 

As COVID 2.0 is a global IQ test for humans, the government is counting on the fact that some percentage of human beings are so stupid, they’ll go along with anything pushed by an apparent “authority.”

 

They’re not wrong in this assumption, by the way. Perhaps half of those exposed to government lies and medical fraud still fall for it, as they are incapable of independent thinking. They will march themselves right into “kill shot” pharmacies and vaccination extermination zones, happily reminding themselves how smart they think they are to follow exactly what the government tells them to do. (Yes, the brainwashed zombies actually think they are “smarter” for acting like brainwashed zombies.)

 

Despite all this, the push back against the government’s demanded obedience is growing. Recently, both a medical group and a Hollywood studio reversed their mask mandates after customers and employees raised alarm. It’s an indication that when people choose to avoid complying with tyranny, they can force changes across corporations and institutions.

 

Simple rules that will keep you alive while oblivious (gullible) people are culled

In summary, any intelligent person should be able to learn these obvious lessons from COVID plandemic 1.0. The most obvious lesson is that complying with tyranny only rewards the tyrants with power, incentivizing them to keep coming up with emergencies that justify their tyranny.

 

Fortunately, those of you who are reading this site are well informed enough to avoid falling for any more COVID tricks. Thanks to the rather blatant dishonesty of the establishment during COVID 1.0, we now know the following hard rules:

 

1) They will lie about the numbers of dead and the cause of death.

 

2) They will lie about the effectiveness of masks and the vaccine.

 

3) They will lie about “the science” and will publish fabricated “science” papers in medical journals.

 

4) They will interfere with treatments that work and try to criminalize those who promote them.

 

5) They will bully and bludgeon people into compliance via threats and coercion.

 

6) They will incentivize doctors and hospitals to murder you.

 

7) They will censor any speech that opposes their death agenda.

 

8) They will assert wildly unconstitutional powers through sheer audacity, hoping people will just go along with it.

 

9) If you want to survive all this, you must refuse to believe the lies and refuse to comply with their tyranny.

 

###

 

Watch each episode of my new show, Decentralize TV, which features top guests who teach pro-freedom decentralized living principles and skills, at www.Decentralize.TV

 

Discover more interviews and podcasts each day at:

 

https://www.brighteon.com/channels/HRreport

 

Follow me on:

 

Brighteon.social: Brighteon.social/@HealthRanger (my breaking news gets posted here first)

 

Telegram: t.me/RealHealthRanger

 

Substack: HealthRanger.substack.com

 

Banned.video: Banned.video/channel/mike-adams

 

Truth Social: https://truthsocial.com/@healthranger

 

Twitter: https://twitter.com/HealthRanger

 

Bastyon: https://bastyon.com/healthranger

 

Gettr: GETTR.com/user/healthranger

 

Rumble: Rumble.com/c/HealthRangerReport

 

BitChute: Bitchute.com/channel/9EB8glubb0Ns/

 

Clouthub: app.clouthub.com/#/users/u/naturalnews/posts

 

Join the free NaturalNews.com email newsletter to stay alerted about breaking news each day.

 

Download my current audio books — including Ghost World, Survival Nutrition, The Global Reset Survival Guide and The Contagious Mind — at:

 

https://Audiobooks.NaturalNews.com/

 

Download my new audio book, “Resilient Prepping” at ResilientPrepping.com – it teaches you how to survive the total collapse of civilization and the loss of both the power grid and combustion engines.

 

TOP

COVID is now a religion

zerohedge-com-logo

Watch: Canadian Activists Demanding Return Of Mask Mandates Attack Counter Protester

by Tyler Durden, 29August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/watch-canadian-activists-demanding-return-mask-mandates-attack-counter-protester

The covid cult is still out there, desperate for a return to the days of lockdowns and restrictions and in Canada they appear to be highly militant.

Mask mandates were perhaps one of the most egregious violations of science during the pandemic scare (though there were so many violations, that question is up for debate).  Government officials including Anthony Fauci in the US admitted in the early days of the crisis that masks would do little to save the public from transmission.  Suddenly, the narrative changed and masks became a hard requirement in many regions just to enter retail establishments to buy necessities.

Medical tyranny was upon us. 

Luckily, enough people in the US and Canada stood against the mandates and eventually disrupted the agenda.

As it turns out, according to multiple studies all common masks (including N95 masks) offer no significant protection against the covid virus. 

That’s right, the science says the masks are useless; they are nothing more than a placebo.

We’ll say that again:  The masks are ineffective against covid.  This is a fact.  

Yet, activists in Canada are still demanding mandated masks, specifically in health facilities, after the government of British Columbia finally dropped the requirements.

 

Protesters gathered in front of Health Minister Adrian Dix’s MLA office in Vancouver Friday, calling for mask mandates to be brought back.

 

Protesters describe the event as an “expression of outrage,” ignoring the reality that their mindless fears conflict with the facts at hand, and are also irrelevant to individual freedoms.  What the above news broadcast conveniently cuts out is how the mask obsessives react when someone expresses a viewpoint contrary to theirs:

 

Dan Dicks-tweet-28August2023-Unhinged COVID Masked Protesters

Dan Dicks-tweet-28August2023-Unhinged COVID Masked Protesters

 

So, why continue to support the mask mandates to the point of violence? Because the masks became more than a safety tool.  They became a signal of ideological virtue, a uniform for the political left.  The masks were also a signal of submission to state controls, and for a period of a couple years maskers were like an army, an extension of state power, and they loved it.  They could easily identify their “enemies” merely by looking for a missing mask, thereby applying mob pressure to force those people to conform.  It doesn’t matter to them that the masks offer little-to-zero protection, that was not their true purpose anyway.

 

With the masking mandates gone from most of the west and covid exposed as an over-hyped illness with a tiny Infection Fatality Rate of 0.23%, leftists act as if they are floundering.  They got a taste of power and then it was taken away from them, and now they’re angry.  The lesson?  People who want power this badly should never have access to it.  Hysteria is food for fanatics.

TOP


zerohedge-com-logo

Kids Almost Never Transmitted COVID In Schools; Major New Study Finds

by Tyler Durden, 08August2023 – https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/kids-almost-never-transmitted-covid-schools-major-new-study-find

Authored by Alex Berenson via ‘Unreported Truths’ Substack,

 

The research should end what’s left of the pathetic rear-guard effort to defend school closures – or any mitigation measures like making kids wear masks…

 

Children almost never passed Covid infections in school, a study published Friday reveals.

 

In fall 2021, in four Massachusetts school districts with 18,000 children, researchers found 44 potential cases of in-school transmission.

 

You read that right.

18,000 students. 34 schools. Four months. And 44 Covid infections – including no infections of teachers or other staff members.

 

Throughout 2020 and 2021, as parents pressed with increasing urgency to reopen classrooms, teachers unions and Democratic politicians warned in-school Covid transmission would lead to waves of death. “Teachers are so worried about returning to school that they’re preparing wills,” CNN infamously wrote on July 16, 2020.

 

In reality, schools were among the safest possible places for students and teachers during Covid, this study suggests.

The study, which ran in the peer-reviewed journal JAMA Health Forumis both nearly useless and vital.

 

It’s nearly useless in advancing our actual knowledge about Covid- because serious researchers have known since 2020 that children spread Covid much less frequently than adults and that schools and camps were likely to be major sources of new Covid cases.

 

As early as April 11, 2020, French researchers published a paper showing that an infected nine-year-old child had not transmitted the disease “despite close interactions within schools.” By August 2020, researchers in Spain and Sweden had confirmed that finding on a much larger scale.

 

The reason is obvious too, since it is the same reason kids get much less sick than adults. They have lower viral loads and clear the infection more quickly. For many healthy children, Covid is barely even a cold.

 

====

(Just another good reason to hate CNN)

CNN lies-Teachers are so woried about returning to school

CNN lies-Teachers are so woried about returning to school

 

====

 

Yet the new paper is also vital.

Why? Because it covers American schools and was published in an American journal. And the American Covid-political-medical complex has had the habit for three-plus years of simply ignoring any research from outside the United States, especially if it includes inconvenient data and facts.

 

And so having concrete American evidence that schools were not in any way meaningful vectors for Covid transmission can only help to make sure the colossal mistake of mass school closures never happens again.

 

Too bad it comes far too late to matter to the kids in blue states who in some cases were denied over a year of in-person education.

*  *  *

Subscribe to Unreported Truths

TOP